485BPOS

Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2026
Securities Act of 1933 File No. 333-264194
Investment Company Act of 1940 File No. 811-23789

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 ☒

Pre-Effective Amendment No.

Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 ☒

Amendment No. 15
(Check appropriate box or boxes.)

TOUCHSTONE ETF TRUST

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code (800) 638-8194

Terrie A. Wiedenheft, 303 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copies to:
Abigail Hemnes, Esq.
K&L Gates LLP
1 Congress Street, Suite 2900
Boston, Massachusetts 02114-2023

Clair E. Pagnano, Esq.
K&L Gates LLP
1 Congress Street, Suite 2900
Boston, Massachusetts 02114-2023

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):


☐	immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
☒	on April 30, 2026 pursuant to paragraph (b)
☐	60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)
☐	on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)
☐	75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
☐	on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485. If appropriate, check the following box:
☐	This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment

Prospectus

April 30, 2026

Touchstone ETF Trust

	Ticker Symbol	Principal U.S. Listing Exchange
Touchstone Dividend Select ETF	DVND	NYSE Arca, Inc.
Touchstone Dynamic International ETF	TDI	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Touchstone International Equity ETF	TLCI	NYSE Arca, Inc.
Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF	TLG	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF	TEMX	Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc.
Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF	TSEL	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Touchstone Securitized Income ETF	TSEC	NYSE Arca, Inc.
Touchstone Strategic Income ETF	SIO	NYSE Arca, Inc.
Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF	TUSI	Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc.
Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF	LCF	Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Table of Contents

	Page
Touchstone Dividend Select ETF Summary	3
Touchstone Dynamic International ETF Summary	8
Touchstone International Equity ETF Summary	13
Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF Summary	17
Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF Summary	22
Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF Summary	27
Touchstone Securitized Income ETF Summary	32
Touchstone Strategic Income ETF Summary	38
Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF Summary	44
Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF Summary	50
Principal Investment Strategies and Risks	55
THE FUNDS’ MANAGEMENT	74
DISTRIBUTION AND FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES	84
BUYING AND SELLING SHARES	85
DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES	88
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS	91

Touchstone Dividend Select ETF Summary

The Fund’s Investment Goal

The Touchstone Dividend Select ETF (the “Fund”) seeks current income and capital appreciation.

The Fund’s Fees and Expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold and sell shares of the Fund. You may pay other fees, such as brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries, which are not reflected in the table and example below.

	Touchstone Dividend Select ETF
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.55%
Distribution and/or Shareholder Service (12b-1) Fees(1)	0.00%
Other Expenses	0.59%
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (AFFE)	0.01%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses(2)	1.15%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(3)	(0.65)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(2)(3)	0.50%

(1)

The Fund has adopted a Distribution (12b-1) Plan pursuant to which the Fund may incur and pay a Distribution (12b-1) Fee of up to a maximum of 0.25%. No such fee is currently incurred and paid by the Fund. The Fund will not incur and pay such a Distribution (12b-1) Fee until such time as approved by the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”).

(2)

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses include Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses and will differ from the ratios of expenses to average net assets that are included in the Fund’s Form N-CSR filing for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025.

(3)

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser” or “Touchstone Advisors”) and Touchstone ETF Trust (the “Trust”) have entered into a contractual expense limitation agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors will waive a portion of its fees or reimburse certain Fund expenses (excluding dividend and interest expenses relating to short sales; interest; taxes; brokerage commissions and other transaction costs; portfolio transaction and investment related expenses, including expenses associated with the Fund's interfund lending program, if any; other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; the cost of “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses”, if any; and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business) in order to limit annual Fund operating expenses to 0.49% of average daily net assets. This contractual expense limitation is effective through April 29, 2027, but can be terminated by a vote of the Board if it deems the termination to be beneficial to the Fund’s shareholders. The terms of the contractual expense limitation agreement provide that Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Board, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three years from the date on which the Adviser reduced its compensation or assumed expenses for the Fund. The Fund will make repayments to the Adviser only if such repayment does not cause the annual Fund operating expenses (after the repayment is taken into account) to exceed either (1) the expense cap in place when such amounts were waived or reimbursed or (2) the Fund’s current expense limitation.

Example. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then, except as indicated, redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same and that all fee waivers or expense limits for the Fund will expire after one year. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


1 Year	$51
3 Years	$301
5 Years	$570
10 Years	$1,339

Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual Fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 17% of the average value of the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund’s Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in equity securities of U.S. large-cap companies that have historically paid dividends. The Fund’s 80% policy is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Fund’s Board upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders. For the purpose of the Fund’s 80% policy, a large capitalization company has a market capitalization within the range represented in the S&P 500 Index (between approximately $5.54 billion and $4.53 trillion as of December 31, 2025) at the time of purchase. These securities may be listed on an exchange or traded over-the-counter.

In selecting securities for the Fund, the Fund’s sub-adviser, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. (the “Sub-Adviser”), seeks to invest in companies that:

●

Have historically paid consistent, growing dividends;

●

Have sustainable competitive advantages that should result in excess profits to support future dividend payments; and

●

Trade at reasonable valuations compared to their intrinsic value.

The Sub-Adviser believes its unique approach results in a portfolio of high-quality companies with sustainable competitive advantages that should pay reliable, growing dividends at reasonable valuations. The Sub-Adviser evaluates a company’s competitive advantage by assessing its barrier(s) to entry. The barrier(s) to entry can be created through a cost advantage, economies of scale, high customer loyalty, or a government barrier (e.g., license or subsidy). The Sub-Adviser believes that the strongest barrier to entry is the combination of economies of scale and higher customer loyalty.

The Fund will generally hold 40 to 55 companies, with residual cash and cash equivalents expected to represent less than 10% of the Fund’s net assets. The Fund may, at times, hold fewer securities and a higher percentage of cash and cash equivalents when, among other reasons, the Sub-Adviser cannot find a sufficient number of securities that meets its purchase requirements.

The Fund will generally sell a security if the security does not meet portfolio guidelines, if the security stops paying a dividend and future prospects of paying a dividend are limited, or if better opportunities exist based on the fundamentals and valuation of the business.

The Fund’s Principal Risks

The Fund’s share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments. Investments in the Fund are not bank guaranteed, are not deposits, and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other federal government agency. As with any ETF, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. You can find more information about the Fund’s investments and risks under the “Principal Investment Strategies and Risks” section of the Fund’s prospectus. The Fund is subject to the principal risks summarized below.

Equity Securities Risk: The Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices will fall over short or extended periods of time. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments, or as a result of irregular and/or unexpected trading activity among retail investors. The prices of securities issued by these companies may decline in response to such developments, which could result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s shares.

●

Large-Cap Risk: Large-cap companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, such as changes in technology and consumer tastes, and also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.

Dividend Risk: There is no guarantee that the companies in which the Fund invests will declare dividends in the future or that dividends, if declared, will remain at current levels or increase over time. Securities that pay dividends may be sensitive to changes in interest rates, and as interest rates rise or fall, the prices of such securities may fall.

ETF Risk: As an ETF, the Fund is subject to the following risks:

●

Authorized Participants Concentration Risk: The Fund has a limited number of financial institutions that may act as Authorized Participants (“APs”), which are responsible for the creation and redemption activity for the Fund. To the extent APs exit the business, become unable or are otherwise unwilling to engage in creation and redemption transactions with the Fund and no other AP steps in to create or redeem, Fund shares may trade at a material discount to net asset value (“NAV”) and possibly face delisting from the Exchange.

●

Premium/Discount Risk: As with all ETFs, Fund shares may only be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. There may be times when the trading prices of Fund shares in the secondary market are more than the NAV (a premium) or less than the NAV (a discount). As a result, shareholders of the Fund may pay more than NAV when purchasing shares and receive less than NAV when selling Fund shares. This risk is heightened in times of market volatility or periods of steep market declines. In such market conditions, market or stop loss orders to sell Fund shares may be executed at prices well below a Fund’s NAV.

●

amounts of Fund shares. Secondary market trading is subject to bid-ask spreads and trading in Fund shares may be halted by the Exchange because of market conditions or other reasons. If a trading halt occurs, a shareholder may temporarily be unable to purchase or sell shares of the Fund. In addition, although the Fund’s shares are listed on the Exchange, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for shares will develop or be maintained or that the Fund’s shares will continue to be listed. A portion of the securities owned by the Fund may trade in a market that is closed while the Exchange on which the Fund’s shares are listed is open. As a result, there may be changes between the last quote for a security from a closed foreign market and the value of such security during the Fund’s domestic trading day, which could lead to differences between the market price of the ETF shares and the underlying value of those shares.

Management Risk: In managing the Fund’s portfolio, the Adviser engages one or more sub-advisers to make investment decisions for a portion of or the entire portfolio. There is a risk that the Adviser may be unable to identify and retain sub-advisers who achieve superior investment returns relative to other similar sub-advisers.

Value Investing Risk: Value investing presents the risk that the Fund’s security holdings may never reach their full intrinsic value because the market fails to recognize what the portfolio managers consider the true business value or because the portfolio managers have misjudged those values.

Cybersecurity Risk: Cybersecurity breaches are either intentional or unintentional events that allow an unauthorized party to gain access to Fund assets, customer data, or proprietary information, or cause a Fund or Fund service provider to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality. A cybersecurity breach could result in the loss or theft of customer data or funds, loss or theft of proprietary information or corporate data, physical damage to a computer or network system, or costs associated with system repairs, any of which could have a substantial impact on the Fund. Such incidents could affect issuers in which a Fund invests, thereby causing the Fund’s investments to lose value. The Fund has established risk management systems reasonably designed to seek to reduce the risks associated with cyber-events. However, there is no guarantee that the Fund will be able to prevent or mitigate the impact of any or all cyber-events.

The Fund’s Performance

The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks and volatility of an investment in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund’s performance from calendar year to calendar year and by showing how the Fund’s average annual total returns for one year and since inception compare with the Bloomberg US 3000 Index and the Russell 3000® Index. The Bloomberg US 1000 Value Index and the Russell 1000® Value Index show how the Fund's performance compares against the returns of indexes with similar investment objectives. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. The performance table reflects any applicable sales charges. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future. More recent performance information is available at no cost by visiting TouchstoneInvestments.com or by calling 1.833.368.7383.

Touchstone Dividend Select ETF — Shares Total Return as of December 31


Best Quarter:	4th Quarter 2023	11.86 %
Worst Quarter:	3rd Quarter 2023	(4.33) %
Year-To-Date:	3/31/2026	1.11 %

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest individual marginal federal income tax rates in effect on a given distribution reinvestment date and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns may differ from those shown and depend on your tax situation. The after-tax returns do not apply to shares held in an individual retirement account (“IRA”), 401(k), or other tax-advantaged account. The Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be greater than other returns for the same period due to a tax benefit of realizing a capital loss on the sale of Fund shares.

Average Annual Total Returns For the periods ended December 31, 2025		Since Inception
	1 Year	8/2/2022
Touchstone Dividend Select ETF
Return Before Taxes	16.27 %	12.78 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions	15.71 %	12.23 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares	9.99 %	9.97 %
Bloomberg US 3000 Index(1) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	17.21 %	17.23 %
Bloomberg US 1000 Value Index(2) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	16.53 %	12.49 %
Russell 3000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	17.15 %	17.29 %
Russell 1000® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	15.91 %	12.28 %

(1)

The Fund changed its broad-based securities market index to the Bloomberg US 3000 Index which is similarly representative of the overall securities market applicable to the Fund.

(2)

The Fund changed its additional index to the Bloomberg US 1000 Value Index which has similar investment objectives to the Fund.

The Fund’s Management

Investment Adviser

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. serves as the Fund’s investment adviser.

Sub-Adviser	Portfolio Managers	Investment Experience with the Fund	Primary Title with Sub-Adviser
Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.	Austin R. Kummer, CFA	Since inception in August 2022	Managing Director, Senior Portfolio Manager
	James E. Wilhelm, Jr.	Since inception in August 2022	Managing Director, Senior Portfolio Manager

Buying and Selling Fund Shares

The Fund is an ETF. Individual Fund shares may only be purchased and sold on a national securities exchange through a broker-dealer and may not be purchased or redeemed directly with the Fund. The price of Fund shares is based on market price, and because ETF shares trade at market prices rather than NAV, shares may trade at a premium or a discount. An investor may incur costs attributable to the difference between the highest price a buyer is willing to pay to purchase shares of the Fund (“bid”) and the lowest price a seller is willing to accept for shares (“ask”) when buying or selling shares in the secondary market (the “bid-ask spread”). Recent information, including information about the Fund’s NAV, market price, premiums and discounts, and bid-ask spreads, is included on the Fund’s website at TouchstoneInvestments.com/ETFs.

Tax Information

The Fund intends to make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains except when shares are held through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) plan or an IRA. Withdrawals from a tax-advantaged account, however, may be taxable.

Financial Intermediary Compensation

If you purchase shares in the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Adviser and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

Touchstone Dynamic International ETF Summary

The Fund’s Investment Goal

The Touchstone Dynamic International ETF (the “Fund”) seeks capital appreciation.

The Fund’s Fees and Expenses

	Touchstone Dynamic International ETF
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.55%
Distribution and/or Shareholder Service (12b-1) Fees(1)	0.00%
Other Expenses	0.49%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	1.04%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(2)	(0.39)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(2)	0.65%

(1)

(2)

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser” or “Touchstone Advisors”) and Touchstone ETF Trust (the “Trust”) have entered into a contractual expense limitation agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors will waive a portion of its fees or reimburse certain Fund expenses (excluding dividend and interest expenses relating to short sales; interest; taxes; brokerage commissions and other transaction costs; portfolio transaction and investment related expenses, including expenses associated with the Fund's interfund lending program, if any; other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; the cost of “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses”, if any; and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business) in order to limit annual Fund operating expenses to 0.65% of average daily net assets. This contractual expense limitation is effective through April 29, 2027, but can be terminated by a vote of the Board if it deems the termination to be beneficial to the Fund’s shareholders. The terms of the contractual expense limitation agreement provide that Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Board, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three years from the date on which the Adviser reduced its compensation or assumed expenses for the Fund. The Fund will make repayments to the Adviser only if such repayment does not cause the annual Fund operating expenses (after the repayment is taken into account) to exceed either (1) the expense cap in place when such amounts were waived or reimbursed or (2) the Fund’s current expense limitation.


1 Year	$66
3 Years	$292
5 Years	$536
10 Years	$1,236

Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual Fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 67% of the average value of the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund’s Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets in equity securities of non-U.S. companies. The Fund’s 80% policy is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders. Equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks, depositary receipts such as American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”), and interests in other investment companies, including other exchange-traded funds that invest in equity securities. The Fund may invest in securities of companies domiciled in both developed and emerging markets.

The Fund’s sub-adviser, Los Angeles Capital Management LLC (“Los Angeles Capital”), employs a quantitative investment process for security selection and risk management. Los Angeles Capital’s Dynamic Alpha Stock Selection Model® (the Model) is a proprietary quantitative model used to build equity portfolios that adapt to market conditions. The Model considers a range of valuation, earnings and management characteristics to identify current drivers of return. Los Angeles Capital believes that investor attitudes towards key investment risks change over the course of a market cycle and are a key determinant in explaining security returns. Utilizing these characteristics, Los Angeles Capital seeks to construct a risk-controlled, forward-looking portfolio designed to adapt to changing market conditions.

By including fundamental data inputs for a universe of global equity securities and, through the use of statistical tools, the Model estimates expected returns based on each security’s risk characteristics and the expected return to each characteristic in the current market environment. Return forecasts are developed through a three-step process.

●

First, the research process measures each security’s exposure to different risk factors through an analysis of financial statements, earnings forecasts, and statistical properties of historic stock returns.

●

Second, the Model determines the “risk premium” or price of each risk factor through a rigorous attribution and statistical analysis of the returns related to each of the risk factors over the recent past.

●

Third, return forecasts are developed by combining each company’s exposure with the “risk premium” associated with each risk factor. Risk factors taken into account can change over time.

Security weights are assigned through an integrated optimization process that is model driven, which identifies the portfolio with the highest expected return for an acceptable level of risk. The Fund’s portfolio is rebalanced periodically using the quantitative Model.

Los Angeles Capital seeks to generate incremental investment returns above the Fund’s benchmark, while attempting to control investment risk relative to the benchmark. While Los Angeles Capital does not set price targets or valuation constraints, it will sell a security if it no longer has the desired risk characteristics, or if there are concerns about a particular company’s merits. As economic conditions change and investor risk preferences evolve, Los Angeles Capital’s forecasts will change accordingly.

The Fund will typically hold 100-140 securities, although depending on market conditions the number of holdings could go below 100.

The Fund’s Principal Risks

●

Preferred Stock Risk: In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred and common stock. If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline.

●

Real Estate Investment Trust Risk: Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”) are pooled investment vehicles that primarily invest in commercial real estate or real estate-related loans. REITs are susceptible to the risks associated with direct ownership of real estate, such as declines in property values and rental rates and increases in property taxes. Additionally, REITs typically incur fees that are separate from those of the Fund.

extent that the securities held by the Fund trade on foreign exchanges or in foreign markets that may be closed when the U.S. market is open, there are likely to be deviations between the current price of the securities held by the Fund and their last quoted price or the securities’ quote from the closed foreign market. Foreign markets may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets and offer less protection to investors. To the extent a Fund focuses its investments in a single country or only a few countries in a particular geographic region, economic, political, regulatory or other conditions affecting such country or region may have a greater impact on Fund performance relative to a more geographically diversified fund.

●

Depositary Receipts Risk: Foreign receipts, which include American Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts, and European Depositary Receipts, are securities that evidence ownership interests in a security or a pool of securities issued by a foreign issuer. The risks of depositary receipts include many risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

●

Emerging Markets Risk: Emerging markets may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than that of issuers in other countries.

ETF Risk: As an ETF, the Fund is subject to the following risks:

●

Secondary Market Trading Risk: Investors buying or selling shares in the secondary market will normally pay brokerage commissions, which are often a fixed amount and may be a significant proportional cost for investors buying or selling relatively small amounts of Fund shares. Secondary market trading is subject to bid-ask spreads and trading in Fund shares may be halted by the Exchange because of market conditions or other reasons. If a trading halt occurs, a shareholder may temporarily be unable to purchase or sell shares of the Fund. In addition, although the Fund’s shares are listed on the Exchange, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for shares will develop or be maintained or that the Fund’s shares will continue to be listed. A portion of the securities owned by the Fund may trade in a market that is closed while the Exchange on which the Fund’s shares are listed is open. As a result, there may be changes between the last quote for a security from a closed foreign market and the value of such security during the Fund’s domestic trading day, which could lead to differences between the market price of the ETF shares and the underlying value of those shares.

Economic and Market Events Risk: Events in the U.S. and global financial markets, including actions taken by the U.S. Federal Reserve or foreign central banks to stimulate or stabilize economic growth, may at times, and for varying periods of time, result in unusually high market volatility, which could negatively impact the Fund’s performance and cause the Fund to experience illiquidity, shareholder redemptions, or other potentially adverse effects. Reduced liquidity in credit and fixed-income markets could negatively affect issuers worldwide. Financial institutions could suffer losses as interest rates rise or economic conditions deteriorate. In addition, the Fund’s service providers are susceptible to operational and information or cyber security risks that could result in losses to a Fund and its shareholders. Cyber security breaches are either intentional or unintentional events that allow an unauthorized party to gain access to Fund assets, customer data, or proprietary information, or cause a Fund or Fund service provider to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality. A cyber security breach could result in the loss or theft of customer data or funds, loss or theft of proprietary information or corporate data, physical damage to a computer or network system, or costs associated with system repairs, any of which could have a substantial impact on the Fund. Such incidents could affect issuers in which a Fund invests, thereby causing the Fund’s investments to lose value.

Quantitative Strategy Risk: The Fund’s sub-adviser uses proprietary statistical analyses and models to construct the Fund’s portfolio. A securities portfolio selected using these proprietary models can perform differently than the market as a whole as a result of the correlation factors used in the analysis to construct the models, the weight placed on each factor, and changes in the factors’ historical trends. As a result, the Fund may be more or less exposed to a risk factor than its individual holdings. Quantitative models are subject to technical issues including programming and data inaccuracies, are based on assumptions, and rely on data that is subject to limitations (e.g., inaccuracies, staleness), any of which could adversely affect their effectiveness or predictive value.

Portfolio Turnover Risk: Frequent and active trading may result in greater expenses to the Fund, which may lower the Fund’s performance and may result in the realization of substantial capital gains, including net short-term capital gains. As a result, high portfolio turnover may reduce the Fund’s returns.

Other Investment Companies Risk: The Fund’s investments in other investment companies, including ETFs, will be subject to substantially the same risks as those associated with the direct ownership of the securities comprising the portfolios of such investment companies, and the value of the Fund’s investment will fluctuate in response to the performance of such portfolios. In addition, if the Fund acquires shares of other investment companies or ETFs, shareholders of the Fund will bear both their proportionate share of the fees and expenses of the Fund (including management and advisory fees) and, indirectly, the fees expenses of the other investment companies or ETFs.

The Fund’s Performance

The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks and volatility of an investment in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund’s performance from calendar year to calendar year and by showing how the Fund’s average annual total returns for one year, five years, and ten years compare with the Bloomberg World ex US Large & Mid Cap Index and the MSCI All Country World Ex USA Index. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. The performance table reflects any applicable sales charges. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future. More recent performance information is available at no cost by visiting TouchstoneInvestments.com or by calling 1.833.368.7383.

The Fund commenced operations following the completion of the reorganization of the Touchstone Dynamic Allocation Fund, a series of the Touchstone Strategic Trust (the “Predecessor Fund”), on December 8, 2023 (the “Reorganization”). The performance and accounting history of the Predecessor Fund was assumed by the Fund. Performance information included herein is that of the Predecessor Fund for the period prior to the Reorganization. The Predecessor Fund was managed by a different sub-adviser using different investment strategies. The performance shown below would have differed if Los Angeles Capital had managed the Predecessor Fund pursuant to the Fund’s current strategies prior to the Reorganization.

Touchstone Dynamic International ETF — Shares Total Return as of December 31


Best Quarter:	2nd Quarter 2025	14.25 %
Worst Quarter:	1st Quarter 2020	(15.22) %
Year-To-Date:	3/31/2026	4.11 %

Average Annual Total Returns For the periods ended December 31, 2025	1 Year	5 Years	10 Years
Touchstone Dynamic International ETF
Return Before Taxes(1)	42.43 %	9.43 %	8.61 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions	41.91 %	8.48 %	7.26 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares	25.70 %	7.21 %	6.45 %
Bloomberg World ex US Large & Mid Cap Index(2) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes, except foreign withholding taxes on dividends)	31.47 %	7.59 %	8.43 %
MSCI All Country World Ex USA Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes, except foreign withholding taxes on dividends)	32.39 %	7.91 %	8.41 %

(1)

The Fund assumed the performance history of Class Y shares of the Predecessor Fund.

(2)

The Fund changed its broad-based securities market index to the Bloomberg World ex US Large and Mid Cap Index which is similarly representative of the overall securities market applicable to the Fund.

The Fund’s Management

Investment Adviser

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. serves as the Fund’s investment adviser.

Sub-Adviser	Portfolio Managers	Investment Experience with the Fund	Primary Title with Sub-Adviser
Los Angeles Capital Management LLC	Hal W. Reynolds, CFA	Since inception in December 2023	Vice Chairman
	Ed Rackham, Ph.D.	Since inception in December 2023	Chief Investment Officer
	Daniel Arche, CFA	Since inception in December 2023	Senior Portfolio Manager

Buying and Selling Fund Shares

Tax Information

Financial Intermediary Compensation

Touchstone International Equity ETF Summary

The Fund’s Investment Goal

The Touchstone International Equity ETF (the “Fund”) seeks long-term capital appreciation.

The Fund’s Fees and Expenses

	Touchstone International Equity ETF
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.63%
Distribution and/or Shareholder Service (12b-1) Fees(1)	0.00%
Other Expenses	0.38%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	1.01%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(2)	(0.64)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(2)	0.37%

(1)

(2)

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser” or “Touchstone Advisors”) and Touchstone ETF Trust (the “Trust”) have entered into a contractual expense limitation agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors will waive a portion of its fees or reimburse certain Fund expenses (excluding dividend and interest expenses relating to short sales; interest; taxes; brokerage commissions and other transaction costs; portfolio transaction and investment related expenses, including expenses associated with the Fund's interfund lending program, if any; other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; the cost of “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses”, if any; and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business) in order to limit annual Fund operating expenses to 0.37% of average daily net assets. This contractual expense limitation is effective through April 29, 2027, but can be terminated by a vote of the Board if it deems the termination to be beneficial to the Fund’s shareholders. The terms of the contractual expense limitation agreement provide that Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Board, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three years from the date on which the Adviser reduced its compensation or assumed expenses for the Fund. The Fund will make repayments to the Adviser only if such repayment does not cause the annual Fund operating expenses (after the repayment is taken into account) to exceed either (1) the expense cap in place when such amounts were waived or reimbursed or (2) the Fund’s current expense limitation.


1 Year	$38
3 Years	$258
5 Years	$495
10 Years	$1,178

Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual Fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the period from March 3, 2025 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2025 the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 13% of the average value of the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund’s Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in equity securities of large capitalization, non-U.S. companies. The Fund's 80% policy is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Fund upon 60 days' prior written notice to shareholders. For purposes of the Fund, a large capitalization company will generally have a market capitalization above $2 billion (USD) at the time of purchase. Equity securities in which the Fund invests include common stocks, but may also include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”). The Fund considers a company to be a non-U.S. company if (1) the company's primary issue trades on a non-U.S. exchange; or (2) the company is organized, maintains its principal place of business, or has significant assets, production activities, trading or other businesses in countries outside of the United States. The Fund may also invest up to 10% of its assets in securities of companies domiciled in emerging markets. The Fund classifies emerging market countries as those countries that are included in the Morgan Stanley Capital International (“MSCI”) Emerging Markets Index.

The Fund's sub-adviser, London Company of Virginia d/b/a The London Company (“The London Company”), seeks to purchase financially stable companies that it believes are consistently generating high returns on unleveraged operating capital, run by shareholder-oriented management, and trading at a discount to The London Company's estimate of intrinsic value. Guiding principles of The London Company's international equity philosophy include: (1) a focus on cash return on tangible capital, not earnings per share, (2) balance sheet strength, (3) a focused investment approach, and (4) low portfolio turnover enhances returns.

The Fund will typically hold securities of approximately 25 to 40 companies. The London Company invests for the long term with a target average holding period of approximately five years and attempts to minimize turnover in an effort to reduce transaction costs and taxes. The Fund may invest a high percentage of its assets in specific sectors of the market in order to achieve a potentially greater investment return. The London Company utilizes a “bottom up” investing approach and therefore will not focus on any specific sector or intentionally concentrate in a particular industry. The London Company generally sells a security when: it becomes overvalued and has reached its price target; the issuer's fundamentals deteriorate; there is significant trading activity by insiders; or there is a more promising alternative. The London Company may also sell a security to adjust the Fund's overall portfolio risk.

The Fund’s Principal Risks

The Fund’s share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments. Investments in the Fund are not bank guaranteed, are not deposits, and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) or any other federal government agency. As with any ETF, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. You can find more information about the Fund’s investments and risks under the “Principal Investment Strategies and Risks” section of the Fund’s prospectus. The Fund is subject to the principal risks summarized below.

●

Foreign Securities Risk: Investing in foreign securities poses additional risks since political and economic events unique in a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers, while such events may not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or issuers located in the United States. In addition, investments in foreign securities are generally denominated in foreign currency. As a result, changes in the value of those currencies compared to the U.S. dollar may affect (positively or negatively) the value of the Fund’s investments. There are also risks associated with foreign accounting standards, government regulation, market information, and clearance and settlement procedures. To the extent that the securities held by the Fund trade on foreign exchanges or in foreign markets that may be closed when the U.S. market is open, there are likely to be deviations between the current price of the securities held by the Fund and their last quoted price or the securities’ quote from the closed foreign market. Foreign markets may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets and offer less protection to investors. To the extent a Fund focuses its investments in a single country or only a few countries in a particular geographic region, economic, political, regulatory or other conditions affecting such country or region may have a greater impact on Fund performance relative to a more geographically diversified fund.

●

ETF Risk: As an ETF, the Fund is subject to the following risks:

●

Secondary Market Trading Risk: Investors buying or selling shares in the secondary market will normally pay brokerage commissions, which are often a fixed amount and may be a significant proportional cost for investors buying or selling relatively small amounts of Fund shares. Secondary market trading is subject to bid-ask spreads and trading in Fund shares may be halted by the Exchange because of market conditions or other reasons. If a trading halt occurs, a shareholder may temporarily be unable to purchase or sell shares of the Fund. In addition, although the Fund’s shares are listed on the Exchange, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for shares will develop or be maintained or that the Fund’s shares will continue to be listed. All or a portion of the securities owned by the Fund may trade in a market that is closed while the Exchange on which the Fund’s shares are listed is open. As a result, there may be changes between the last quote for a security from a closed foreign market and the value of such security during the Fund’s domestic trading day, which could lead to differences between the market price of the ETF shares and the underlying value of those shares.

Sector Focus Risk: A fund that focuses its investments in the securities of a particular market sector is subject to the risk that adverse circumstances will have a greater impact on the fund than a fund that does not focus its investments in a particular sector.

The Fund’s Performance

The Fund’s performance information is only shown when it has had a full calendar year of operations. Since the Fund has not had a full calendar year of operations, there is no performance information included in this prospectus.

The Fund’s Management

Investment Adviser

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. serves as the Fund’s investment adviser.

Sub-Adviser	Portfolio Manager	Investment Experience with the Fund	Primary Title with Sub-Adviser
London Company of Virginia d/b/a/ The London Company	TJ Carter, CFA, CPA	Since inception in March 2025	Portfolio Manager

Buying and Selling Fund Shares

Tax Information

Financial Intermediary Compensation

Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF Summary

The Fund’s Investment Goal

The Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF (the “Fund”) seeks to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

The Fund’s Fees and Expenses

	Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.60%
Distribution and/or Shareholder Service (12b-1) Fees(1)	0.00%
Other Expenses(2)	0.22%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	0.82%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(3)	(0.15)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(3)	0.67%

(1)

(2)

Other expenses are based on estimated amounts.

(3)

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser” or “Touchstone Advisors”) and Touchstone ETF Trust (the “Trust”) have entered into a contractual expense limitation agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors will waive a portion of its fees or reimburse certain Fund expenses (excluding dividend and interest expenses relating to short sales; interest; taxes; brokerage commissions and other transaction costs; portfolio transaction and investment related expenses, including expenses associated with the Fund's interfund lending program, if any; other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; the cost of “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses”, if any; and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business) in order to limit annual Fund operating expenses to 0.67% of average daily net assets. This contractual expense limitation is effective through April 29, 2027, but can be terminated by a vote of the Board if it deems the termination to be beneficial to the Fund’s shareholders. The terms of the contractual expense limitation agreement provide that Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Board, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three years from the date on which the Adviser reduced its compensation or assumed expenses for the Fund. The Fund will make repayments to the Adviser only if such repayment does not cause the annual Fund operating expenses (after the repayment is taken into account) to exceed either (1) the expense cap in place when such amounts were waived or reimbursed or (2) the Fund’s current expense limitation.


1 Year	$68
3 Years	$247
5 Years	$440
10 Years	$1,000

Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual Fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. The Fund commenced operations on March 13, 2026 and therefore does not yet have a portfolio turnover rate. The portfolio turnover rate for the Touchstone Large Company Growth Fund (the “Predecessor Fund”) for its fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 was 30%.

The Fund’s Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities of large capitalization issuers. Equity securities include, but are not limited to, common stocks, preferred stocks, securities convertible into common stocks, rights and warrants. The Fund’s portfolio generally will contain 25 to 35 equity securities. The Fund currently defines a large capitalization issuer as one that has a market capitalization of $10 billion or more at the time of purchase.

In addition, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in equity securities of foreign issuers, including emerging markets, through, but not limited to, American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) or other depositary receipts. The Fund is a non-diversified fund and may, from time to time, have significant exposure to one or more issuers, geographic regions or sectors of the global economy. The Fund may invest greater than 25% of its assets in one or more of the following sectors: consumer discretionary, consumer staples, energy, financials, health care, industrials, materials, information technology and communication services.

DSM Capital Partners LLC (“DSM”), the Fund’s sub–adviser, manages the Fund using a bottom-up, “idea-driven,” growth-style with a long-term (i.e., three-year) investment horizon. This means in general terms that DSM seeks to identify issuers which it believes exhibit certain quality characteristics. For instance, DSM selects issuers that it believes have growing businesses with solid fundamentals, attractive profitability, and successful managements. DSM generally sells an equity security when its projected future return becomes unattractive relative to the rest of the portfolio or the investable universe.

The Fund’s Principal Risks

●

ETF Risk: As an ETF, the Fund is subject to the following risks:

●

there may be changes between the last quote for a security from a closed foreign market and the value of such security during the Fund’s domestic trading day, which could lead to differences between the market price of the ETF shares and the underlying value of those shares.

●

Convertible Securities Risk: Convertible securities are subject to the risks of both debt securities and equity securities. The values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates rise and, due to the conversion feature, tend to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying security.

Non-Diversification Risk: The Fund is non-diversified, which means that it may invest a greater percentage of its assets than a diversified fund in the securities of a limited number of issuers. The use of a non-diversified investment strategy may increase the volatility of the Fund’s investment performance, as the Fund may be more susceptible to risks associated with a single economic, political or regulatory event.

Sector and Industry Focus Risk: The Fund may invest a high percentage of its assets in specific sectors and/or industries of the market in order to achieve a potentially greater investment return. As a result, the Fund may be more susceptible to economic, political, and regulatory developments in a particular sector or industry of the market, positive or negative, than a fund that does not invest a high percentage of its assets in specific sectors or industries.

The Fund’s Performance

The Fund's investment objective and principal investment strategies are identical to those of the Predecessor Fund. Before the Predecessor Fund commenced operations, all of the assets and liabilities of the DSM Large Cap Growth Fund were transferred to the Predecessor Fund in a tax-free reorganization on August 15, 2016. As a result, the Predecessor Fund assumed the performance and accounting history of the DSM Large Cap Growth Fund.

The Fund commenced operations following the completion of the reorganization of the Predecessor Fund, a series of the Touchstone Strategic Trust, into the Fund, on March 13, 2026 (the “Reorganization”). The performance and accounting history of the Predecessor Fund was assumed by the Fund. Performance information included herein is that of the Predecessor Fund.

The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks and volatility of an investment in the Fund by showing changes in the Predecessor Fund’s performance from calendar year to calendar year and by showing how the Predecessor Fund’s average annual total returns for one year, five years, and ten years compare with the Bloomberg US 3000 Index and the Russell 3000® Index. The Bloomberg US 1000 Growth Index and the Russell 1000® Growth Index show how the Predecessor Fund’s performance compares against the returns of indexes with similar investment objectives. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. The performance table reflects any applicable sales charges. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future. More recent performance information is available at no cost by visiting TouchstoneInvestments.com or by calling 1.833.368.7383.

Predecessor Fund — Institutional Class Shares Total Return as of December 31


Best Quarter:	2nd Quarter 2020	25.76 %
Worst Quarter:	2nd Quarter 2022	(18.02) %
Year-To-Date:	3/31/2026	(11.35) %

Average Annual Total Returns For the periods ended December 31, 2025	1 Year	5 Years	10 Years
Predecessor Fund - Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF
Return Before Taxes	15.30 %	12.25 %	14.95 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions	14.05 %	10.46 %	13.15 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares	9.79 %	9.31 %	11.98 %
Bloomberg US 3000 Index(1) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	17.21 %	13.09 %	14.27 %
Bloomberg US 1000 Growth Index(2) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	17.93 %	13.60 %	16.60 %
Russell 3000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	17.15 %	13.15 %	14.29 %
Russell 1000® Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	18.56 %	15.32 %	18.13 %

(1)

The Fund changed its broad-based securities market index to the Bloomberg US 3000 Index which is similarly representative of the overall securities market applicable to the Fund.

(2)

The Fund changed its additional index to the Bloomberg US 1000 Growth Index which has similar investment objectives to the Fund.

The Fund’s Management

Investment Adviser

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. serves as the Fund’s investment adviser.

Sub- Adviser	Portfolio Manager	Investment Experience with the Fund and the Predecessor Fund	Primary Title with Sub-Adviser
DSM Capital Partners LLC	Daniel Strickberger	Since inception in March, 2026; managed the Predecessor Fund from 2016 to 2026	Chief Investment Officer and Managing Partner
	David McVey	Since inception in March, 2026; managed the Predecessor Fund from 2020 to 2026	Deputy Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager
	Eric Woodworth, CFA	Since inception in March, 2026; managed the Predecessor Fund from 2021 to 2026	Deputy Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager

Buying and Selling Fund Shares

Tax Information

Financial Intermediary Compensation

Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF Summary

The Fund’s Investment Goal

The Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF (the “Fund”) seeks long-term capital appreciation.

The Fund’s Fees and Expenses

	Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.74%
Distribution and/or Shareholder Service (12b-1) Fees(1)	0.00%
Other Expenses	1.97%
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (AFFE)	0.01%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses(2)	2.72%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(3)	(1.92)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(2)(3)	0.80%

(1)

(2)

(3)

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser” or “Touchstone Advisors”) and Touchstone ETF Trust (the “Trust”) have entered into a contractual expense limitation agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors will waive a portion of its fees or reimburse certain Fund expenses (excluding dividend and interest expenses relating to short sales; interest; taxes; brokerage commissions and other transaction costs; portfolio transaction and investment related expenses, including expenses associated with the Fund's interfund lending program, if any; other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; the cost of “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses”, if any; and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business) in order to limit annual Fund operating expenses to 0.79% of average daily net assets. This contractual expense limitation is effective through April 29, 2027, but can be terminated by a vote of the Board if it deems the termination to be beneficial to the Fund’s shareholders. The terms of the contractual expense limitation agreement provide that Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Board, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three years from the date on which the Adviser reduced its compensation or assumed expenses for the Fund. The Fund will make repayments to the Adviser only if such repayment does not cause the annual Fund operating expenses (after the repayment is taken into account) to exceed either (1) the expense cap in place when such amounts were waived or reimbursed or (2) the Fund’s current expense limitation.


1 Year	$82
3 Years	$662
5 Years	$1,268
10 Years	$2,910

Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual Fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the period from February 24, 2025 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2025 the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 26% of the average value of the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund’s Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in equity and equity-related securities issued by companies in “emerging” or “frontier” market countries, excluding China and Hong Kong, that the Fund's sub-adviser, Sands Capital Management, LLC (“Sands Capital”) believes have above-average potential for revenue or earnings growth. The Fund’s 80% policy is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Fund upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders. The Fund invests primarily in a portfolio of equity securities such as common stock, preferred stock, and depositary receipts. Emerging or frontier market companies are companies of any size that are economically tied to emerging or frontier markets. The Fund generally considers qualifying investments to be in companies that are domiciled in, organized under the laws of, or maintain their principal place of business in, an emerging or frontier market country; have securities that are principally traded in such countries; or derive at least 50% of revenues or profits from, or have at least 50% of their assets in, such countries. The Fund generally invests in a portfolio of 25 to 45 issuers selected on the basis of “bottom-up” research undertaken by Sands Capital.

The Fund classifies emerging markets as those countries not included in the MSCI World Index, a developed market index. As of December 31, 2025, the countries in the MSCI World Index included: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States. The country composition of the MSCI World Index can change over time. Frontier markets are those emerging market countries that have the smallest, least mature economies and least developed capital markets. The Fund classifies frontier markets as those countries included in the MSCI Frontier Markets Index. As of December 31, 2025, the countries in the MSCI Frontier Markets Index included: Bahrain, Bangladesh, Benin, Burkina Faso, Croatia, Estonia, Guinea-Bissau, Iceland, Ivory Coast, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Latvia, Lithuania, Mali, Mauritius, Morocco, Niger, Oman, Pakistan, Romania, Senegal, Serbia, Slovenia, Sri Lanka, Togo, Tunisia and Vietnam.

Sands Capital uses a “bottom-up” approach to investment selection, as opposed to sector or regional allocations that focuses on a company’s long-term business fundamentals. Therefore, the Fund may overweight certain geographies or sectors and may underweight other geographies or sectors. Sands Capital looks for companies that have: sustainable above-average earnings growth; a leadership position in a promising business space; significant competitive advantages, such as profitability, superior quality, or distribution relative to competitors, or strong brand and consumer loyalty; a clear mission in an understandable business model; financial strength; and a rational valuation in relation to competitors, the market, and business prospects.

As an integral part of the evaluation of a company, Sands Capital considers corporate governance, social, and environmental factors (collectively, “ESG”) when it believes such factors may be material to the long-term shareowner value creation potential of the company. Sands Capital utilizes proprietary ESG-related research to enhance its evaluation of portfolio businesses. The relevance and materiality of ESG factors vary and are highly dependent on the region, country, industry, and company. Sands Capital’s analysis of these factors is integrated into the investment decision making process to the extent it believes they may affect a company’s value creation potential.

Sands Capital incorporates ESG analysis into its investment process to ensure that all risks and opportunities materially affecting an investment’s financial outcome are considered. While Sands Capital does not rely on top-down ratings, it assesses each company individually, integrating ESG factors to the extent they impact the company’s value-creating potential. An investment in a company with poor ESG scores may still be made if other factors strongly support the case and the company is thoughtfully managing its ESG impacts. In such cases, Sands Capital actively monitors material ESG trends and engages with the company with an intent to mitigate risks and enhance opportunities.

Sands Capital generally intends for the Fund’s investments to be held for an average term of three to five years, although the Fund may hold any investment for any length of time. Sands Capital generally considers selling a security when it no longer meets the investment criteria outlined above, for risk management purposes, or if a more attractive investment opportunity presents itself.

The Fund is non-diversified and may invest a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of a single company.

The Fund’s Principal Risks

●

Mid-Cap Risk: Stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Mid-sized companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, and may be dependent upon a particular niche of the market.

●

Small-Cap Risk: Stocks of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Small companies may have limited product lines or financial resources and may be dependent upon a small or inexperienced management group.

●

Equity-Related Securities Risk: The Fund may invest in equity-related securities, including low-exercise-price options (“LEPOs”), low-exercise-price-warrants (“LEPWs”), and participatory notes (“P-notes”) to gain exposure to issuers in certain emerging or frontier market countries. LEPOs, LEPWs, and P-notes are offshore derivative instruments issued to foreign institutional investors and their sub-accounts against underlying securities traded in emerging or frontier markets. These securities may be listed on an exchange or traded over-the-counter, and are similar to ADRs. As a result, the risks of investing in LEPOs, LEPWs, and P-notes are similar to depositary receipts risk and foreign securities risk in general. Specifically these securities entail both counterparty risk—the risk that the issuer of the LEPO, LEPW, or P-Note may not be able to fulfill its obligations or that the holder and counterparty or issuer may disagree as to the meaning or application of contractual terms—and liquidity risk—the risk that a liquid market may not exist for such securities.

●

Frontier Markets Risk: Frontier markets have similar risks to emerging markets, except that these risks are often magnified in a frontier market due to its smaller and less developed economy. As a result, frontier markets may experience greater changes in market or economic conditions, financial stability, price volatility, currency fluctuations, and other risks inherent in foreign securities.

●

India Risk: Government actions, bureaucratic obstacles and inconsistent economic reform within the Indian government have had a significant effect on its economy and could adversely affect market conditions, economic growth and the profitability of companies in India. Global economic developments may inhibit the flow of foreign capital on which India is dependent to sustain its growth. Corporate governance standards of Indian companies may be weaker and less transparent, which may increase the risk of loss and unequal treatment of investors. Investments in Indian securities may be limited or prevented, at times, due to the limits on foreign ownership imposed by the Indian regulatory authorities. Investments in India are subject to risks presented by investments in an emerging market country, including liquidity risk. Religious, cultural and military disputes persist in India, and between India and Pakistan, and could hinder development of the Indian economy and impact the broader region. In addition, the Indian economy could be adversely impacted by natural disasters and acts of terrorism.

ETF Risk: As an ETF, the Fund is subject to the following risks:

●

Secondary Market Trading Risk: Investors buying or selling shares in the secondary market will normally pay brokerage commissions, which are often a fixed amount and may be a significant proportional cost for investors buying or selling relatively small amounts of Fund shares. Secondary market trading is subject to bid-ask spreads and trading in Fund shares may be halted by the Exchange because of market conditions or other reasons. If a trading halt occurs, a shareholder may temporarily be unable to purchase or sell shares of the Fund. In addition, although the Fund’s shares are listed on the Exchange, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for shares will develop or be maintained or that the Fund’s shares will continue to be listed. All or a portion of the securities owned by the Fund may trade in a market that is closed while the Exchange on which the Fund’s shares are listed is open. As a result, there may be changes between the last quote for a security from a closed foreign market and the value of such security during the Fund’s domestic trading day, which could lead to differences between the market price of the ETF shares and the underlying value of those shares.

ESG Investing Risk: The Fund's sub-adviser may consider ESG factors that it deems relevant or additive, along with other material factors and analysis, when selecting investments for the Fund. The Fund’s ESG criteria may cause the Fund to forgo opportunities to buy certain securities, or forgo opportunities to gain exposure to certain industries, sectors, regions and countries. In addition, the Fund may be required to sell a security when it might otherwise be disadvantageous for it to do so.

The Fund’s Performance

The Fund’s Management

Investment Adviser

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. serves as the Fund’s investment adviser.

Sub-Adviser	Portfolio Managers	Investment Experience with the Fund	Primary Title with Sub-Adviser
Sands Capital Management, LLC	Brian A. Christiansen, CFA	Since inception in February 2025	Sr. Portfolio Manager, Research Analyst, Executive Managing Director
	Teeja Boye, CFA	Since inception in February 2025	Portfolio Manager and Sr. Research Analyst

Buying and Selling Fund Shares

Tax Information

Financial Intermediary Compensation

Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF Summary

The Fund’s Investment Goal

The Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF (the “Fund”) seeks long-term capital appreciation.

The Fund’s Fees and Expenses

	Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.65%
Distribution and/or Shareholder Service (12b-1) Fees(1)	0.00%
Other Expenses	0.31%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	0.96%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(2)	(0.29)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(2)	0.67%

(1)

(2)

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser” or “Touchstone Advisors”) and Touchstone ETF Trust (the “Trust”) have entered into a contractual expense limitation agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors will waive a portion of its fees or reimburse certain Fund expenses (excluding dividend and interest expenses relating to short sales; interest; taxes; brokerage commissions and other transaction costs; portfolio transaction and investment related expenses, including expenses associated with the Fund's interfund lending program, if any; other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; the cost of “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses”, if any; and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business) in order to limit annual Fund operating expenses to 0.67% of average daily net assets. This contractual expense limitation is effective through April 29, 2027, but can be terminated by a vote of the Board if it deems the termination to be beneficial to the Fund’s shareholders. The terms of the contractual expense limitation agreement provide that Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Board, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three years from the date on which the Adviser reduced its compensation or assumed expenses for the Fund. The Fund will make repayments to the Adviser only if such repayment does not cause the annual Fund operating expenses (after the repayment is taken into account) to exceed either (1) the expense cap in place when such amounts were waived or reimbursed or (2) the Fund’s current expense limitation.


1 Year	$68
3 Years	$277
5 Years	$503
10 Years	$1,152

The Fund’s Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund invests primarily in common stocks of U.S. companies that have above-average potential for revenue or earnings growth. The Fund emphasizes investments in large and mid capitalization growth companies. The weighted-average market capitalization of these companies is generally in excess of $25 billion, and the Fund generally does not invest in companies that have a market capitalization of less than $2 billion at the time of purchase. The Fund will typically own between 25 and 35 companies.

The Fund may own the ordinary shares of non-U.S. companies listed on U.S. exchanges but normally will not invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”).

As an integral part of the evaluation of a company, Sands Capital considers corporate governance, social, and environmental factors (collectively, “ESG”) when it believes such factors may be material to the long-term shareowner value creation potential of the company. Sands Capital utilizes proprietary ESG-related research to enhance its evaluation of portfolio businesses. The relevance and materiality of ESG factors vary and are highly dependent on the region, country, industry, and company. Sands Capital’s analysis of these factors is integrated into the investment decision-making process to the extent it believes they may affect a company’s value-creation potential.

The Fund is non-diversified and may invest a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of a single company or in the securities of a smaller number of companies than a diversified fund. The Fund may invest a high percentage of its assets in specific sectors of the market in order to achieve a potentially greater investment return.

The Fund will invest, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of U.S. companies that Sands Capital believes have above-average potential for revenue or earnings growth. This is a nonfundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Fund upon 60 days' prior written notice to shareholders.

The Fund’s Principal Risks

●

ETF Risk: As an ETF, the Fund is subject to the following risks:

●

NAV when selling Fund shares. This risk is heightened in times of market volatility or periods of steep market declines. In such market conditions, market or stop loss orders to sell Fund shares may be executed at prices well below a Fund’s NAV.

●

The Fund’s Performance

Index and the Russell 1000® Growth Index show how the Fund's performance compares against the returns of indexes with similar investment objectives. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. The performance table reflects any applicable sales charges. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future. More recent performance information is available at no cost by visiting TouchstoneInvestments.com or by calling 1.833.368.7383.

Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF — Shares Total Return as of December 31


Best Quarter:	2nd Quarter 2025	27.73 %
Worst Quarter:	1st Quarter 2025	(10.84) %
Year-To-Date:	3/31/2026	(12.78) %

Average Annual Total Returns For the periods ended December 31, 2025		Since Inception
	1 Year	12/31/2024
Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF
Return Before Taxes	13.32 %	13.32 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions	13.32 %	13.32 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares	7.89 %	7.89 %
Bloomberg US 3000 Index(1) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	17.21 %	17.21 %
Bloomberg US 1000 Growth Index(2) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	17.93 %	17.93 %
Russell 3000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	17.15 %	17.15 %
Russell 1000® Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	18.56 %	18.56 %

(1)

The Fund changed its broad-based securities market index to the Bloomberg US 3000 Index which is similarly representative of the overall securities market applicable to the Fund.

(2)

The Fund changed its additional index to the Bloomberg US 1000 Growth Index which has similar investment objectives to the Fund.

The Fund’s Management

Investment Adviser

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. serves as the Fund’s investment adviser.

Sub-Adviser	Portfolio Managers	Investment Experience with the Fund	Primary Title with Sub-Adviser
Sands Capital Management, LLC	Wesley A. Johnston, CFA	Since inception in January 2025	Sr. Portfolio Manager, Research Analyst
	Thomas H. Trentman, CFA	Since inception in January 2025	Sr. Portfolio Manager, Research Analyst
	Benjamin H. Betcher	Since January 2026	Portfolio Manager and Senior Research Analyst

Buying and Selling Fund Shares

Tax Information

Financial Intermediary Compensation

Touchstone Securitized Income ETF Summary

The Fund’s Investment Goal

The Touchstone Securitized Income ETF (the “Fund”) seeks total return through income and capital appreciation.

The Fund’s Fees and Expenses

	Touchstone Securitized Income ETF
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.34%
Distribution and/or Shareholder Service (12b-1) Fees(1)	0.00%
Other Expenses	0.34%
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (AFFE)	0.01%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses(2)	0.69%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(3)	(0.29)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(2)(3)	0.40%

(1)

(2)

(3)

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser” or “Touchstone Advisors”) and Touchstone ETF Trust (the “Trust”) have entered into a contractual expense limitation agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors will waive a portion of its fees or reimburse certain Fund expenses (excluding dividend and interest expenses relating to short sales; interest; taxes; brokerage commissions and other transaction costs; portfolio transaction and investment related expenses, including expenses associated with the Fund's interfund lending program, if any; other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; the cost of “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses”, if any; and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business) in order to limit annual Fund operating expenses to 0.39% of average daily net assets. This contractual expense limitation is effective through April 29, 2027, but can be terminated by a vote of the Board if it deems the termination to be beneficial to the Fund’s shareholders. The terms of the contractual expense limitation agreement provide that Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Board, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three years from the date on which the Adviser reduced its compensation or assumed expenses for the Fund. The Fund will make repayments to the Adviser only if such repayment does not cause the annual Fund operating expenses (after the repayment is taken into account) to exceed either (1) the expense cap in place when such amounts were waived or reimbursed or (2) the Fund’s current expense limitation.


1 Year	$41
3 Years	$192
5 Years	$355
10 Years	$831

Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual Fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 45% of the average value of the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund’s Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund will invest, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in securitized fixed-income securities. The Fund’s 80% policy is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Fund's Board upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.

The Fund will invest in a variety of securitized fixed-income securities, including residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), asset-backed securities (“ABS”), and collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”). RMBS are fixed-income securities representing an interest in a pool of underlying residential mortgage loans, while CMBS include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real estate. The ABS in which the Fund may invest include fixed-income securities backed by other assets such as credit card, automobile or consumer loan receivables, retail installment loans, or participations in pools of leases. A CLO is a type of asset-backed security that is an obligation of a trust typically collateralized by pools of loans, which may include domestic and foreign senior secured and unsecured loans and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade, or equivalent unrated loans.

The Fund may also invest up to 20% of its assets in U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. government agency securities, securities of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, and cash equivalent securities including repurchase agreements, commercial paper and variable rate demand notes.

While the Fund may invest in both investment-grade debt securities and non-investment-grade debt securities, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. (“Fort Washington”), the Fund’s sub-adviser, seeks to invest at least 50% of the Fund's portfolio in investment-grade debt securities. Investment-grade debt securities are those having a rating of BBB-/Baa3 or higher from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, if a rating is not available, deemed to be of comparable quality by Fort Washington. The Fund’s investment policies will be based on credit ratings at the time of purchase. The Fund may also invest in non-investment-grade debt securities. Non-investment-grade debt securities are often referred to as “junk bonds” and are considered speculative. Up to 15% of the Fund’s portfolio may be invested in securities that are non-rated by a NRSRO.

In selecting investments for the Fund, Fort Washington may choose fixed-income securities that it believes are attractively priced relative to the market or to similar instruments. An investment may be determined to be “attractively priced” if it is offered at a level that is expected to yield a return greater than it historically has and/or a greater return than generally available in the market for other securities of a similar risk profile (i.e., similar credit quality, duration, liquidity and expected volatility).

While the Fund may invest in securities with any maturity or duration, Fort Washington seeks to maintain an effective duration for the Fund between one and four years under normal market conditions.

The Fund’s Principal Risks

The Fund’s share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments. Investments in the Fund are not bank guaranteed, are not deposits, and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) or any other federal government agency. As with any ETF, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. You can find more information about the Fund’s investments and risks under the “Principal Investment Strategies and Risks” section of the Fund’s prospectus. The Fund is subject to the principal risks summarized below.

Fixed-Income Risk: The market value of the Fund’s fixed-income securities responds to economic developments, particularly interest rate changes, as well as to perceptions about the creditworthiness of individual issuers, including governments. Generally, the Fund’s fixed-income securities will decrease in value if interest rates rise and increase in value if interest rates fall. Normally, the longer the maturity or duration of the fixed-income securities the Fund owns, the more sensitive the value of the Fund’s shares will be to changes in interest rates.

●

Asset-Backed Securities Risk: Asset-backed securities are fixed-income securities backed by other assets such as credit card, automobile or consumer loan receivables, retail installment loans, or participations in pools of leases. The values of these securities are sensitive to changes in the credit quality of the underlying collateral, the credit strength of any credit enhancement feature, changes in interest rates, and, at times, the financial condition of the issuer.

●

Credit Risk: The fixed-income securities in the Fund’s portfolio are subject to the possibility that a deterioration, whether sudden or gradual, in the financial condition of an issuer, or a deterioration in general economic conditions, could cause an issuer to fail to make timely payments of principal or interest, when due. This may cause the issuer’s securities to decline in value.

●

Interest Rate Risk: In general, when interest rates rise, the prices of debt securities fall, and when interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities rise. The price volatility of a debt security also depends on its maturity. Longer-term securities are generally more volatile, so the longer the average maturity or duration of these securities, the greater their price risk. Duration is a measure used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates that incorporates a security’s yield, coupon, final maturity, and call features, among other characteristics. The longer a fixed-income security’s duration, the more sensitive it will be to changes in interest rates. Maturity, on the other hand, is the date on which a fixed-income security becomes due for payment of principal. Recent and potential future changes in government policy may affect interest rates.

●

Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk: Mortgage-backed securities are fixed-income securities representing an interest in a pool of underlying mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are sensitive to changes in interest rates, but may respond to these changes differently from other fixed-income securities due to the possibility of prepayment of the underlying mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities may fluctuate in price based on deterioration in the value of the collateral underlying the pool of mortgage loans, which may result in the collateral being worth less than the remaining principal amount owed on the mortgages in the pool. CMBS include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real estate. Many of the risks of investing in CMBS reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. CMBS may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage or asset-backed securities.

●

Prepayment Risk: The risk that a debt security may be paid off and proceeds reinvested earlier than anticipated. Prepayment impacts both the interest rate sensitivity of the underlying asset, such as an asset-backed or mortgage-backed security and its cash flow projections. Therefore, prepayment risk may make it difficult to calculate the average duration of the Fund’s asset- or mortgage-backed securities which in turn would make it difficult to assess the interest rate risk of the Fund.

●

U.S. Government Securities Risk: Certain U.S. government securities are backed by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury while others are supported only by the credit of the issuer or instrumentality. While the U.S. government is able to provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it will always do so. Such securities are generally neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury.

ETF Risk: As an ETF, the Fund is subject to the following risks:

●

Collateralized Loan Obligations Risk: Typically, collateralized loan obligations are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, the Fund may in certain circumstances characterize its investments in collateralized loan obligations as illiquid. Collateralized loan obligations are subject to the typical risks associated with debt instruments (i.e., interest rate risk and credit risk). Additional risks of collateralized loan obligations include the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will be insufficient to make interest or other payments, the potential for a decline in the quality of the collateral, and the possibility that the Fund may invest in a subordinate tranche of a collateralized loan obligation.

Counterparty Risk: The issuer or guarantor of a fixed-income security, a counterparty (the other party to a transaction or an agreement or the party with whom an underlying fund executes transactions) to a transaction with the Fund, or a borrower of the Fund’s securities may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal, interest or settlement payments, or otherwise honor its obligations.

Rating Agency Risk: Ratings represent a NRSRO opinion regarding the quality of the security and are not a guarantee of quality. NRSROs may fail to timely update credit ratings in response to subsequent events. In addition, NRSROs are subject to an inherent conflict of interest because they are often compensated by the same issuers whose securities they grade.

Repurchase Agreement Risk: Under all repurchase agreements entered into by the Fund, the Fund’s custodian or its agent must take possession of the underlying collateral. However, if the counterparty defaults, the Fund could realize a loss on the sale of the underlying security to the extent that the proceeds of sale, including accrued interest, are less than the resale price provided in the agreement including interest. In addition, even though the Bankruptcy Code provides protection for most repurchase agreements, if the seller should be involved in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, the Fund may incur delay and costs in selling the underlying security or may suffer a loss of principal and interest if the Fund is treated as an unsecured creditor and is required to return the underlying security to the seller’s estate. Repurchase agreements are considered loans by the Fund.

The Fund’s Performance

The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks and volatility of an investment in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund’s performance from calendar year to calendar year and by showing how the Fund’s average annual total returns for one year and since inception compare with the Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. The performance table reflects any applicable sales charges. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future. More recent performance information is available at no cost by visiting TouchstoneInvestments.com or by calling 1.833.368.7383.

Touchstone Securitized Income ETF — Shares Total Return as of December 31


Best Quarter:	3rd Quarter 2024	3.34 %
Worst Quarter:	4th Quarter 2024	0.17 %
Year-To-Date:	3/31/2026	0.22 %

Average Annual Total Returns For the periods ended December 31, 2025		Since Inception
	1 Year	7/17/2023
Touchstone Securitized Income ETF
Return Before Taxes	7.49 %	8.27 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions	4.76 %	5.62 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares	4.45 %	5.21 %
Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	7.30 %	4.70 %

The Fund’s Management

Investment Adviser

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. serves as the Fund’s investment adviser.

Sub-Adviser	Portfolio Managers	Investment Experience with the Fund	Primary Title with Sub-Adviser
Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.	Scott D. Weston	Since inception in July 2023	Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager
	Brent A. Miller, CFA	Since inception in July 2023	Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager
	Laura L. Mayfield	Since inception in July 2023	Assistant Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager
	Richard Schneider	Since inception in July 2023	Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager

Buying and Selling Fund Shares

Tax Information

Financial Intermediary Compensation

Touchstone Strategic Income ETF Summary

The Fund’s Investment Goal

The Touchstone Strategic Income ETF (the “Fund”) seeks a high level of current income with a focus on capital preservation.

The Fund’s Fees and Expenses

	Touchstone Strategic Income ETF
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.55%
Distribution and/or Shareholder Service (12b-1) Fees(1)	0.00%
Other Expenses	0.26%
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (AFFE)	0.01%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses(2)	0.82%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(3)	(0.32)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(2)(3)	0.50%

(1)

(2)

(3)


1 Year	$51
3 Years	$230
5 Years	$424
10 Years	$984

Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual Fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 208% of the average value of the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund’s Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in income producing fixed-income securities. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that the Fund’s Board can change upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders. Income producing securities generally include corporate debt securities, mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities, government securities (both U.S. government securities and foreign sovereign debt), and preferred stocks. The Fund will engage in frequent and active trading as part of its principal investment strategies.

The Fund’s sub-adviser, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. (“Fort Washington”), seeks to employ a high conviction, yield-oriented investment approach with a relatively focused number of issuers, coupled with sector diversification and diligent risk management intended to result in attractive risk-adjusted returns via high levels of income. In selecting individual securities for the Fund, Fort Washington applies a rigorous bottom-up security selection process. A key characteristic of this process is the identification and implementation of high conviction ideas that can result in meaningful alpha generation. Fort Washington utilizes a variety of proprietary tools to assist with security screening and analysis.

A starting point for Fort Washington’s identification of attractive opportunities is the quantification of return potential along with associated risk. Fort Washington seeks to identify opportunities with the highest level of expected return relative to the risk. Fort Washington quantifies risk as downside risk (i.e., what can happen in a recession), not volatility. The quantification of risk and reward are an important part of the investment process that is combined with the company specific credit analysis.

In building the Fund’s portfolio, Fort Washington invests at least 50% of the Fund’s portfolio in investment-grade rated debt securities. The Fund may also invest up to 50% of the Fund’s portfolio in non-investment-grade debt securities. Non-investment-grade debt securities are often referred to as “junk bonds” and are considered speculative. The Fund’s investment policies are based on credit ratings at the time of purchase. The proportion of non-investment grade debt is influenced by the top-down component of Fort Washington’s investment process that assesses the current macro environment focusing on trends in the global economy, financial conditions, sentiment, and valuation. Generally, the exposure to non-investment grade debt increases when credit spreads are wide, taking account of economic growth, financial conditions, and sentiment. The Fund may also invest up to 20% of its total assets in income producing fixed-income securities that are emerging markets debt securities denominated in either the U.S. dollar or a foreign currency.

Additionally, in order to implement its investment strategy, the Fund may invest in mortgage dollar-roll transactions, reverse repurchase agreements, and other derivatives, including forwards, futures contracts, interest rate and credit default swap agreements, and options. These investments may be used to gain or hedge market exposure, to adjust the Fund’s duration, to manage interest rate risk, and for any other purposes consistent with the Fund’s investment strategies and limitations. Outside of the Fund’s policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in income producing fixed-income securities, the Fund may also invest up to 20% of its assets in public equities.

The Fund will generally sell a security if the price/yield no longer adequately compensates for the risk profile or if there is a change to allocation between sectors based on relative value.

The Fund’s Principal Risks

●

result in the collateral being worth less than the remaining principal amount owed on the mortgages in the pool. CMBS include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real estate. Many of the risks of investing in CMBS reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. CMBS may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage or asset-backed securities.

●

Investment-Grade Debt Securities Risk: Investment-grade debt securities may be downgraded by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) to below-investment-grade status, which would increase the risk of holding these securities. Investment-grade debt securities rated in the lowest rating category by a NRSRO involve a higher degree of risk than fixed-income securities with higher credit ratings.

●

ETF Risk: As an ETF, the Fund is subject to the following risks:

●

Derivatives Risk: The use of derivatives may expose the Fund to additional risks that it would not be subject to if it invested directly in the securities underlying those derivatives. Risks associated with derivatives may include the risk that the derivative does not correlate well with the security, index, or currency to which it relates, the risk that the Fund will be unable to sell or close out the derivative due to an illiquid market, the risk that the counterparty may be unwilling or unable to meet its obligations, and the risk that the derivative could expose the Fund to the risk of magnified losses resulting from leverage. These additional risks could cause the Fund to experience losses to which it would otherwise not be subject.

●

Leverage Risk: Leverage occurs when the Fund uses borrowings, derivatives (such as futures or options), or similar instruments or techniques to gain exposure to investments in an amount that exceeds the Fund’s initial investment. The use of leverage magnifies changes in the Fund’s net asset value and thus may result in increased portfolio volatility and increased risk of loss. Leverage can create an interest expense that may lower the Fund’s overall returns. There can be no guarantee that a leveraging strategy will be successful.

●

Futures Contracts Risk: The risks associated with the Fund’s futures positions include liquidity and counterparty risks associated with derivative instruments.

●

Swap Agreements Risk: Swap agreements (“swaps”) are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Swaps may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the investments of the Fund and its share price. The performance of swaps may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and from the Fund. A swap can be a form of leverage, which can magnify the Fund’s gains or losses.

Mortgage Dollar Roll Risk: Mortgage “dollar rolls” are transactions in which mortgage-backed securities are sold for delivery in the current month and the seller simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. The difference between the sale price and the purchase price (plus any interest earned on the cash proceeds of the sale) is netted against the interest income foregone on the securities sold to arrive at an implied borrowing rate. Alternatively, the sale and purchase transactions can be executed at the same price, with the Fund being paid a fee as consideration for entering into the commitment to purchase. If the broker-dealer to whom the Fund sells the security becomes insolvent, the Fund’s right to repurchase the security may be restricted. Other risks involved in entering into mortgage dollar rolls include the risk that the value of the security may change adversely over the term of the mortgage dollar roll and that the security the Fund is required to repurchase may be worth less than the security that the Fund originally held.

Reverse Repurchase Agreement Risk: Reverse repurchase agreements involve both counterparty risk and the risk that the value of securities that the Fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. Reverse repurchase agreements involve leverage risk; the Fund may lose money as a result of declines in the values both of the security subject to the reverse repurchase agreement and the instruments in which the Fund invested the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement.

The Fund’s Performance

The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks and volatility of an investment in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund’s performance from calendar year to calendar year and by showing how the Fund’s average annual total returns for one year and since inception compare with the Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. The performance table reflects any applicable sales charges. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future. More recent performance information is available at no cost by visiting TouchstoneInvestments.com or by calling 1.833.368.7383.

Touchstone Strategic Income ETF — Shares Total Return as of December 31


Best Quarter:	4th Quarter 2023	6.69 %
Worst Quarter:	4th Quarter 2024	(2.03) %
Year-To-Date:	3/31/2026	0.10 %

Average Annual Total Returns For the periods ended December 31, 2025		Since Inception
	1 Year	7/21/2022
Touchstone Strategic Income ETF
Return Before Taxes	9.34 %	6.79 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions	6.44 %	4.43 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares	5.56 %	4.20 %
Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	7.30 %	2.84 %

The Fund’s Management

Investment Adviser

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. serves as the Fund’s investment adviser.

Sub-Adviser	Portfolio Managers	Investment Experience with the Fund	Primary Title with Sub-Adviser
Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.	Daniel J. Carter, CFA	Since inception in July 2022	Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager
	Austin R. Kummer, CFA	Since inception in July 2022	Managing Director, Senior Portfolio Manager
	Brendan M. White, CFA	Since inception in July 2022	Senior Vice President, Co-Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager

Buying and Selling Fund Shares

Tax Information

Financial Intermediary Compensation

Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF Summary

The Fund’s Investment Goal

The Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF (the “Fund”) seeks maximum total return consistent with the preservation of capital.

The Fund’s Fees and Expenses

	Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.18%
Distribution and/or Shareholder Service (12b-1) Fees(1)	0.00%
Other Expenses	0.25%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	0.43%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(2)	(0.18)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(2)	0.25%

(1)

(2)

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser” or “Touchstone Advisors”) and Touchstone ETF Trust (the “Trust”) have entered into a contractual expense limitation agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors will waive a portion of its fees or reimburse certain Fund expenses (excluding dividend and interest expenses relating to short sales; interest; taxes; brokerage commissions and other transaction costs; portfolio transaction and investment related expenses, including expenses associated with the Fund's interfund lending program, if any; other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; the cost of “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses”, if any; and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business) in order to limit annual Fund operating expenses to 0.25% of average daily net assets. This contractual expense limitation is effective through April 29, 2027, but can be terminated by a vote of the Board if it deems the termination to be beneficial to the Fund’s shareholders. The terms of the contractual expense limitation agreement provide that Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Board, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three years from the date on which the Adviser reduced its compensation or assumed expenses for the Fund. The Fund will make repayments to the Adviser only if such repayment does not cause the annual Fund operating expenses (after the repayment is taken into account) to exceed either (1) the expense cap in place when such amounts were waived or reimbursed or (2) the Fund’s current expense limitation.


1 Year	$26
3 Years	$120
5 Years	$223
10 Years	$525

The Fund’s Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in fixed-income securities. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Fund’s Board upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders. The Fund invests in a diversified portfolio of securities of different maturities, including U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. government agency securities, securities of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, corporate bonds (including those of foreign issuers), mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, municipal bonds, collateralized loan obligations and cash equivalent securities including repurchase agreements, commercial paper and variable rate demand notes.

The Fund invests primarily in investment-grade debt securities. Investment-grade debt securities are those having a rating of BBB-/Baa3 or higher from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, if a rating is not available, deemed to be of comparable quality by the sub-adviser, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. (“Fort Washington”). The Fund’s investment policies are based on credit ratings at the time of purchase. The Fund can also invest up to 15% of its net assets in non-investment-grade debt securities. Non-investment-grade debt securities are often referred to as “junk bonds” and are considered speculative.

The Fund’s investment strategy places a greater emphasis on fixed-income securities that are structured products, and therefore the Fund expects to maintain a greater exposure to the structured products sectors (i.e., mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and collateralized loan obligations) than other types of fixed-income securities. Fort Washington also expects to maintain a meaningful exposure to corporate credit. The remainder of Fund assets are expected to be invested in other sectors, which may include municipal bonds, U.S. Treasuries, and various types of cash-equivalent securities. Fort Washington’s targeted sector and risk positioning for the Fund will vary in different types of market conditions.

In selecting investments for the Fund, Fort Washington chooses fixed-income securities that it believes are attractively priced relative to the market or to similar instruments. An investment may be determined to be “attractively priced” if it is offered at a level that is expected to yield a return greater than it historically has and/or a greater return than generally available in the market for other securities of a similar risk profile (i.e., similar credit quality, duration, liquidity and expected volatility).

In addition, Fort Washington considers the “effective duration” of the Fund’s entire portfolio. Effective duration is a measure of a security’s price volatility or the risk associated with changes in interest rates. While the Fund may invest in securities with any maturity or duration, Fort Washington seeks to maintain an effective duration for the Fund of one year or less under normal market conditions.

The Fund may engage in frequent and active trading of securities as a part of its principal investment strategy.

The Fund’s Principal Risks

●

ETF Risk: As an ETF, the Fund is subject to the following risks:

●

The Fund’s Performance

The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks and volatility of an investment in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund’s performance from calendar year to calendar year and by showing how the Fund’s average annual total returns for one year and since inception compare with the Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index. The Bloomberg US Treasury Bellwether 3 Month Index, Bloomberg US Treasury Bellwether 1 Year Index, ICE BofA 3-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index and ICE BofA 1-Year U.S. Treasury Note Index show how the Fund's performance compares against the returns of indexes with similar investment objectives. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. The performance table reflects any applicable sales charges. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future. More recent performance information is available at no cost by visiting TouchstoneInvestments.com or by calling 1.833.368.7383.

Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF — Shares Total Return as of December 31


Best Quarter:	3rd Quarter 2024	1.93 %
Worst Quarter:	4th Quarter 2025	1.18 %
Year-To-Date:	3/31/2026	0.90 %

Average Annual Total Returns For the periods ended December 31, 2025		Since Inception
	1 Year	8/4/2022
Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF
Return Before Taxes	5.09 %	5.54 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions	3.04 %	3.40 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares	2.99 %	3.32 %
Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	7.30 %	2.44 %
Bloomberg US Treasury Bellwether 3 Month Index(1) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	4.23 %	4.68 %
Bloomberg US Treasury Bellwether 1 Year Index(1) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	4.31 %	4.45 %
ICE BofA 3-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	4.18 %	4.60 %
ICE BofA 1-Year U.S. Treasury Note Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	4.15 %	4.05 %

(1)

The Fund changed its additional indexes to the Bloomberg US Treasury Bellwether 3 Month Index and the Bloomberg US Treasury Bellwether 1 Year Index which have similar investment objectives to the Fund.

The Fund’s Management

Investment Adviser

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. serves as the Fund’s investment adviser.

Sub-Adviser	Portfolio Managers	Investment Experience with the Fund	Primary Title with Sub-Adviser
Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.	Scott D. Weston	Since inception in August 2022	Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager
	Brent A. Miller, CFA	Since inception in August 2022	Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager

Sub-Adviser	Portfolio Managers	Investment Experience with the Fund	Primary Title with Sub-Adviser
	Laura L. Mayfield	Since inception in August 2022	Assistant Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager
	Richard V. Schneider	Since April 2023	Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager

Buying and Selling Fund Shares

Tax Information

Financial Intermediary Compensation

Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF Summary

The Fund’s Investment Goal

The Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF (the “Fund”) seeks to provide investors with capital appreciation.

The Fund’s Fees and Expenses

	Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	0.70%
Distribution and/or Shareholder Service (12b-1) Fees(1)	0.00%
Other Expenses	0.47%
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (AFFE)	0.01%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses(2)	1.18%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(3)	(0.62)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(2)(3)	0.56%

(1)

(2)

(3)

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser” or “Touchstone Advisors”) and Touchstone ETF Trust (the “Trust”) have entered into a contractual expense limitation agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors will waive a portion of its fees or reimburse certain Fund expenses (excluding dividend and interest expenses relating to short sales; interest; taxes; brokerage commissions and other transaction costs; portfolio transaction and investment related expenses, including expenses associated with the Fund's interfund lending program, if any; other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; the cost of “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses”, if any; and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business) in order to limit annual Fund operating expenses to 0.55% of average daily net assets. This contractual expense limitation is effective through April 29, 2027, but can be terminated by a vote of the Board if it deems the termination to be beneficial to the Fund’s shareholders. The terms of the contractual expense limitation agreement provide that Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Board, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three years from the date on which the Adviser reduced its compensation or assumed expenses for the Fund. The Fund will make repayments to the Adviser only if such repayment does not cause the annual Fund operating expenses (after the repayment is taken into account) to exceed either (1) the expense cap in place when such amounts were waived or reimbursed or (2) the Fund’s current expense limitation.


1 Year	$57
3 Years	$313
5 Years	$589
10 Years	$1,377

The Fund’s Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in U.S.-listed large capitalization equity securities. For the purpose of the Fund’s 80% policy, a large capitalization company has a market capitalization, at the time of purchase, above $5 billion. The Fund’s 80% policy is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Fund’s Board upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders. Equity securities generally include common stock. These securities may be listed on an exchange or traded over-the-counter.

In selecting securities for the Fund, the Fund’s sub-adviser, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. (“Fort Washington”), seeks to invest in companies that:

●

Are trading below its estimate of the companies’ intrinsic value; and

●

Have sustainable competitive advantages in place. Fort Washington evaluates a company’s competitive advantage by assessing its barrier(s) to entry. A company’s barrier(s) to entry can be created through a cost advantage, economies of scale, high customer loyalty, or a government barrier (e.g., license or subsidy). Fort Washington believes that the strongest barrier to entry is the combination of economies of scale and higher customer loyalty.

The Fund is non-diversified and, therefore may, from time to time, have significant exposure to a limited number of issuers. The Fund will generally hold 25 to 45 companies, with residual cash and cash equivalents expected to represent less than 10% of the Fund’s net assets. The Fund may, at times, hold fewer securities and a higher percentage of cash and cash equivalents when, among other reasons, Fort Washington cannot find a sufficient number of securities that meet its purchase requirements. Although the Fund may invest in any economic sector, at times it may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

The Fund will generally sell a security if it reaches Fort Washington’s estimate of fair value, if a more attractive investment opportunity is available, or if a structural change has taken place and Fort Washington cannot reliably estimate the impact of the change on the business fundamentals.

The Fund’s Principal Risks

●

ETF Risk: As an ETF, the Fund is subject to the following risks:

●

The Fund’s Performance

The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks and volatility of an investment in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund’s performance from calendar year to calendar year and by showing how the Fund’s average annual total returns for one year and since inception compare with the Bloomberg US 3000 Index and the Russell 3000® Index. The Bloomberg US 1000 Index and the Russell 1000® Index show how the Fund's performance compares against the returns of indexes with similar investment objectives. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. The performance table reflects any applicable sales charges. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future. More recent performance information is available at no cost by visiting TouchstoneInvestments.com or by calling 1.833.368.7383.

Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF — Shares Total Return as of December 31


Best Quarter:	4th Quarter 2023	10.35 %
Worst Quarter:	3rd Quarter 2023	(3.67) %
Year-To-Date:	3/31/2026	(7.10) %

Average Annual Total Returns For the periods ended December 31, 2025		Since Inception
	1 Year	7/27/2022
Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF
Return Before Taxes	17.00 %	17.23 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions	16.85 %	17.06 %
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares	10.17 %	13.66 %
Bloomberg US 3000 Index(1) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	17.21 %	17.77 %
Bloomberg US 1000 Index(2) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	17.51 %	18.18 %
Russell 3000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	17.15 %	17.82 %
Russell 1000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)	17.37 %	18.24 %

(1)

The Fund changed its broad-based securities market index to the Bloomberg US 3000 Index which is similarly representative of the overall securities market applicable to the Fund.

(2)

The Fund changed its additional index to the Bloomberg US 1000 Index which has similar investment objectives to the Fund.

The Fund’s Management

Investment Adviser

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. serves as the Fund’s investment adviser.

Sub-Adviser	Portfolio Manager	Investment Experience with the Fund	Primary Title with Sub-Adviser
Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.	James E. Wilhelm, Jr.	Since inception in July 2022	Managing Director & Senior Portfolio Manager
Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.	Sunit Gogia	Since October 2024	Vice President, Portfolio Manager and Director of Equity Research

Buying and Selling Fund Shares

Tax Information

Financial Intermediary Compensation

Principal Investment Strategies and Risks

How Do The Funds Implement Their Investment Goal?

The investment goal(s) and principal investment strategies of Touchstone Dividend Select ETF (“Dividend Select ETF”), Touchstone Dynamic International ETF (“Dynamic International ETF”), Touchstone International Equity ETF (“International Equity ETF”), Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF (“Large Company Growth ETF”), Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF (“Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF”), Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF (“Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF”), Touchstone Securitized Income ETF (“Securitized Income ETF”), Touchstone Strategic Income ETF (“Strategic Income ETF”), Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF (“US Large Cap Focused ETF”) and Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF (“Ultra Short Income ETF”) (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) are described in the “Principal Investment Strategies” sections in each Fund’s summary above.

The Funds are actively managed exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). Shares of Dividend Select ETF (ticker: DVND), International Equity ETF (ticker: TLCI), Securitized Income ETF (ticker: TSEC) and Strategic Income ETF (ticker: SIO) are listed for trading on NYSE Arca, Inc., shares of Dynamic International ETF (ticker: TDI), Large Company Growth ETF (ticker: TLG) and Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF (ticker: TSEL) are listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, and shares of Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF (ticker: TEMX), US Large Cap Focused ETF (ticker: LCF) and Ultra Short Income ETF (ticker: TUSI) are listed for trading on Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, NYSE Arca, Inc. and Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. are referred to individually as an “Exchange” and together as the “Exchanges”. The market price for a share of each Fund may be different from a Fund’s most recent net asset value (“NAV”). ETFs are funds that trade like other publicly traded securities. Unlike shares of a mutual fund, which can be bought and redeemed from the issuing fund by all shareholders at a price based on NAV, shares of the Funds may be purchased or redeemed directly from the Funds at NAV solely by Authorized Participants. Also, unlike shares of a mutual fund, shares of the Funds are listed on an Exchange and trade in the secondary market at market prices that change throughout the day.

Dividend Select ETF. The Fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in equity securities of U.S. large-cap companies that have historically paid dividends. The Fund’s 80% policy is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Fund’s Board upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. In selecting securities for the Fund, the Fund’s sub-adviser, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. (“Fort Washington”), seeks to invest in companies that:

●

Have historically paid consistent, growing dividends;

●

Have sustainable competitive advantages that should result in excess profits to support future dividend payments; and

●

Trade at reasonable valuations compared to their intrinsic value.

For purposes of the Fund, historical dividend payout and growth generally focuses on companies that tend to have at least a three-year track record of consistent dividend growth; however, many of the Fund’s portfolio companies have historical track records of growing their dividend annually beyond three years.

The Sub-Adviser believes its unique approach results in a portfolio of high quality companies with sustainable competitive advantages that should pay reliable, growing dividends at reasonable valuations. Fort Washington evaluates a company’s competitive advantage by assessing its barrier(s) to entry. The barrier(s) to entry can be created through a cost advantage, economies of scale, high customer loyalty, or a government barrier (e.g., license or subsidy). Fort Washington believes that the strongest barrier to entry is the combination of economies of scale and higher customer loyalty.

Fort Washington believes that a key determinant of whether or not a company has a competitive advantage is its return on capital. For example, Fort Washington believes that if a company has a competitive advantage, this is often evidenced by its historical returns on capital exceeding its cost of capital. Knowing this, if a company has a competitive advantage, Fort Washington would expect returns on capital to exceed the cost of capital. This excess profit is then available to support future dividend payments. Fort Washington also assesses the amount of dividends paid relative to a company’s operating profit, and how that might change in different operating environments. As such, key metrics to assess whether a corporate competitive advantage should result in excess profits to support future dividend growth are historical excess returns on capital and low payout ratios.

Fort Washington believes the strength of a company’s competitive advantage can be assessed through various metrics such as: market share stability, returns on capital, pricing power, return stability, dominant competitors, and failed entry. Regarding valuations, Fort Washington assesses valuation through internal analysis and leveraging of third-party data. Fort Washington’s approach to valuation focuses on reliability classes where a company’s return on capital is a key input to assessing valuation. Fort Washington believes reasonable valuations are those where a company is trading below or near fair value and seeks to avoid companies that are trading well above Fort Washington’s assessment of fair value.

The Fund will generally hold 40 to 55 companies, with residual cash and cash equivalents expected to represent less than 10% of the Fund’s net assets. The Fund may, at times, hold fewer securities and a higher percentage of cash and cash equivalents when, among other reasons, Fort Washington cannot find a sufficient number of securities that meets its purchase requirements.

The Fund’s portfolio is typically repositioned monthly.

Dynamic International ETF. The Fund's sub-adviser, Los Angeles Capital Management LLC (“Los Angeles Capital”) employs a quantitative and dynamic approach to extract fundamental drivers of stock performance in the current market environment. Los Angeles Capital believes that investor attitudes towards key investment risks change over the course of a market cycle and are a key determinant in explaining security returns. Utilizing these characteristics, Los Angeles Capital seeks to construct a risk-controlled, forward-looking portfolio designed to adapt to changing market conditions. These risks include the relationship between projected and reported earnings, balance sheet strength, earnings quality, financing and investment decisions, and business risks.

Los Angeles Capital does not set price targets but rather Los Angeles Capital’s Dynamic Alpha Stock Selection Model® is the basis of security valuation and selection. Los Angeles Capital may limit or modify the portfolio’s holdings based upon a perceived risk or concern regarding a particular company’s investment merits.

Return forecasts are developed through a three-step process:

●

Third, return forecasts are developed by combining each company’s exposure with the “risk premium” associated with each risk factor. Risk factors taken into account can change over time.

The portfolio generally will hold between 100 and 140 long positions that are diversified across countries and economic sectors with residual cash and cash equivalents generally expected to represent less than 10% of the Fund’s net assets.

The portfolio will be rebalanced, typically on a monthly basis, to reflect changes in investor preferences as measured by Los Angeles Capital’s factor forecasts. If a security no longer has the risk characteristics Los Angeles Capital believes investors are favoring, Los Angeles Capital may sell that stock. As economic conditions change and investor risk preferences evolve, Los Angeles Capital’s forecasts for these and other factors will change accordingly.

International Equity ETF. The Fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in equity securities of large capitalization, non-U.S. companies. The Fund's 80% policy is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Fund upon 60 days' prior written notice to shareholders. For purposes of the Fund, a large capitalization company will generally have a market capitalization above $2 billion (USD) at the time of purchase. Equity securities in which the Fund invests include common stocks, but may also include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”). The Fund considers a company to be a non-U.S. company if (1) the company's primary issue trades on a non-U.S. exchange; or (2) the company is organized, maintains its principal place of business, or has significant assets, production activities, trading or other businesses in countries outside of the United States. The Fund may also invest up to 10% of its assets in securities of companies domiciled in emerging markets.

The Fund will typically hold securities of approximately 25 to 40 companies. The London Company invests for the long term and attempts to minimize turnover in an effort to reduce transaction costs and taxes. The Fund may invest a high percentage of its assets in specific sectors of the market in order to achieve a potentially greater investment return. The London Company generally sells a security when: it becomes overvalued and has reached its price target; the issuer's fundamentals deteriorate; there is significant trading activity by insiders; or there is a more promising alternative. The London Company may also sell a security to adjust the Fund's overall portfolio risk. The Fund’s portfolio is typically repositioned monthly.

Large Company Growth ETF. In selecting investments for the Fund, the Fund’s sub-adviser, DSM Capital Partners LLC (“DSM”), manages the Fund using a bottom-up, “idea-driven,” growth-style with a long-term (i.e., three-year) investment horizon. This means in general terms that DSM seeks to identify issuers which it believes exhibit certain quality characteristics. For instance, DSM selects issuers

that it believes have growing businesses with solid fundamentals, attractive profitability, and successful managements. DSM holds securities with long-term investment horizons and does not engage in short-term frequent trading. DSM generally sells an equity security when its projected future return becomes unattractive relative to the rest of the portfolio or the investable universe.

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in equity securities of foreign issuers, including emerging markets, through, but not limited to, ADRs or other depositary receipts. In determining whether an issuer is foreign, DSM will consider various factors, including where the issuer is headquartered, where the issuer’s principal operations are located, where the issuer’s revenues are derived, where the principal trading market is located and the country in which the issuer is legally organized. The weight given to each of these factors will vary depending upon the circumstances and as determined by DSM. The Fund is a non-diversified fund and may, from time to time, have significant exposure to one or more issuers, industries, geographic regions or sectors of the global economy. The Fund may invest greater than 25% of its assets in one or more of the following sectors: consumer discretionary, consumer staples, energy, financials, health care, industrials, materials, technology and telecommunication services.

DSM is a research-driven investment manager. Potential investments are identified based on each issuer’s detailed financial and operational history and on proprietary projections of future company results prepared by in-house analysts. These projections are based on modeling of the company, discussions with the management of the company and its competitors, interviews with industry experts, a study of the candidate’s industry, and the significant factors that drive industry growth. The “bottom-up” research process involves using various criteria, including reviewing a company’s:

●

revenue growth

●

prudent use of debt

●

earnings growth

●

lack of earnings misses

●

free cash flow

●

open and experienced management

●

profitability

In addition to superior fundamental characteristics, in order for DSM to purchase an equity security, the issuer must also have an attractive valuation. One of DSM’s valuation methods involves a historical evaluation of investor sentiment regarding each issuer’s shares to determine typical price-to-earnings (“P/E”) ratios when the issuer is “in favor” or “out of favor.” In addition, DSM studies the effect of past and current interest rates on the P/E ratio of each company’s shares, and projects these effects going forward. These valuation methods support investment decisions regarding the price and timing of purchases and sales of equity securities as well as the size of positions. The Fund's portfolio is typically rebalanced on a monthly basis.

Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF. The Fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in equity and equity-related securities issued by companies in “emerging” or “frontier” market countries, excluding China and Hong Kong, that the Fund's sub-adviser, Sands Capital Management, LLC (“Sands Capital”) believes have above-average potential for revenue or earnings growth. The Fund’s 80% policy is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Fund upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders. The Fund invests primarily in a portfolio of equity securities such as common stock, preferred stock, and depositary receipts. Emerging or frontier market companies are companies of any size that are economically tied to emerging or frontier markets. The Fund generally considers qualifying investments to be in companies that are domiciled in, organized under the laws of, or maintain their principal place of business in, an emerging or frontier market country; have securities that are principally traded in such countries; or derive at least 50% of revenues or profits from, or have at least 50% of their assets in, such countries. The Fund generally invests in a portfolio of 25 to 45 issuers selected on the basis of “bottom-up” research undertaken by Sands Capital.

The Fund is non-diversified and may invest a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of a single company.

Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF. The Fund invests primarily in common stocks of U.S. companies that have above-average potential for revenue or earnings growth. The Fund emphasizes investments in large and mid capitalization growth companies. The weighted-average market capitalization of these companies is generally in excess of $25 billion, and the Fund generally does not invest in companies that have a market capitalization of less than $2 billion at the time of purchase. The Fund will typically own between 25 and 35 companies.

As an integral part of the evaluation of a company, Sands Capital considers corporate governance, social, and environmental factors (collectively, “ESG”) when it believes such factors may be material to the long-term shareowner value creation potential of the company. Sands Capital utilizes proprietary ESG-related research to enhance its evaluation of portfolio businesses. The relevance and materiality of ESG factors vary and are highly dependent on the region, country, industry, and company. Sands Capital’s analysis of these factors is integrated into the investment decision-making process to the extent it believes they may affect a company’s value-creation potential.

Securitized Income ETF. The Fund may invest in a variety of securitized fixed-income securities, including residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), asset-backed securities (“ABS”), and collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”). RMBS are fixed-income securities representing an interest in a pool of underlying residential mortgage loans, while CMBS include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real estate. The ABS in which the Fund may invest include fixed-income securities backed by other assets such as credit card, automobile or consumer loan receivables, retail installment loans, or participations in pools of leases. A CLO is a type of asset-backed security that is an obligation of a trust typically collateralized by pools of loans, which may include domestic and foreign senior secured and unsecured loans and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade, or equivalent unrated loans.

Securities within each subsector may serve a variety of purposes within the Fund, including contributing high credit quality exposure (across any sector), providing liquidity (cash equivalents or short, high quality securities), providing near-term cashflow for reinvestment or liquidity purposes (amortizing securities, or securities with short-dated maturities), providing attractive yield for a given risk profile (across any sector), or contributing toward the targeted duration positioning (any sector), among other things. These attributes are not mutually exclusive, and the Fund’s sub-adviser Fort Washington’s security-level selection process is intended to optimize the benefit and/or positioning gained from each security in the portfolio, within the overall sector allocation and risk budgeting framework.

Fort Washington’s targeted sector and risk positioning for the Fund will vary in different types of market conditions. For example, during periods of elevated market uncertainty or increased redemption activity, Fort Washington may seek to increase liquidity in the Fund via higher exposure to cash-equivalents, Treasuries, or other short duration, high quality securities. During periods of a compressed credit curve (relatively flat credit spreads across the credit spectrum) the Sub-Adviser may seek to reduce exposure to securities with higher risk profiles or lower credit ratings, which may represent a reduction in those types of securities across any structured product or corporate sector. Fort Washington may also seek to increase or reduce exposure to specific sectors based on relevant fundamental or economic views—either favorable or unfavorable. Sector and risk targets will vary depending on myriad factors, and the Sub-Adviser seeks to execute security selection in such a manner as to optimize positioning relative to the target at any given time.

While the Fund may invest in both investment-grade debt securities and non-investment-grade debt securities, Fort Washington, the Fund’s sub-adviser, seeks to invest at least 50% of the Fund's portfolio in investment-grade debt securities. Investment-grade debt securities are those having a rating of BBB-/Baa3 or higher from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, if a rating is not available, deemed to be of comparable quality by Fort Washington.

Fort Washington considers the “effective duration” of the Fund’s entire portfolio when making investment decisions. Effective duration is a measure of a security’s price volatility or the risk associated with changes in interest rates. While the Fund may invest in securities with any maturity or duration, Fort Washington seeks to maintain an effective duration for the Fund between one and four years under normal market conditions.

In selecting investments for the Fund, Fort Washington chooses fixed-income securities that it believes are attractively priced relative to the market or to similar instruments. Fort Washington is continually assessing the risk and return profile available in the market across a broad range of sectors and security types. An investment may be determined to be “attractively priced” if it is offered at a level that is expected to yield a return greater than it historically has and/or a greater return than generally available in the market for other securities of a similar risk profile (i.e., similar credit quality, duration, liquidity and expected volatility). In performing this analysis, Fort Washington uses a proprietary metric that estimates security or sector potential returns relative to risk in a standardized downside scenario. This comparison is made not only to securities within the same sector, but also across all relevant, investible sectors available to the Fund.

Strategic Income ETF. The Fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in income producing fixed-income securities. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Fund’s Board upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. Income producing securities generally include corporate debt securities, mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities, government securities (both U.S. government securities and foreign sovereign debt), and preferred stocks.

The Fund’s sub-adviser, Fort Washington, seeks to employ a high conviction, yield-oriented investment approach with a relatively focused number of issuers, coupled with sector diversification and diligent risk management that is intended to result in attractive risk-adjusted returns via high levels of income. In selecting individual securities for the Fund, Fort Washington applies a rigorous bottom-up security selection process. A key characteristic of this process is the identification and implementation of high conviction ideas that can result in meaningful alpha generation. Fort Washington utilizes a variety of proprietary tools to assist with security screening and analysis. The Fund seeks to incorporate the best investment ideas available to Fort Washington, utilizing Fort Washington’s core competencies of bottom-up credit and structure analysis. The portfolio management team believes risk monitoring, performance measurement, and active management are key components to achieving attractive risk-adjusted returns.

In building the Fund’s portfolio, Fort Washington invests at least 50% of the Fund’s portfolio in investment-grade rated debt securities. The Fund may also invest up to 50% of the Fund’s portfolio in non-investment-grade debt securities. Non-investment-grade debt securities are often referred to as “junk bonds” and are considered speculative. The Fund’s investment policies are based on credit ratings at the time of purchase. The proportion of non-investment grade debt is influenced by the top-down component of the Sub-Advisor’s investment process that assesses the current macro environment focusing on trends in the global economy, financial conditions, sentiment, and valuation. Generally, the exposure to non-investment grade debt increases when credit spreads are wide, taking account of economic growth, financial conditions, and sentiment. Once the targets for macro risks are determined, the Fund’s portfolio managers and research teams analyze the individual sectors on a risk-adjusted basis using proprietary tools, including qualitative and quantitative methods. Analysis is performed to determine a sector’s potential excess return compared to the downside risk in a stress scenario. This allows the Sub-Adviser to compare sectors with different characteristics using a consistent methodology.

With respect to the criteria used to select from among the asset- and mortgage-backed securities available, the Sub-Adviser believes in-depth specialization is critical to valuing structured products and maximizing returns. These securities tend to have more complex and uncertain cash flows, offering the potential for more inefficient markets. To capitalize on this inefficiency, the Sub-Advisor’s asset specialists apply a rigorous and quantitative valuation process to each potential holding, utilizing both proprietary models and third-party systems to evaluate the complexities of collateral, structure, credit, relative value, and econometric modeling. This process involves a loan-level analysis of the underlying collateral, followed by a robust analysis of the security’s cash flow structure. As a result of this analysis, the Sub-Advisor’s asset specialists are able to identify securities that they believe have the most attractive risk and return characteristics.

The Fund may also invest up to 20% of its total assets in income producing fixed-income securities that are emerging markets debt securities denominated in either the U.S. dollar or a foreign currency. Within the emerging markets debt (or “EMD”) sleeve of the Fund’s portfolio, there is no specific geographic limit or focus. Fort Washington’s EMD research and screening process begins with assessing global market and economic conditions and their impact on emerging market fixed income assets. This assessment provides context for Fort Washington’s views on individual credits, and helps drive portfolio positioning and risk parameters. A bottom up approach is utilized in analyzing individual sovereign issuers applying both qualitative and quantitative methods. Fort Washington starts with a fundamental base assessment of the country, evaluating economic resiliency as well as the strength of fiscal and external accounts. Fort Washington then builds on the fundamental base assessment by evaluating the impact of government policy on credit quality going forward. The investment process analyzes multiple policy areas, ranging from those that directly shape country fundamentals such as structural economic reforms and fiscal frameworks, to international relations and potential impacts on policy continuity from upcoming elections.

Additionally, in order to implement its investment strategy, the Fund may invest in mortgage dollar-roll transactions, reverse repurchase agreements, and other derivatives, including forwards, futures contracts, interest rate and credit default swap agreements, and options. These investments may be used to gain or hedge market exposure, to adjust the Fund’s duration, to manage interest rate risk, and for any other purposes consistent with the Fund’s investment strategies and limitations. The use of derivatives in the Fund’s portfolio allows the Sub-Adviser to hedge risks and/or express views in the portfolio that may not be possible given availability of cash or securities to buy/sell. Fort Washington believes that the use of derivatives increases the flexibility of the strategy to react swiftly to changes in market conditions and adds another method to add value and diversify Fund returns over time.

Although not expected to be a principal investment strategy, the Fund may also invest up to 20% of its assets in public equities and may also invest in other ETFs.

The Fund will generally sell a security if the price/yield no longer adequately compensates for the risk profile or if there is a change to allocation between sectors based on relative value.

Ultra Short Income ETF. The Fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in fixed-income securities. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Fund’s Board upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. The Fund invests in a diversified portfolio of securities of different maturities, including U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. government agency securities, securities of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, corporate bonds (including those of foreign issuers), mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, municipal bonds, collateralized loan obligations and cash equivalent securities including repurchase agreements, commercial paper and variable rate demand notes. The Fund invests primarily in U.S. fixed-income securities, but may invest to a lesser extent in U.S. dollar-dominated foreign securities generally in the form of corporate bonds of foreign issuers.

The Fund invests primarily in investment-grade debt securities. Investment-grade debt securities are those having a rating of BBB-/Baa3 or higher from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, if a rating is not available, deemed to be of comparable quality by the sub-adviser, Fort Washington. The Fund’s investment policies are based on credit ratings at the time of purchase. The Fund can also invest up to 15% of its net assets in non-investment-grade debt securities. Non-investment-grade debt securities are often referred to as “junk bonds” and are considered speculative.

The Fund’s investment strategy places a greater emphasis on fixed-income securities that are structured products, and therefore the Fund expects to maintain a greater exposure to the structured products sectors (i.e., mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and collateralized loan obligations) than other types of fixed-income securities. Generally, total structured product exposure is expected to be approximately 50-70% of the Fund’s overall portfolio, although it may fall outside that range from time to time.

Fort Washington also expects to maintain a meaningful exposure to corporate credit, which generally is not expected to represent less than 20% of the Fund’s portfolio. The remainder of Fund assets are expected to be invested in other sectors, which may include municipal bonds, U.S. Treasuries, and various types of cash-equivalent securities.

Fort Washington maintains strategic (long-term) and tactical (short-term) allocation ranges for each of these sectors, which may be revised over time based on Fort Washington’s assessment of risk and return across sectors, in conjunction with the market outlook and desired risk positioning of the Fund. Bottom-up security selection is executed by sector specialists within the parameters of the targeted sector allocations and desired risk positioning.

Securities within each subsector may serve a variety of purposes within the Fund, including contributing high credit quality exposure (across any sector), providing liquidity (cash equivalents or short, high quality securities), providing near-term cashflow for reinvestment or liquidity purposes (amortizing securities, or securities with short-dated maturities), providing attractive yield for a given risk profile (across any sector), or contributing toward the targeted duration positioning (any sector), among other things. These attributes are not mutually exclusive, and Fort Washington’s security-level selection process is intended to optimize the benefit and/or positioning gained from each security in the portfolio, within the overall sector allocation and risk budgeting framework.

yield a return greater than it historically has and/or a greater return than generally available in the market for other securities of a similar risk profile (i.e., similar credit quality, duration, liquidity and expected volatility). This comparison is made not only to securities within the same sector, but also across all relevant, investible sectors available to the Fund.

US Large Cap Focused ETF. The Fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in U.S.-listed large capitalization equity securities. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Fund’s Board upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. For the purpose of the Fund’s 80% policy, a large capitalization company has a market capitalization, at the time of purchase, above $5 billion. For purposes of the Fund’s principal investment strategy, equity securities generally include common stocks; however, the Fund may also invest to a lesser extent in preferred stocks. These securities may be listed on an exchange or traded over-the-counter.

In selecting securities for the Fund, the Fund’s sub-adviser, Fort Washington, seeks to invest in companies that:

●

Are trading below its estimate of the companies’ intrinsic value; and

●

Have a sustainable competitive advantage in place. Fort Washington evaluates a company’s competitive advantage by assessing its barrier(s) to entry. A company’s barrier(s) to entry can be created through a cost advantage, economies of scale, high customer loyalty, or a government barrier (e.g., license or subsidy). Fort Washington believes that the strongest barrier to entry is the combination of economies of scale and higher customer loyalty.

The Fund is non-diversified and, therefore may, from time to time, have significant exposure to a limited number of issuers. The Fund will generally hold 25 to 45 companies, with residual cash and cash equivalents expected to represent less than 10% of the Fund’s net assets. The Fund may, at times, hold fewer securities and a higher percentage of cash and cash equivalents when, among other reasons, Fort Washington cannot find a sufficient number of securities that meets its purchase requirements. Although the Fund may invest in any economic sector, at times it may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

The Fund is restricted from investing in securities of foreign issuers, including through the use of ordinary shares or depositary receipts such as American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). This restriction is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Fund’s Board upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.

Can a Fund Depart From its Principal Investment Strategies?

In addition to the investments and strategies described in this prospectus, each Fund may invest in other securities, use other strategies and engage in other investment practices. These permitted investments and strategies are described in detail in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

Each Fund’s investment goal is non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) without shareholder approval. Shareholders will be notified at least 60 days before any change takes effect.

The investments and strategies described throughout this prospectus are those that the Funds use under normal circumstances. During unusual economic or market conditions, or for temporary defensive purposes, each Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements, and short-term obligations (i.e., fixed and variable rate securities and high quality debt securities of corporate and government issuers) that would not ordinarily be consistent with each Fund’s investment strategy. This defensive investing may increase a Fund’s taxable income, and when a Fund is invested defensively, it may not achieve its investment goal. A Fund will do so only if the Fund’s sub-adviser believes that the risk of loss in using the Fund’s normal strategies and investments outweighs the opportunity for gains. Of course, there can be no guarantee that any Fund will achieve its investment goal.

80% Investment Policy. Each Fund has adopted a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its “assets” in certain types of investments suggested by its name (the “80% Policy”). For purposes of this 80% Policy, the term “assets” means net assets plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes. Each Fund must comply with its 80% Policy at the time the Fund invests its assets. Accordingly, when a Fund no longer meets the 80% requirement as a result of circumstances beyond its control, such as changes in the value of portfolio holdings, it would not have to sell its holdings but would have to make any new investments in such a way as to comply with the 80% Policy. A Fund’s 80% Policy may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Shareholders will be notified in writing at least 60 days before any change to a Fund’s 80% Policy takes effect.

Other Investment Companies. A Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) the rules thereunder and applicable Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) staff interpretations thereof, or applicable exemptive relief granted by the SEC.

Lending of Portfolio Securities. The Funds may lend their portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and financial institutions under guidelines adopted by the Board, including a requirement that a Fund must receive collateral equal to no less than 100% of the market value of the securities loaned. The risk in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consists of possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. In determining whether to lend securities, the Adviser will consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the borrower. More information on securities lending is available in the SAI.

Change in Market Capitalization. A Fund may specify in its principal investment strategy a market capitalization range for acquiring portfolio securities. If a security that is within the range for a Fund at the time of purchase later falls outside the range, which is most likely to happen because of market fluctuation, the Fund may continue to hold the security if, in the sub-adviser’s judgment, the security remains otherwise consistent with the Fund’s investment goal and strategies. However, this change in market capitalization could affect the Fund’s flexibility in making new investments.

International Equity ETF and Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF have a specified market capitalization range.

What are the Principal Risks of Investing in the Funds?

The risks that may apply to your investment in a Fund are listed below in a table of principal risks followed by a description of each risk. Unless otherwise noted, in this section, references to a single Fund apply equally to all of the Funds. Further information about investment strategies and risks is available in the Funds’ SAI:

	Dividend Select ETF	Dynamic International ETF	International Equity ETF	Large Company Growth ETF	Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF	Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF	Securitized Income ETF	Strategic Income ETF	Ultra Short Income ETF	US Large Cap Focused ETF
Asset-Backed Securities Risk							X	X	X
Authorized Participants Concentration Risk	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X
Cash and Cash Equivalents Risk	X									X
Collateralized Loan Obligations Risk							X		X
Counterparty Risk							X	X	X
Convertible Securities Risk				X
Credit Risk							X	X	X
Cybersecurity Risk	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X
Depositary Receipt Risk		X	X	X	X
Derivatives Risk								X
Dividend Risk	X
Economic and Market Events Risk	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X
Emerging Markets Risk		X	X	X	X			X
Equity-Related Securities Risk					X
Equity Securities Risk	X	X	X	X	X	X		X		X
ESG Investing Risk					X	X
ETF Risk	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X
Fixed-Income Risk							X	X	X
Foreign Securities Risk		X	X	X	X	X		X	X
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contract Risk								X
Frontier Markets Risk					X
Futures Contracts Risk								X
Growth-Investing Risk				X	X	X
India Risk					X
Interest Rate Risk							X	X	X

	Dividend Select ETF	Dynamic International ETF	International Equity ETF	Large Company Growth ETF	Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF	Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF	Securitized Income ETF	Strategic Income ETF	Ultra Short Income ETF	US Large Cap Focused ETF
Investment-Grade Debt Securities Risk							X	X	X
Large-Cap Risk	X		X	X	X	X				X
Leverage Risk								X
Management Risk	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X
Mid-Cap Risk					X	X				X
Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk							X	X	X
Mortgage Dollar Roll Risk								X
Municipal Securities Risk							X		X
Non-Diversification Risk				X	X	X				X
Non-Investment-Grade Debt Securities Risk							X	X	X
Options Risk								X
Other Investment Companies Risk		X
Portfolio Turnover Risk		X						X	X
Preferred Stock Risk		X		X	X			X
Premium/Discount Risk	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X
Prepayment Risk							X	X	X
Quantitative Strategy Risk		X
REIT Risk		X
Repurchase Agreement Risk							X		X
Reverse Repurchase Agreement Risk								X
Secondary Market Trading Risk	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X
Sector and Industry Focus Risk				X	X					X
Sector Focus Risk			X			X
Small-Cap Risk					X
Sovereign Debt Risk								X
Swap Agreement Risk								X
U.S. Government Securities Risk							X	X	X
Value Investing Risk	X

Cash and Cash Equivalents Risk: Under certain market conditions, such as during a rising stock market, rising interest rates or rising credit spread markets, the use of cash and/or cash equivalents, including money market instruments, could have a negative effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective and may negatively impact the Fund’s performance. Holding cash or cash equivalents may cause the Fund to risk losing opportunities to participate in market appreciation and may cause the Fund to experience potentially lower returns than the Fund’s benchmark or other funds that remain fully invested. In rising markets, holding cash or cash equivalents may negatively affect the Fund’s performance relative to its benchmark, and there is a possibility that these holdings may not be able to keep pace with inflation. Cash equivalents are not guaranteed as to principal or interest, and the Fund could lose money through these investments.

Collateralized Loan Obligations Risk: A collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) is a type of asset-backed security that is an obligation of a trust typically collateralized by pools of loans, which may include domestic and foreign senior secured and unsecured loans and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade, or equivalent unrated loans. The cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, which vary in risk and yield. The riskier portion is the residual, or “equity,” tranche, which bears some or all of the risk of default by the loans in the trust. The risks of an investment in a CLO largely depend on the type of underlying collateral securities and the tranche in which a Fund invests. Typically, CLOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, a Fund may in certain circumstances characterize its investments in CLOs as illiquid. In assessing liquidity, a Fund will consider various factors including whether the CLO may be purchased and sold in Rule 144A transactions and whether an active dealer market exists. CLOs are subject to the typical risks associated with debt instruments (i.e., interest rate risk and credit risk). Additional risks of CLOs include the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will be insufficient to

make interest or other payments, the potential for a decline in the quality of the collateral, and the possibility that a Fund may invest in a subordinate tranche of a CLO. In addition, due to the complex nature of a CLO, an investment in a CLO may not perform as expected. An investment in a CLO also is subject to the risk that the issuer and the investors may interpret the terms of the instrument differently, giving rise to disputes.

Convertible Securities Risk: Convertible securities are subject to the risks of both debt securities and equity securities. Convertible securities may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio. A convertible security may also be called for redemption or conversion by the issuer after a particular date and under certain circumstances (including a specified price) established upon issue. The values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates rise and, due to the conversion feature, tend to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying security.

Counterparty Risk: The issuer or guarantor of a fixed-income security, a counterparty (the other party to a transaction or an agreement) to a transaction with the Fund, or a borrower of the Fund’s securities may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal, interest or settlement payments, or otherwise honor its obligations.

Cybersecurity Risk: With the increased use of technologies, such as mobile devices and cloud-based service offerings and the dependence on the Internet and computer systems to perform necessary business functions, the Funds' service providers are susceptible to operational and information or cybersecurity risks that could result in losses to a Fund and its shareholders. Cybersecurity breaches are either intentional or unintentional events that allow an unauthorized party to gain access to Fund assets, customer data, or proprietary information, or cause a Fund or Fund service provider to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality. Intentional cybersecurity incidents include: unauthorized access to systems, networks, or devices (such as through “hacking” activity or “phishing”); infection from computer viruses or other malicious software code; and attacks that shut down, disable, slow, or otherwise disrupt operations, business processes, or website access or functionality. Cyber-attacks can also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on the Funds' service providers’ systems or websites rendering them unavailable to intended users or via “ransomware” that renders the systems inoperable until appropriate actions are taken. In addition, unintentional incidents can occur, such as the inadvertent release of confidential information (possibly resulting in the violation of applicable privacy laws).

A cybersecurity breach could result in the loss or theft of customer data or funds, loss or theft of proprietary information or corporate data, physical damage to a computer or network system, or costs associated with system repairs, any of which could have a substantial impact on the Funds. For example, in a denial of service, Fund shareholders could lose access to their electronic accounts indefinitely, and employees of the Adviser, a Sub-Adviser, or the Funds' other service providers may not be able to access electronic systems to perform critical duties for the Fund, such as trading, NAV calculation, shareholder accounting, or fulfillment of Fund share purchases and redemptions. Cybersecurity incidents could cause a Fund, the Adviser, a Sub-Adviser, or other service provider to incur regulatory penalties, reputational damage, compliance costs associated with corrective measures, litigation costs, or financial loss. They may also result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws. In addition, such incidents could affect issuers in which a Fund invests, thereby causing the Fund’s investments to lose value.

Cyber-events have the potential to materially affect the Funds', the Adviser’s and the Sub-Adviser’s relationships with accounts, shareholders, clients, customers, employees, products, and service providers. The Funds have established risk management systems reasonably designed to seek to reduce the risks associated with cyber-events. There is no guarantee that the Funds will be able to prevent or mitigate the impact of any or all cyber-events.

The Funds is exposed to operational risk arising from a number of factors, including, but not limited to, human error, processing and communication errors, errors of the Funds' service providers, counterparties, or other third parties, failed or inadequate processes, and technology or system failures.

The Adviser, Sub-Advisers, and their affiliates have established risk management systems that seek to reduce cybersecurity and operational risks, and business continuity plans in the event of a cybersecurity breach or operational failure. However, there are inherent limitations in such plans, including that certain risks have not been identified, and there is no guarantee that such efforts will succeed, especially since none of the Adviser, the Sub-Advisers, or their affiliates controls the cybersecurity or operations systems of the Funds' third party service providers (including the Funds' custodian), or those of the issuers of securities in which a Fund invests.

In addition, other disruptive events, including (but not limited to) natural disasters and public health crises, may adversely affect a Fund’s ability to conduct business, in particular if the Fund’s employees or the employees of its service providers are unable or unwilling to perform their responsibilities as a result of any such event. Even if the Fund’s employees and the employees of its service providers are able to work remotely, those remote work arrangements could result in the Fund’s business operations being less efficient than under normal circumstances, could lead to delays in its processing of transactions, and could increase the risk of cyber-events.

Derivatives Risk: The use of derivatives may expose a Fund to additional risks that it would not be subject to if it invested directly in the securities underlying those derivatives. Risks associated with derivatives may include correlation risk, which is the risk that the derivative does not correlate well with the security, index, or currency to which it relates. Other risks include liquidity risk, which is the risk that a Fund may be unable to sell or close out the derivative due to an illiquid market, counterparty risk, which is the risk that the counterparty

to a derivative instrument may be unwilling or unable to make required payments or otherwise meet its obligations, and leverage risk, which is the risk that a derivative could expose a Fund to magnified losses resulting from leverage. The use of derivatives for hedging purposes may result in losses that partially or completely offset gains in portfolio positions. Using derivatives can increase the volatility of a Fund’s share price. For some derivatives, it is possible for a Fund to lose more than the amount invested in the derivative instrument. Derivatives may, for federal income tax purposes, affect the character of gain and loss realized by a Fund , accelerate recognition of income to a Fund , affect the holding periods for certain of a Fund ’s assets and defer recognition of certain of a Fund ’s losses. A Fund ’s ability to invest in derivatives may be restricted by certain provisions of the federal income tax laws relating to a Fund ’s qualification as a regulated investment company (“RIC”). These additional risks could cause a Fund to experience losses to which it would otherwise not be subject. Regulatory changes in derivatives markets could impact the cost of or a Fund ’s ability to engage in derivative transactions.

To limit risks associated with leverage, a fund is required to comply with Rule 18f-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Derivatives Rule”). The Derivatives Rule mandates that a fund adopt and/or implement: (i) value-at-risk limitations (“VaR”); (ii) a written derivatives risk management program; (iii) new Board oversight responsibilities; and (iv) new reporting and recordkeeping requirements. In the event that a Fund's derivative exposure is 10% or less of its net assets, excluding certain currency and interest rate hedging transactions, it can elect to be classified as a limited derivatives user (“Limited Derivatives User”) under the Derivatives Rule, in which case a fund is not subject to the full requirements of the Derivatives Rule. Limited Derivatives Users are excepted from VaR testing, implementing a derivatives risk management program, and certain Board oversight and reporting requirements mandated by the Derivatives Rule. However, a Limited Derivatives User is still required to implement written compliance policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage its derivatives risks.

The Derivatives Rule also provides special treatment for reverse repurchase agreements, similar financing transactions and unfunded commitment agreements. Specifically, a fund may elect whether to treat reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions as “derivatives transactions” subject to the requirements of the Derivatives Rule or as senior securities equivalent to bank borrowings for purposes of Section 18 of the 1940 Act. In addition, when-issued or forward settling securities transactions that physically settle within 35 days are deemed not to involve a senior security.

●

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contract Risk: A forward foreign currency exchange contract is an agreement to buy or sell a specific currency at a future date and at a price set at the time of the contract. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts may reduce the risk of loss from a change in value of a currency, but they also limit any potential gains and do not protect against fluctuations in the value of the underlying position and are subject to counterparty risk. The forecasting of currency market movement is extremely difficult, and whether any hedging strategy will be successful is highly uncertain. Moreover, it is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration of a forward foreign currency contract. Accordingly, a Fund may be required to buy or sell additional currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such transaction) if the sub-adviser’s predictions regarding the movement of foreign currency or securities markets prove inaccurate. Because foreign currency forward contracts are privately negotiated transactions, there can be no assurance that a Fund will have flexibility to rollover a forward foreign currency contract upon its expiration if it desires to do so. Additionally, there can be no assurance that the other party to the contract will perform its services under the contract.

●

Futures Contracts Risk: Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific security at a specified future time and at a specified price. An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in exchange for a premium, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price during the term of the option. There are risks associated with these activities, including the following: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect or no correlation between the changes in market value of the securities held by a Fund and the prices of futures and options on futures; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for a futures contract or option; (4) trading restrictions or limitations may be imposed by an exchange; and (5) government regulations may restrict trading in futures contracts and futures options.

●

Leverage Risk: Leverage occurs when a Fund uses derivatives or similar instruments or techniques to gain exposure to investments in an amount that exceeds a Fund’s initial investment. The use of leverage magnifies changes in a Fund’s net asset value and thus results in increased portfolio volatility and increased risk of loss. Leverage can also create an interest expense that may lower a Fund’s overall returns. There can be no guarantee that a leveraging strategy will be successful.

●

Options Risk: Options trading is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The value of options can be highly volatile, and their use can result in loss if the Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its expectation of price fluctuations. The successful use of options for hedging purposes also depends in part on the ability of the Sub-Adviser to predict future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets. When options are purchased over the counter, a Fund bears counterparty risk, which is the risk that the counterparty that wrote the option will be unable or unwilling to perform its obligations under the option contract. Such options may also be illiquid, and in such cases, a Fund may have difficulty closing out its position.

●

Swap Agreements Risk: Swap agreements (“swaps”) are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors, such as interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, security prices, indexes or inflation rates. Swaps may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the investments of a Fund and

its share price. The performance of swaps may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and from a Fund. If a swap calls for payments by a Fund, a Fund must be prepared to make such payments when due. Additionally, if the counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of a swap may decline. If the counterparty is unable to meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults, or becomes insolvent, a Fund may not be able to recoup the money it expected to receive under the contract. Finally, a swap can be a form of leverage, which can magnify a Fund’s gains or losses.

Dividend Risk: Dividends the Fund receives on common stocks are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuer’s board of directors. There is no guarantee that the companies in which the Fund invests will declare dividends in the future or that dividends, if declared, will remain at current levels or increase over time. Securities that pay dividends may be sensitive to changes in interest rates, and as interest rates rise, or fall, the prices of such securities may fall. A sharp rise in interest rates, or other market downturn, could result in a decision to decrease or eliminate a dividend.

Economic and Market Events Risk: Events in certain sectors historically have resulted, and may in the future result, in an unusually high degree of volatility in the financial markets, both domestic and foreign. These events have included, but are not limited to: bankruptcies, corporate restructurings, bank failures, and other similar events; governmental efforts to limit short selling and high frequency trading; measures to address U.S. federal and state budget deficits; social, political, and economic instability in Europe; economic stimulus by the Japanese central bank; dramatic changes in energy prices and currency exchange rates; and China’s economic slowdown. Interconnected global economies and financial markets increase the possibility that conditions in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region. Both domestic and foreign equity markets have experienced increased volatility and turmoil, with issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage, and credit markets particularly affected. Financial institutions could suffer losses as interest rates rise or economic conditions deteriorate. In addition, relatively high market volatility and reduced liquidity in credit and fixed-income markets may adversely affect many issuers worldwide.

Government Actions. Actions taken by the U.S. Federal Reserve (“Fed”) or foreign central banks to stimulate or stabilize economic growth, such as interventions in currency markets, could cause high volatility in the equity and fixed-income markets. Reduced liquidity may result in less money being available to purchase raw materials, goods, and services from emerging markets, which may, in turn, bring down the prices of these economic staples. It may also result in emerging-market issuers having more difficulty obtaining financing, which may, in turn, cause a decline in their securities prices.

In response to certain economic conditions, including periods of high inflation, governmental authorities and regulators may respond with significant fiscal and monetary policy changes such as raising interest rates. A Fund may be subject to heightened interest rate risk when the Fed raises interest rates. Recent and potential future changes in government monetary policy may affect interest rates. It is difficult to accurately predict the timing, frequency, or magnitude of potential interest rate increases or decreases by the Fed, and the evaluation of macro-economic and other conditions could cause a change in approach in the future. If the Fed and other central banks increase the federal funds rate and equivalent rates, such increases generally will cause market interest rates to rise and could cause the value of a Fund’s investments, and a Fund’s NAV, to decline, potentially suddenly and significantly. As a result, a Fund may experience high redemptions and, as a result, increased portfolio turnover, which could increase the costs that a Fund incurs and may negatively impact a Fund’s performance.

In addition, if the Fed increases the target Fed funds rate, any such rate increases, among other factors, could cause markets to experience continuing high volatility. A significant increase in interest rates may cause a decline in the market for equity securities. These events and the possible resulting market volatility may have an adverse effect on a Fund.

Health Crises. A widespread health crisis such as a global pandemic could cause substantial market volatility, exchange trading suspensions and closures, which may lead to less liquidity in certain instruments, industries, sectors or the markets generally, and may ultimately affect Fund performance. For example, the coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic resulted and may continue to result in significant disruptions to global business activity and market volatility due to disruptions in market access, resource availability, facilities operations, imposition of tariffs, export controls and supply chain disruption, among others. The impact of a health crisis and other epidemics and pandemics that may arise in the future could affect the global economy in ways that cannot necessarily be foreseen at the present time. A health crisis may exacerbate other pre-existing political, social and economic risks. Any such impact could adversely affect a Fund’s performance, resulting in losses to your investment.

Foreign Market Disruptions. Uncertainties surrounding the sovereign debt of a number of European Union (EU) countries and the viability of the EU have disrupted and may in the future disrupt markets in the United States and around the world. If one or more countries leave the EU, as the United Kingdom did in January of 2020 (commonly referred to as “Brexit”), or the EU dissolves, the global securities markets likely will be significantly disrupted. See “Foreign Securities Risk” for additional risks associated with investments in foreign securities.

Political Turmoil and Military Events. Political turmoil within the United States and abroad may also impact a Fund. Although the U.S. government has honored its credit obligations, it remains possible that the United States could default on its obligations. While it is impossible to predict the consequences of such an unprecedented event, it is likely that a default by the United States would be highly disruptive to the U.S. and global securities markets and could significantly impair the value of a Fund’s investments. Similarly, political

events within the United States at times have resulted, and may in the future result, in a shutdown of government services, which could negatively affect the U.S. economy, decrease the value of a Fund’s investments, and increase uncertainty in or impair the operation of the U.S. or other securities markets. The imposition by the U.S. of import tariffs on goods from foreign countries and the reciprocal tariffs levied on U.S. goods may lead to price volatility and instability in U.S. and global investment markets. Among other effects, tariffs may increase the cost of production for certain goods or reduce demand for products, which could affect the performance of a Fund’s investments. It is not known whether, or to what extent, any tariff or other trade protections may affect a Fund or its investments.

Political and military events, including in North Korea, Venezuela, Russia, Ukraine, Iran, Syria, and other areas of the Middle East, and nationalist unrest in Europe and South America, also may cause market disruptions. As a result of continued political tensions and armed conflicts, including the Russian invasion of Ukraine commencing in February of 2022, the extent and ultimate result of which are unknown at this time, the United States and the EU, along with the regulatory bodies of a number of countries, have imposed economic sanctions on certain Russian corporate entities and individuals, and certain sectors of Russia’s economy, which may result in, among other things, the continued devaluation of Russian currency, a downgrade in the country’s credit rating, and/or a decline in the value and liquidity of Russian securities, property or interests. These sanctions could also result in the immediate freeze of Russian securities and/or funds invested in prohibited assets, impairing the ability of a Fund to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities and/or assets. These sanctions or the threat of additional sanctions could also result in Russia taking counter measures or retaliatory actions, which may further impair the value and liquidity of Russian securities. The United States and other nations or international organizations may also impose additional economic sanctions or take other actions that may adversely affect Russia exposed issuers and companies in various sectors of the Russian economy. Any or all of these potential results could lead Russia’s economy into a recession. Economic sanctions and other actions against Russian institutions, companies, and individuals resulting from the ongoing conflict may also have a substantial negative impact on other economies and securities markets both regionally and globally, as well as on companies with operations in the conflict region, the extent to which is unknown at this time. The United States and the EU have also imposed similar sanctions on Belarus for its support of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. Additional sanctions may be imposed on Belarus and other countries that support Russia. Any such sanctions could present substantially similar risks as those resulting from the sanctions imposed on Russia, including substantial negative impacts on the regional and global economies and securities markets.

Inflation/Deflation. In addition, there is a risk that the prices of goods and services in the United States and many foreign economies may decline over time, known as deflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on stock prices and creditworthiness and may make defaults on debt more likely. If a country’s economy slips into a deflationary pattern, it could last for a prolonged period and may be difficult to reverse. Further, there is a risk that the present value of assets or income from investments will be less in the future, known as inflation. Inflation rates may change frequently and drastically as a result of various factors, including unexpected shifts in the domestic or global economy, and a Fund’s investments may be affected, which may reduce a Fund’s performance. Further, inflation may lead to the rise in interest rates, which may negatively affect the value of debt instruments held by a Fund, resulting in a negative impact on a Fund’s performance. Generally, securities issued in emerging markets are subject to a greater risk of inflationary or deflationary forces, and more developed markets are better able to use monetary policy to normalize markets.

ETF Risk: As an ETF, each Fund is subject to the following risks:

●

Authorized Participants Concentration Risk: A Fund has a limited number of financial institutions that may act as APs, which are responsible for the creation and redemption activity for the Fund. To the extent APs exit the business, become unable or are otherwise unwilling to engage in creation and redemption transactions with the Fund and no other AP steps in to create or redeem, Fund shares may trade at a material discount to NAV and possibly face delisting.

●

Premium/Discount Risk: As with all ETFs, Fund shares may only be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. The NAV of the Fund’s shares will generally fluctuate with changes in the market value of the Fund’s portfolio holdings. The trading prices of Fund shares in the secondary market will generally fluctuate in accordance with changes in the Fund’s NAV and supply and demand of shares on the secondary market. It cannot be predicted whether Fund shares will trade below, at or above its NAV. As a result, shareholders of the Fund may pay more than NAV when purchasing shares (a premium) and receive less than NAV when selling Fund shares (a discount). This risk is heightened in times of market volatility or periods of steep market declines. In such market conditions, market or stop-loss orders to sell the ETF shares may be executed at market prices that are significantly below a Fund’s NAV. The market prices of Fund shares may deviate significantly from the NAV of the shares during periods of market volatility or if the Fund’s holdings are or become more illiquid. Disruptions to creations and redemptions may result in trading prices that differ significantly from the Fund’s NAV. In addition, market prices of Fund shares may deviate significantly from the NAV if the number of Fund shares outstanding is smaller or if there is less active trading in a Fund’s shares. Investors purchasing and selling Fund shares in the secondary market may not experience investment results consistent with those experienced by those creating and redeeming directly with the Fund.

●

and market liquidity and wider if the Fund’s shares have little trading volume and market liquidity. Increased market volatility may cause increased bid/ask spreads. Although Fund shares are listed for trading on an Exchange, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such shares will develop or be maintained or that the Fund’s shares will continue to be listed. Trading in Fund shares may be halted due to market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Exchanges, make trading in shares inadvisable. In addition, trading in shares is subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to Exchange “circuit breaker” rules. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Exchanges necessary to maintain the listing of any Fund will continue to be met or will remain unchanged or that the shares will trade with any volume, or at all. A portion of the securities owned by the Fund may trade in a market that is closed while the Exchange on which the Fund’s shares are listed is open. As a result, there may be changes between the last quote for a security from a closed foreign market and the value of such security during the Fund’s domestic trading day, which could lead to differences between the market price of the ETF shares and the underlying value of those shares.

Equity Securities Risk: A Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices will fall over short or extended periods of time. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments, or as a result of irregular and/or unexpected trading activity among retail investors. The prices of securities issued by these companies may decline in response to such developments, which could result in a decline in the value of a Fund’s shares. These factors contribute to price volatility. In addition, common stocks represent a share of ownership in a company, and rank after bonds and preferred stock in their claim on the company’s assets in the event of liquidation.

●

Small-Cap Risk: A Fund is subject to the risk that small capitalization stocks may underperform other types of stocks or the equity markets as a whole. Stocks of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Small companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, or may be dependent upon a small or inexperienced management group. In addition, small-cap stocks typically are traded in lower volume, and their issuers typically are subject to greater degrees of changes in their earnings and prospects.

●

Large-Cap Risk: A Fund is subject to the risk that stocks of larger companies may underperform relative to those of small and mid-sized companies. Large-cap companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, such as changes in technology and consumer tastes, and also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.

●

Mid-Cap Risk: A Fund is subject to the risk that medium capitalization stocks may underperform other types of stocks or the equity markets as a whole. Stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Mid-sized companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, and may be dependent upon a particular niche of the market.

●

Preferred Stock Risk: Preferred stock represents an equity interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred and common stock. If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline. Preferred stock may have mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as provisions allowing the stock to be called or redeemed prior to its maturity, both of which can have a negative impact on the stock’s price when interest rates decline.

●

ESG Investing Risk: Incorporating ESG criteria and investing primarily in instruments that have certain ESG characteristics, as determined by the Sub-Adviser, carries the risk that the Fund may perform differently, including underperforming funds that do not utilize an ESG investment strategy. The application of ESG investment principles may affect the Fund’s exposure to certain sectors or types of investments and may impact the Fund’s investment performance depending on whether such sectors or investments are in or out of favor in the market. A company’s ESG performance or the Sub-Adviser’s assessment of a company’s ESG performance may change over time. In evaluating a company, the manager is reliant upon information and data that may turn out to be incomplete, inaccurate or unavailable, which may negatively impact the Sub-Adviser’s assessment of a company’s ESG performance. Although the Sub-Adviser has established its own process for evaluation of ESG factors, successful application of the Fund’s responsible investment strategy will depend on the Sub-Adviser’s skill in identifying and analyzing material ESG issues. ESG factors may be evaluated differently by different managers, and may

not carry the same meaning to all investors and managers. The risk that the Fund may forego opportunities to buy certain instruments when it might otherwise be advantageous to do so, or sell securities for ESG-related reasons when it might be otherwise disadvantageous for it to do so is heightened when ESG exclusionary criteria is applied.

Fixed Income Risk: The market value of a Fund’s fixed-income securities responds to economic developments, particularly interest rate changes, as well as to perceptions about the creditworthiness of individual issuers, including governments. Generally, a Fund’s fixed-income securities will decrease in value if interest rates rise and increase in value if interest rates fall. Normally, the longer the maturity or duration of the fixed-income securities a Fund owns, the more sensitive the value of a Fund’s shares will be to changes in interest rates. In response to certain economic disruptions, governmental authorities and regulators typically respond to this crisis with significant fiscal and monetary policy changes, including considerably lowering interest rates, which, in some cases could result in negative interest rates. These actions, including their reversal or potential ineffectiveness, could further increase volatility in securities and other financial markets and reduce market liquidity. To the extent a Fund has a bank deposit or holds a debt instrument with a negative interest rate to maturity, a Fund would generate a negative return on that investment. Similarly, negative rates on investments by money market funds and similar cash management products could lead to losses on investments, including on investments of a Fund's uninvested cash. In response to certain economic conditions, including periods of high inflation, governmental authorities and regulators may respond with significant fiscal and monetary policy changes such as raising interest rates. A Fund may be subject to heightened interest rate risk when the Fed raises interest rates. Recent and potential future changes in government monetary policy may affect interest rates. It is difficult to accurately predict the timing, frequency, or magnitude of potential interest rate increases or decreases by the Fed, and the evaluation of macro-economic and other conditions could cause a change in approach in the future. If the Fed and other central banks increase the federal funds rate and equivalent rates, such increases generally will cause market interest rates to rise and could cause the value of a Fund’s investments, and a Fund’s NAV, to decline, potentially suddenly and significantly. As a result, a Fund may experience high redemptions and, as a result, increased portfolio turnover, which could increase the costs that a Fund incurs and may negatively impact a Fund's performance.

●

Asset-Backed Securities Risk: Asset-backed securities are fixed income securities backed by other assets such as credit card, automobile or consumer loan receivables, retail installment loans, or participations in pools of leases. Credit support for these securities may be based on the structural features such as subordination or overcollateralization and/or provided through credit enhancements by a third party. Even with a credit enhancement by a third party, there is still risk of loss. There could be inadequate collateral or no collateral for asset-backed securities. The values of these securities are sensitive to changes in the credit quality of the underlying collateral, the credit strength of the credit enhancement, changes in interest rates, and, at times, the financial condition of the issuer. Some asset-backed securities also may receive prepayments that can change the securities’ effective durations.

●

Credit Risk: The fixed-income securities in a Fund’s portfolio are subject to the possibility that a deterioration, whether sudden or gradual, in the financial condition of an issuer, or a deterioration in general economic conditions, could cause an issuer to fail to make timely payments of principal or interest when due. This may cause the issuer’s securities to decline in value. Credit risk is particularly relevant to those portfolios that invest a significant amount of their assets in non-investment grade (or “junk”) bonds or lower-rated securities.

●

Interest Rate Risk: The market price of debt securities is generally linked to the prevailing market interest rates. In general, when interest rates rise, the prices of debt securities fall, and when interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities rise. The price volatility of a debt security also depends on its maturity. Longer-term securities are generally more volatile, so the longer the average maturity or duration of these securities, the greater their price risk. Duration is a measure used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates that incorporates a security’s yield, coupon, final maturity, and call features, among other characteristics. The longer a fixed-income security’s duration, the more sensitive it will be to changes in interest rates. Specifically, duration is the change in the value of a fixed-income security that will result from a 1% change in interest rates, and generally is stated in years. For example, as a general rule a 1% rise in interest rates means a 1% fall in value for every year of duration. Maturity, on the other hand, is the date on which a fixed-income security becomes due for payment of principal. There may be less governmental intervention in the securities markets in the near future. An increase in interest rates could negatively impact a Fund’s net asset value. Recent and potential future changes in government monetary policy may affect interest rates.

●

Investment-Grade Debt Securities Risk: Investment-grade debt securities may be downgraded by a NRSRO to below-investment-grade status, which would increase the risk of holding these securities. Investment-grade debt securities rated in the lowest rating category by a NRSRO involve a higher degree of risk than fixed-income securities with higher credit ratings. While such securities are considered investment-grade quality and are deemed to have adequate capacity for payment of principal and interest, such securities lack outstanding investment characteristics and may share certain speculative characteristics with non-investment-grade securities.

●

Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk: Mortgage-backed securities are fixed income securities representing an interest in a pool of underlying mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are sensitive to changes in interest rates, but may respond to these changes differently from other fixed income securities due to the possibility of prepayment of the underlying mortgage loans. As a result, it may not be possible to determine in advance the actual maturity date or average life of a mortgage-backed security. Rising interest rates tend to discourage re-financings, with the result that the average life and volatility of the security will increase, exacerbating its decrease in market price. When interest rates fall, however, mortgage-backed securities may not gain as much in market value because of the expectation of additional mortgage prepayments that must be reinvested at lower interest rates. Prepayment risk may make it difficult to calculate the average duration of a Fund’s mortgage-backed securities and, therefore, to fully assess the interest rate risk of a Fund. An unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may adversely affect the value of mortgage-backed

securities and could result in losses to a Fund. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the cases of mortgage pools that include subprime mortgages. Subprime mortgages refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with lower capacity to make timely payments on their mortgages. In addition, mortgage-backed securities may fluctuate in price based on deterioration in the perceived or actual value of the collateral underlying the pool of mortgage loans, typically residential or commercial real estate, which may result in negative amortization or negative equity meaning that the value of the collateral would be worth less than the remaining principal amount owed on the mortgages in the pool.

●

Non-Investment-Grade Debt Securities Risk: Non-investment-grade debt securities are sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” and are considered speculative with respect to their issuers’ ability to make payments of interest and principal. There is a high risk that a Fund could suffer a loss from investments in non-investment-grade debt securities caused by the default of an issuer of such securities. Part of the reason for this high risk is that non-investment-grade debt securities are generally unsecured and therefore, in the event of a default or bankruptcy, holders of non-investment-grade debt securities generally will not receive payments until the holders of all other debt have been paid. Non-investment-grade debt securities may also be less liquid than investment-grade debt securities.

●

Prepayment Risk: Prepayment risk is the risk that a debt security may be paid off and proceeds invested earlier than anticipated. Prepayment risk is more prevalent during periods of falling interest rates. Prepayment impacts both the interest rate sensitivity of the underlying asset, such as an asset-backed or mortgage-backed security, and its cash flow projections. Therefore, prepayment risk may make it difficult to calculate the average duration of a Fund’s asset- or mortgage-backed securities which in turn would make it difficult to assess the interest rate risk of the Fund.

●

U.S. Government Securities Risk: Certain U.S. government securities are backed by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury while others are supported only by the credit of the issuer or instrumentality. While the U.S. government is able to provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it will always do so. Such securities are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury.

Foreign Securities Risk: Investing in foreign securities poses additional risks since political and economic events unique in a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers, while such events may not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or issuers located in the United States. In addition, investments in foreign securities are generally denominated in foreign currency. As a result, changes in the value of those currencies compared to the U.S. dollar may affect the value of a Fund’s investments. These currency movements may happen separately from, or in response to, events that do not otherwise affect the value of the security in the issuer’s home country. There is a risk that issuers of foreign securities may not be subject to accounting standards or governmental supervision comparable to those to which U.S. companies are subject and that less public information about their operations may exist. There is risk associated with the clearance and settlement procedures in non-U.S. markets, which may be unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions and may cause delays. Foreign markets may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets and offer less protection to investors. Over-the-counter securities may also be less liquid than exchange-traded securities. Investments in securities of foreign issuers may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes. In addition, it may be more difficult and costly for a Fund to seek recovery from an issuer located outside the United States in the event of a default on a portfolio security or an issuer’s insolvency proceeding. To the extent a Fund focuses its investments in a single country or only a few countries in a particular geographic region, economic, political, regulatory or other conditions affecting such country or region may have a greater impact on Fund performance relative to a more geographically diversified fund.

While a Fund’s net assets are valued in U.S. dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in foreign currencies. Thus, a change in the value of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding change in value of securities denominated in that currency. Some of the factors that may impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are: (1) it may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into U.S. dollars and vice versa; (2) complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values of various currencies, including U.S. dollars, and their exchange rates; (3) government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other market forces; (4) there may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis; (5) available quotation information is generally representative of very large round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable; and (6) the inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect significant price and rate movements.

Political events in foreign countries may cause market disruptions. Uncertainties surrounding the sovereign debt of a number of European Union (“EU”) countries and the viability of the EU have disrupted and may in the future disrupt markets in the United States and around the world. If one or more countries leave the EU, as the United Kingdom did in January of 2020 (commonly referred to as “Brexit”), or the EU dissolves, the global securities markets likely will be significantly disrupted.

●

Depositary Receipts Risk: Foreign receipts, which include American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), are securities that evidence ownership interests in a security or a pool of securities issued by a foreign issuer. The risks of depositary receipts include many risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities, such as individual country risk and liquidity risk. Unsponsored ADRs, which are issued by a depositary bank without the participation or consent of the issuer, involve additional risks because U.S. reporting requirements do not apply, and the issuing bank will recover shareholder distribution costs from movement of share prices and payment of dividends. Additionally, the Holding

Foreign Companies Accountable Act “HFCAA” could cause securities of foreign companies, including ADRs, to be delisted from U.S. stock exchanges if the companies do not allow the U.S. government to oversee the auditing of their financial information. Although the requirements of the HFCAA apply to securities of all foreign issuers, the SEC has thus far limited its enforcement efforts to securities of Chinese companies. If securities are delisted, a Fund’s ability to transact in such securities will be impaired, and the liquidity and market price of the securities may decline. The Fund may also need to seek other markets in which to transact in such securities, which could increase the Fund’s costs.

●

Emerging Markets Risk: Investments in the securities of issuers based in countries with emerging-market economies are subject to greater levels of risk and uncertainty than investments in more-developed foreign markets. This is as a result of the fact that emerging-market securities may present market, credit, currency, liquidity, legal, political, and other risks greater than, or in addition to, the risks of investing in developed foreign countries. These risks include: (i) high currency exchange-rate fluctuations; (ii) increased risk of default (including both government and private issuers); (iii) greater social, economic, and political uncertainty and instability (including the risk of war); (iv) more substantial governmental involvement in the economy; (v) less governmental supervision and regulation of the securities markets and participants in those markets; (vi) controls on foreign investment and limitations on repatriation of invested capital and on a fund’s ability to exchange local currencies for U.S. dollars; (vii) unavailability of currency hedging techniques in certain emerging-market countries; (viii) the fact that companies in emerging-market countries may be newly organized, smaller, and less seasoned; (ix) the difference in, or lack of, auditing and financial reporting requirements or standards, which may result in the unavailability of material information about issuers; (x) different clearance and settlement procedures, which may be unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions or otherwise make it difficult to engage in such transactions; (xi) difficulties in obtaining and/or enforcing legal judgments against non-U.S. companies and non-U.S. persons, including company directors and officers, in foreign jurisdictions; and (xii) significantly smaller market capitalizations of emerging-market issuers. In addition, shareholders of emerging market issuers, such as the Fund, often have limited rights and few practical remedies in emerging markets. Finally, the risks associated with investments in emerging markets often are significant, and vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and company to company.

●

India Risk: Government actions, bureaucratic obstacles and inconsistent economic reform within the Indian government have had a significant effect on its economy and could adversely affect market conditions, economic growth and the profitability of companies in India. Global economic developments may inhibit the flow of foreign capital on which India is dependent to sustain its growth. Large portions of many Indian companies remain in the hands of individuals and corporate governance standards of Indian companies may be weaker and less transparent, which may increase the risk of loss and unequal treatment of investors. Investments in Indian securities may be limited or prevented, at times, due to the limits on foreign ownership imposed by the Indian regulatory authorities, including the Reserve Bank of India and the Securities and Exchange Board of India. Investments in India are subject to risks presented by investments in an emerging market country, including liquidity risk, which may result in extreme volatility in the prices of Indian securities. Religious, cultural and military disputes persist in India, and between India and Pakistan. Both India and Pakistan have tested nuclear arms, and the threat of deployment of such weapons could hinder development of the Indian economy, and escalating tensions could impact the broader region. In addition, the Indian economy could be adversely impacted by natural disasters and acts of terrorism.

●

Sovereign Debt Risk: The actions of foreign governments concerning their respective economies could have an important effect on their ability or willingness to service their sovereign debt. Such actions could have significant effects on market conditions and on the prices of securities and instruments held by a Fund, including the securities and instruments of foreign private issuers. Factors which may influence the ability or willingness of foreign sovereigns to service debt include, but are not limited to: the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date payment is due; the relative size of its debt service burden to the economy as a whole; its balance of payments (including export performance) and cash flow situation; its access to international credits and investments; fluctuations in interest and currency rates and reserves; and its government’s policies towards the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank, and other international agencies. If a foreign sovereign defaults on all or a portion of its foreign debt, a Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. In some cases, remedies must be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the prevailing country, which could substantially delay or defeat any recovery.

Growth-Investing Risk: Growth-oriented funds may underperform when value investing is in favor, and growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company’s growth of earnings potential. Also, because growth companies usually reinvest a high portion of earnings in their businesses, growth stocks may lack the dividends of some value stocks that can cushion stock prices in a falling market.

Management Risk: In managing a Fund’s portfolio, the Adviser may engage one or more sub-advisers to make investment decisions on a portion of or the entire portfolio. There is a risk that the Adviser may be unable to identify and retain sub-advisers who achieve superior investment returns relative to other similar sub-advisers. The value of your investment may decrease if the Sub-Adviser incorrectly judges the attractiveness, value, or market trends affecting a particular security, issuer, industry, or sector.

Municipal Securities Risk: The value of municipal securities may be affected by uncertainties in the municipal market related to legislation or litigation involving the taxation of municipal securities or the rights of municipal securities holders in the event of a bankruptcy. In addition, the ongoing issues facing the national economy may negatively impact the economic performance of issuers of municipal securities, and may increase the likelihood that issuers of securities in which a Fund may invest may be unable to meet their obligations. Proposals to restrict or eliminate the federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal securities are introduced before Congress from time to time. Proposals also may be introduced before state legislatures that would affect the state tax treatment of a municipal fund’s distributions. If such proposals were enacted, the availability of municipal securities and the value of a municipal fund’s holdings would be affected, and the Trustees would reevaluate a Fund’s investment goals and policies. Municipal bankruptcies are relatively rare, and certain provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code governing such bankruptcies are unclear and remain untested. Further, the application of state law to municipal issuers could produce varying results among the states or among municipal securities issuers within a state. The ability of a municipal issuer to seek bankruptcy protection may be subject to the authorization of the executive or legislative branch of the state’s government, and a municipal bankruptcy may be subject to challenge in the state’s courts. These legal uncertainties could affect the municipal securities market generally, certain specific segments of the market, or the relative credit quality of particular securities. There is also the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of issuers to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal on their municipal securities may be materially affected or their obligations may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. Such litigation or conditions may from time to time have the effect of introducing uncertainties in the market for municipal securities or certain segments thereof, or of materially affecting the credit risk with respect to particular bonds. Adverse economic, business, legal or political developments might affect all or a substantial portion of a Fund’s municipal securities in the same manner. Also, some municipal obligations may be backed by a letter of credit issued by a bank or other financial institution. Adverse developments affecting banks or other financial institutions could have a negative effect on the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities.

In making investments, a Fund and the investment sub-adviser will rely on the opinion of issuers’ bond counsel. Neither a Fund nor the sub-adviser will independently review the basis for those tax opinions. If any of those tax opinions are ultimately determined to be incorrect, a Fund and its shareholders could be subject to substantial tax liabilities. Certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), relating to the issuance of municipal obligations may reduce the volume of municipal securities that qualify for federal tax exemptions. Proposals that may further restrict or eliminate the income tax exemptions for interest on municipal obligations may be introduced in the future. If any such proposal became law, it may reduce the number of municipal obligations available for purchase by a Fund and could adversely affect a Fund’s shareholders by subjecting the income from a Fund to tax. If this occurs, a Fund would reevaluate its investment goals and policies to the extent that legislative or legal developments materially affect the Fund.

In order to be tax exempt, tax-exempt securities must meet certain legal requirements. Failure to meet such requirements may cause the interest received and distributed by a Fund to shareholders to be taxable. a Fund may invest in securities whose interest is subject to state tax, federal regular income tax, or federal alternative minimum tax. Consult your tax professional for more information.

The effects of a widespread health crisis such as a global pandemic could affect the ability of states and their political subdivisions to make payments on debt obligations when due and could adversely impact the value of their bonds, which could negatively impact the performance of a Fund.

Non-Diversification Risk: A non-diversified Fund may invest a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of a limited number of issuers, subject to federal income tax restrictions relating to the Fund’s qualification as a regulated investment company. Because a higher percentage of a non-diversified Fund’s holdings may be invested in the securities of a limited number of issuers, the Fund may be more susceptible to risks associated with a single economic, business, political or regulatory event than a diversified fund.

Other Investment Companies Risk: A Fund’s investments in other investment companies, such as ETFs and closed-end funds, will be subject to substantially the same risks as those associated with the direct ownership of the securities comprising the portfolios of such investment companies, and the value of a Fund’s investment will fluctuate in response to the performance of such portfolios. The risks of owning shares of other investment companies generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities, although lack of liquidity in an investment company could result in it being more volatile than its underlying securities, and other investment companies have management fees that increase their costs. Other investment companies’ portfolio compositions and performance may not match that of the index it is designed to track due to delays in the investment company’s implementation of changes to the composition of the index and other factors. The value of the shares of closed-end funds may be lower than the value of the portfolio securities held by the closed-end fund. Also, although many ETFs seek to provide investment results that correspond generally to the price and yield performance of a particular market index, the price movement of an ETF may not track the underlying index. In addition, if a Fund acquires shares of

investment companies, shareholders of a Fund will bear both their proportionate share of the fees and expenses of a Fund (including management and advisory fees) and, indirectly, the fees and expenses of the investment companies. There may also not be an active trading market available for shares of some investment companies. Additionally, trading of investment company shares may be halted or delisted by the listing exchange. To the extent a Fund is held by an affiliated fund, the ability of a Fund itself to hold other investment companies may be limited.

Portfolio Turnover Risk: Each Fund may sell its portfolio securities, regardless of the length of time that they have been held, if the sub-adviser determines that it would be in the Fund’s best interest to do so. It may be appropriate to buy or sell portfolio securities due to economic, market, or other factors that are not within the sub-adviser’s control. These transactions will increase a Fund’s “portfolio turnover.” A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur if all of the securities in the Fund were replaced during a given period. Frequent and active trading may result in greater expenses to a Fund, which may lower the Fund’s performance and may result in the realization of substantial capital gains, including net short-term capital gains. As a result, high portfolio turnover may reduce the Fund’s returns.

Reverse Repurchase Agreement Risk: A reverse repurchase agreement involves the sale of a portfolio security by a Fund, coupled with its agreement to repurchase the instrument at a specified time and price. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the value of securities that a Fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. When a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it is subject to the risk that the buyer (counterparty) may default on its obligations to the Fund, potentially resulting in delays, costs, and losses to the Fund. Reverse repurchase agreements involve leverage risk; a Fund may lose money as a result of declines in the values both of the security subject to the reverse repurchase agreement and the instruments in which the Fund invested the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement. Use of reverse repurchase agreements by a Fund will increase the volatility and potential losses of the Fund.

Quantitative Strategy Risk: A Fund’s sub-adviser may use proprietary statistical analyses and models to construct the Fund’s portfolio. A securities portfolio selected using these proprietary models can perform differently than the market as a whole as a result of the correlation factors used in the analysis to construct the models, the weight placed on each factor, and changes in the factors’ historical trends. As a result, the Fund may be more or less exposed to a risk factor than its individual holdings. Quantitative models are subject to technical issues, including programming and data inaccuracies, are based on assumptions, and rely on data that is subject to limitations (e.g., inaccuracies, staleness), any of which could adversely affect their effectiveness or predictive value. Quantitative models may not accurately predict future market movements or characteristics due to the fact that market performance can be affected by non-quantitative factors that are not easily integrated into quantitative analysis, among other factors.

Repurchase Agreement Risk: Under all repurchase agreements entered into by a Fund, a Fund’s custodian or its agent must take possession of the underlying collateral. However, if the counterparty defaults, a Fund could realize a loss on the sale of the underlying security to the extent that the proceeds of sale, including accrued interest, are less than the resale price provided in the agreement including interest. In addition, even though the Bankruptcy Code provides protection for most repurchase agreements, if the seller should be involved in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, a Fund may incur delay and costs in selling the underlying security or may suffer a loss of principal and interest if a Fund is treated as an unsecured creditor and is required to return the underlying security to the seller’s estate. Repurchase agreements are considered loans by a Fund.

Sector and Industry Focus Risk: A Fund that focuses its investments in the securities of a particular market sector and/or industry is subject to the risk that adverse circumstances will have a greater impact on the Fund than a fund that does not focus its investments in a particular sector and/or industry. It is possible that economic, business or political developments or other changes affecting one security in the sector and/or industry of focus will affect other securities in that sector and/or industry of focus in the same manner, thereby increasing the risk of such investments.

Value Investing Risk: Value investing presents the risk that a Fund’s security holdings may never reach their full market value because the market fails to recognize what the portfolio managers consider the true business value or because the portfolio managers have misjudged those values. In addition, value investing may fall out of favor and underperform growth or other styles of investing during given certain periods. There is also the risk that the portfolio managers may determine to sell a position prior to it reaching its intrinsic value.

THE FUNDS’ MANAGEMENT

Investment Adviser

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (“Touchstone Advisors” or the “Adviser”)
303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

Touchstone Advisors has been a registered investment adviser since 1994. As of March 31, 2026, Touchstone Advisors had approximately $29.6 billion in assets under management. As the Funds’ investment adviser, Touchstone Advisors reviews, supervises, and administers the Funds’ investment programs and also ensures compliance with the Funds’ investment policies and guidelines.

Touchstone Advisors is responsible for selecting each Fund’s sub-adviser(s), subject to approval by the Board. Touchstone Advisors selects a sub-adviser that has shown good investment performance in its areas of expertise. Touchstone Advisors considers various factors in evaluating a sub-adviser, including:

●

Level of knowledge and skill;

●

Performance as compared to its peers or benchmark;

●

Consistency of performance over 5 years or more;

●

Level of compliance with investment rules and strategies;

●

Employees, facilities and financial strength; and

●

Quality of service.

Touchstone Advisors will also continually monitor each sub-adviser’s performance through various analyses and through in-person, telephone, and written consultations with a sub-adviser. Touchstone Advisors discusses its expectations for performance with each sub-adviser and provides evaluations and recommendations to the Board of Trustees, including whether or not a sub-adviser’s contract should be renewed, modified, or terminated.

The SEC has granted an exemptive order that permits Touchstone ETF Trust (the “Trust”) or Touchstone Advisors, under certain conditions, to select or change sub-advisers, enter into new sub-advisory agreements, or amend existing sub-advisory agreements, regardless of whether the sub-adviser is affiliated or unaffiliated, without first obtaining shareholder approval. Shareholders of a Fund will be notified of any changes to its sub-adviser.

Two or more sub-advisers may manage a Fund, from time to time, with each managing a portion of the Fund’s assets. If a Fund has more than one sub-adviser, Touchstone Advisors allocates how much of a Fund’s assets are managed by each sub-adviser. Touchstone Advisors may change these allocations from time to time, often based upon the results of its evaluations of the sub-advisers.

Touchstone Advisors is also responsible for running all of the operations of the Funds, except those that are subcontracted to a sub-adviser, custodian, transfer agent, sub-administrative agent or other parties. For its services, Touchstone Advisors is entitled to receive an investment advisory fee from each Fund at an annualized rate, based on the average daily net assets of the Fund. The Annual Fee Rate below is the fee paid to Touchstone Advisors by each Fund, net of any advisory fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. Touchstone Advisors pays sub-advisory fees to each sub-adviser from its advisory fee.

Fund	Net Annual Fee Rate as a % of average daily net assets(1)
Dividend Select ETF	0.04%
Dynamic International ETF	0.29%
International Equity ETF	0.10%
Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF	0.00%
Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF	0.49%
Securitized Income ETF	0.19%
Strategic Income ETF	0.37%
Ultra Short Income ETF	0.14%

Fund	Net Annual Fee Rate as a % of average daily net assets(1)
US Large Cap Focused ETF	0.21%

(1) The Net Annual Fee Rate is the fee paid to Touchstone Advisors by each Fund, net of any advisory fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, for the fiscal period ended December 31, 2025. These advisory fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements are described in the “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table and the related footnotes in each Fund’s summary above.

Fund	Annual Investment Advisory Fee
Large Company Growth ETF(1)	0.60%

(1) The Fund commenced operations on March 13, 2026.

Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreement Approval. A discussion of the basis for the Board’s approval of the Funds’ advisory and sub-advisory agreements was included in the Trust’s December 31, 2025 financial statements for all Funds except Large Company Growth ETF, which will be reported in the Trust’s June 30, 2026 financial statements.

Additional Information

The Trustees of the Trust oversee generally the operations of each Fund and the Trust. The Trust enters into contractual arrangements with various parties, including, among others, the Funds investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, accountants and distributor, who provide services to each Fund. Shareholders are not parties to, or intended (or “third-party”) beneficiaries of, any of those contractual arrangements, and those contractual arrangements are not intended to create in any such individual shareholder or group of shareholders any right to enforce the terms of the contractual arrangements against the service providers or to seek any remedy under the contractual arrangements against the service providers, either directly or on behalf of the Trust.

The Adviser has also entered into a contractual expense limitation agreement with the Trust as described in the footnotes to the “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” tables found in the Summary sections of the Prospectus. After the expiration of the current expense limitations, if the expense limitations are not continued past their termination date at their current levels, the expenses borne by shareholders of a Fund would increase. With respect to the International Equity ETF, after the expiration of the current expense limitation agreement, the expense limitation levels are anticipated to increase to a level that is competitive with the Fund’s peer group.

This prospectus provides information concerning the Trust and each Funds that you should consider in determining whether to purchase shares of each Fund. The Fund may make changes to this information from time to time. Neither this prospectus, the SAI or any document filed as an exhibit to the Trust’s registration statement, is intended to, nor does it, give rise to an agreement or contract between the Trust or a Fund and its shareholders, or give rise to any contract or other rights in any such individual shareholder, group of shareholders or other person other than any rights conferred explicitly by federal or state securities laws that may not be waived.

Sub-Advisers and Portfolio Managers

Listed below are the sub-advisers and their respective portfolio managers that have responsibility for the day-to-day management of each Fund. A brief biographical description of each portfolio manager is also provided. The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ investments in the Fund or Funds that they manage, a description of their compensation structure, and information regarding other accounts that they manage.

DSM Capital Partners LLC (“DSM”), located at 7111 Fairway Drive, Suite 350, Palm Beach Gardens, Florida 33418, serves as sub-adviser to the Large Company Growth ETF and served as sub-adviser to the Large Company Growth Fund, the predecessor fund to the Large Company Growth ETF. As sub-adviser, DSM makes investment decisions for the Fund and also seeks to ensure compliance with the Fund’s investment policies and guidelines. DSM was founded in 2001 and serves as investment adviser to endowments and foundations, pensions plans, family offices, high net worth individual investors, and corporations. DSM is wholly owned by its co-founders Daniel Strickberger and Stephen Memishian, and by employees. As of December 31, 2025, DSM had approximately $6.9 billion in assets under management.

Large Company Growth ETF

Daniel Strickberger, Chief Investment Officer, co-founded DSM in February 2001 and has served as a Managing Partner ever since. Mr. Strickberger serves as portfolio manager for the Fund and served as portfolio manager for the Large Company Growth Fund. Prior to co-founding DSM, Mr. Strickberger was a partner at W.P. Stewart & Company and Lazard Freres & Co. Mr. Strickberger is a member of DSM’s Board of Managers.

David McVey, Deputy Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager, started his investment career in 1992 at Mutual Funds Service Company in Boston. In 1995 he became equity research associate for biotechnology and healthcare at Hambrecht & Quist. He then moved to Furman Selz, becoming a vice president and serving as a media and entertainment analyst. Most recently, he was a media and entertainment associate analyst at J.P. Morgan H&Q. David received a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics and Finance from New Hampshire College, and holds a Chartered Financial Analyst designation. David joined DSM in 2001 and is a member of DSM’s Board of Managers.

Eric Woodworth CFA, Deputy Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager, joined PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) in 1994 as a technology consultant. He became a team leader and managed projects for PwC in Toronto and Chicago. He also served as an internal instructor for PwC in Tampa, Florida. Eric left PwC in 1999 to attend business school, spending his summer in equity research at Merrill Lynch. Eric holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Williams College, an MBA in Finance from New York University, and holds a Chartered Financial Analyst designation. Eric joined DSM in 2001 and is a member of DSM's Board of Managers.

Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. (“Fort Washington”), located at 303 Broadway, Suite 1200, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, serves as the sub-adviser to the Dividend Select ETF, the Strategic Income ETF, the US Large Cap Focused ETF and the Ultra Short Income ETF. As the sub-adviser, Fort Washington makes investment decisions for the Funds and also ensures compliance with the Funds’ investment policies and guidelines. Fort Washington is controlled by Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company. Jill T. McGruder and E. Blake Moore, Jr., interested Trustees of the Trust, may be deemed to be affiliates of Fort Washington. As of December 31, 2025, Fort Washington had approximately $95.0 billion in assets under management, which includes $5.5 billion in commitments managed by Fort Washington Capital Partners Group, a division of Fort Washington.

Dividend Select ETF

Austin R. Kummer, CFA, Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager. Mr. Kummer joined Fort Washington in 2013. He focuses on portfolio management and research functions within Multi-Sector Fixed Income and Dividend Equity strategies. He also contributes to asset allocation and macro positioning for the firm and has shared responsibility for the company’s Private Debt portfolio. Mr. Kummer received a BBA from Ohio University in Finance and Business Economics and an MBA in Finance from Xavier University. He is a CFA charterholder.

James E. Wilhelm, Jr. Mr. Wilhelm joined Fort Washington in 2002. Mr. Wilhelm has investment experience dating back to 1993. He began as a Senior Equity Analyst in 2002 and was named Portfolio Manager in 2005. He became Assistant Vice President in 2007, Vice President in 2008, Managing Director in 2014, and was Head of Public Equities from 2015 to 2020.

Prior Performance for Similar Accounts Managed by Fort Washington

The following table sets forth composite performance data relating to the historical performance of all accounts (except as noted below) managed by Fort Washington for the periods indicated with investment objectives, policies, strategies, and risks substantially similar to those of the Dividend Select ETF. The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of Fort Washington in managing substantially similar accounts as measured against market indexes and does not represent the performance of the Fund. The following accounts are excluded from the composite: accounts that do not pay fees, accounts that are not fully discretionary, and accounts that have less than $25 million under management, which is the minimum amount necessary to fully implement the investment strategy.

The following performance information is not the Dividend Select ETF’s performance, should not be considered indicative of the past or future performance of the Fund, and should not be considered a substitute for the Fund’s performance.

Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended December 31, 2025

	1 Year	Since Inception*
Fort Washington Dividend Select Equity Composite (Gross)	16.59 %	11.93 %
Fort Washington Dividend Select Equity Composite (Net)	16.01 %	11.37 %
Russell 1000® Value Index (reflects no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)	15.91 %	9.86 %

The inception date for the Composite is January 1, 2020.

The Fort Washington Dividend Select Equity Composite (the “Composite”) represents the investment performance track record of Fort Washington’s dividend select equity strategy, which is the strategy that is used to manage the Fund. The accounts comprising the Composite are not subject to the same types of expenses to which the Fund is subject, certain investment limitations, diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Thus, the performance results for the account could have been adversely affected if the account had been regulated as investment companies under federal securities and tax laws. The method for computing historical performance information for the Composite differs from the SEC’s method for computing the historical performance of the Dividend Select ETF.

The Composite’s returns shown above are presented gross and net of management fees and include the reinvestment of all income. Gross returns will be reduced by investment advisory fees and other expenses that may be incurred in the management of the account. Net of fee performance was calculated using all actual fees and expenses including the management fee. Individual portfolio returns are calculated on a daily valuation basis. These fees and expenses are not reflective of the fees and expenses of the Dividend Select ETF and may vary depending on, among other things, the applicable fee schedule and portfolio size. All returns are expressed in U.S. dollars. The Dividend Select ETF’s fees are reflected in its fee table in the “Summary” section of this prospectus.

The performance information for the Composite was calculated in accordance with Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS®). The Composite performance information is intended to illustrate past performance for substantially similarly managed accounts by Fort Washington. Past performance of the Composite is not indicative of future results. As with any investment there is always the potential for gains as well as the possibility of losses. The Composite performance information presented herein has been calculated and provided by the Dividend Select ETF’s sub-adviser.

Securitized Income ETF

Scott D. Weston, Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager, joined Fort Washington in September 1999. He is also Fort Washington’s head of structured products and lead sector specialist in collateralized loan obligations. Mr. Weston is a graduate of the University of Utah with a BS in Political Science and the University of Cincinnati with an MBA in Finance. He has investment experience dating back to 1992 and is jointly and primarily responsible for the management of the Fund.

Brent A. Miller, CFA, Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager, joined Fort Washington in June 2001 and is jointly and primarily responsible for the management of the Fund. He became a portfolio manager in 2008 and was an assistant portfolio manager prior to 2008. He is also lead sector specialist in mortgage-backed securities. Mr. Miller graduated Magna Cum Laude from the University of Evansville with a BS in Mathematics. He has investment experience dating back to 1999. He is a CFA charterholder.

Laura L. Mayfield, Assistant Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager, joined Fort Washington in 2007. She became Senior Portfolio Manager in 2020 and is lead sector specialist in asset-backed securities. Ms. Mayfield graduated from Olivet Nazarene University with a BA in Marketing and Spanish, and received her MBA from Xavier University. She has investment experience dating back to 2010 and is jointly and primarily responsible for the management of the Fund.

Richard Schneider, Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager, joined Fort Washington in 2019. He is responsible for the commercial mortgage-backed securities portfolios for both Western & Southern Financial Group and third-party institutional clients. Prior to joining Fort Washington, he was with Mesirow Financial in Chicago where he was a Managing Director responsible for trading CMBS and other structured products. He also has previous experience at Loop Capital Markets, Lehman Brothers Asset Management, and Lincoln Capital Management. Schneider received a BS in Mathematics and an MBA from the University of Notre Dame.

Prior Performance for Similar Accounts Managed by Fort Washington

The following table sets forth composite performance data relating to the historical performance of all accounts managed by Fort Washington for the periods indicated with investment objectives, policies, strategies, and risks substantially similar to those of the Securitized Income ETF. The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of Fort Washington in managing substantially similar accounts as measured against market indexes and does not represent the performance of the Securitized Income ETF. The same sub-adviser, Fort Washington, has been responsible for the day-to-day management of the accounts for all periods shown in the performance table.

The following performance information is not the Securitized Income ETF’s performance, should not be considered indicative of the past or future performance of the Fund, and should not be considered a substitute for the Fund’s performance.

Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended December 31, 2025

	1 Year	5 Year	10 Year	Since Inception*
Fort Washington Securitized Composite (Gross)	8.23 %	4.04 %	4.61 %	6.12 %
Fort Washington Securitized Composite (Net)	7.85 %	3.68 %	4.25 %	5.75 %
Bloomberg US MBS Index (reflects no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)**	8.58 %	0.15 %	1.59 %	1.78 %
Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)**	7.30 %	(0.36 %)	2.01 %	2.09 %

*The inception date for the Composite is October 1, 2011.

** The Bloomberg US MBS Index and the Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index are included to provide comparative relative performance against the Composite. These indexes are broad-based securities indexes that reflect the investment strategies and performance target of the accounts underlying the Composite. An index is unmanaged and it is not possible to invest directly in an index. As such, year-by-year index figures do not account for any fees or expenses.

The Fort Washington Securitized Opportunities Composite (the “Composite”) represents the investment performance track record of Fort Washington’s securitized income strategy, which is the strategy that will be used to manage the Fund. Because of the similarities between the Securitized Income ETF and the Composite, this information may help provide an indication of the Fund’s risks by showing how a similar Composite has performed historically. The performance of the Composite, however, is not the performance of the Fund, and you should not assume that the Fund will have the same performance as the Composite. The performance of the Fund may be greater or less than the performance of the Composite due to, among other things, the number of the holdings in and composition of the Fund's portfolio, as well as the asset size and cash flow differences between the Fund and the Composite. The accounts comprising the Composite are not subject to the same types of expenses to which the Fund is subject, certain investment limitations, diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Thus, the performance results for the account could have been adversely affected if the account had been regulated as investment companies under federal securities and tax laws. The method for computing historical performance information for the Composite differs from the SEC’s method for computing the historical performance of the Securitized Income ETF.

The Composite’s returns shown above are presented gross and net of management fees and expenses and include the reinvestment of all income. Gross returns will be reduced by investment advisory fees and other expenses that may be incurred in the management of the account. Net of fee performance was calculated using all actual fees and expenses including the management fee. Individual portfolio returns are calculated on a daily valuation basis. These fees and expenses are not reflective of the fees and expenses of the Securitized Income ETF and may vary depending on, among other things, the applicable fee schedule and portfolio size. All returns are expressed in U.S. dollars. The Securitized Income ETF’s fees are reflected in its fee table in the “Summary” section of this prospectus.

Strategic Income ETF

Daniel J. Carter, CFA, Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager. Mr. Carter began as an Assistant Portfolio Manager of Fort Washington in 2000 and has been an Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager since 2007. Mr. Carter’s responsibilities include portfolio management of diversified broad market fixed income portfolios and the Emerging Markets Debt strategy. He also serves as an asset specialist for the Government (Treasury/Agency/TIPS) sectors within the fixed income markets. Mr. Carter joined the firm in 2000 as a credit analyst. Prior to joining Fort Washington, Mr. Carter was an analyst focusing on fixed income with the Ohio Casualty Group and Provident Financial Group. He received a BS in Business (Finance and Accounting) from Miami University and is a CFA charterholder.

Brendan M. White, CFA, Senior Vice President and Co-Chief Investment Officer of Fort Washington. In this role, Mr. White is responsible for overseeing the investment activity for all assets under management with emphasis on all fixed-income functions while collaborating with Chris Shipley, Co-Chief Investment Officer, on all investment decisions. Mr. White also shares responsibility for asset allocation and macro-positioning for both Fort Washington and Western & Southern Financial Group. Mr. White joined Fort Washington in 1993 and has more than 30 years of industry experience. Prior to joining the firm, he was with Ohio Casualty Corporation where he was a securities analyst supporting the High Yield and Mortgage-Backed Securities portfolios. He is a CFA charterholder.

Prior Performance for Similar Accounts Managed by Fort Washington

substantially similar accounts as measured against market indexes and does not represent the performance of the Fund. The following accounts are excluded from the composite: accounts that do not pay fees, accounts that are not fully discretionary, and accounts that have less than $25 million under management, which is the minimum amount necessary to fully implement the investment strategy.

The following performance information is not the Strategic Income ETF’s performance, should not be considered indicative of the past or future performance of the Fund, and should not be considered a substitute for the Fund’s performance.

Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended December 31, 2025

	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	Since Inception*
Fort Washington Strategic Income Composite (Gross)	9.75 %	8.55 %	3.55 %	5.22 %
Fort Washington Strategic Income Composite (Net)	9.31 %	8.12 %	3.13 %	4.80 %
Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)	7.30 %	4.66 %	(0.36 )%	1.78 %

The inception date for the Composite is July 1, 2017.

The Fort Washington Strategic Income Composite (the “Composite”) represents the investment performance track record of Fort Washington’s strategic income strategy, which is the strategy that is used to manage the Fund. The accounts comprising the Composite are not subject to the same types of expenses to which the Fund is subject, certain investment limitations, diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Thus, the performance results for the account could have been adversely affected if the account had been regulated as investment companies under federal securities and tax laws. The method for computing historical performance information for the Composite differs from the SEC’s method for computing the historical performance of the Strategic Income ETF.

The Composite’s returns shown above are presented gross and net of management fees and include the reinvestment of all income. Gross returns will be reduced by investment advisory fees and other expenses that may be incurred in the management of the account. Net of fee performance was calculated using all actual fees and expenses including the management fee. Individual portfolio returns are calculated on a daily valuation basis. These fees and expenses are not reflective of the fees and expenses of the Strategic Income ETF and may vary depending on, among other things, the applicable fee schedule and portfolio size. All returns are expressed in U.S. dollars. The Strategic Income ETF’s fees are reflected in its fee table in the “Summary” section of this prospectus.

US Large Cap Focused ETF

James E. Wilhelm, Jr., Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager, joined Fort Washington in 2002. He has investment experience dating back to 1993. He began as a Senior Equity Analyst in 2002 and was named Portfolio Manager in 2005. He became Assistant Vice President in 2007, Vice President in 2008, Managing Director in 2014, and was Head of Public Equities from 2015 to 2020.

Sunit Gogia, Vice President, Portfolio Manager and Director of Equity Research joined Fort Washington in 2012. He has investment experience dating back to 2003. He began as a Senior Equity Analyst with Fort Washington in 2012 covering the technology and telecom sectors. He was named Associate Portfolio Manager and Director of Equity Research in 2017. Prior to joining Fort Washington, Sunit was a Senior Equity Analyst with Morningstar, Inc. following the enterprise software industry. Prior to that he was a Software Developer and Program Manager at Microsoft.

Ultra Short Income ETF

Richard V. Schneider, Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager, joined Fort Washington in 2019. Mr. Schneider is a Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager on Fort Washington’s Structured Products desk. He is responsible for the commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) portfolios for both Western & Southern Financial Group (the sub-adviser’s parent company) and third-party institutional clients. Prior to joining Fort Washington, he was with Mesirow Financial in Chicago where he was a Managing Director responsible for trading CMBS and other structured products. He also has previous experience at Loop Capital Markets, Lehman Brothers Asset Management, and Lincoln Capital Management. Mr. Schneider received a BS in Mathematics and an MBA from the University of Notre Dame.

London Company of Virginia, LLC d/b/a The London Company (“The London Company”), located at 1800 Bayberry Court, Suite 301, Richmond, Virginia, 23226, serves as sub-adviser to the International Equity ETF. As sub-adviser, The London Company makes investment decisions for the Fund and also ensures compliance with the Fund’s investment policies and guidelines. The London Company was founded in 1994 and is majority employee owned. Stephen Goddard may be deemed to be a control person of The London Company through his ownership in TLC Holdings LLC, which owns a majority of The London Company. As of December 31, 2025, The London Company had approximately $14.9 billion in assets under management.

International Equity ETF

TJ Carter, CFA, CPA. Mr. Carter has nearly 20 years of experience investing in equities across both US and non-US markets. He joined The London Company from Barrow Hanley Global Investors where he spent nine years as a portfolio manager and analyst for both the Global Value and Non-US Value strategies and led the non-US Value research process. Prior to his time at Barrow Hanley, he was an analyst at Kingstown Capital Management and Outpoint Capital Management, both of which are value-oriented firms. Mr. Carter received a BS in Business Administration from the University of Arkansas and an MBA from Columbia Business School. He is a CFA charterholder and a CPA licensed in Texas.

Prior Performance for Similar Accounts Managed by The London Company

The following table sets forth composite performance data relating to the historical performance of all accounts managed by The London Company for the periods indicated with investment objectives, policies, strategies, and risks substantially similar to those of the Fund. The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of The London Company in managing substantially similar accounts as measured against a market index and does not represent the performance of the Fund.

The following performance information is not the International Equity ETF’s performance, should not be considered indicative of the past or future performance of the Fund, and should not be considered a substitute for the Fund’s performance.

Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended December 31, 2025

	1 Year	Since Inception*
The London Company International Equity Strategy (Gross)	17.6 %	18.6 %
The London Company International Equity Strategy (Net)	16.7 %	17.7 %
MSCI EAFE Index (Net) (reflects no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)**	31.2 %	19.9 %

*The inception date for the Composite is September 30, 2023.

**The MSCI EAFE Index (Net) measures performance of large and mid-cap securities across developed markets around the world, including countries in Europe, Australia, Asia, and the Far East, excluding the U.S. and Canada. It includes over 900 securities, and covers approximately 85% of the free float-adjusted market capitalization in each of the 21 countries. Index returns are shown net of withholding taxes. The index reflects the investment strategies and performance of the Composite and is provided for comparative purposes. An index is unmanaged and it is not possible to invest directly in an index. Index performance figures do not account for any sales charges, fees or fund expenses.

The London Company International Equity Composite (the “Composite”) represents the investment performance track record of The London Company’s international equity strategy, which is the strategy that will be used to manage the Fund. Because of the similarities between the Fund and the Composite, this information may help provide an indication of the Fund's risks by showing how a similar Composite has performed historically. The performance of the Composite, however, is not the performance of the Fund, and you should not assume the Fund will have the same performance as the Composite. The performance of the Fund may be greater or less than the performance of the Composite due to, among other things, the number of the holdings in and composition of the Fund's portfolio, as well as the asset size and cash flow differences between the Fund and the Composite. The accounts comprising the Composite are not subject to the same types of expenses to which the Fund is subject, certain investment limitations,

diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Thus, the performance results for the account could have been adversely affected if the account had been regulated as an investment company under federal securities and tax laws. The method for computing historical performance information for the Composite differs from the SEC's method for computing the historical performance of the Fund.

The Composite's returns above are presented gross of management and custodian fees and net of transaction costs. Net of fee returns are calculated net of actual The London Company management fees and transaction costs and gross of custodian and other fees. Non-fee paying accounts net performance is calculated using a model fee of 0.75%, which is the highest tier of the composite fee schedule. Returns may be net of miscellaneous fund expenses. Returns are calculated and stated in U.S. dollars. Composite performance is calculated net or gross of foreign withholding taxes on dividends and interest income dependent on custodian data. Composite returns are calculated on a monthly basis. These fees and expenses are not reflective of the fees and expenses of the Fund and may vary depending on, among other things, the applicable fee schedule and portfolio size. The Fund’s fees are reflected in its fee table in the “Summary” section of this prospectus.

The performance information for the Composite was calculated in accordance with Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS®). The Composite performance information is intended to illustrate past performance for substantially similarly managed accounts by The London Company. Past performance of the Composite is not indicative of future results. As with any investment there is always the potential for gains as well as the possibility of losses. The Composite performance information presented herein has been calculated and provided by the Fund's sub-adviser.

Los Angeles Capital Management LLC (“Los Angeles Capital” or the “Firm”), located at 11150 Santa Monica Blvd., Suite 200, Los Angeles, California 90025 serves as the sub-adviser to the Dynamic International ETF. As the sub-adviser, Los Angeles Capital makes investment decisions for the Fund and also ensures compliance with the Fund’s investment policies and guidelines. Formed in 2002, Los Angeles Capital is independent and employee-owned. Los Angeles Capital provides investment management advice across a range of equity investment strategies that are broadly categorized as U.S. equities, Emerging Markets equities, Global equities, Developed Markets outside the U.S. equities, and long/short equities. Founding members include Tom Stevens CFA, Chairman; Hal Reynolds CFA, Vice Chairman; and Stuart Matsuda, Chief Trading Officer. Daniel Allen CFA, is CEO & President and joined the Firm in 2009. As of December 31, 2025, Los Angeles Capital had approximately $40 billion in assets under management.

Dynamic International ETF

Hal W. Reynolds, CFA. Hal Reynolds is Vice Chairman and Senior Portfolio Manager at Los Angeles Capital. He is also a member of the Board of Directors and the Investment, Management, and Portfolio Review Committees of the Firm. Hal served as Chief Investment Officer for Los Angeles Capital and LACM Global, as well as Chair of the Firm’s Investment Committee from 2002 until June 2025.

Since co-founding Los Angeles Capital in 2002, Mr. Reynolds has worked closely with the Research team to develop Investor Preference Theory®, Los Angeles Capital’s Dynamic Alpha Stock Selection Model®, and the Forward Attribution® process for developing forwarding looking expected factor returns. He offers guidance on key projects to enhance the stock selection, portfolio construction, and trading processes, works closely with clients, and provides leadership on strategic initiatives for the Firm, including in the areas of research and product development. As a member of the Portfolio Review Committee, Mr. Reynolds also works with senior members of the Portfolio Management team to establish key parameters for portfolio construction and rebalancing, as well as to develop procedures for monitoring and controlling portfolio risk.

Prior to Los Angeles Capital, Mr. Reynolds was a managing director and principal at Wilshire Associates and prior to joining Wilshire, Mr. Reynolds was a vice president at Mellon Bank where he was responsible for the design and management of Mellon’s portfolio analysis product for plan sponsors.

Ed Rackham, Ph.D. Ed Rackham is Chief Investment Officer of Los Angeles Capital Management, Chair of the Investment Committee, and a member of the Firm’s Board of Directors.

In his current role, Dr. Rackham works to bring the Los Angeles Capital Investment Team’s latest ideas to the investment process. He collaborates closely with the Chief Research Officer to enhance the Firm’s quantitative models and portfolio management tools and has demonstrated leadership in bringing together the best ideas from the Firm’s Research and Information Technology groups to create a cloud-based platform to spur innovation. By working closely with the Firm’s Portfolio Managers, Ed continues to improve implementation by achieving greater alignment between Dynamic Alpha Model views and portfolio holdings, and through coordination of the Relationship and Portfolio Management teams, he works with the Firm’s clients to discuss key research findings and investment results. Prior to assuming the role of Chief Investment Officer, Ed served as the Co-Director of Research managing development of the Firm’s Investment models with a focus on the risk management and portfolio construction toolset.

Prior to joining Los Angeles Capital, Dr. Rackham spent six years at Wilshire Associates researching and developing risk and portfolio analytics tools, most recently as the Head of Research and Development of their Equity Analytics group. Previously, Dr. Rackham was an instructor in mathematics and physical chemistry at the University of Oxford, where he also earned his doctorate.

Daniel Arche, CFA. As a Senior Portfolio Manager and Director, Portfolio Strategy, Mr. Arche is responsible for select client relationships and managing their accounts in accordance with Los Angeles Capital's investment philosophy and process. Mr. Arche works to ensure that portfolios reflect the investment outlook of the Model and that portfolios are operating within expected risk tolerances and guidelines. He recommends changes to portfolio parameters with the goal of enhancing returns or better controlling risk. Mr. Arche is a member of the Firm’s Investment Committee, which is comprised of senior members of the investment team and is responsible for overseeing all decisions regarding improvements to the investment process. Mr. Arche is also chair of the Portfolio Review Committee, which meets to review the performance, risk profile, and characteristics of client portfolios and the outlook of Los Angeles Capital’s Dynamic Alpha Stock Selection Model® . Previously, Mr. Arche worked in the wealth management division of City National Bank.

Sands Capital Management, LLC (“Sands Capital”), located at 1000 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 3000, Arlington, Virginia 22209, serves as sub-adviser to the Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF and Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF. As sub-adviser, Sands Capital makes investment decisions for the Funds and also ensures compliance with the Funds’ investment policies and guidelines. Sands Capital is controlled by Frank M. Sands. As of December 31, 2025, Sands Capital had approximately $44.3 billion in discretionary assets under management in the firm’s public equity strategies.

Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF

Brian A. Christiansen, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, Research Analyst and Executive Managing Director joined Sands Capital in June 2006 as a Research Associate. Mr. Christiansen received his BA in Economics from Yale University (2005). He also earned his MBA from Yale School of Management (2009).

Teeja Boye, CFA, Portfolio Manager and Senior Research Analyst joined Sands Capital in 2014 as a Research Analyst. Prior to 2014, Mr. Boye worked as an Investment Analyst for Insparo Asset Management in London, UK, from 2008 to 2013. From 2006 to 2008, he worked as an Associate Analyst for UBS in London, UK. Mr. Boye received his BSc in Economics and Economic History from the London School of Economics (2006) and an MBA from the Darden School at the University of Virginia (2019).

Prior Performance for Similar Accounts Managed by Sands Capital

Sands Capital is the Fund’s sub-adviser. The following table sets forth composite performance data relating to the historical performance of all accounts managed by Sands Capital for the periods indicated with investment objectives, policies, strategies, and risks substantially similar to those of the Fund. The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of Sands Capital in managing substantially similar accounts as measured against a market index and does not represent the performance of the Fund.

The following performance information is not the Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF’s performance, should not be considered indicative of the past or future performance of the Fund, and should not be considered a substitute for the Fund’s performance.

Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended December 31, 2025

	1 Year	Since Inception*
Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Strategy (Gross)	27.30 %	18.04 %
Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Strategy (Net)	26.27 %	17.07 %
MSCI Emerging Markets ex-China Index (reflects no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)**	34.61 %	18.70 %

*The inception date for the Composite is December 31, 2022.

**The MSCI Emerging Markets ex-China Index captures large and mid cap representation across 23 of the 24 emerging market countries, excluding China. With 673 constituents, the index covers approximately 85% of the free float-adjusted market capitalization in each country. The index reflects the investment strategies and performance of the Composite and is provided for comparative purposes. An index is unmanaged and it is not possible to invest directly in an index. Index performance figures do not account for any sales charges, fees or fund expenses.

The Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Composite (the “Composite”) represents the investment performance track record of Sands Capital’s emerging markets ex-China strategy, which is the strategy that is used to manage the Fund. Because of the similarities between the Fund and the Composite, this information may help provide an indication of the Fund’s risks by showing how a similar Composite has performed historically. The performance of the Composite, however, is not the performance of the Fund, and you should not assume the Fund will have the same performance as the Composite. The performance of the Fund may be greater or less than the performance of the Composite due to, among other things, the number of the holdings in and composition of the Fund's portfolio, as well as the asset size and cash flow differences between the Fund and the Composite. The accounts comprising the Composite are not subject to the same types of expenses to which the Fund is subject, certain investment limitations, diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Thus, the performance results for the account could have been adversely affected if the account had been regulated as an investment company under federal securities and tax laws. The method for computing historical performance information for the Composite differs from the SEC's method for computing the historical performance of the Fund.

The Composite’s returns shown above are presented gross and net of management fees and expenses and include the reinvestment of all income. Gross returns will be reduced by investment advisory fees and other expenses that may be incurred in the management of the account. Net of fee performance was calculated using all actual fees and expenses including the management fee. Individual portfolio returns are calculated on a daily valuation basis. These fees and expenses are not reflective of the fees and expenses of the Fund and may vary depending on, among other things, the applicable fee schedule and portfolio size. All returns are expressed in U.S. dollars. The Fund’s fees are reflected in its fee table in the “Summary” section of this prospectus.

The performance information for the Composite was calculated in accordance with Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS®). The Composite performance information is intended to illustrate past performance for substantially similarly managed accounts by Sands Capital. Past performance of the Composite is not indicative of future results. As with any investment there is always the potential for gains as well as the possibility of losses. The Composite performance information presented herein has been calculated and provided by the Fund's sub-adviser.

Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF

Wesley A. Johnston, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, Research Analyst, joined Sands Capital in 2004. He has investment experience dating back to 2004.

Thomas H. Trentman, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, Research Analyst, joined Sands Capital in 2005. He has investment experience dating back to 2005.

Benjamin H. Betcher, CFA, Portfolio Manager and Senior Research Analyst joined Sands Capital in 2021. He has investment experience dating back to 2014.

Additional Information. The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation structure, other managed accounts and ownership of securities in the Funds.

DISTRIBUTION AND FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

Distributor. Foreside Fund Services, LLC (the “Distributor”) serves as the distributor of each Fund. Touchstone Advisors will pay the Distributor for distribution-related services provided to the Funds from its own resources and not from each Fund’s assets.

Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans. The Board has adopted a Rule 12b-1 plan, which allows payment of marketing fees of up to 0.25% of a Fund’s average net assets; however, the Funds' Board of Trustees has not authorized such payments to be made. The Rule 12b-1 plan is intended to remain dormant. None of the Funds will accrue or incur any Rule 12b-1 fees under the Rule 12b-1 plan until such future date as the Board determines to activate the plan.

Additional Compensation to Financial Intermediaries. Touchstone Advisors may pay certain broker-dealers, banks and other financial intermediaries, from its own resources, that support the sale of Fund shares or provide services to Fund shareholders or for participating in activities that are designed to make registered representatives and other professionals more knowledgeable about exchange-traded products, including each Fund, or for other activities such as participating in marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development of technology platforms and reporting systems. The amounts of these payments could be significant, and may create an incentive for the financial intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the Fund to you. Not all financial intermediaries receive such payments, and the amount of compensation may vary by intermediary. In some cases, such payments may be made by or funded from the resources of companies affiliated with Touchstone Advisors. These payments are not reflected in the fees and expenses listed in the fee table sections of the Funds' Prospectus and described above because they are not paid by the Fund.

For more information on payment arrangements, please see the section entitled “The Adviser” in the SAI.

BUYING AND SELLING SHARES

Choosing the Appropriate Investments to Match Your Goals. Investing well requires a plan. We recommend that you meet with your financial adviser to plan a strategy that will best meet your financial goals.

Individual Shares

Shares of the Funds are listed for trading on a national securities exchange. Shares of Dividend Select ETF (ticker: DVND), International Equity ETF (ticker: TLCI), Securitized Income ETF (ticker: TSEC) and Strategic Income ETF (ticker: SIO) are principally listed on NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca”), shares of Dynamic International ETF (ticker: TDI), Large Company Growth ETF (ticker:TLG) and Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF (ticker: TSEL) are listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”), and shares of Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF (ticker: TEMX), US Large Cap Focused ETF (ticker: LCF) and Ultra Short Income ETF (ticker: TUSI) are principally listed on Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe BZX”). Nasdaq, NYSE Arca and Cboe BZX are referred to individually as an “Exchange” and together as the “Exchanges”.

Any amount of shares can be bought and sold throughout the trading day like shares of other publicly traded companies, and when you buy or sell a Fund’s shares in the secondary market, you will pay or receive the market price. However, there can be no guarantee that an active trading market will develop or be maintained, or that the Fund shares listing will continue or remain unchanged. Buying or selling a Fund’s shares involves certain costs that apply to all securities transactions. For example, when buying or selling shares of a Fund through a financial intermediary, you may incur a brokerage commission or other charges determined by your financial intermediary. The commission is frequently a fixed amount and may be a significant cost for investors seeking to buy or sell small amounts of shares. In addition, you may also incur the cost of the spread (the difference between the bid price (the price secondary market investors are willing to pay for shares) and the ask price (the price at which secondary market investors are willing to sell shares)). The spread varies over time for shares of a Fund based on its trading volume and market liquidity, and is generally less if a Fund has more trading volume and market liquidity and more if a Fund has less trading volume and market liquidity.

Creations and Redemptions

Shares of the Funds may only be acquired through the Distributor and redeemed directly with the Fund by or through an Authorized Participant in Creation Units or multiples thereof. “Authorized Participants” are registered clearing agents that enter into an agreement with the Distributor to transact in Creation Units. Once created, shares of the Funds normally trade in the secondary market in amounts less than a Creation Unit. See the “Purchases and Redemptions” section of the SAI for more information on Creation Units.

The Funds are open on every “Business Day,” which is any day a Fund’s respective Exchange is open. The Exchanges are open for trading Monday through Friday and are generally closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. On days when an Exchange closes earlier than normal, a Fund may require orders to create or redeem Creation Units to be placed earlier in the day. See the “Purchases and Redemptions” section of the SAI.

Purchases and redemptions of Creation Units will take place in-kind and/or for cash at the discretion of the Funds. The determination of whether purchases and redemptions of Creation Units will be for cash or in-kind depends primarily on the regulatory requirements and settlement mechanisms relevant to a Fund’s portfolio holdings and a Fund is not limited to engaging in in-kind transactions to any particular market circumstances. As further described in the SAI, Creation Units typically are issued on a two Business Days (“T+1”) basis after a purchase order has been received in good order and the transfer of good title to a Fund of any in-kind securities and/or cash required to purchase a Creation Unit have been completed (subject to certain exceptions). Similarly, and also as further described in the SAI, deliveries of redemption proceeds by the Fund generally will be made on a T+1 basis after a redemption order has been received in good order and the requisite number of Fund shares have been delivered (subject to certain exceptions). The Funds reserve the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+1 in order to, among other matters, accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules, closures and settlement cycles, to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates (i.e., the last day the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security) and in certain other circumstances. The Funds may delay settlement for up to 15 days from the date an order has been submitted in good order and the requisite cash and/or assets delivered to the relevant Fund to accommodate foreign holidays, as further described in the SAI, and otherwise may delay redemptions up to seven days or longer as permitted by applicable law, regulations and interpretations, such as where unusual market conditions affect the Nasdaq, NYSE Arca or Cboe BZX, as applicable, or an emergency exists which makes it impracticable for a Fund to dispose of or value securities it owns or a Fund has received an SEC exemptive order.

The Funds intend to comply with the U.S. federal securities laws in accepting securities for deposit and satisfying redemptions with redemption securities by, among other means, assuring that any securities accepted for deposit and any securities used to satisfy redemption requests will be sold in transactions that would be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Further, an Authorized Participant that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, will not be able to receive restricted securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A.

For more information on how to buy and sell shares of the Funds, contact Touchstone Investments at (833) 368-7383.

Share Trading Prices

The trading prices of a Fund’s shares listed on its Exchange may differ from a Fund’s daily NAV and will normally be affected by market forces, such as supply and demand, economic conditions, the market value of a Fund’s disclosed portfolio holdings and other factors. As a result, trading prices may be lower, higher or the same as a Fund’s NAV and investors may pay more than NAV when buying shares and receive less than NAV when selling shares through the Exchanges.

Book Entry

Shares of the Funds are held in book-entry form, which means that no stock certificates are issued. The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee is the record owner of all outstanding shares of the Funds and is recognized as the owner of all shares for all purposes.

Investors owning shares of the Funds are beneficial owners as shown on the records of DTC or its participants. DTC serves as the securities depository for shares of the Fund. DTC participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other institutions that directly or indirectly maintain a custodial relationship with DTC. As a beneficial owner of shares, you are not entitled to receive physical delivery of stock certificates or to have shares registered in your name, and you are not considered a registered owner of shares. Therefore, to exercise any right as an owner of shares, you must rely upon the procedures of DTC and its participants. These procedures are the same as those that apply to any other exchange-traded securities that you hold in book-entry or “street name” form.

Premium/Discount Information

The NAV of a Fund will fluctuate with changes in the market value of its portfolio holdings. The market price of a Fund will fluctuate in accordance with changes in its NAV, as well as market supply and demand.

There may be differences — premiums or discounts — between the daily market prices on secondary markets for shares of a Fund and a Fund’s NAV. NAV is the price per share at which a Fund issues and redeems its shares in transactions with APs. A Fund’s market price may be at, above or below its NAV. A premium is the amount that a Fund is trading above the reported NAV, expressed as a percentage of the NAV. A discount is the amount that a Fund is trading below the reported NAV, expressed as a percentage of the NAV. A discount or premium could be significant. Information regarding a Fund’s NAV, market price and daily premiums or discounts can be found at TouchstoneInvestments.com/ETFs.

Continuous Offering

The method by which Creation Units of Fund shares are created and traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Units of shares are issued and sold by a Fund on an ongoing basis, a “distribution,” as such term is used in the Securities Act, may occur at any point. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner which could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery requirement and liability provisions of the Securities Act.

For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes Creation Units after placing an order with the Distributor, breaks them down into constituent shares and sells the shares directly to customers or if it chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act must take into account all the facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case, and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to a characterization as an underwriter.

Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, are generally required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(3) of the Securities Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. As a result, broker-dealer firms should note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are participating in a distribution (as contrasted with engaging in ordinary secondary market transactions) and thus dealing with the shares that are part of an overallotment within the meaning of Section

4(3)(C) of the Securities Act, will be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(3) of the Securities Act. For delivery of prospectuses to exchange members, the prospectus delivery mechanism of Rule 153 under the Securities Act is only available with respect to transactions on a national exchange.

Dealers effecting transactions in a Fund’s shares, whether or not participating in this distribution, are generally required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to any obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters.

DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

Each Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders substantially all of its net investment income and capital gains. The table below outlines when net investment income dividends are declared and paid by each Fund. If you own shares on a Fund’s distribution record date, you will be entitled to receive the distribution. Each Fund makes distributions of capital gains, if any, at least annually.

Fund	Dividends Declared	Dividends Paid
Dividend Select ETF	Quarterly	Quarterly
Dynamic International ETF	Annually	Annually
International Equity ETF	Annually	Annually
Large Company Growth ETF	Annually	Annually
Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF	Annually	Annually
Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF	Annually	Annually
Securitized Income ETF	Monthly	Monthly
Strategic Income ETF	Monthly	Monthly
US Large Cap Focused ETF	Annually	Annually
Ultra Short Income ETF	Monthly	Monthly

Dividend payments are made through DTC participants and indirect participants to beneficial owners then of record with proceeds received from a Fund.

No dividend reinvestment service is provided by the Trust. Financial intermediaries may make available the DTC book-entry Dividend Reinvestment Service for use by beneficial owners of Fund shares for reinvestment of their dividends and distributions. Beneficial owners should contact their financial intermediary to determine the availability and costs of the service and the details of participation therein. Financial intermediaries may require beneficial owners to adhere to specific procedures and timetables. If this service is available and used, dividends and distributions of both income and net capital gains will be automatically reinvested in additional whole shares of the Fund purchased in the secondary market.

A Fund’s dividends and other distributions are taxable to shareholders (other than retirement plans and other tax-exempt investors) whether received in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Fund. A dividend or distribution paid by a Fund has the effect of reducing the NAV per share on the ex-dividend date by the amount of the dividend or distribution. A dividend or distribution declared shortly after a purchase of shares by an investor would, therefore, represent, in substance, a return of capital to the shareholder with respect to such shares even though it would be subject to federal income taxes.

For most shareholders, a statement will be sent to you within 45 days after the end of each year detailing the federal income tax status of your distributions. Please see “Federal Income Tax Information” below for more information on the federal income tax consequences of dividends and other distributions made by a Fund.

Federal Income Tax Information

The tax information in this prospectus is provided only for general information purposes for U.S. taxpayers and should not be considered as tax advice or relied on by a shareholder or prospective investor.

General. The Funds intend to qualify annually to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of Chapter 1, Subtitle A of the Code. As such, a Fund will not be subject to federal income taxes on the earnings they distribute to shareholders provided they satisfy certain requirements and restrictions of the Code, one of which is to distribute to a Funds shareholders substantially all of the Funds net investment income and net short-term capital gains each year. If for any taxable year a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC: (1) it will be subject to tax in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and thus will be subject to federal income tax at the corporate tax rate; and (2) distributions from its earnings and profits (as determined under federal income tax principles) will be taxable as ordinary

dividend income and generally eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders and for “qualified dividend income” treatment for non-corporate shareholders. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying for RIC treatment.

Taxes on Creations and Redemptions of Creation Units. A person who purchases a Creation Unit by exchanging securities in-kind generally will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the market value of the Creation Units at the time of the exchange and any net amount of cash received by the Authorized Participant in the exchange and (ii) the sum of the purchaser’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered and any net amount of cash paid for the Creation Units. A person who redeems Creation Units and receives securities in-kind from a Fund will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the redeemer’s basis in the Creation Units, and the aggregate market value of the securities received and any net cash received. The IRS, however, may assert that a loss realized upon an in-kind exchange of securities for Creation Units or an exchange of Creation Units for securities cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing “wash sales,” or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position. Persons effecting in-kind creations or redemptions should consult their own tax adviser with respect to these matters. The Funds have the right to reject an order for Creation Units if the purchaser (or a group of purchasers) would, upon obtaining the Fund shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund and if, pursuant to section 351 of the Code, a Fund would have a basis in the deposit securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. The Funds also have the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determinations.

Distributions. Your Fund will make distributions to you that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains. The dividends and distributions you receive may be subject to federal, foreign, state and local taxation, depending upon your tax situation. Distributions, other than exempt-interest dividends, are taxable whether you reinvest such distributions in additional shares of the Fund or choose to receive cash. Taxable Fund distributions are taxable to a shareholder even if the distributions are paid from income or gains earned by a Fund prior to the shareholder’s investment and, thus, were included in the price the shareholder paid for the shares. For example, a shareholder who purchases shares on or just before the record date of a Fund distribution will pay full price for the shares and may receive a portion of the investment back as a taxable distribution. Distributions declared by a Fund during October, November or December to shareholders of record during such month and paid by January 31 of the following year are treated for federal income tax purposes as if received by shareholders and paid by the Fund on December 31 of the year in which the distribution was declared.

Ordinary Income. Net investment income, except for qualified dividend income and income designated as tax-exempt, and short-term capital gains that are distributed to you are taxable as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes regardless of how long you have held your Fund shares. Certain dividends distributed to non-corporate shareholders and designated by a Fund as “qualified dividend income” are eligible for the long-term capital gains rate, provided certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied.

Net Capital Gains. Net capital gains (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) distributed to you, if any, are taxable as long-term capital gains for federal income tax purposes regardless of how long you have held your Fund shares.

Returns of Capital. If a Fund makes a distribution in excess of its current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of such shares.

Backup Withholding. A Fund (or a financial intermediary, such as a broker, through which a shareholder holds Fund shares) may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax on all distributions and sales proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that they are subject to backup withholding.

Medicare Tax. An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including dividends and distributions received from a Fund, other than exempt-interest dividends, and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount.

Foreign Taxation. Income received by a Fund or underlying fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of a Fund’s total assets at the close of any taxable year consist of stock or securities of foreign corporations, or if a Fund is a qualified fund-of-funds (i.e., a RIC that invests at least 50% of its total assets in other RICs at the close of each quarter of its taxable year), and the Fund meets the distribution requirements described above, such Fund may file an election (the “pass-through election”) with the IRS pursuant to which shareholders of the Fund would be required to (i) include in gross income (in addition to taxable dividends actually received) their pro rata shares of foreign income taxes paid by the Fund, or in the case of a qualified fund of funds, such taxes paid by an underlying fund that has made the pass-through election, even though not actually received by such shareholders; and (ii) treat such respective pro rata portions as foreign income taxes paid by them. Each Fund making a pass-through election will furnish its shareholders with a written statement providing the amount of foreign taxes paid by the Fund that will “pass-through” for the year, if any.

Generally, a credit for foreign taxes is subject to the limitation that it may not exceed the shareholder’s U.S. tax attributable to his or her total foreign source taxable income. For this purpose, if the pass-through election is made, the source of a Fund’s income will flow through to shareholders. The limitation on the foreign tax credit is applied separately to foreign source passive income, and to certain other types of income. Shareholders may be unable to claim a credit for the full amount of their proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid by a Fund. Various limitations, including a minimum holding period requirement, apply to limit the credit and deduction for foreign taxes for purposes of regular federal income tax and alternative minimum tax.

Non-U.S. Shareholders. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax as a result of an investment in a Fund. This prospectus does not discuss the U.S. or foreign tax consequences of an investment by a non-U.S. shareholder in a Fund. Accordingly, non-U.S. shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers as to the U.S. and foreign tax consequences of an investment in a Fund.

Statements and Notices. You will receive an annual statement outlining the tax status of your distributions. You may also receive written notices of certain foreign taxes paid by a Fund during the prior taxable year.

Important Tax Reporting Considerations. The Funds or brokers are required to report cost basis and holding period information to both the IRS and shareholders for gross proceeds from the sales of Fund shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012 (“covered shares”). This information is reported on Form 1099-B. Please consult your tax adviser for additional information regarding cost basis reporting and your situation.

This section is only a summary of some important federal income tax considerations that may affect your investment in a Fund. More information regarding these considerations is included in the Funds' SAI. You are urged and advised to consult your own tax adviser regarding the effects of an investment in a Fund on your tax situation, including the application of foreign, state, local and other tax laws to your particular situation.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand each Fund’s financial performance for the past five years, or if shorter, the period of each Fund's operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. The total returns in the tables represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The financial highlights for each Fund, except as noted below, were audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with each Fund’s financial statements and related notes, are included in the Funds’ December 31, 2025 Form N-CSR. The Large Company Growth ETF is newly formed, commenced operations March 13, 2026, and has adopted the performance history of Institutional Class shares of its predecessor fund, the Large Company Growth Fund, which operated as a mutual fund. All figures have been derived from the Large Company Growth Fund's financial statements, audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the Large Company Growth Fund's independent registered public accounting firm. Their report, along with full financial statements, appears in the Large Company Growth Fund’s June 30, 2025 Form N-CSR.

You can obtain a Fund's most recent annual report, semi-annual report or Form N-CSR at no charge by calling 1.800.543.0407 or by downloading a copy from the Touchstone Investments website at: TouchstoneInvestments.com/Resources. The Form N-CSR has been incorporated by reference into the SAI.

Touchstone Dividend Select ETF
Period ended	Net asset value at beginning of period	Net investment income	Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments	Total from investment operations	Distributions from net investment income	Total distributions	Net asset value at end of period	Total return based on NAV	Net assets at end of period (000's)	Ratio of net expenses to average net assets	Ratio of gross expenses to average net assets	Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets	Portfolio turnover rate
12/31/22(1)	$25.00	$0.18	$0.31	$0.49	$(0.18 )	$(0.18 )	$25.31	1.94 % (2)	$26,570	0.67 % (3)	1.41 % (3)	2.11 %(3)	28 % (2)(4)
12/31/23	25.31	0.58	2.91	3.49	(0.58 )	(0.58 )	28.22	14.01	31,040	0.67	1.21	2.22	16 (4)
12/31/24	28.22	0.64	2.62	3.26	(0.64 )	(0.64 )	30.84	11.59	33,929	0.64	1.16	2.11	13 (4)
12/31/25	30.84	0.69	4.29	4.98	(0.68 )	(0.68 )	35.14	16.27	37,775	0.49	1.14	2.09	17 (4)


(1)	Represents the period from commencement of operations (August 2, 2022) through December 31, 2022.
(2)	Not annualized.
(3)	Annualized.
(4)	Portfolio turnover excludes securities delivered from processing redemptions-in-kind and received from processing subscriptions-in-kind.

Touchstone Dynamic International ETF
Period ended	Net asset value at beginning of period	Net investment income	Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments	Total from investment operations	Distributions from net investment income	Distributions from realized capital gains	Total distributions	Net asset value at end of period	Total return based on NAV	Net assets at end of period (000's)	Ratio of net expenses to average net assets	Ratio of gross expenses to average net assets	Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets	Portfolio turnover rate
12/31/21(1)	$29.55	$0.46	$1.14	$1.60	$(0.82 )	$ (0.93 )	$(1.75 )	$29.40	5.39 %	$5,061	0.24 %	0.87 %	1.51 %	20 %
12/31/22(1)	29.40	0.44	(5.23 )	(4.79 )	(0.71 )	(0.62 )	(1.33 )	23.28	(16.34 )	2,987	0.24	0.99	1.75	60
12/31/23(1)(2)	23.28	0.31	3.65	3.96	(0.40 )	—	(0.40 )	26.84	17.21	53,272	0.40	1.50	2.06	125
12/31/24	26.84	0.65 (3)	1.13	1.78	(0.93 )	—	(0.93 )	27.69	6.60	49,429	0.65	1.19	2.25	77 (4)
12/31/25	27.69	0.73 (3)	11.02	11.75	(0.75 )	—	(0.75 )	38.69	42.43	74,858	0.65	1.04	2.16	67 (4)


(1)	On December 1, 2023, the Predecessor Fund effected a 0.4524:1 reverse share split. All per share data has been adjusted to reflect the reverse share split.
(2)	Effective December 8, 2023, Class Y shares of the Dynamic Allocation Fund were reorganized into shares of the Fund.
(3)	The net investment income (loss) per share was based on average shares outstanding for the period.
(4)	Portfolio turnover excludes securities delivered from processing redemptions-in-kind and received from processing subscriptions-in-kind.

Touchstone International Equity ETF
Period ended	Net asset value at beginning of period	Net investment income	Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments	Total from investment operations	Distributions from net investment income	Total distributions	Net asset value at end of period	Total return based on NAV	Net assets at end of period (000's)	Ratio of net expenses to average net assets	Ratio of gross expenses to average net assets	Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets	Portfolio turnover rate
12/31/25(1)	$25.00	$0.29 (2)	$0.96	$1.25	$(0.16 )	$(0.16 )	$26.09	4.98 % (3)	$103,050	0.37 % (4)	1.01 % (4)	1.33 %(4)	13 % (3)(5)


(1)	Represents the period from commencement of operations (March 3, 2025) through December 31, 2025.
(2)	The net investment income (loss) per share was based on average shares outstanding for the period.
(3)	Not annualized.
(4)	Annualized.
(5)	Portfolio turnover excludes securities delivered from processing redemptions-in-kind and received from processing subscriptions-in-kind.

Touchstone Large Company Growth Fund
Period ended	Net asset value at beginning of period	Net investment loss	Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments	Total from investment operations	Distributions from realized capital gains	Total distributions	Net asset value at end of period	Total return(1)	Net assets at end of period (000's)	Ratio of net expenses to average net assets(2)	Ratio of gross expenses to average net assets(2)	Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets	Portfolio turnover rate
Class A
06/30/21	$47.46	$(0.15 )	$16.56	$16.41	$ (6.61 )	$(6.61 )	$57.26	37.33 %	$3,617	1.06 %	1.59 %	(0.71 )%	36 % (3)
06/30/22	57.26	(0.18 )	(10.40 )	(10.58 )	(10.52 )	(10.52 )	36.16	(23.29 )	3,290	1.07	1.58	(0.61 )	41 (3)
06/30/23	36.16	(0.17 )(4)	6.10	5.93	(1.23 )	(1.23 )	40.86	16.89	3,711	1.08	1.57	(0.46 )	44 (3)
06/30/24	40.86	(0.30 )(4)	16.72	16.42	(1.92 )	(1.92 )	55.36	41.47	5,337	1.07	1.53	(0.65 )	39 (3)
06/30/25	55.36	(0.38 )(4)	9.04	8.66	(1.61 )	(1.61 )	62.41	15.86	6,389	1.05	1.40	(0.68 )	30 (3)
Class C
06/30/21	$45.93	$(1.42 )	$16.81	$15.39	$ (6.61 )	$(6.61 )	$54.71	36.28 %	$473	1.81 %	3.39 %	(1.46 )%	36 % (3)
06/30/22	54.71	(1.24 )	(9.03 )	(10.27 )	(10.52 )	(10.52 )	33.92	(23.87 )	206	1.82	4.24	(1.36 )	41 (3)
06/30/23	33.92	(0.42 )(4)	5.68	5.26	(1.23 )	(1.23 )	37.95	16.01	223	1.83	5.86	(1.21 )	44 (3)
06/30/24	37.95	(0.58 )(4)	15.41	14.83	(1.92 )	(1.92 )	50.86	40.43	216	1.82	6.43	(1.40 )	39 (3)
06/30/25	50.86	(0.73 )(4)	8.23	7.50	(1.61 )	(1.61 )	56.75	14.97	180	1.80	7.83	(1.43 )	30 (3)
Class Y
06/30/21	$47.97	$(0.26 )	$17.00	$16.74	$ (6.61 )	$(6.61 )	$58.10	37.64 %	$28,952	0.81 %	0.96 %	(0.46 )%	36 % (3)
06/30/22	58.10	(0.18 )	(10.49 )	(10.67 )	(10.52 )	(10.52 )	36.91	(23.09 )	13,917	0.82	0.97	(0.36 )	41 (3)
06/30/23	36.91	(0.08 )(4)	6.24	6.16	(1.23 )	(1.23 )	41.84	17.17	7,266	0.83	1.07	(0.21 )	44 (3)
06/30/24	41.84	(0.19 )(4)	17.17	16.98	(1.92 )	(1.92 )	56.90	41.85	10,199	0.82	1.08	(0.40 )	39 (3)
06/30/25	56.90	(0.25 )(4)	9.31	9.06	(1.61 )	(1.61 )	64.35	16.15	10,726	0.80	1.01	(0.43 )	30 (3)
Institutional Class
06/30/21	$48.18	$(0.21 )	$17.10	$16.89	$ (6.61 )	$(6.61 )	$58.46	37.80 %	$229,690	0.71 %	0.85 %	(0.36 )%	36 % (3)
06/30/22	58.46	(0.14 )	(10.58 )	(10.72 )	(10.52 )	(10.52 )	37.22	(23.03 )	145,441	0.72	0.84	(0.26 )	41 (3)
06/30/23	37.22	(0.04 )(4)	6.30	6.26	(1.23 )	(1.23 )	42.25	17.30	135,324	0.73	0.88	(0.11 )	44 (3)
06/30/24	42.25	(0.14 )(4)	17.35	17.21	(1.92 )	(1.92 )	57.54	41.99	137,363	0.72	0.89	(0.30 )	39 (3)
06/30/25	57.54	(0.19 )(4)	9.42	9.23	(1.61 )	(1.61 )	65.16	16.26	152,364	0.70	0.86	(0.33 )	30 (3)


(1)	Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads and fees. If these charges were included, the returns would be lower.
(2)	The ratio of net and gross expenses to average net assets excluding liquidity provider expenses would have been lower by 0.01%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.03% and 0.02% for the years ended June 30, 2025, 2024, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(3)	Portfolio turnover excludes securities delivered from processing redemptions-in-kind.
(4)	The net investment income (loss) per share was based on average shares outstanding for the period.

Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF
Period ended	Net asset value at beginning of period	Net investment income	Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments	Total from investment operations	Distributions from net investment income	Total distributions	Net asset value at end of period	Total return based on NAV	Net assets at end of period (000's)	Ratio of net expenses to average net assets	Ratio of gross expenses to average net assets	Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets	Portfolio turnover rate
12/31/25(1)	$25.00	$0.10	$4.86	$4.96	$(0.32 )	$(0.32 )	$29.64	19.85 % (2)	$8,891	0.79 % (3)	2.71 % (3)	0.46 %(3)	26 % (2)(4)


(1)	Represents the period from commencement of operations (February 24, 2025) through December 31, 2025.
(2)	Not annualized.
(3)	Annualized.
(4)	Portfolio turnover excludes securities delivered from processing redemptions-in-kind and received from processing subscriptions-in-kind.

Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF
Period ended	Net asset value at beginning of period	Net investment loss	Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments	Total from investment operations	Net asset value at end of period	Total return based on NAV	Net assets at end of period (000's)	Ratio of net expenses to average net assets	Ratio of gross expenses to average net assets	Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets	Portfolio turnover rate
12/31/25(1)	$25.00	$(0.06 )	$3.39	$3.33	$28.33	13.32 % (2)	$109,090	0.67 % (3)	0.96 % (3)	(0.33 )(3)%	109 % (2)(4)


(1)	Represents the period from commencement of operations (January 2, 2025) through December 31, 2025.
(2)	Not annualized.
(3)	Annualized.
(4)	Portfolio turnover excludes securities delivered from processing redemptions-in-kind and received from processing subscriptions-in-kind.

Touchstone Securitized Income ETF
Period ended	Net asset value at beginning of period	Net investment income	Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments	Total from investment operations	Distributions from net investment income	Distributions from realized capital gains	Total distributions	Net asset value at end of period	Total return based on NAV	Net assets at end of period (000's)	Ratio of net expenses to average net assets	Ratio of gross expenses to average net assets	Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets	Portfolio turnover rate
12/31/23(1)	$25.00	$0.73	$0.58	$1.31	$(0.73 )	$ —	$(0.73 )	$25.58	5.37 % (2)	$24,303	0.39 % (3)	1.27 % (3)	6.45 %(3)	11 % (2)
12/31/24	25.58	1.53 (4)	0.31	1.84	(1.46 )	(0.05 )	(1.51 )	25.91	7.33	108,807	0.39	0.71	5.89	36
12/31/25	25.91	1.65 (4)	0.24	1.89	(1.63 )	(0.06 )	(1.69 )	26.11	7.49	122,706	0.39	0.68	6.30	45


(1)	Represents the period from commencement of operations (July 17, 2023) through December 31, 2023.
(2)	Not annualized.
(3)	Annualized.
(4)	The net investment income (loss) per share was based on average shares outstanding for the period.

Touchstone Strategic Income ETF
Period ended	Net asset value at beginning of period	Net investment income	Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments	Total from investment operations	Distributions from net investment income	Distributions from realized capital gains	Total distributions	Net asset value at end of period	Total return based on NAV	Net assets at end of period (000's)	Ratio of net expenses to average net assets	Ratio of gross expenses to average net assets	Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets	Portfolio turnover rate
12/31/22(1)	$25.00	$0.48	$(0.50 )	$(0.02 )	$(0.49 )	$ —	$(0.49 )	$24.49	(0.03 )% (2)	$99,200	0.65 % (3)	0.89 % (3)	4.51 %(3)	47 % (2)
12/31/23	24.49	1.30	0.64	1.94	(1.27 )	—	(1.27 )	25.16	8.14	102,522	0.65	0.87	5.27	120
12/31/24	25.16	1.25 (4)	0.25	1.50	(1.20 )	(0.15 )	(1.35 )	25.31	6.09	174,668	0.61	0.87	4.91	107
12/31/25	25.31	1.35 (4)	0.97	2.32	(1.32 )	(0.44 )	(1.76 )	25.87	9.34	228,929	0.49	0.81	5.22	208


(1)	Represents the period from commencement of operations (July 21, 2022) through December 31, 2022.
(2)	Not annualized.
(3)	Annualized.
(4)	The net investment income (loss) per share was based on average shares outstanding for the period.

Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF
Period ended	Net asset value at beginning of period	Net investment income	Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments	Total from investment operations	Distributions from net investment income	Distributions from realized capital gains	Total distributions	Net asset value at end of period	Total return based on NAV	Net assets at end of period (000's)	Ratio of net expenses to average net assets	Ratio of gross expenses to average net assets	Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets	Portfolio turnover rate
12/31/22(1)	$25.00	$0.35	$(0.14 )	$0.21	$(0.34 )	$ —	$(0.34 )	$24.87	0.87 % (2)	$51,080	0.34 % (3)	0.75 % (3)	3.65 %(3)	16 % (2)
12/31/23	24.87	1.31	0.26	1.57	(1.36 )	—	(1.36 )	25.08	6.47	60,297	0.31	0.66	5.28	87
12/31/24	25.08	1.37 (4)	0.22	1.59	(1.34 )	(0.05 )	(1.39 )	25.28	6.50	99,961	0.25	0.52	5.41	85
12/31/25	25.28	1.27 (4)	(0.01 )	1.26	(1.22 )	(0.01 )	(1.23 )	25.31	5.09	297,546	0.25	0.43	5.02	101


(1)	Represents the period from commencement of operations (August 4, 2022) through December 31, 2022.
(2)	Not annualized.
(3)	Annualized.
(4)	The net investment income (loss) per share was based on average shares outstanding for the period.

100

Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF
Period ended	Net asset value at beginning of period	Net investment income	Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments	Total from investment operations	Distributions from net investment income	Total distributions	Net asset value at end of period	Total return based on NAV	Net assets at end of period (000's)	Ratio of net expenses to average net assets	Ratio of gross expenses to average net assets	Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets	Portfolio turnover rate
12/31/22(1)	$25.00	$0.06	$(0.86 )	$(0.80 )	$(0.06 )	$(0.06 )	$24.14	(3.25 )% (2)	$24,739	0.69 % (3)	1.54 % (3)	0.66 %(3)	3 % (2)(4)
12/31/23	24.14	0.21	6.09	6.30	(0.21 )	(0.21 )	30.23	26.17	31,742	0.69	1.23	0.79	3 (4)
12/31/24	30.23	0.23	6.06	6.29	(0.23 )	(0.23 )	36.29	20.80	39,917	0.66	1.28	0.69	7 (4)
12/31/25	36.29	0.23	5.94	6.17	(0.23 )	(0.23 )	42.23	17.00	54,897	0.55	1.17	0.62	8 (4)


(1)	Represents the period from commencement of operations (July 27, 2022) through December 31, 2022.
(2)	Not annualized.
(3)	Annualized.
(4)	Portfolio turnover excludes securities delivered from processing redemptions-in-kind and received from processing subscriptions-in-kind.

101

TOUCHSTONE INVESTMENTS*

INVESTMENT ADVISER
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.*
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202-4203

DISTRIBUTOR
Foreside Fund Services, LLC
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100
Portland, Maine 04101

TRANSFER AGENT
The Bank of New York Mellon
240 Greenwich St.
New York, NY 10286

A Member of Western & Southern Financial Group

The following are federal trademark registrations and applications owned by either IFS Financial Services, Inc. or Touchstone Advisors, Inc., each a member of Western & Southern Financial Group: Touchstone, Touchstone Funds, Touchstone Investments, the Touchstone Family of Funds, and Distinctively Active.

102

303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202-4203

For investors who want more information about the Funds, the following documents are available free upon request:

Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”): The SAI provides more detailed information about the Funds and is incorporated herein by reference, which means it is legally a part of this prospectus.

Annual/Semiannual Reports and Form N-CSR (“Financial Reports”): Additional information about a Fund's investments is available in the Fund's Financial Reports to shareholders. In a Fund's annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund's performance during its last fiscal year. In Form N-CSR, you will find the Fund's annual and semiannual financial statements.

You can get free copies of the current SAI, Financial Reports, other information such as Fund financial statements that the Fund files on Form N-CSR, and answers to your questions about the Funds by contacting your financial adviser, or by contacting Touchstone Investments at 1.800.543.0407. The SAI and Financial Reports are also available without charge on the Touchstone Investments' website at: www.TouchstoneInvestments.com/Resources.

The current SAI, Financial Reports, other information such as Fund financial statements that the Fund files on Form N-CSR, and other information about the Funds are available on the EDGAR database of the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. You may obtain copies of these documents and other information, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending an e-mail request to: publicinfo@sec.gov.

Investment Company Act File No. 811-23789

ETF-ETF-STATPRO-2604

103

Touchstone ETF Trust

Statement of Additional Information

April 30, 2026

	Ticker Symbol	Principal U.S. Listing Exchange
Touchstone Dividend Select ETF	DVND	NYSE Arca, Inc.
Touchstone Dynamic International ETF	TDI	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Touchstone International Equity ETF	TLCI	NYSE Arca, Inc.
Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF	TLG	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF	TEMX	Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc.
Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF	TSEL	The Nasdaq Stock Market
Touchstone Securitized Income ETF	TSEC	NYSE Arca, Inc.
Touchstone Strategic Income ETF	SIO	NYSE Arca, Inc.
Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF	TUSI	Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc.
Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF	LCF	Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc.

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and relates only to the above-referenced funds (each a “Fund” and, together, the “Funds”). It is intended to provide additional information regarding the activities and operations of Touchstone ETF Trust (the “Trust”) and should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ prospectus dated April 30, 2026, as may be amended. The Trust’s audited financial statements for each Fund, except the Large Company Growth ETF, for the fiscal year or period ended December 31, 2025, including the notes thereto and the report of Ernst & Young LLP thereon, included in the most recent N-CSR filing, are hereby incorporated into this SAI by reference. A copy of the Trust's prospectus, Form N-CSR, other information such as fund financial statements that a Fund files on Form N-CSR, or an annual report to shareholders (each an “Annual Report”) may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust at Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101, by calling (833) 368-7383, or by downloading a copy at TouchstoneInvestments.com/Resources.

THE TRUST

Touchstone ETF Trust (the “Trust”), an open-end management investment company, registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), was organized as a Delaware statutory trust under an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 2, 2022 (“the Declaration of Trust”). The offering of each Fund’s shares is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). The Declaration of Trust permits the Trust to offer separate series of units of beneficial interest (the “shares”). Each Fund is a separate exchange-traded fund (or “ETF”) and each share of each Fund represents an equal proportionate interest in that Fund. This SAI relates to the following separate series of the Trust: Touchstone Dividend Select ETF (“Dividend Select ETF”), Touchstone Dynamic International ETF (“Dynamic International ETF”), Touchstone International Equity ETF (“International Equity ETF”), Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF (“Large Company Growth ETF”), Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF (“Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF”), Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF (“Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF”), Touchstone Securitized Income ETF (“Securitized Income ETF”), Touchstone Strategic Income ETF (“Strategic Income ETF”), Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF (“US Large Cap Focused ETF”) and Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF (“Ultra Short Income ETF”) (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”). Each of the Trust’s Funds are diversified except for Large Company Growth ETF, Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF, Sands Capital Select Growth ETF, and US Large Cap Focused ETF, which are non-diversified under the 1940 Act.

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser and administrator for each Fund. The Adviser has selected one or more sub-adviser(s) to manage, on a daily basis, the assets of each Fund. The Adviser has sub-contracted certain of the Trust complex’s administrative and accounting services to The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”). Foreside Fund Services, LLC (“Foreside” or the “Distributor”) is the principal distributor of the Funds’ shares.

Shares of each Fund are issued and redeemed only in aggregations of a specific number of shares called “Creation Units.” Investors may acquire shares and shareholders may tender their shares for redemption only in Creation Units, as discussed in the “Purchases and Redemptions” section below. The number of shares of a Fund that constitute a Creation Unit is as follows: 25,000 for Dividend Select ETF, International Equity ETF, Large Company Growth ETF, Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF, Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF, Strategic Income ETF and US Large Cap Focused ETF and 50,000 for Dynamic International ETF, Securitized Income ETF and Ultra Short Income ETF. Each Fund generally offers and issues shares either in exchange for (i) a basket of securities designated by the Fund (“Deposit Securities”) together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (“Cash Component”) or (ii) a cash payment equal in value to the Deposit Securities (“Deposit Cash”) together with the Cash Component. The primary consideration accepted by a Fund (i.e., Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash) is set forth under “Purchases and Redemptions” later in this SAI. The Trust reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of a “cash in lieu” amount to be added to the Cash Component to replace any Deposit Security and reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of Deposit Securities in lieu of Deposit Cash (subject to applicable legal requirements).

Shares of Dividend Select ETF, International Equity ETF, Securitized Income ETF and Strategic Income ETF are listed for trading on NYSE Arca, Inc. (the “NYSE Arca”), shares of Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF , US Large Cap Focused ETF and Ultra Short Income ETF are listed for trading on Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (the “Cboe BZX”) and shares of Dynamic International ETF, Large Company Growth ETF, and Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF are listed for trading on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) (together, the “Exchanges”). See “Exchange Listing and Trading” below for more information. The shares are traded on the respective Exchanges at market prices. These prices may differ from the shares’ net asset values (or “NAV”). The shares are also redeemable only in Creation Unit aggregations, and generally in exchange either for (i) portfolio securities and a specified cash payment or (ii) cash (subject to applicable legal requirements). Most investors will buy and sell shares of each Fund in secondary market transactions through brokers. Shares can be bought and sold throughout the trading day like other publicly-traded shares. There is no minimum investment.

History of the Funds

The Funds commenced operations on the dates noted below:

Fund	Commencement of Operations
Dividend Select ETF	August 2, 2022
Dynamic International ETF	September 30, 2004*
International Equity ETF	March 3, 2025
Large Company Growth ETF	August 28, 2009**
Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF	February 24, 2025
Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF	January 2, 2025

Fund	Commencement of Operations
Securitized Income ETF	July 17, 2023
Strategic Income ETF	July 21, 2022
Ultra Short Income ETF	August 4, 2022
US Large Cap Focused ETF	July 27, 2022

*Effective December 8, 2023, the Touchstone Dynamic Allocation Fund, a series of Touchstone Strategic Trust (the “Dynamic Allocation Fund”) was reorganized into the Dynamic International ETF. The Dynamic International ETF assumed the performance and accounting history of the Dynamic Allocation Fund.

**Effective March 13, 2026, the Touchstone Large Company Growth Fund, a series of Touchstone Strategic Trust, (“Large Company Growth Fund”), was reorganized into the Large Company Growth ETF. The Large Company Growth ETF assumed the performance and accounting history of the Large Company Growth Fund.

EXCHANGE LISTING AND TRADING

As discussed in the “The Trust” section above, the shares of each Fund are approved for listing and trading on each Fund’s respective primary Exchange (Cboe BZX, NYSE Arca or Nasdaq) as identified on the cover of this SAI at prices that may differ from a Fund’s NAV. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Exchanges necessary to maintain the listing of shares of each Fund will continue to be met. Each Exchange may, but is not required to, consider the suspension of trading in and/or remove the shares of a Fund from listing if, among other matters: (i) the Exchange becomes aware that the Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the 1940 Act to the extent such Fund’s listing is conditioned upon reliance on Rule 6c-11; (ii) following the initial 12-month period beginning at the commencement of trading of the Fund, there are fewer than 50 beneficial owners of shares for 30 or more consecutive trading days; (iii) a Fund no longer complies with the applicable listing requirements set forth in the Exchange’s rules; or (iv) if such other event shall occur or condition exist that, in the opinion of the Exchange, makes further dealings on the Exchange inadvisable. The Exchanges will remove the shares of the applicable Fund from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund.

Trading prices of shares on an Exchange may differ from a Fund’s daily NAV. Market forces of supply and demand, economic conditions and other factors may affect the trading prices of shares. See “Determination of Net Asset Value” below for additional information.

PERMITTED INVESTMENTS AND RISK FACTORS

Each Fund’s principal investment strategies and principal risks are described in the Funds’ prospectus. The following supplements the information contained in the prospectus concerning each Fund’s principal investment strategies and principal risks. In addition, although not principal strategies of the Funds, the Funds may invest in other types of securities and engage in other investment practices as described in the prospectus or in this SAI. Unless otherwise indicated, each Fund is permitted to invest in each of the investments listed below, or engage in each of the investment techniques listed below if such investment or activity is consistent with the Fund’s investment goals, investment limitations, policies and strategies. In addition to the fundamental and non-fundamental investment limitations set forth under the section of this SAI entitled “Investment Limitations,” the investment limitations below are considered to be non-fundamental policies which may be changed at any time by a vote of the Trust’s Board, unless designated as a “fundamental” policy. In addition, any stated percentage limitations are measured at the time of the purchase of a security.

Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Securities (“ARMS”). Generally, ARMS have a specified maturity date and amortize principal over their life. In periods of declining interest rates there is a reasonable likelihood that ARMS will experience increased rates of prepayment of principal. However, the major difference between ARMS and fixed-rate mortgage securities is that the interest rate can and does change in accordance with movements in a particular, pre-specified, published interest rate index. There are two main categories of indices: those based on U.S. Treasury obligations and those derived from a calculated measure, such as a cost of funds index or a moving average of mortgage rates. The amount of interest on an adjustable rate mortgage is calculated by adding a specified amount to the applicable index, subject to limitations on the maximum and minimum interest that is charged during the life of the mortgage or to maximum and minimum changes to that interest rate during a given period.

The underlying mortgages which collateralize the ARMS will frequently have caps and floors which limit the maximum amount by which the loan rate to the residential borrower may change up or down (1) per reset or adjustment interval and (2) over the life of the loan. Some residential mortgage loans restrict periodic adjustments by limiting changes in the borrower’s monthly principal and interest payments rather than limiting interest rate changes. These payment caps may result in negative amortization. The value of mortgage-related securities in which a Fund invests may be affected if market interest rates rise or fall faster and farther than the allowable caps or floors on the

underlying residential mortgage loans. Additionally, even though the interest rates on the underlying residential mortgages are adjustable, amortization and prepayments may occur, thereby causing the effective maturities of the mortgage-related securities in which a Fund invests to be shorter than the maturities stated in the underlying mortgages.

Bank Debt Instruments. Bank debt instruments in which the Funds may invest consist of certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits issued by national banks and state banks, trust companies and mutual savings banks, or of banks or institutions the accounts of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the indebtedness of a commercial bank to repay funds deposited with it for a definite period of time (usually from fourteen days to one year, although certificates of deposit may have longer terms) at a stated or variable interest rate. Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft that has been drawn on it by a customer, which instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. Time deposits are nonnegotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Investments in time deposits maturing in more than seven days will be subject to the Funds’ restrictions on illiquid investments (see “Investment Limitations”).

The Funds may invest in certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits issued by foreign branches of national banks. Eurodollar certificates of deposit are negotiable U.S. dollar denominated certificates of deposit issued by foreign branches of major U.S. commercial banks. Eurodollar bankers’ acceptances are U.S. dollar denominated bankers’ acceptances “accepted” by foreign branches of major U.S. commercial banks. Investments in the obligations of foreign branches of U.S. commercial banks may be subject to special risks, including future political and economic developments, imposition of withholding taxes on income, establishment of exchange controls or other restrictions, less governmental supervision and the lack of uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards that might affect an investment adversely. Payment of interest and principal upon these obligations may also be affected by governmental action in the country of domicile of the branch (generally referred to as sovereign risk). In addition, evidences of ownership of portfolio securities may be held outside of the U.S. and the Funds may be subject to the risks associated with the holding of such property overseas. Various provisions of federal law governing the establishment and operation of domestic branches do not apply to foreign branches of domestic banks. The Sub-Adviser, subject to the oversight of the Board, considers these factors when making investments. The Funds do not limit the amount of their assets that can be invested in any one type of instrument or in any foreign country in which a branch of a U.S. bank or the parent of a U.S. branch is located. Investments in obligations of foreign banks are subject to the overall limit of 25% of total assets that may be invested in a single industry.

Bear Funds. The Funds may invest in bear funds. Bear funds are designed to allow investors to speculate on anticipated decreases in the S&P 500® Index or another securities market index or to hedge an existing portfolio of securities or mutual fund shares. Due to the nature of bear funds, investors could experience substantial losses during sustained periods of rising equity prices. This is the opposite result expected of investing in a traditional equity mutual fund in a generally rising stock market. Bear funds employ certain investment techniques, including engaging in short sales and in certain transactions in stock index futures contracts, options on stock index futures contracts, and options on securities and stock indexes. Using these techniques, bear funds will generally incur a loss if the price of the underlying security or index increases between the date of the employment of the technique and the date on which the fund terminates the position. Bear funds will generally realize a gain if the underlying security or index declines in price between those dates. The amount of any gain or loss on an investment technique may be affected by any premium or amounts in lieu of dividends or interest that the Funds pay or receive as a result of the transaction.

Borrowing and Leveraging. The Funds may borrow money from banks (including their custodian bank) or from lenders to the extent permitted by applicable law. The 1940 Act requires the Fund to maintain asset coverage (total assets, including assets acquired with borrowed funds, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of at least 300% for all such borrowings. If at any time the value of the Fund’s assets should fail to meet this 300% coverage test, the Fund, within three days (not including Sundays and holidays), will reduce the amount of its borrowings to the extent necessary to meet this test. The Fund will not make any borrowing or enter into a reverse repurchase agreement that would cause its outstanding borrowings to exceed one-third of the value of its total assets.

Leveraging a Fund through borrowing or other means (e.g., certain uses of derivatives) creates an opportunity for increased net income, but, at the same time, creates special risk considerations. Leveraging creates interest expenses for a Fund which could exceed the income from the assets retained. To the extent the income derived from securities purchased with borrowed funds exceeds the interest that a Fund will have to pay, a Fund’s net income will be greater than if leveraging were not used. Conversely, if the income from the assets retained with borrowed funds is not sufficient to cover the cost of leveraging, the net income of a Fund will be less than if leveraging were not used, and therefore the amount available for distribution to shareholders as dividends will be reduced. As further outlined in the “Derivatives” subsection, the SEC adopted Rule 18f-4 (the “Derivatives Rule”) on October 28, 2020. Funds were required to comply with the Derivatives Rule requirements by August 19, 2022. Interest rate arbitrage transactions, reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions create leverage and will be entered into in accordance with the regulatory requirements described in the “Derivatives” subsection.

In an interest rate arbitrage transaction, a Fund borrows money at one interest rate and lends the proceeds at another, higher interest rate. These leverage transactions involve a number of risks; including the risk that the borrower will fail or otherwise become insolvent or that there will be a significant change in prevailing interest rates. The Funds may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it

would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing. The Funds have adopted fundamental limitations and non-fundamental limitations which restrict circumstances in which and degrees to which the Funds can engage in borrowing. See the section entitled “Investment Limitations,” below.

To reduce its borrowings, a Fund might be required to sell securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, because interest on money borrowed is a Fund expense that it would not otherwise incur, the Fund may have less net investment income during periods when its borrowings are substantial. The interest paid by a Fund on borrowings may be more or less than the yield on the securities purchased with borrowed funds, depending on prevailing market conditions. Borrowing magnifies the potential for gain or loss on a Fund’s portfolio securities and, therefore, if employed, increases the possibility of fluctuation in its net asset value (“NAV”). This is the speculative factor known as leverage. To reduce the risks of borrowing, the Funds will limit their borrowings as described below.

Business Development Companies (“BDCs”). BDCs are a type of closed-end fund regulated under the 1940 Act. BDCs are publicly-traded mezzanine/private equity funds that typically invest in and lend to small and medium-sized private companies that may not have access to public equity markets for capital raising. BDCs are unique in that at least 70% of their investments must be made to private U.S. businesses and BDCs are required to make available significant managerial assistance to their portfolio companies. BDCs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). BDCs have expenses associated with their operations. Accordingly, a Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses, and of any performance based fees, charged by the BDCs in which it invests.

Investments in BDCs are subject to various risks, including management’s ability to meet the BDC’s investment objective, and to manage the BDC’s portfolio when the underlying securities are redeemed or sold, during periods of market turmoil and as investors’ perceptions regarding a BDC or its underlying investments change. BDC shares are not redeemable at the option of the BDC shareholder and, as with shares of other closed-end funds; they may trade in the secondary market at a discount to their NAV.

Canadian Income Trusts. A Canadian Income Trust is a qualified income trust as designated by the Canada Revenue Agency that operates as a profit-seeking corporation. This type of income trust, which pays out all earnings to unit holders before paying taxes, is usually traded publicly on a securities exchange. Canadian income trusts enjoy special Canadian corporate tax privileges.

Commercial Paper and Other Short-Term Obligations. Commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes) consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes issued by U.S. corporations, partnerships, trusts or other entities in order to finance short-term credit needs and non-convertible debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with no more than 397 days remaining to maturity at the date of purchase. Certain notes may have floating or variable rates. Variable and floating rate notes with a demand notice period exceeding seven days will be subject to the Funds’ restrictions on illiquid investments (see “Investment Limitations”) unless, in the judgment of the Sub-Adviser, subject to the oversight of the Board, such note is liquid.

Commodity Futures Trading Commission Regulation. The Funds and the Adviser have claimed exclusion or exemption from registering with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). The Funds currently intend to comply with Rule 4.5 under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”), which allows a Fund to be conditionally excluded from the definition of the term “commodity pool.” Similarly, so long as the applicable Fund satisfies this conditional exclusion, the Adviser intends to comply with Rule 4.5, which allows the Adviser to be conditionally excluded from the definition of “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”), and Rule 4.14(a)(5), which provides a conditional exemption from registering as a “commodity trading adviser.” The Adviser, on behalf of the applicable Fund and itself, has filed a claim with the CFTC claiming the CPO exemption. Therefore, neither the applicable Fund nor the Adviser expect to become subject to registration under the CEA.

Common Stocks. Common stocks are securities that represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks usually carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred stocks, which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of the board of directors of the issuing company.

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are corporate securities that are exchangeable for a set number of another security at a pre-stated price. Convertible securities typically have characteristics of both fixed-income and equity securities. Because of the conversion feature, the market value of a convertible security tends to move with the market value of the underlying stock. The value of a convertible security is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer and any call provisions.

A synthetic convertible security is a combination investment in which a Fund purchases both (i) high-grade cash equivalents or a high grade debt obligation of an issuer or U.S. government securities and (ii) call options or warrants on the common stock of the same or different issuer with some or all of the anticipated interest income from the associated debt obligation that is earned over the holding period of the option or warrant.

While providing a fixed-income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derivable from common stock but lower than that afforded by a similar non-convertible security), a convertible security also affords a shareholder the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation attendant upon a market price advance in the convertible security’s underlying common stock. A synthetic convertible position has similar investment characteristics, but may differ with respect to credit quality, time to maturity, trading characteristics and other factors. Because a Fund will create synthetic convertible positions only out of high grade fixed-income securities, the credit rating associated with a Fund’s synthetic convertible investments is generally expected to be higher than that of the

average convertible security, many of which are rated below high grade. However, because the options used to create synthetic convertible positions will generally have expirations between one month and three years of the time of purchase, the maturity of these positions will generally be shorter than average for convertible securities. Since the option component of a convertible security or synthetic convertible position is a wasting asset (in the sense of losing “time value” as maturity approaches), a synthetic convertible position may lose such value more rapidly than a convertible security of longer maturity; however, the gain in option value due to appreciation of the underlying stock may exceed such time value loss. The market price of the option component generally reflects these differences in maturities, and the Adviser and applicable sub-adviser take such differences into account when evaluating such positions. When a synthetic convertible position “matures” because of the expiration of the associated option, a Fund may extend the maturity by investing in a new option with longer maturity on the common stock of the same or different issuer. If a Fund does not so extend the maturity of a position, it may continue to hold the associated fixed-income security.

Corporate Debt Securities. Corporate debt securities are obligations of a corporation to pay interest and repay principal. Corporate debt securities include commercial paper, notes and bonds.

Covered Dollar Rolls. A Fund may enter into dollar rolls (also referred to as forward roll transactions) in which the Fund sells mortgage-based or other fixed-income securities and simultaneously commits to repurchase substantially similar, but not identical, securities on a specified future date. In a simple dollar roll transaction, the cash proceeds from this sale will be reinvested in high quality, short-term instruments, the maturity of which will coincide with the settlement date of the roll transaction. A strategy may also be used with respect to the dollar roll, where a series of 6 to 12 consecutive dollar roll transactions (approximately 30 days per transaction) are executed. This allows the Fund to purchase a slightly longer duration security with the cash proceeds from the sale and capitalize on potentially higher available yields. The additional duration from this strategy would be minimal.

The Fund will not use such transactions for leveraging purposes. Covered dollar rolls will be entered into in accordance with the regulatory requirements outlined in the “Derivatives” subsection.

In the case of dollar rolls involving mortgage-related securities, the mortgage-related securities that are purchased typically will be of the same type and will have the same or similar interest rate and maturity as those sold, but will be supported by different pools of mortgages. The Fund forgoes principal and interest, including prepayments, paid during the roll period on the securities sold in a dollar roll, but it is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds of the securities sold. The Fund could also be compensated through receipt of fee income. Dollar rolls may be renewed over a period of several months with a different repurchase price and a cash settlement made at each renewal without physical delivery of securities. Moreover, the transaction may be preceded by a firm commitment agreement pursuant to which the Fund agrees to buy a security on a future date.

Dollar roll transactions are considered to be borrowings by the Fund and the use of such transactions will be subject to the Fund’s investment limitations on borrowings. See “Borrowing and Leveraging” and “Investment Limitations.”

The risks associated with dollar rolls are market risk, since the price of the securities could drop lower than the agreed upon repurchase price during the roll period, or the securities that the Fund is required to repurchase may be worth less than the securities that the Fund originally held; and credit risk, since the counterpart to the transaction could fail to deliver the securities. If the counter-party to which the Fund sells the securities becomes insolvent, the Fund’s right to purchase or repurchase the securities may be restricted. Finally, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s use of the cash that it receives from a dollar roll will provide a return that exceeds borrowing costs. Further, although the Fund can estimate the amount of expected principal prepayment over the term of the dollar roll, a variation in the actual amount of prepayment could increase or decrease the cost of the Funds’ borrowing.

Custody Receipts. The Funds may invest in custody receipts that represent corporate debt securities. Custody receipts, such as Morgan Stanley TRACERs, are derivative products which, in the aggregate, evidence direct ownership in a pool of securities. Typically, a sponsor will deposit a pool of securities with a custodian in exchange for custody receipts evidencing those securities. Generally the sponsor will then sell those custody receipts in negotiated transactions at varying prices that are determined at the time of sale. Each custody receipt evidences the individual securities in the pool, and the holder of a custody receipt generally will have all the rights and privileges of owners of those securities. Each holder of a custody receipt will be treated as directly purchasing its pro rata share of the securities in the pool, for an amount equal to the amount that such holder paid for its custody receipt. If a custody receipt is sold, a holder will be treated as having directly disposed of its pro rata share of the securities evidenced by the custody receipt. Additionally, the holder of a custody receipt may withdraw the securities represented by a custody receipt subject to certain conditions.

Custody receipts are generally subject to the same risks as those securities evidenced by the receipts which, in the case of the Funds, are corporate debt securities. Additionally, custody receipts may be less liquid than the underlying securities if the sponsor fails to maintain a trading market.

Derivatives. The Funds may invest in various instruments that are commonly known as derivatives. Generally, a derivative is a financial arrangement, the value of which is based on, or “derived” from, a traditional security, asset, or market index. Some “derivatives” such as certain mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are in many respects like any other investment, although they may be more volatile or less liquid than more traditional debt securities. There are many different types of derivatives and many different ways to use

them and there is a range of risks associated with those uses. Futures and options are commonly used both for traditional hedging purposes to attempt to limit exposure to changing interest rates, securities prices, or currency exchange rates and as a method of gaining exposure to a particular security, securities index or other financial instrument without investing directly in those instruments. Some uses of derivatives may have the effect of creating leverage, which tends to magnify the portfolio effects of the underlying instrument’s price changes as market conditions change. Leverage involves the use of a small amount of money to control a large amount of financial assets, and can lead to significant losses. The Sub-Adviser will use derivatives only in circumstances where the Sub-Adviser believes they offer the most economic means of improving the risk/reward profile of a Fund. Derivatives will not be used to acquire exposure to changes in the value of assets or indexes that by themselves would not be purchased for a Fund. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered speculative. A description of the specific derivatives that the Funds may use and some of their associated risks is discussed above under the caption “Borrowing and Leveraging” and below under the captions “Forward Foreign Currency Contracts”, “Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts”, “Options” and “Swap Agreements”.

Additionally, the regulation of the U.S. and non-U.S. derivatives markets has undergone substantial change in recent years and such change may continue. In particular, Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act (the “Derivatives Rule”) went into effect in 2022.

The Derivatives Rule mandates that a fund adopt and/or implement: (i) value-at-risk limitations (“VaR”); (ii) a written derivatives risk management program; (iii) new Board oversight responsibilities; and (iv) new reporting and recordkeeping requirements. In the event that a fund's derivative exposure is 10% or less of its net assets, excluding certain currency and interest rate hedging transactions, it can elect to be classified as a limited derivatives user (“Limited Derivatives User”) under the Derivatives Rule, in which case the fund is not subject to the full requirements of the Derivatives Rule. Limited Derivatives Users are excepted from VaR testing, implementing a derivatives risk management program, and certain Board oversight and reporting requirements mandated by the Derivatives Rule. However, a Limited Derivatives User is still required to implement written compliance policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage its derivatives risks. Each Fund has elected to be treated as a Limited Derivatives User.

Emerging Markets and Frontier Market Securities. Emerging market countries are generally countries that are included in the Morgan Stanley Capital International (“MSCI”) Emerging Markets Index, or otherwise excluded from the MSCI World Index. As of March 31, 2026, the countries in the MSCI World Index included: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States. As of March 31, 2026, the countries in the MSCI Emerging Markets Index included: Brazil, Chile, China, Colombia, Czech Republic, Egypt, Greece, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Korea, Kuwait, Malaysia, Mexico, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Taiwan, Thailand, Turkey and United Arab Emirates. Frontier market countries, which are those emerging market countries that have the smallest, least mature economies and least developed capital markets, are generally countries that are included in the MSCI Frontier Markets Index. As of March 31, 2026, the countries in the MSCI Frontier Markets Index included: Bahrain, Bangladesh, Benin, Burkina Faso, Croatia, Estonia, Guinea-Bissau, Iceland, Ivory Coast, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Latvia, Lithuania, Mali, Mauritius, Morocco, Niger, Oman, Pakistan, Romania, Senegal, Serbia, Slovenia, Sri Lanka, Togo, Tunisia and Vietnam. The country composition of the MSCI World Index, the MSCI Emerging Markets Index, and the MSCI Frontier Markets Index can change over time.

Investments in the securities of issuers domiciled in countries with emerging capital markets involve certain additional risks that do not generally apply to investments in securities of issuers in more developed capital markets, such as (i) low or non-existent trading volume, resulting in a lack of liquidity and increased volatility in prices for such securities, as compared to securities of comparable issuers in more developed capital markets; (ii) uncertain national policies and social, political and economic instability, increasing the potential for expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, high rates of inflation or unfavorable diplomatic developments; (iii) possible fluctuations in exchange rates, differing legal systems and the existence or possible imposition of exchange controls, custodial restrictions or other foreign or U.S. governmental laws or restrictions applicable to such investments; (iv) national policies that may limit a Fund’s investment opportunities such as restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; and (v) the lack or relatively early development of legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property. In addition to withholding taxes on investment income, some countries with emerging markets may impose capital gains taxes on foreign investors.

Political and economic structures in emerging market countries may be undergoing significant evolution and rapid development, and these countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristic of more developed countries. In such a dynamic environment, there can be no assurance that any or all of these capital markets will continue to present viable investment opportunities for a Fund. Some of these countries may have in the past failed to recognize private property rights and have at times nationalized or expropriated the assets of private companies. There is no assurance that such expropriations will not reoccur. In such an event, it is possible that a Fund could lose the entire value of its investments in the affected market. As a result, the risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets, may be heightened. In addition, unanticipated political or social developments may affect the value of investments

in these countries and the availability to a Fund of additional investments. The small size and inexperience of the securities markets in certain of these countries and the limited volume of trading in securities in these countries may make investments in the countries illiquid and more volatile than investments in Japan or most Western European countries.

Also, there may be less publicly available information about issuers in emerging markets than would be available about issuers in more developed capital markets, and such issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to those to which U.S. companies are subject. In certain countries with emerging capital markets, reporting standards vary widely. As a result, traditional investment measurements used in the United States, such as price/earnings ratios, may not be applicable. Emerging market securities may be substantially less liquid and more volatile than those of mature markets, and company shares may be held by a limited number of persons. This may adversely affect the timing and pricing of a Fund’s acquisition or disposal of securities.

Practices in relation to settlement of securities transactions in emerging markets involve higher risks than those in developed markets, in part because a Fund will need to use brokers and counterparties that are less well capitalized, and custody and registration of assets in some countries may be unreliable. The possibility of fraud, negligence, undue influence being exerted by the issuer or refusal to recognize ownership exists in some emerging markets, and, along with other factors, could result in ownership registration being completely lost. A Fund would absorb any loss resulting from such registration problems and may have no successful claim for compensation.

Some emerging market countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the securities of their companies. Certain emerging market countries, however, permit indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically authorized. Investments in these investment funds may be subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act limiting investments in other investment companies. Shareholders of a Fund that invests in such investment funds will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses of a Fund (including operating expenses and the fees of the adviser), but also will indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying investment funds. In addition, these investment funds may trade at a discount or premium to the fund’s NAV.

Participatory notes (commonly known as P-notes) are offshore derivative instruments issued to foreign institutional investors and their sub-accounts against underlying Indian securities listed on the Indian bourses. These securities are not registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India. Participatory notes are similar to ADRs, which are negotiable certificates issued by a U.S. bank and traded on U.S. exchanges. ADRs are denominated in U.S. dollars and represent a specified number of shares in a foreign security held by a U.S. financial institution located in a foreign country. Both P-notes and ADRs are subject to the risks discussed above with respect to securities of foreign issuers in general.

The US Large Cap Focused ETF is restricted from investing in foreign issuers, including through the use of ordinary shares or depositary receipts such as ADRs. This restriction is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the US Large Cap Focused ETF's Board upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders. The Strategic Income ETF may invest up to 20% of its total assets in emerging markets debt securities in either U.S. dollar or a foreign currency. The Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF may own the ordinary shares of non-U.S. companies listed on U.S. exchanges but normally will not invest in ADRs and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”)

Risk of Investing in China A-shares. The International Equity ETF may invest in China A-shares of certain Chinese companies listed and traded on the Shanghai Stock Exchange (“SSE”) and the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (“SZSE”) through the Shanghai-Hong Kong and the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect Program (“Stock Connect”). Stock Connect is a securities trading and clearing program developed by Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited, the SSE, the SZSE and the China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited. Stock Connect facilitates foreign investment in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) via brokers in Hong Kong. Investors through Stock Connect are subject to PRC regulations and SSE listing rules, among others. These could include limitations on trading or suspension of trading. There are special considerations and risks associated with investing in A-shares via Stock Connect.

Quota Limitation Risk: Trades through Stock Connect are subject to daily quotas. If the daily quota is reached during continuous trading or the opening call session, new buy orders will be rejected for the remainder of the day. Thus, there is no guarantee that a buy order can be effectively placed through Stock Connect. Such limitations may restrict the International Equity ETF from investing in A-shares at the desired time or for the desired quantity, which could have an effect on the Fund’s capacity to successfully follow its investment strategy.

Block or Manual Trade Not Allowed: All trading must be conducted on SSE and/or SZSE, which means that no over-the-counter or manual trades are permitted. Investment opportunities may be limited because block trades, manual trades, reporting or internalization are not permitted for Stock Connect shares.

Clearing, Settlement and Custody Risks: The Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hong Kong Security Clearing Company (“HKSCC”) and ChinaClear, the national central counterparty of China’s securities market that serves as a comprehensive network of clearing, settlement and stock holding infrastructure, establishes the clearing links. Both HKSCC and ChinaClear participate in facilitating the clearing and settlement of the cross-border trades of the other. In the event of ChinaClear defaulting, HKSCC will in good faith seek recovery of stocks and monies from ChinaClear through the accessible legal channels. In such

an event, the International Equity ETF may not fully recover its losses. In addition, the Stock Connect program’s trading, clearance and settlement procedures are relatively untested in China, which could pose risks to the Fund, including uncertainty related to “single-sided settlement” procedures in which local sub-custodians receive settlement instructions from the Fund’s executing broker as opposed to the Fund’s custodian.

Overseas investors, such as the International Equity ETF, will not hold physical A-shares, but rather maintain their SSE securities with broker or custodial accounts with the HKSCC. Additionally, all trades of eligible Stock Connect A-shares must be settled in renminbi (RMB). This may require that investors have well-timed access to a reliable source of offshore RMB, which cannot always be guaranteed.

Nominee Arrangements and Legal Rights: Under a nominee structure, HKSCC is the nominee holder of the Stock Connect A-shares acquired by overseas investors, including the International Equity ETF. HKSCC will be the named registrar of the purchased shares. A-shares purchased through the Northbound Trading Link (i.e., non-Mainland investor market access channel) entitles foreign investors to proprietary rights and benefits in accordance with applicable laws. Under the Stock Connect guidelines, overseas investors may exercise their shareholder rights as beneficial owners of SSE securities in accordance with the laws and regulations of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region. Beneficial owners of SSE Securities may exercise their rights with the HKSCC as the nominee holder, including the right to call and participate in shareholders’ meetings, the right to exercise voting rights, and the right to receive dividends, amongst other rights.

Current PRC law does not expressly provide clear guidance for a beneficial owner under a nominee structure to pursue or prevent legal action. However, the HKSCC, as nominee holder of SSE Securities, may exercise shareholder rights and take legal actions for its foreign investors. The courts in China may find that the registrar, as a nominee or custodian, has full ownership of the Stock Connect shares. PRC laws have not distinguished between legal ownership and beneficial ownership, particularly regarding the International Equity ETF and its investors. Furthermore, there have been few cases involving a nominee account structure in the PRC courts. Other considerations regarding the rights and interests of the Fund relate to uncertain enforcement mechanisms under PRC law. Consequently, the Fund is not assured that its ownership of A-shares is in full possession at all times. Furthermore, the International Equity ETF may face delays or difficulties in enforcing its ownership rights in A-shares.

Tax & Expense Risks: Additional considerations include different fees, costs and taxes imposed on foreign investors purchasing A-shares through Stock Connect. The International Equity ETF’s investment may be subject to a number of tax rules. Application of these rules may be uncertain. Mainland China implemented tax reforms in recent years, and may amend or revise its existing tax laws in the future. These amendments may have retroactive effects. Changes in applicable Chinese tax law could reduce after-tax profits of the Fund. This could include reducing the after-tax profits of companies in China in which the Fund invests. Chinese taxes that may apply to the Fund's investments include income tax or withholding tax on dividends, interest or gains earned by the Fund. These various uncertainties in Chinese tax rules could result in unexpected tax liabilities for the Fund. Additionally, taxes and related expenses may be higher than comparable expenses and taxes imposed on foreign owners of other securities providing similar investment exposure.

Additional Considerations and Risks: There is a risk that information technology and networking systems will not properly function and that changes may occur as the market develops. Thus, A-shares trading may be disrupted if systems do not function properly. There may also be information technology capabilities and other risk management requirements specified by the relevant exchanges or clearinghouses. See “Emerging Markets and Frontier Market Securities” above for more information on other risks.

Equity-Linked Notes (“ELNs”). A Fund may purchase ELNs. The principal or coupon payment on an ELN is linked to the performance of an underlying security or index. ELNs may be used, among other things, to provide a Fund with exposure to international markets while providing a mechanism to reduce foreign tax or regulatory restrictions imposed on foreign investors. The risks associated with purchasing ELNs include the creditworthiness of the issuer and the risk of counterparty default. Further, a Fund’s ability to dispose of an ELN will depend on the availability of liquid markets in the instruments. The purchase and sale of an ELN is also subject to the risks regarding adverse market movements, possible intervention by governmental authorities, and the effects of other political and economic events.

Equity-Linked Warrants. Equity-linked warrants provide a way for investors to access markets where entry is difficult and time consuming due to regulation. Typically, a broker issues warrants to an investor and then purchases shares in the local market and issues a call warrant hedged on the underlying holding. If the investor exercises his call and closes his position, the shares are sold and the warrant is redeemed with the proceeds.

Each warrant represents one share of the underlying stock. Therefore, the price, performance and liquidity of the warrant are all directly linked to the underlying stock. The warrants can be redeemed for 100% of the value of the underlying stock (less transaction costs). Being American style warrants, they can be exercised at any time. The warrants are U.S. dollar denominated and priced daily on several international stock exchanges.

Equity-Related Securities. A Fund may invest in equity-related securities, including low-exercise-price options (“LEPOs”), low exercise price warrants (“LEPWs”), and participatory notes (“P-notes”) to gain exposure to issuers in certain emerging or frontier market countries. LEPOs, LEPWs, and P-notes are offshore derivative instruments issued to foreign institutional investors and their sub-accounts against underlying securities traded in emerging or frontier markets. These securities may be listed on an exchange or traded over-the-counter, and are similar to ADRs. As a result, the risks of investing in LEPOs, LEPWs, and P-notes are similar to depositary receipts risk and foreign

securities risk in general. Specifically these securities entail both counterparty risk—the risk that the issuer of the LEPO, LEPW, or P-Note may not be able to fulfill its obligations or that the holder and counterparty or issuer may disagree as to the meaning or application of contractual terms—and liquidity risk—the risk that a liquid market may not exist for such securities.

Eurobonds. A Eurobond is a bond denominated in U.S. dollars or another currency and sold to investors outside of the country whose currency is used. Eurobonds may be issued by government or corporate issuers, and are typically underwritten by banks and brokerage firms from numerous countries. While Eurobonds typically pay principal and interest in Eurodollars (U.S. dollars held in banks outside of the United States), they may pay principal and interest in other currencies.

Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”). The Funds may invest in other ETFs as an efficient means of carrying out its investment strategies. As with traditional mutual funds, ETFs charge asset-based fees, although these fees tend to be relatively low. ETFs are traded on stock exchanges or on the over-the-counter market. ETFs do not charge initial sales charges or redemption fees and investors pay only customary brokerage fees to buy and sell ETF shares. An investment in an ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional fund (i.e., one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. The price of an ETF can fluctuate up or down, and the Fund could lose money investing in an ETF if the prices of the securities owned by the ETF go down. In addition, ETFs may be subject to the following risks that do not apply to conventional funds: (i) the market price of an ETF’s shares may trade above or below its NAV; (ii) an active trading market for an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained; or (iii) trading of an ETF’s shares may be halted if the listing exchange’s officials deem such action appropriate, the shares are delisted from the exchange or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halts stock trading generally.

Foreign Securities. Except as expressly set forth herein and in the prospectus, the Funds may invest in securities of foreign issuers and in sponsored and unsponsored depositary receipts. Foreign companies are companies that: (i) are organized under the laws of a foreign country or maintain their principal place of business in a foreign country; (ii) the principal trading market for their securities is located in a foreign country; or (iii) derive at least 50% of their revenues or profits from operations in a foreign country or have at least 50% of their assets located in a foreign country. Investing in securities issued by foreign companies and governments involves considerations and potential risks not typically associated with investing in obligations issued by the U.S. government and domestic corporations. Less information may be available about foreign companies than about domestic companies and foreign companies generally are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or to other regulatory practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to domestic companies. The values of foreign investments are affected by changes in currency rates or exchange control regulations, restrictions or prohibitions on the repatriation of foreign currencies, application of foreign tax laws, including withholding taxes, changes in governmental administration or economic or monetary policy (in the United States or abroad) or changed circumstances in dealings between nations. Costs are also incurred in connection with conversions between various currencies. In addition, foreign brokerage commissions and custody fees are generally higher than those charged in the United States, and foreign securities markets may be less liquid, more volatile and less subject to governmental supervision than in the United States. Investments in foreign countries could be affected by other factors not present in the United States, including expropriation, confiscatory taxation, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations and could be subject to extended clearance and settlement periods.

In addition, there are risks relating to ongoing concerns regarding the economies of certain European countries and their sovereign debt, as well as the potential for one or more countries to leave the European Union (“EU”).

Brexit Risk. Uncertainties surrounding the sovereign debt of a number of EU countries and the viability of the EU have disrupted and may in the future disrupt markets in the United States and around the world. If one or more countries leave the EU, as the United Kingdom did in January of 2020 (commonly referred to as “Brexit”), or the EU dissolves, the global securities markets likely will be significantly disrupted.

Foreign Market Risk. A Fund is subject to the risk that, because there are generally fewer investors on foreign exchanges and a smaller number of shares traded each day, it may be difficult for a Fund to buy and sell securities on those exchanges. In addition, prices of foreign securities may fluctuate more than prices of securities traded in the United States. Investments in foreign markets may also be adversely affected by governmental actions such as the imposition of punitive taxes. In addition, the governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investing in their capital markets or in certain industries. Any of these actions could severely affect security prices, impair a Fund’s ability to purchase or sell foreign securities or transfer a Fund’s assets or income back into the United States or otherwise adversely affect a Fund’s operations. Other potential foreign market risks include exchange controls, difficulties in pricing securities, defaults on foreign government securities, difficulties in enforcing favorable legal judgments in foreign courts and political and social conditions, such as diplomatic relations, confiscatory taxation, expropriation, limitation on the removal of funds or assets or imposition of (or change in) exchange control regulations. Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be less extensive than those available to investors in the United States or other foreign countries. In addition, changes in government administrations or economic or monetary policies in the United States or abroad could result in appreciation or depreciation of portfolio securities and could favorably or adversely affect a Fund’s operations.

Public Availability of Information. In general, less information is publicly available with respect to foreign issuers than is available with respect to U.S. companies. Most foreign companies are also not subject to the uniform accounting and financial reporting requirements applicable to issuers in the United States. A Fund’s foreign investments may be less liquid and their prices may be more volatile than comparable investments in securities in U.S. companies. In addition, there is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and issuers in foreign countries than in the United States.

Settlement Risk. Settlement and clearance procedures in certain foreign markets differ significantly from those in the United States. Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations also may involve certain risks (such as delays in payment for or delivery of securities) not typically generated by the settlement of U.S. investments. Communications between the United States and certain non-U.S. countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates in markets that still rely on physical settlement. Settlements in certain foreign countries at times have not kept pace with the number of securities transactions; these problems may make it difficult for a Fund to carry out transactions. If a Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a purchase of securities, it may miss attractive investment opportunities and certain of its assets may be uninvested with no return earned thereon for some period. If a Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a sale of securities, it may lose money if the value of the security then declines or, if it has contracted to sell the security to another party; a Fund could be liable to that party for any losses incurred. Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to foreign taxes on income from sources in such countries.

Governmental Supervision and Regulation/Accounting Standards. Many foreign governments supervise and regulate stock exchanges, brokers and the sale of securities less than does the United States. Some countries may not have laws to protect investors comparable to the U.S. securities laws. For example, some foreign countries may have no laws or rules against insider trading. Insider trading occurs when a person buys or sells a company’s securities based on nonpublic information about that company. In addition, the U.S. government has from time to time in the past imposed restrictions, through penalties and otherwise, on foreign investments by U.S. investors. Accounting standards in other countries are not necessarily the same as in the United States. If the accounting standards in another country do not require as much detail as U.S. accounting standards, it may be harder for a Fund to completely and accurately determine a company’s financial condition. Also, brokerage commissions and other costs of buying or selling securities often are higher in foreign countries than they are in the United States. This reduces the amount a Fund can earn on its investments.

Foreign Currency Risk. While a Fund’s net assets are valued in U.S. dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in foreign currencies. Thus, a change in the value of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding change in value of securities denominated in that currency. Some of the factors that may impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are: (1) it may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into U.S. dollars and vice versa; (2) complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values of various currencies, including U.S. dollars, and their exchange rates; (3) government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other market forces; (4) there may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis; (5) available quotation information is generally representative of very large round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable; and (6) the inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect significant price and rate movements.

Restrictions on Investments. There may be unexpected restrictions on investments in companies located in certain foreign countries. For example, on November 12, 2020, the President of the United States signed an Executive Order prohibiting U.S. persons from purchasing or investing in publicly-traded securities of companies identified by the U.S. government as “Communist Chinese military companies,” or in instruments that are derivative of, or are designed to provide investment exposure to, such securities. In addition, to the extent that a Fund holds such a security, one or more Fund intermediaries may decline to process customer orders with respect to such Fund unless and until certain representations are made by the Fund or the prohibited holdings are divested. As a result of forced sales of a security, or inability to participate in an investment the manager otherwise believes is attractive, a Fund may incur losses.

Forward Foreign Currency Contracts. The Funds may enter into forward foreign currency contracts to manage foreign currency exposure and as a hedge against possible variations in foreign exchange rates. A Fund may enter into forward foreign currency contracts to hedge a specific security transaction or to hedge a portfolio position.

These contracts may be bought or sold to protect a Fund, to some degree, against possible losses resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. A Fund also may invest in foreign currency futures and in options on currencies. A forward contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency amount at a future date, agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A Fund may enter into a contract to sell, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or other appropriate currency, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of a Fund’s securities denominated in such foreign currency.

By entering into forward foreign currency contracts, a Fund will seek to protect the value of its investment securities against a decline in the value of a currency. However, these forward foreign currency contracts will not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. Rather, they simply establish a rate of exchange which one can obtain at some future point in time. Although such contracts tend

to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase. At the maturity of a forward contract, a Fund may either sell a portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain the security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign currency by purchasing an “offsetting” contract with the same currency trader, obligating it to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the foreign currency. A Fund may realize a gain or loss from currency transactions.

When entering into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security in a foreign currency, a Fund may enter into a forward foreign currency contract for the amount of the purchase or sale price to protect against variations, between the date the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received, in the value of the foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar or other foreign currency.

Also, when a Fund’s portfolio manager anticipates that a particular foreign currency may decline substantially relative to the U.S. dollar or other leading currencies, in order to reduce risk, a Fund may enter into a forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of its securities denominated in such foreign currency. With respect to any such forward foreign currency contract, it will not generally be possible to match precisely the amount covered by that contract and the value of the securities involved due to changes in the values of such securities resulting from market movements between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. In addition, while forward foreign currency contracts may offer protection from losses resulting from declines in value of a particular foreign currency, they also limit potential gains which might result from increases in the value of such currency. A Fund will also incur costs in connection with forward foreign currency contracts and conversions of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars. A Fund will only enter into Forward Foreign Currency Contracts subject to the regulatory limitations outlined in the “Derivatives” subsection.

The forecasting of currency market movement is extremely difficult, and whether any hedging strategy will be successful is highly uncertain. Moreover, it is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration of a forward foreign currency contract. Accordingly, a Fund may be required to buy or sell additional currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such transaction) if the Sub-Adviser’s predictions regarding the movement of foreign currency or securities markets prove inaccurate. Because foreign currency forward contracts are privately negotiated transactions, there can be no assurance that a Fund will have flexibility to roll-over a forward foreign currency contract upon its expiration if it desires to do so. Additionally, there can be no assurance that the other party to the contract will perform its services thereunder.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific security at a specified future time and at a specified price. An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in exchange for a premium, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price during the term of the option. A Fund may use futures contracts and related options for bona fide hedging purposes, to offset changes in the value of securities held or expected to be acquired or be disposed of, to minimize fluctuations in foreign currencies, or to gain exposure to a particular market or instrument. Some strategies reduce a Fund’s exposure to price fluctuations, while others tend to increase its exposure. A Fund will minimize the risk that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures contracts which are traded on national futures exchanges. In addition, a Fund will only sell covered futures contracts and options on futures contracts.

Stock and bond index futures are futures contracts for various stock and bond indices that are traded on registered securities exchanges. Stock and bond index futures contracts obligate the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take) an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock or bond index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made.

Stock and bond index futures contracts are bilateral agreements pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the stock or bond index value at the close of trading of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck. No physical delivery of the stocks or bonds comprising the index is made; generally contracts are closed out prior to the expiration date of the contracts.

No price is paid upon entering into futures contracts. Instead, a Fund would be required to deposit an amount of cash or U.S. Treasury securities known as “initial margin.” Subsequent payments, called “variation margin,” to and from the broker, would be made on a daily basis as the value of the futures position varies (a process known as “marking to market”). The margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit on a futures contract.

There are risks associated with these activities, including the following: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect or no correlation between the changes in market value of the securities held by a Fund and the prices of futures and options on futures; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for a futures contract or option; (4) trading restrictions or limitations may be imposed by an exchange; and (5) government regulations may restrict trading in futures contracts and futures options.

A Fund may buy and sell futures contracts and related options to manage its exposure to changing interest rates and securities prices. Some strategies reduce a Fund’s exposure to price fluctuations, while others tend to increase its market exposure. Futures and options on futures can be volatile instruments and involve certain risks that could negatively impact a Fund’s return. When a Fund purchases or sells a futures contract, or sells an option thereon, a Fund must deposit initial margin and, in some instances, daily variation margin to meet its obligations under a contract with a futures commission merchant.

Each Fund may invest in futures contracts and options on futures contracts.

Guaranteed Investment Contracts. A Fund may make investments in obligations issued by highly rated U.S. insurance companies, such as guaranteed investment contracts and similar funding agreements (collectively “GICs”). A GIC is a general obligation of the issuing insurance company and not a separate account. Under these contracts, a Fund makes cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance company’s general account. The insurance company then credits to the Fund on a monthly basis guaranteed interest that is based on an index. The GICs provide that this guaranteed interest will not be less than a certain minimum rate. GIC investments that do not provide for payment within seven days after notice are subject to the Fund’s policy regarding investments in illiquid securities.

Illiquid Securities. Subject to the limitations in the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, a Fund may invest in illiquid securities. A Fund may not acquire an illiquid security if, immediately after the acquisition, it would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. Certain Funds may have additional limitations on investments in illiquid securities. Illiquid securities are securities that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the security.

The Trust has implemented a written liquidity risk management program (the “LRM Program”) and related procedures to manage the liquidity risk of each Fund in accordance with Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act (“Rule 22e-4”). Rule 22e-4 defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that a fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by the fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interests in the fund. The Board has designated Touchstone Advisors to serve as the program administrator (“Program Administrator”) of the LRM Program and the related procedures. As a part of the LRM Program, the Program Administrator is responsible for identifying illiquid investments and categorizing the relative liquidity of each Fund’s investments in accordance with Rule 22e-4. Under the LRM Program, the Program Administrator assesses, manages, and periodically reviews each Fund’s liquidity risk, and is responsible for making periodic reports to the Board and the SEC regarding the liquidity of each Fund’s investments, and for notifying the Board and the SEC of certain liquidity events specified in Rule 22e-4. The liquidity of each Fund’s portfolio investments is determined based on relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under the LRM Program.

Illiquid securities include, among others, demand instruments with demand notice periods exceeding seven days, securities for which there is no active secondary market, and repurchase agreements with maturities of over seven days in length. A Fund may invest in securities that are neither listed on a stock exchange nor traded over-the-counter, including privately placed securities. Investing in such unlisted securities, including investments in new and early stage companies, may involve a high degree of business and financial risk that can result in substantial losses. As a result of the absence of a public trading market for these securities, they may be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Because these types of securities are thinly traded, if at all, and market prices for these types of securities are generally not readily available, a Fund typically determines the price for these types of securities in good faith in accordance with policies and procedures adopted by the Board. Although these securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from these sales could be less than those originally paid by a Fund, or less than what may be considered the fair value of such securities. Further, companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements which might be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If such securities are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being resold, a Fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration.

In addition, the Funds believe that certain investments in joint ventures, cooperatives, partnerships, private placements, unlisted securities and other similar situations (collectively, “special situations”) could enhance a Fund’s capital appreciation potential. To the extent these investments are deemed illiquid, a Fund’s investment in them will be consistent with their applicable restriction on investment in illiquid securities. Investments in special situations and certain other instruments may be liquid, as determined by the Program Administrator of the Funds’ LRM Program.

Inflation-Indexed Bonds. The Funds may invest in inflation-indexed bonds, which are fixed-income securities whose return is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation as indicated by the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”). Inflation-indexed bonds may be issued by the U.S. government and agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government and by corporations. There are two common accrual structures for inflation-indexed bonds. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the CPI accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.

Inflation-indexed securities are issued with various maturities. The securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, called Treasury Inflation Protected Securities, or “TIPS”, pay interest on a semiannual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if the Fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semiannually), and inflation over the first six months were 1%, the mid-year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semiannual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year reached 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semiannual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds,

even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed, and will fluctuate. The Fund may also invest in other inflation related bonds, which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.

While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation, investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy.

Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.

Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”). Due to the typically small size of the IPO allocation available to the Funds and the nature and market capitalization of the companies involved in IPOs, the sub-advisers will often purchase IPO shares that would qualify as a permissible investment for a Fund but will instead decide to allocate those IPO purchases to other funds they advise. Any such allocation will be done in a fair and equitable manner according to a specific and consistent process. Because IPO shares are frequently volatile in price, a Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of a Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to a Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling shares of an IPO, a Fund may realize taxable capital gains that it will subsequently distribute to shareholders.

Most IPOs involve a high degree of risk not normally associated with offerings of more seasoned companies. Companies involved in IPOs generally have limited operating histories, and their prospects for future profitability are uncertain. These companies often are engaged in new and evolving businesses and are particularly vulnerable to competition and to changes in technology, markets and economic conditions. They may be dependent on certain key managers and third parties, need more personnel and other resources to manage growth and require significant additional capital. They may also be dependent on limited product lines and uncertain property rights and need regulatory approvals. Investors in IPOs can be affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders. Stock prices of IPOs can also be highly unstable, due to the absence of a prior public market, the small number of shares available for trading and limited investor information.

Interests in Publicly Traded Limited Partnerships. Interests in publicly traded limited partnerships (limited partnership interests or units) represent equity interests in the assets and earnings of the partnership’s trade or business. Unlike common stock in a corporation, limited partnership interests have limited or no voting rights. However, many of the risks of investing in common stocks are still applicable to investments in limited partnership interests. In addition, limited partnership interests are subject to risks not present in common stock. For example, income generated from limited partnerships deemed not to be “publicly traded” may not be considered “qualifying income” for purposes of the regulated investment company requirements under the Code, and may trigger adverse tax consequences (please refer to the “Federal Income Taxes” section of this SAI for a discussion of relevant tax risks). Also, since publicly traded limited partnerships are a less common form of organizational structure than corporations, the limited partnership units may be less liquid than publicly traded common stock. Also, because of the difference in organizational structure, the fair value of limited partnership units in a Fund’s portfolio may be based either upon the current market price of such units, or if there is no current market price, upon the pro rata value of the underlying assets of the partnership. Limited partnership units also have the risk that the limited partnership might, under certain circumstances, be treated as a general partnership giving rise to broader liability exposure to the limited partners for activities of the partnership. Further, the general partners of a limited partnership may be able to significantly change the business or asset structure of a limited partnership without the limited partners having any ability to disapprove any such changes. In certain limited partnerships, limited partners may also be required to return distributions previously made in the event that excess distributions have been made by the partnership, or in the event that the general partners, or their affiliates, are entitled to indemnification.

Interfund Lending. Each Fund’s investment restrictions and an SEC exemptive order permit the Funds to participate in an interfund lending program with other funds in the Touchstone family of funds. This program allows the Touchstone Funds to borrow money from, and lend money to, each other for temporary or emergency purposes, such as to satisfy redemption requests or to cover unanticipated cash shortfalls. A Fund may not borrow through the interfund lending program for leverage purposes. To the extent permitted by its investment objective, strategies, and policies, a Fund may (1) lend uninvested cash to other Touchstone Funds in an amount up to 15% of the lending Fund’s net assets at the time of the loan (including lending up to 5% of its net assets to any single Touchstone Fund) and (2) borrow money from other Touchstone Funds provided that total outstanding borrowings from all sources do not exceed 331/3% of its total assets. A Fund may borrow through the interfund lending program on an unsecured basis (i.e., without posting collateral) if its aggregate borrowings from all sources immediately after the interfund borrowing represent 10% or less of the Fund’s total assets. However, if a Fund’s aggregate

borrowings from all sources immediately after the interfund borrowing would exceed 10% of the Fund’s total assets, the Fund may borrow through the interfund lending program on a secured basis only. Any Fund that has outstanding interfund borrowings may not cause its outstanding borrowings, from all sources, to exceed 10% of its total assets without first securing each interfund loan. If a Fund has any outstanding secured borrowings from other sources, including another fund, at the time it requests an interfund loan, the Fund’s interfund borrowing will be secured on at least an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value as any outstanding collateralized loan.

Any loan made through the interfund lending program is required to be more beneficial to a borrowing Fund (i.e., at a lower interest rate) than borrowing from a bank and more beneficial to a lending Fund (i.e., at a higher rate of return) than an alternative short-term investment. The term of an interfund loan is limited to the time required to obtain sufficient cash to repay the loan through either the sale of the Fund’s portfolio securities or net sales of Fund shares, but in no event more than seven days. In addition, an interfund loan is callable with one business day’s notice.

The limitations discussed above, other conditions of the SEC exemptive order, and related policies and procedures implemented by Touchstone are designed to minimize the risks associated with interfund lending for both borrowing Funds and lending Funds. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. When a Fund borrows money from another Touchstone Fund, there is a risk that the loan could be called on one business day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the Fund may need to borrow from a bank at higher rates if an interfund loan were not available from another Touchstone Fund. Furthermore, a delay in repayment to a lending Fund could result in a lost investment opportunity or additional lending costs.

Loans. A Fund may invest in senior and subordinated loans to corporations and other business entities.

Senior Loans: Senior loans generally hold a first or second lien priority and typically pay interest at rates that are determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate, primarily the SOFR, plus a spread. Senior loans are typically made to U.S. and, to a lesser extent, non-U.S. borrowers. Borrowers may obtain senior loans, among other reasons, to refinance existing debt, engage in acquisitions, pay dividends, recapitalize, complete leveraged buyouts and for general corporate purposes. Senior loans rated below investment grade are sometimes referred to as “leveraged loans.” A Fund may invest in senior loans through assignments of or, to a lesser extent, participations in senior loans.

The senior loans in which a Fund will invest will primarily be rated below investment grade, but may also be unrated and of comparable credit quality. As a result, although senior loans are senior and typically secured in a first or second lien position in contrast to other below investment grade fixed income instruments, which are often subordinated or unsecured, the risks associated with such senior loans are generally similar to the risks of other below investment grade fixed income instruments. See “Lower-Rated and Unrated Securities” below. Investments in below investment grade senior loans are considered speculative because of the credit risk of the borrowers. Such borrowers are more likely than investment grade borrowers to default on their payments of interest and principal owed to a Fund, and such defaults could reduce a Fund’s NAV and income distributions. An economic downturn would generally lead to a higher non-payment rate, and a senior loan may lose significant market value before a default occurs. Moreover, any specific collateral used to secure a senior loan may decline in value or become illiquid, which would adversely affect the senior loan’s value. Senior loans are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, including non-payment of principal, liquidity risk and the risk of investing in below investment grade fixed income instruments.

Senior loans are subject to the risk of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. Such non-payment would result in a reduction of income to a Fund, a reduction in the value of the investment and a potential decrease in the Fund’s NAV. There can be no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral securing a senior loan would satisfy the borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal payments, whether when due or upon acceleration, or that the collateral could be liquidated, readily or otherwise. In the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of a borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral, if any, securing a senior loan. The collateral securing a senior loan, if any, may lose all or substantially all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of a borrower. Some senior loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate such senior loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the borrower or take other action detrimental to the holders of senior loans including, in certain circumstances, invalidating such senior loans or causing interest previously paid to be refunded to the borrower. Additionally, a senior loan may be “primed” in bankruptcy, which reduces the ability of the holders of the senior loan to recover on the collateral. Priming takes place when a debtor in bankruptcy is allowed to incur additional indebtedness by the bankruptcy court and such indebtedness has a senior or pari passu lien with the debtor’s existing secured indebtedness, such as existing senior loans or secured corporate bonds.

There may be less readily available information about most senior loans and the borrowers thereunder than is the case for many other types of securities, including securities issued in transactions registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Senior loans may be issued by companies that are not subject to SEC reporting requirements, and these companies, therefore, do not file reports with the SEC that must comply with SEC form requirements and in addition are subject to a less stringent liability disclosure regime than companies subject to SEC reporting requirements. As a result, the sub-adviser will rely primarily on its own evaluation of a borrower’s credit quality rather than on any available independent sources. Therefore, a Fund will be particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of the sub-adviser.

The secondary trading market for senior loans may be less liquid than the secondary trading market for registered investment grade debt securities. No active trading market may exist for certain senior loans, which may make it difficult to value them. Illiquidity and adverse market conditions may mean that a Fund may not be able to sell senior loans quickly or at a fair price. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain senior loans, the market for them may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods.

Senior loans and other variable rate debt instruments are subject to the risk of payment defaults of scheduled interest or principal. Such payment defaults would result in a reduction of income to a Fund, a reduction in the value of the investment and a potential decrease in the NAV of the common shares. Similarly, a sudden and significant increase in market interest rates may increase the risk of payment defaults and cause a decline in the value of these investments and in a Fund’s NAV. Other factors (including, but not limited to, rating downgrades, credit deterioration, a large downward movement in stock prices, a disparity in supply and demand of certain securities or market conditions that reduce liquidity) can reduce the value of senior loans and other debt obligations, impairing the NAV of the common shares.

Senior loans are subject to legislative risk. If legislation or state or federal regulations impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of financial institutions to make loans, the availability of senior loans for investment by the Fund may be adversely affected. In addition, such requirements or restrictions could reduce or eliminate sources of financing for certain borrowers. This would increase the risk of default. If legislation or federal or state regulations require financial institutions to increase their capital requirements, this may cause financial institutions to dispose of senior loans that are considered highly levered transactions. Such sales could result in prices that, in the opinion of the sub-adviser, do not represent fair value. If the Fund attempts to sell a senior loan at a time when a financial institution is engaging in such a sale, the price the Fund could receive for the senior loan may be adversely affected.

A Fund expects to acquire senior loans primarily through assignments and, to a lesser extent, through participations. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and a Fund may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any associated collateral. In general, a participation is a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, not with the borrower. Sellers of participations typically include banks, broker-dealers, other financial institutions and lending institutions. In purchasing participations, a Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, a Fund will be exposed to the credit risk of both the borrower and the institution selling the participation. Further, in purchasing participations in lending syndicates, a Fund may be more limited than it otherwise would be in its ability to conduct due diligence on the borrower. In addition, as a holder of the participations, the Fund may not have voting rights or inspection rights that the Fund would otherwise have if it were investing directly in the senior loan, which may result in the Fund being exposed to greater credit or fraud risk with respect to the borrower or the senior loan.

Subordinated Loans: A Fund may also invest in subordinated loans. Subordinated loans generally have similar characteristics as senior loans except that such loans are subordinated in payment and/or lower in lien priority to first lien holders.

Although the Funds do not expect subordinated loans to be a significant component of its portfolios, it may invest in such instruments from time to time. Subordinated loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investments in senior loans, except that such loans are subordinated in payment and/or lower in lien priority to first lien holders. In the event of default on a subordinated loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan to the extent such claim is secured. Additionally, an over-secured creditor may be entitled to additional interest and other charges in bankruptcy increasing the amount of their allowed claim. Subordinated loans are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and property securing the loan or debt, if any, may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior obligations of the borrower. This risk is generally higher for subordinated unsecured loans or debt, which are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral. Subordinated loans generally have greater price volatility than senior loans and may be less liquid.

Loan Participation Notes. The Funds may invest, subject to an overall 33% limit on loans, in loan participation notes. A loan participation note represents participation in a corporate loan of a commercial bank with a remaining maturity of one year or less. Such loans must be to corporations in whose obligations the Funds may invest. Any participation purchased by a Fund must be issued by a bank in the United States with total assets exceeding $1 billion. When purchasing such instruments, the Fund may assume the credit risks associated with the original bank lender as well as the credit risks associated with the borrower. Investments in loan participations present the possibility that the Fund could be held liable as a co-lender under emerging legal theories of lender liability. In addition, if the loan is foreclosed, the Fund could be part owner of any collateral, and could bear the costs and liabilities of owning and disposing of the collateral. Loan participations are generally not rated by major rating agencies and may not be protected by securities laws. Also, loan participations are generally considered to be illiquid and are therefore subject to the Fund’s limitation on illiquid securities.

Lower-Rated and Unrated Securities. The Funds may invest in higher yielding (and, therefore, higher risk), lower-rated fixed-income securities, including non-investment-grade securities, or “junk bonds,” and unrated securities. Securities rated in the fourth highest category by S&P or Moody’s, BBB and Baa, respectively, although considered investment grade, may possess speculative characteristics, and changes in economic or other conditions are more likely to impair the ability of issuers of these securities to make interest and principal payments than is the case with respect to issuers of higher grade bonds.

Generally, medium or lower-rated securities and unrated securities of comparable quality, sometimes referred to as “junk bonds,” offer a higher current yield than is offered by higher rated securities, but also (i) will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that, in the judgment of the rating organizations, are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions and (ii) are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. The yield of junk bonds will fluctuate over time.

The market values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher quality bonds. In addition, medium and lower-rated securities and comparable unrated securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. The risk of loss due to default by these issuers is significantly greater because medium and lower-rated securities and unrated securities of comparable quality generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. Since the risk of default is higher for lower-rated debt securities, the Sub-Adviser’s research and credit analysis are an especially important part of managing securities of this type held by a Fund. In light of these risks, the Sub-Adviser, in evaluating the creditworthiness of an issue, whether rated or unrated, will take various factors into consideration, which may include, as applicable, the issuer’s financial resources, its sensitivity to economic conditions and trends, the operating history of and the community support for the facility financed by the issue, the ability of the issuer’s management and regulatory matters.

In addition, the market value of securities in lower-rated categories is more volatile than that of higher quality securities, and the markets in which medium and lower-rated or unrated securities are traded are more limited than those in which higher rated securities are traded. The existence of limited markets may make it more difficult for the Funds to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing their respective portfolios and calculating their respective NAVs. Moreover, the lack of a liquid trading market may restrict the availability of securities for the Funds to purchase and may also have the effect of limiting the ability of a Fund to sell securities at their fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or the financial markets.

Lower-rated debt obligations also present risks based on payment expectations. If an issuer calls the obligation for redemption, a Fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for shareholders. Also, as the principal value of bonds moves inversely with movements in interest rates, in the event of rising interest rates the value of lower-rated securities held by a Fund may decline relatively proportionately more than a portfolio consisting of higher rated securities. If a Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions, it may be forced to sell its higher rated bonds, resulting in a decline in the overall credit quality of the securities held by the Fund and increasing the exposure of the Fund to the risks of lower-rated securities.

Subsequent to its purchase by a Fund, a security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced. Neither event will require sale of the security by the Fund, but the Sub-Adviser will consider this event in its determination of whether the Fund should continue to hold the security.

The market for lower-rated debt securities may be thinner and less active than that for higher-rated debt securities, which can adversely affect the prices at which the former are sold. If market quotations are not available, lower-rated debt securities will be valued in accordance with procedures established by the Adviser and adopted by the Board, including the use of outside pricing services. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing high yield corporate debt securities than is the case for securities for which more external sources for quotations and last sale information is available. Adverse publicity and changing investor perception may affect the ability of outside pricing services to value lower-rated debt securities and the ability of holders of such securities to dispose of them.

In considering investments for a Fund, the Sub-Adviser will attempt to identify those issuers of high yielding debt securities whose financial condition is adequate to meet future obligations, has improved or is expected to improve in the future. The Sub-Adviser’s analysis focuses on relative values based on such factors as interest or dividend coverage, asset coverage, earnings prospects and the experience and managerial strength of the issuer.

A Fund may choose, at its expense or in conjunction with others, to pursue litigation or otherwise exercise its rights as a security holder to seek to protect the interest of security holders if it determines this to be in the best interest of the Fund.

Market Disruption Risk. During periods of extreme market volatility, prices of securities held by a Fund may be negatively impacted due to imbalances between market participants seeking to sell the same or similar securities and market participants willing or able to buy such securities. As a result, the market prices of securities held by a Fund could decline, at times without regard to the financial condition of or specific events impacting the issuer of the security.

Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies, or self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which a Fund invests, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which a Fund itself is regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment goals.

Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such a program may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of a Fund’s portfolio holdings. Furthermore, volatile financial markets can expose the Fund to greater market and liquidity risk and potential difficulty in valuing portfolio instruments held by a Fund. The Fund has established procedures to assess the liquidity of portfolio holdings and to value instruments for which market prices may not be readily available. The Adviser and sub-adviser will monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment goals, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.

Master Limited Partnerships (“MLPs”). MLPs are limited partnerships in which the ownership units are publicly traded. MLP units are registered with the SEC and are freely traded on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market. MLPs often own several properties or businesses (or own interests) that are related to oil and gas industries, but they also may finance research and development and other projects. Generally, an MLP is operated under the supervision of one or more managing general partners. Limited partners (like the Fund that invests in a MLP) are not involved in the day-to-day management of the partnership. They are allocated income and capital gains associated with the partnership project in accordance with the terms established in the partnership agreement. Generally speaking, MLP investment returns are enhanced during periods of declining/low interest rates and tend to be negatively influenced when interest rates are rising. As an income vehicle, the unit price can be influenced by general interest rate trends independent of specific underlying fundamentals. In addition, most MLPs are leveraged and typically carry a portion of “floating” rate debt. As such, a significant upward swing in interest rates would also drive interest expense higher. Furthermore, most MLPs grow by acquisitions partly financed by debt, and higher interest rates could make it more difficult to transact accretive acquisitions. To the extent that an MLP’s interests are all in a particular industry, the MLP will, accordingly, be negatively impacted by economic events impacting that industry. For instance, a decline in commodity prices may negatively affect the business and market value of an MLP that owns assets related to the oil and gas industries. The risks of investing in an MLP typically more closely resemble those involved in investing in a partnership as opposed to a corporation. For example, state law governing partnerships is often less restrictive than state law governing corporations. Accordingly, there may be fewer protections afforded to investors in an MLP than investors in a corporation. In addition, MLPs may be subject to state taxation in certain jurisdictions which will have the effect of reducing the amount of income paid by the MLP to its investors. An MLP may be taxed as a corporation, contrary to its intention to be taxed as a partnership, resulting in decreased returns to the Fund invested in the MLP. A Fund’s investment in an MLP may generate unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to tax-exempt shareholders of the Fund. Tax-exempt shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisers to determine the impact on them of a Fund’s investment in an MLP.

Mid-Cap Risk. Stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or or erratic market movements than stocks of larger more established companies. Mid-sized companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, and may be dependent upon a particular niche of the market.

Money Market Instruments. Money market securities are high-quality, dollar-denominated, short-term debt instruments. They include: (i) bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposits, notes and time deposits of highly-rated U.S. banks and U.S. branches of foreign banks; (ii) U.S. Treasury obligations and obligations issued or guaranteed by the agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government; (iii) high-quality commercial paper issued by U.S. and foreign corporations; (iv) debt obligations with a maturity of one year or less issued by corporations with outstanding high-quality commercial paper ratings; and (v) repurchase agreements involving any of the foregoing obligations entered into with highly-rated banks and broker-dealers.

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities. Each Fund may invest in mortgage-related securities. Mortgage-related securities represent groups of mortgage loans that are combined for sale to investors. The loans may be grouped together by U.S. government agencies and sponsored entities, such as Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) (“Ginnie Mae”), Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) (“Fannie Mae”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) (“Freddie Mac”). The loans may also be grouped together by private issuers such as: commercial banks; savings and loan institutions; mortgage bankers; and private mortgage insurance companies. Mortgage-related securities include CMOs and Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”).

Asset-Backed Securities: Asset-backed securities (“ABS”) are secured by non-mortgage assets such as company receivables, truck and auto loans, leases and credit card receivables. Such securities are generally issued as pass-through certificates, which represent undivided fractional ownership interests in the underlying pools of assets. Such securities also may be debt instruments, which are also known as collateralized obligations and are generally issued as the debt of a special purpose entity, such as a trust, organized solely for the purpose of owning such assets and issuing such debt. Covered bonds are a type of asset backed security that is created from public sector loans or mortgage loans where the security is backed by a separate group of loans. Covered bonds typically carry a 2 to 10 year maturity rate and enjoy relatively high credit ratings, depending on the quality of the pool of loans backing the bond.

The credit quality of an ABS transaction depends on the performance of the underlying assets. ABS can be structured with various forms of credit enhancement to address the possibility that some borrowers could miss payments or even default on their loans. Some ABS are subject to interest-rate risk and prepayment risk. A change in interest rates can affect the pace of payments on the underlying loans, which in turn, affects total return on the securities. ABS also carry credit or default risk. If many borrowers on the underlying loans default, losses could exceed the credit enhancement level and result in losses to investors in an ABS transaction. Finally, ABS have structure risk due to a unique characteristic known as early amortization, or early payout, risk. Built into the structure of most ABS are triggers for early payout,

designed to protect investors from losses. These triggers are unique to each transaction and can include: a big rise in defaults on the underlying loans, a sharp drop in the credit enhancement level, or even the bankruptcy of the originator. Once early amortization begins, all incoming loan payments (after expenses are paid) are used to pay investors as quickly as possible based upon a predetermined priority of payment.

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities: Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential or commercial mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. Some mortgage-related securities (such as securities issued by Ginnie Mae) are described as “modified pass-through.” These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

The rate of pre-payments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-related security, and may have the effect of shortening or extending the effective duration of the security relative to what was anticipated at the time of purchase. To the extent that unanticipated rates of pre-payment on underlying mortgages increase the effective duration of a mortgage-related security, the volatility of such security can be expected to increase. The residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced difficulties in recent years that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain of a Fund’s mortgage-related investments. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially subprime and second-lien mortgage loans) generally have increased and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Consequently, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen.

Government Pass-Through Securities: Government pass-through securities are securities that are issued or guaranteed by a U.S. government agency representing an interest in a pool of mortgage loans. The primary issuers or guarantors of these mortgage-backed securities are Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guarantee timely distributions of interest to certificate holders. Ginnie Mae and Fannie Mae also guarantee timely distributions of scheduled principal. Freddie Mac generally guarantees only the ultimate collection of principal of the underlying mortgage loan. Certain federal agencies, such as Ginnie Mae, have been established as instrumentalities of the United States government to supervise and finance certain types of activities. Issues of these agencies, while not direct obligations of the United States government, are either backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (e.g., Ginnie Mae securities) or supported by the issuing agencies’ right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury. The issues of other agencies are supported by the credit of the instrumentality (e.g., Fannie Mae securities). Government and private guarantees do not extend to the securities’ value, which is likely to vary inversely with fluctuations in interest rates.

There are a number of important differences among the agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that issue mortgage-backed securities and among the securities that they issue. Mortgage-related securities issued by Ginnie Mae include GNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs”) which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by Ginnie Mae and such guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs are created by an “issuer,” which is a Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) approved mortgagee that also meets criteria imposed by Ginnie Mae. The issuer assembles a pool of FHA, Farmers’ Home Administration or Veterans’ Administration (“VA”) insured or guaranteed mortgages which are homogeneous as to interest rate, maturity and type of dwelling. Upon application by the issuer, and after approval by Ginnie Mae of the pool, Ginnie Mae provides its commitment to guarantee timely payment of principal and interest on the Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs backed by the mortgages included in the pool. The Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs, endorsed by Ginnie Mae, then are sold by the issuer through securities dealers. Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs bear a stated “coupon rate” which represents the effective FHA-VA mortgage rate at the time of issuance, less fees from Ginnie Mae and the issuer. Ginnie Mae is authorized under the National Housing Act to guarantee timely payment of principal and interest on Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs. This guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Ginnie Mae may borrow Treasury funds to the extent needed to make payments under its guarantee. When mortgages in the pool underlying a Ginnie Mae Pass-Through are prepaid by mortgagors or by result of foreclosure, such principal payments are passed through to the certificate holders. Accordingly, the life of the Ginnie Mae Pass-Through is likely to be substantially shorter than the stated maturity of the mortgages in the underlying pool. Because of such variation in prepayment rates, it is not possible to predict the life of a particular Ginnie Mae Pass-Through. Payments to holders of Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs consist of the monthly distributions of interest and principal less the fees of Ginnie Mae and the issuer. The actual yield to be earned by a holder of a Ginnie Mae Pass-Through is calculated by dividing interest payments by the purchase price paid for the Ginnie Mae Pass-Through (which may be at a

premium or a discount from the face value of the certificate). Monthly distributions of interest, as contrasted to semi-annual distributions which are common for other fixed interest investments, have the effect of compounding and thereby raising the effective annual yield earned on Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs.

Mortgage-related securities issued by Fannie Mae include Fannie Mae Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Fannie Mae Pass-Throughs”) that are solely the obligations of Fannie Mae and are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States. Fannie Mae Pass-Throughs are guaranteed as to timely payment of the principal and interest by Fannie Mae.

Mortgage-related securities issued by Freddie Mac include FHLMC Mortgage Participation Certificates (also known as “Freddie Mac PCs”). Freddie Mac PCs are not guaranteed by the United States or by any Federal Home Loan Banks and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or of any Federal Home Loan Bank. Freddie Mac PCs entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which is guaranteed by Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans. When Freddie Mac does not guarantee timely payment of principal, Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”): A CMO is a debt obligation of a legal entity that is collateralized by mortgages and divided into classes. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, on a monthly basis. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans or private mortgage bonds, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, Freddie Mac, or Fannie Mae, and their income streams.

CMOs are structured into multiple classes, often referred to as “tranches,” with each class bearing a different stated maturity and entitled to a different schedule for payments of principal and interest, including pre-payments. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the pre-payment experience of the collateral. In the case of certain CMOs (known as “sequential pay” CMOs), payments of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including pre-payments, are applied to the classes of CMOs in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made on any class of sequential pay CMOs until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full.

Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”): REMICs are private entities formed for the purpose of holding a fixed pool of mortgages secured by interests in real property. For Freddie Mac REMIC certificates, Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest, and also guarantees the payment of principal as payments are required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates. Fannie Mae REMIC certificates are issued and guaranteed as to timely distribution of principal and interest by Fannie Mae.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“CMBS”): CMBS include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. The market for CMBS developed more recently and in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family mortgage-backed securities. Many of the risks of investing in CMBS reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. CMBS may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls: Mortgage “dollar rolls” are transactions in which mortgage-backed securities are sold for delivery in the current month and the seller simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. The difference between the sale price and the purchase price (plus any interest earned on the cash proceeds of the sale) is netted against the interest income foregone on the securities sold to arrive at an implied borrowing rate. Alternatively, the sale and purchase transactions can be executed at the same price, with a Fund being paid a fee as consideration for entering into the commitment to purchase. Mortgage dollar rolls may be renewed prior to cash settlement and initially may involve only a firm commitment agreement by a Fund to buy a security. If the broker-dealer to whom a Fund sells the security becomes insolvent, the Fund’s right to repurchase the security may be restricted. Other risks involved in entering into mortgage dollar rolls include the risk that the value of the security may change adversely over the term of the mortgage dollar roll and that the security a Fund is required to repurchase may be worth less than the security that the Fund originally held. As further outlined in the “Derivatives” subsection, Mortgage Dollar Rolls will be entered into in accordance with the regulatory requirements described in the “Derivatives” subsection.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities (“SMBS”): SMBS are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing. SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal.

In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive the entire principal (the principal-only or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including pre-payments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on a Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the assets underlying the interest-only securities experience greater than

anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, principal-only securities tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated. The secondary market for SMBS may be more volatile and less liquid than that for other mortgage-backed securities, potentially limiting a Fund’s ability to buy or sell these securities at any particular time.

Collateralized Loan Obligations (“CLOs”): A CLO is a type of asset-backed security that is an obligation of a trust typically collateralized by pools of loans, which may include domestic and foreign senior secured and unsecured loans and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade, or equivalent unrated loans. The cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, which vary in risk and yield. The riskier portion is the residual, or “equity,” tranche, which bears some or all of the risk of default by the loans in the trust, and therefore protects the other more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche of a CLO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection provided by the equity tranche, senior CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default, the total loss of the equity tranche due to losses in the collateral, market anticipation of defaults, fraud by the trust, and the illiquidity of CLO securities.

The risks of an investment in a CLO largely depend on the type of underlying collateral securities and the tranche in which the Fund invests. Typically, CLOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, the Fund may characterize its investments in CLOs as illiquid, unless an active dealer market for a particular CLO allows the CLO to be purchased and sold in Rule 144A transactions. CLOs are subject to the typical risks associated with debt instruments (i.e., interest rate risk and credit risk). Additional risks of CLOs include (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will be insufficient to make interest or other payments, (ii) a decline in the quality of the collateral, and (iii) the possibility that the Fund may invest in a subordinate tranche of a CLO. In addition, due to the complex nature of a CLO, an investment in a CLO may not perform as expected. An investment in a CLO also is subject to the risk that the issuer and the investors may interpret the terms of the instrument differently, giving rise to disputes.

Municipal Securities. The Funds may invest in taxable and tax-exempt municipal securities. Municipal securities consist of (i) debt obligations issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to be used for various public facilities, for refunding outstanding obligations, for general operating expenses, and for lending such funds to other public institutions and facilities; and (ii) certain private activity and industrial development bonds issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide for the construction, equipment, repair, or improvement of privately operated facilities. Municipal notes include general obligation notes, tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, certificates of indebtedness, demand notes and construction loan notes and participation interests in municipal notes. Municipal bonds include general obligation bonds, revenue or special obligation bonds, private activity and industrial development bonds, and participation interests in municipal bonds. General obligation bonds are backed by the taxing power of the issuing municipality. Revenue bonds are backed by the revenues of a project or facility. The payment of principal and interest on private activity and industrial development bonds generally is dependent solely on the ability of the facility’s user to meet its financial obligations and the pledge, if any, of real and personal property so financed as security for such payment. Yields on municipal securities are the product of a variety of factors, including the general conditions of the money market and of the municipal bond and municipal note markets, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. Although the interest on municipal securities may be exempt from federal income tax, dividends paid by a Fund to its shareholders may not be tax-exempt.

General Obligation Securities. General Obligation Securities are backed by the taxing power of the issuing municipality and are considered the safest type of municipal bond. The proceeds from general obligation securities are used to fund a wide range of public projects, including the construction or improvement of schools, highways and roads, and water and sewer systems.

Revenue or Special Obligation Securities. Revenue or Special Obligation Securities are backed by the revenues of a specific project or facility (e.g., tolls from a toll bridge). The proceeds from revenue or special obligation securities are used to fund a wide variety of capital projects, including electric, gas, water and sewer systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Many municipal issuers also establish a debt service reserve fund from which principal and interest payments are made. Further security may be available in the form of the state’s ability, without obligation, to make up deficits in the reserve fund.

Municipal Lease Obligations. Municipal Lease Obligations may take the form of a lease, an installment purchase or a conditional sale contract issued by state and local governments and authorities to acquire land, equipment and facilities. Usually, a Fund will purchase a participation interest in a municipal lease obligation from a bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interest gives the holder a pro-rata, undivided interest in the total amount of the obligation.

Municipal leases frequently have risks distinct from those associated with general obligation or revenue bonds. The interest income from the lease obligation may become taxable if the lease is assigned. Also, to free the municipal issuer from constitutional or statutory debt issuance limitations, many leases and contracts include non-appropriation clauses providing that the municipality has no obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for that purpose by the municipality on a yearly or other periodic basis. Finally, the lease may be illiquid.

Bond Anticipation Notes. Bond Anticipation Notes are normally issued to provide interim financing until long-term financing can be arranged. The long-term bonds then provide money for the repayment of the notes.

Tax Anticipation Notes. Tax Anticipation Notes finance working capital needs of municipalities and are issued in anticipation of various seasonal tax revenues, to be payable for these specific future taxes.

Revenue Anticipation Notes. Revenue Anticipation Notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as federal revenues available under the Federal Revenue Sharing Program.

Industrial Development Bonds (“IDBs”) and Private Activity Bonds (“PABs”). IDBs and PABs are specific types of revenue bonds issued on or behalf of public authorities to finance various privately operated facilities such as educational, hospital or housing facilities, local facilities for water supply, gas, electricity, sewage or solid waste disposal, and industrial or commercial facilities. PABs generally are such bonds issued after April 15, 1986. These obligations are included within the term “municipal bonds” if the interest paid on them is exempt from federal income tax in the opinion of the bond issuer’s counsel. IDBs and PABs are in most case revenue bonds and thus are not payable from the unrestricted revenues of the issuer. The credit quality of the IDBs and PABs is usually directly related to the credit standing of the user of the facilities being financed, or some form of credit enhancement such as a letter of credit.

Resource Recovery Bonds. Resource Recovery Bonds are affected by a number of factors, which may affect the value and credit quality of these revenue or special obligations. These factors include the viability of the project being financed, environmental protection regulations and project operator tax incentives.

Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper and Short-Term Municipal Notes. Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper and Short-Term Municipal Notes provide for short-term capital needs and usually have maturities of one year or less. They include tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes and construction loan notes.

Construction Loan Notes. Construction Loan Notes are sold to provide construction financing. After successful completion and acceptance, many projects receive permanent financing through the U.S. Federal Housing Administration by way of Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae.

Put Bonds. Put Bonds are municipal bonds which give the holder the right to sell the bond back to the issuer or a third-party at a specified price and exercise date, which is typically well in advance of the bond’s maturity date.

Build America Bonds (“BABs”). BABs are taxable municipal bonds that carry special tax credits and federal subsidies for either the bond issuer or the bondholder. There are two types of BABs - Tax Credit BABs and Direct Payment BABs. Direct Payment BABs provide a federal subsidy of 35% of the interest paid on the bonds to the issuer. Tax Credit BABs provides a federal subsidy as a refundable tax credit directly to the bondholders. While the bondholder is the recipient of the tax credit through Tax Credit BABs, and the bond issuer is the recipient of the tax subsidy through Direct Payment BABs, both options reduce the cost of borrowing for the bond issuer in comparison to traditional taxable corporate bonds, and in many cases, it is more cost effective than issuing traditional tax-exempt bonds.

After purchase by a Fund, an issue of municipal securities may cease to be rated by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”), or another NRSRO, or the rating of such a security may be reduced below the minimum credit quality rating required for purchase by a Fund. Neither event would require a Fund to dispose of the security. To the extent that the ratings applied by Moody’s, S&P or another NRSRO to municipal securities may change as a result of changes in these rating systems, a Fund will attempt to use comparable credit quality ratings as standards for its investments in municipal securities.

A Fund may invest in municipal securities that are insured by financial insurance companies. If a Fund invests in municipal securities backed by insurance companies and other financial institutions, changes in the financial condition of these institutions could cause losses to a Fund and affect its share price.

A Fund may also invest in taxable municipal securities. Taxable municipal securities are debt securities issued by or on behalf of states and their political subdivisions, the District of Columbia, and possessions of the United States, the interest on which is not exempt from federal income tax.

The yields on municipal securities are dependent on a variety of factors, including general economic and monetary conditions, money market factors, conditions of the municipal securities market, size of a particular offering, and maturity and rating of the obligation. Because many municipal securities are issued to finance similar projects, especially those related to education, healthcare, transportation and various utilities, conditions in those sectors and the financial condition of an individual municipal issuer can affect the overall municipal market. The market values of the municipal securities held by a Fund will be affected by changes in the yields available on similar securities. If yields increase following the purchase of a municipal security, the market value of such municipal security will generally decrease. Conversely, if yields decrease, the market value of a municipal security will generally increase.

Natural Disasters, Adverse Weather Conditions and Climate Change. Certain areas of the world may be exposed to adverse weather conditions, such as major natural disasters and other extreme weather events, including hurricanes, earthquakes, typhoons, floods, tidal waves, tsunamis, volcanic eruptions, wildfires, droughts, windstorms, coastal storm surges, heat waves, and rising sea levels, among others. Some countries and regions may not have the infrastructure or resources to respond to natural disasters, making them more economically sensitive to environmental events. Such disasters, and the resulting damage, could have a severe and negative impact on a Fund’s investment

portfolio and, in the longer term, could impair the ability of issuers in which a Fund invests to conduct their businesses in the manner normally conducted. Adverse weather conditions also may have a particularly significant negative effect on issuers in the agricultural sector and on insurance companies that insure against the impact of natural disasters.

Climate change, which is the result of a change in global or regional climate patterns, may increase the frequency and intensity of such adverse weather conditions, resulting in increased economic impact, and may pose long-term risks to a Fund’s investments. The future impact of climate change is difficult to predict but may include changes in demand for certain goods and services, supply chain disruption, changes in production costs, increased legislation, regulation, international accords and compliance-related costs, changes in property and security values, availability of natural resources and displacement of peoples. Climate change regulation may result in increased operations and capital costs for the companies in which the Fund invests. Voluntary initiatives and mandatory controls have been adopted or are being discussed both in the U.S. and worldwide to reduce emissions of “greenhouse gases” such as carbon dioxide, a by-product of burning fossil fuels, which some scientists and policymakers believe contribute to global climate change. These current and future measures may result in certain companies in which the Fund invests incurring increased costs to generally continue operating its business, to operate and maintain facilities specifically, or to administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. Additionally, the effects of these measures may result in a reduction of the demand for goods or services that produce significant greenhouse gas emissions or are related to carbon-based energy sources.

Obligations of Supranational Entities. Obligations of supranational entities are obligations of entities established through the joint participation of several governments, such as the Asian Development Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank, International Bank of Reconstruction and Development (World Bank), African Development Bank, European Economic Community, European Investment Bank and the Nordic Investment Bank.

Operational Risk and Cyber Security. With the increased use of technologies, such as mobile devices and “cloud”-based service offerings and the dependence on the Internet and computer systems to perform necessary business functions, the Funds service providers are susceptible to operational and information or cyber security risks that could result in losses to a Fund and its shareholders. Cyber security breaches are either intentional or unintentional events that allow an unauthorized party to gain access to Fund assets, customer data, or proprietary information, or cause a Fund or Fund service provider to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality. Intentional cyber security incidents include: unauthorized access to systems, networks, or devices (such as through “hacking” activity or “phishing”); infection from computer viruses or other malicious software code; and attacks that shut down, disable, slow, or otherwise disrupt operations, business processes, or website access or functionality. Cyber-attacks can also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on the service providers’ systems or websites rendering them unavailable to intended users or via “ransomware” that renders the systems inoperable until appropriate actions are taken. In addition, unintentional incidents can occur, such as the inadvertent release of confidential information (possibly resulting in the violation of applicable privacy laws).

A cyber security breach could result in the loss or theft of customer data or funds, loss or theft of proprietary information or corporate data, physical damage to a computer or network system, or costs associated with system repairs, any of which could have a substantial impact on a Fund. For example, in a denial of service, Fund shareholders could lose access to their electronic accounts indefinitely, and employees of the Adviser, a Sub-Adviser, or the Funds other service providers may not be able to access electronic systems to perform critical duties for the Funds, such as trading, NAV calculation, shareholder accounting, or fulfillment of Fund share purchases and redemptions. Cyber security incidents could cause a Fund, the Adviser, a Sub-Adviser, or other service provider to incur regulatory penalties, reputational damage, compliance costs associated with corrective measures, litigation costs, or financial loss. They may also result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws. In addition, such incidents could affect issuers in which a Fund invests, thereby causing the Fund’s investments to lose value.

Cyber-events have the potential to materially affect the Funds and the Adviser’s relationships with accounts, shareholders, clients, customers, employees, products, and service providers. The Funds have established risk management systems reasonably designed to seek to reduce the risks associated with cyber-events. There is no guarantee that the Funds will be able to prevent or mitigate the impact of any or all cyber-events.

The Funds are exposed to operational risk arising from a number of factors, including, but not limited to, human error, processing and communication errors, errors of the Funds service providers, counterparties, or other third parties, failed or inadequate processes, and technology or system failures.

The Adviser, each Sub-Adviser, and their affiliates have established risk management systems that seek to reduce cybersecurity and operational risks, and business continuity plans in the event of a cybersecurity breach or operational failure. However, there are inherent limitations in such plans, including that certain risks have not been identified, and there is no guarantee that such efforts will succeed, especially since none of the Adviser, each Sub-Adviser, or their affiliates controls the cybersecurity or operations systems of the Funds third party service providers (including the Funds custodian), or those of the issuers of securities in which the the funds invest.

Options. A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and the writer of the option the obligation to buy, the underlying security at any time during the option period. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer of the option the obligation to sell, the underlying security at any time during the option period. The premium paid to the writer is the consideration for undertaking the obligations under the option contract. The initial purchase (sale) of an option contract is an “opening transaction.” In order to close out an option position, a Fund may enter into a “closing transaction,” which is simply the sale (purchase) of an option contract on the same security with the same exercise price and expiration date as the option contract originally opened. If a Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or a Fund delivers the security upon exercise.

A Fund may purchase put and call options to protect against a decline in the market value of the securities in its portfolio or to anticipate an increase in the market value of securities that a Fund may seek to purchase in the future. A Fund will pay a premium when purchasing put and call options. If price movements in the underlying securities are such that exercise of the options would not be profitable for a Fund, loss of the premium paid may be offset by an increase in the value of a Fund’s securities or by a decrease in the cost of acquisition of securities by a Fund.

A Fund may write both covered call and put options. A Fund may write covered call options as a means of increasing the yield on its portfolio and as a means of providing limited protection against decreases in its market value. When a Fund sells an option, if the underlying securities do not increase or decrease to a price level that would make the exercise of the option profitable to the holder thereof, the option generally will expire without being exercised and a Fund will realize as profit the premium received for such option. When a call option written by a Fund is exercised, a Fund will be required to sell the underlying securities to the option holder at the strike price, and will not participate in any increase in the price of such securities above the strike price. When a put option written by a Fund is exercised, a Fund will be required to purchase the underlying securities at the strike price, which may be in excess of the market value of such securities.

A Fund may purchase and write options on an exchange or over-the-counter. Over-the-counter options (“OTC options”) differ from exchange-traded options in several respects. They are transacted directly with dealers and not with a clearing corporation, and therefore entail the risk of non-performance by the dealer. OTC options are available for a greater variety of securities and for a wider range of expiration dates and exercise prices than are available for exchange-traded options. Because OTC options are not traded on an exchange, pricing is done normally by reference to information from a market maker. It is the position of the staff of the SEC that OTC options are generally illiquid.

A Fund may purchase and write put and call options on foreign currencies (traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges or over-the-counter markets) to manage its exposure to exchange rates. Call options on foreign currencies written by a Fund will be “covered,” which means that the Fund will own an equal amount of the underlying foreign currency.

Buyers and sellers of foreign currency options are subject to the same risks that apply to options generally. There are certain additional risks associated with foreign currency options. The markets in foreign currency options are relatively new, and a Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on such options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid secondary market. There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular option at any specific time. In addition, options on foreign currencies are affected by all of those factors that influence foreign exchange rates and investments generally.

The value of a foreign currency option depends upon the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar. As a result, the price of the option position may vary with changes in the value of either or both currencies and may have no relationship to the investment merits of a foreign security. Because foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market involve substantially larger amounts than those that may be involved in the use of foreign currency options, investors may be disadvantaged by having to deal in an odd lot market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round lots.

There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Available quotation information is generally representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus may not reflect relatively smaller transactions (i.e., less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent that the U.S. option markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements may take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets until they reopen.

A Fund may purchase and write put and call options on indices and enter into related closing transactions. Put and call options on indices are similar to options on securities except that options on an index give the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the underlying index is greater than (or less than, in the case of puts) the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option, expressed in dollars multiplied by a specified number. Thus, unlike options on individual securities, all settlements are in cash, and gain or loss depends on price movements in the particular market represented by the index generally, rather than the price movements in individual securities. A Fund may choose to terminate an option position by entering into a closing transaction. The ability of a Fund to enter into closing transactions depends upon the existence of a liquid secondary market for such transactions.

Options written on indices may be covered and all options will be entered into in accordance with the regulatory requirements described in the “Derivatives” subsection.

A Fund will not engage in transactions involving interest rate futures contracts for speculation but only as a hedge against changes in the market values of debt securities held or intended to be purchased by a Fund and where the transactions are appropriate to reduce a Fund’s interest rate risks. There can be no assurance that hedging transactions will be successful. A Fund also could be exposed to risks if it cannot close out its futures or options positions because of any illiquid secondary market.

Futures and options have effective durations that, in general, are closely related to the effective duration of the securities that underlie them. Holding purchased futures or call option positions will lengthen the duration of a Fund’s portfolio.

Risks associated with options transactions include: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect correlation between the movement in prices of options and the securities underlying them; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for options; and (4) while a Fund may receive a premium when it writes covered call options, it may not participate fully in a rise in the market value of the underlying security. As further outlined in the “Derivatives” subsection, all options will be entered into in accordance with the regulatory requirements described in the “Derivatives” subsection.

Caps, Collars and Floors. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and selling a floor.

Inverse Floaters. A Fund may invest in inverse floaters. Inverse floaters are derivative securities whose interest rates vary inversely to changes in short-term interest rates and whose values fluctuate inversely to changes in long-term interest rates. The value of certain inverse floaters will fluctuate substantially more in response to a given change in long-term rates than would a traditional debt security. These securities have investment characteristics similar to leverage, in that interest rate changes have a magnified effect on the value of inverse floaters.

Ordinary Shares. Ordinary shares are shares of foreign issuers that are traded abroad and on a United States exchange. Ordinary shares may be purchased with and sold for U.S. dollars. Investing in foreign companies may involve risks not typically associated with investing in United States companies. See “Foreign Securities.” The US Large Cap Focused ETF is restricted from investing in foreign issuers, including through the use of ordinary shares.

Other Investment Companies. Investment companies include open- and closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds, and any other pooled investment vehicle that meets the definition of an investment company under the 1940 Act, whether such companies are required to register under the 1940 Act or not. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would be subject to the same risks as any other investor in that investment company. A Fund’s purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses, such that shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying Fund expenses. Investments in registered investment company shares are subject to limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act and its rules, and applicable SEC staff interpretations or applicable exemptive relief granted by the SEC. The 1940 Act currently provides, in part, that a Fund generally may not purchase shares of a registered investment company if (a) such a purchase would cause a Fund to own in the aggregate more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the investment company or (b) such a purchase would cause a Fund to have more than 5% of its total assets invested in the investment company or (c) more than 10% of a Fund’s total assets would be invested in the aggregate in all registered investment companies.

Overseas Private Investment Corporation Certificates. The Funds may invest in Certificates of Participation issued by the Overseas Private Investment Corporation (“OPIC”). OPIC is a U.S. government agency that sells political risk insurance and loans to help U.S. businesses invest and compete in over 150 emerging markets and developing nations worldwide. OPIC provides medium to long-term loans and guaranties to projects involving significant equity or management participation. OPIC can lend on either a project finance or a corporate finance basis in countries where conventional institutions are often unable or unwilling to lend on such a basis. OPIC issues Certificates of Participation to finance projects undertaken by U.S. companies. These certificates are guaranteed by OPIC and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

Over-The-Counter Stocks. A Fund may invest in over-the-counter stocks. In contrast to securities exchanges, the over-the-counter market is not a centralized facility that limits trading activity to securities of companies which initially satisfy certain defined standards. Generally, the volume of trading in an unlisted or over-the-counter common stock is less than the volume of trading in a listed stock. This means that the depth of market liquidity of some stocks in which each Fund invests may not be as great as that of other securities and, if a Fund were to dispose of such a stock, it might have to offer the shares at a discount from recent prices, or sell the shares in small lots over an extended period of time.

Participation Interests. A Fund may invest in participation interests in fixed income securities. A participation interest provides the certificate holder with a specified interest in an issue of fixed income securities.

Some participation interests give the holders differing interests in the underlying securities, depending upon the type or class of certificate purchased. For example, coupon strip certificates give the holder the right to receive a specific portion of interest payments on the underlying securities; principal strip certificates give the holder the right to receive principal payments and the portion of interest not payable to coupon strip certificate holders. Holders of certificates of participation in interest payments may be entitled to receive a fixed rate of interest, a variable rate that is periodically reset to reflect the current market rate or an auction rate that is periodically reset at auction. Asset-backed residuals represent interests in any excess cash flow remaining after required payments of principal and interest have been made.

More complex participation interests involve special risk considerations. Since these instruments have only recently been developed, there can be no assurance that any market will develop or be maintained for the instruments. Generally, the fixed income securities that are deposited in trust for the holders of these interests are the sole source of payments on the interests; holders cannot look to the sponsor or trustee of the trust or to the issuers of the securities held in trust or to any of their affiliates for payment.

Participation interests purchased at a discount may experience price volatility. Certain types of interests are sensitive to fluctuations in market interest rates and to prepayments on the underlying securities. A rapid rate of prepayment can result in the failure to recover the holder’s initial investment.

The extent to which the yield to maturity of a participation interest is sensitive to prepayments depends, in part, upon whether the interest was purchased at a discount or premium, and if so, the size of that discount or premium. Generally, if a participation interest is purchased at a premium and principal distributions occur at a rate faster than that anticipated at the time of purchase, the holder’s actual yield to maturity will be lower than that assumed at the time of purchase. Conversely, if a participation interest is purchased at a discount and principal distributions occur at a rate faster than that assumed at the time of purchase, the investor’s actual yield to maturity will be higher than that assumed at the time of purchase.

Participation interests in pools of fixed income securities backed by certain types of debt obligations involve special risk considerations. The issuers of securities backed by automobile and truck receivables typically file financing statements evidencing security interests in the receivables, and the servicers of those obligations take and retain custody of the obligations. If the servicers, in contravention of their duty to the holders of the securities backed by the receivables, were to sell the obligations, the third-party purchasers could acquire an interest superior to the interest of the security holders. Also, most states require that a security interest in a vehicle must be noted on the certificate of title and the certificate of title may not be amended to reflect the assignment of the lender’s security interest. Therefore, the recovery of the collateral in some cases may not be available to support payments on the securities. Securities backed by credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and both federal and state consumer protection laws may allow set-offs against certain amounts owed.

Pay in-Kind (“PIK”) Bonds. Pay in-kind bonds are securities which, at the issuer’s option, pay interest in either cash or additional securities for a specified period. Pay in-kind bonds, like zero coupon bonds, are designed to give an issuer flexibility in managing cash flow. Pay in-kind bonds are expected to reflect the market value of the underlying debt plus an amount representing accrued interest since the last payment. Pay in-kind bonds are usually less volatile than zero coupon bonds, but more volatile than cash pay securities.

Preferred Stock. Preferred stock has a preference over common stock in liquidation (and generally for dividend receipt as well) but is subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer in all respects. As a general rule, the market value of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit risk, while the market price of convertible preferred stock generally also reflects some element of conversion value. Because preferred stock is junior to debt securities and other obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends generally are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.

Private Placement Investments. The Funds may invest in commercial paper issued in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act. Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper is restricted as to disposition under federal securities laws and is generally sold to institutional investors who agree that they are purchasing the paper for investment purposes and not with a view to public distribution. Any resale by the purchaser must be in an exempt transaction. Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper is normally resold to other institutional investors through or with the assistance of the issuer or investment dealers who make a market in Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper, thus providing liquidity. If a sub-adviser determines that Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper and other restricted securities that meet

the criteria for liquidity established pursuant to procedures approved by the Board are sufficiently liquid, then the Funds may exclude such restricted securities from the investment limitation applicable to illiquid securities. In addition, because Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper is liquid, the Funds do not intend to subject such paper to the limitation applicable to restricted securities.

The Board has adopted procedures that require a sub-adviser to consider the following criteria in determining the liquidity of certain restricted securities (including Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper): the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential buyers; dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades. The Board has delegated to the sub-adviser the daily function of determining and monitoring the liquidity of restricted securities pursuant to the above criteria and guidelines adopted by the Board. The Board will monitor and periodically review the sub-adviser’s determinations as to its liquidity.

Privatization. Privatizations are foreign government programs for selling all or part of the interests in government owned or controlled enterprises. The ability of a U.S. entity to participate in privatizations in certain foreign countries may be limited by local law, or the terms on which a Fund may be permitted to participate may be less advantageous than those applicable for local investors. There can be no assurance that foreign governments will continue to sell their interests in companies currently owned or controlled by them or that privatization programs will be successful.

Rating Agencies. The NRSRO ratings applicable to the Funds’ fixed-income investments appear in the Appendix A to this SAI.

Receipts. Receipts are sold as zero coupon securities, which mean that they are sold at a substantial discount and redeemed at face value at their maturity date without interim cash payments of interest or principal. This discount is accreted over the life of the security, and such accretion will constitute the income earned on a security for both accounting and federal income tax purposes. Because of these features, such securities may be subject to greater interest rate volatility than interest paying investments.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”). The Funds may invest in REITs, which pool investors’ money for investment in income producing commercial real estate or real estate related loans or interests.

A REIT is not subject to federal income tax on income distributed to its shareholders or unitholders if it complies with regulatory requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets and income, and with a regulatory requirement that it distribute to its shareholders or unitholders at least 90% of its taxable income for each taxable year. Generally, REITs can be classified as Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents and capital gains from appreciation realized through property sales. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both Equity and Mortgage REITs. A shareholder in a Fund should realize that by investing in REITs indirectly through a Fund, he or she will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of a Fund, but also indirectly, similar expenses of underlying REITs.

Each Fund may be subject to certain risks associated with the direct investments of the REITs. REITs may be affected by changes in their underlying properties and by defaults by borrowers or tenants. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of the credit extended. Furthermore, REITs are dependent on specialized management skills. Some REITs may have limited diversification and may be subject to risks inherent in financing a limited number of properties. REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders or unitholders, and may be subject to defaults by borrowers and to self-liquidations. In addition, the performance of a REIT may be affected by its failure to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code or its failure to maintain exemption from registration under the 1940 Act.

Repurchase Agreements. Repurchase agreements are transactions by which the Funds purchase a security and simultaneously commit to resell that security to the seller at an agreed upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the term of the agreement. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of the seller of a repurchase agreement, a Fund could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying security and losses. To minimize these possibilities, the Funds intend to enter into repurchase agreements only with their custodian, with banks having assets in excess of $10 billion and with broker-dealers who are recognized as primary dealers in U.S. government obligations by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Collateral for repurchase agreements is held for safekeeping in the customer-only account of the Fund’s custodian at the Federal Reserve Bank. A Fund will not enter into a repurchase agreement not terminable within seven days if, as a result thereof, more than 15% of the value of its net assets would be invested in such securities and other illiquid securities.

Although the securities subject to a repurchase agreement might bear maturities exceeding one year, settlement for the repurchase would never be more than one year after a Fund’s acquisition of the securities and normally would be within a shorter period of time. The resale price will be in excess of the purchase price, reflecting an agreed upon market rate effective for the period of time that each Fund’s money will be invested in the securities, and will not be related to the coupon rate of the purchased security. At the time a Fund enters into a repurchase agreement, the value of the underlying security, including accrued interest, will equal or exceed the value of the repurchase agreement, and in the case of a repurchase agreement exceeding one day, the seller will agree that the value of the underlying security, including accrued interest, will at all times equal or exceed the value of the repurchase agreement. The collateral securing the seller’s obligation must consist of cash or securities that are issued or guaranteed by the United States government or its agencies. The collateral will be held by the custodian or in the Federal Reserve Book Entry System.

For purposes of the 1940 Act, a repurchase agreement is deemed to be a loan from a Fund to the seller subject to the repurchase agreement and is therefore subject to the applicable Fund’s investment restrictions applicable to loans. It is not clear whether a court would consider the securities purchased by a Fund subject to a repurchase agreement as being owned by that Fund or as being collateral for a loan by a Fund to the seller. In the event of the commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the securities before repurchase of the security under a repurchase agreement, a Fund may encounter delays and incur costs before being able to sell the security. Delays may involve loss of interest or decline in price of the security. If a court characterized the transaction as a loan and a Fund has not perfected a security interest in the security, that Fund may be required to return the security to the seller’s estate and be treated as an unsecured creditor of the seller. As an unsecured creditor, a Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction. As with any unsecured debt obligation purchased for a Fund, the sub-adviser seeks to minimize the risk of loss through repurchase agreements by analyzing the creditworthiness of the obligor, in this case, the seller. Apart from the risk of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, there is also the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the security, in which case a Fund may incur a loss if the proceeds to the applicable Fund of the sale of the security to a third party are less than the repurchase price. However, if the market value of the securities subject to the repurchase agreement becomes less than the repurchase price (including interest), a Fund involved will direct the seller of the security to deliver additional securities so that the market value of all securities subject to the repurchase agreement will equal or exceed the repurchase price. It is possible that a Fund will be unsuccessful in seeking to enforce the seller’s contractual obligation to deliver additional securities. The Ultra Short Income ETF may invest in repurchase agreements as part of its principal investment strategies described in the prospectus.

Restricted Securities. Each Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in restricted securities (other than securities deemed to be liquid pursuant to procedures approved by the Fund’s Board). Restricted securities cannot be sold to the public without registration under the 1933 Act. The absence of a trading market can make it difficult to ascertain a market value of illiquid investments. Disposing of illiquid investments may involve time-consuming negotiation and legal expenses. Restricted securities generally can be sold in a privately negotiated transaction, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the 1933 Act, or in a registered public offering. Where registration is required, a Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expense and a considerable period may elapse between the time it decides to seek registration and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, a Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to seek registration of the shares. However, in general, the Funds anticipate holding restricted securities to maturity or selling them in an exempt transaction.

Reverse Repurchase Agreement, Dollar Roll, and Reverse Dollar Roll Transactions. A reverse repurchase agreement involves a sale by a Fund of securities that it holds to a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution concurrently with an agreement by a Fund to repurchase the same securities at an agreed-upon price and date. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered borrowing by a Fund and are subject to the applicable Fund’s limitations on borrowing. A dollar roll transaction involves a sale by a Fund of an eligible security to a financial institution concurrently with an agreement by the applicable Fund to repurchase a similar eligible security from the institution at a later date at an agreed-upon price. A reverse dollar roll transaction involves a purchase by a Fund of an eligible security from a financial institution concurrently with an agreement by the applicable Fund to resell a similar security to the institution at a later date at an agreed-upon price. As further outlined in the “Derivatives” subsection, all reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll, and reverse dollar roll transactions will be entered into in accordance with the regulatory requirements described in “Derivatives” subsection. Furthermore, a Fund will either treat reverse repurchase agreements and similar financings as derivatives subject to the Derivatives Rule limitations or not as derivatives and treat reverse repurchase agreements and similar financings transactions as senior securities equivalent to bank borrowings subject to asset coverage requirements of Section 18 of the 1940 Act.

Royalty Trusts. Royalty trusts are structured similarly to REITs. A royalty trust generally acquires an interest in natural resource companies or chemical companies and distributes the income it receives to the investors of the royalty trust. A sustained decline in demand for crude oil, natural gas and refined petroleum products could adversely affect income and royalty trust revenues and cash flows. Factors that could lead to a decrease in market demand include a recession or other adverse economic conditions, an increase in the market price of the underlying commodity, higher taxes or other regulatory actions that increase costs, or a shift in consumer demand for such products. A rising interest rate environment could adversely impact the performance of royalty trusts. Rising interest rates could limit the capital appreciation of royalty trusts because of the increased availability of alternative investments at more competitive yields.

Rule 144A Securities. Rule 144A securities are securities exempt from registration on resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. Rule 144A securities are traded in the institutional market pursuant to this registration exemption, and, as a result, may not be as liquid as exchange-traded securities since they may only be resold to certain qualified institutional investors. Due to the relatively limited size of this institutional market, these securities may affect the liquidity of Rule 144A securities to the extent that qualified institutional buyers become, for a time, uninterested in purchasing such securities. Nevertheless, Rule 144A securities may be treated as liquid securities pursuant to the Funds’ LRM Program.

Sector Focus. If a Fund’s portfolio is overweighted in a certain sector or related sectors, any negative development affecting that sector will have a greater impact on a Fund than a Fund that is not overweighted in that sector.

Communication Services Sector Risk. The communication services sector is subject to extensive government regulation. The costs of complying with governmental regulations, delays or failure to receive required regulatory approvals, or the enactment of new regulatory requirements may negatively affect the business of communications services companies. Government actions around the world, specifically in the area of pre-marketing clearance of products and prices, can be arbitrary and unpredictable. The domestic communications services market is characterized by increasing competition and regulation by various state and federal regulatory authorities. Companies in the communication services sector may encounter distressed cash flows due to the need to commit substantial capital to meet increasing competition, particularly in formulating new products and services using new technology. Technological innovations may make the products and services of certain communications services companies obsolete.

Consumer Discretionary Sector Risk. Because companies in the consumer discretionary sector manufacture products and provide discretionary services directly to the consumer, the success of these companies is tied closely to the performance of the overall domestic and international economy, interest rates, competition and consumer confidence. Success depends heavily on disposable household income and consumer spending. Changes in demographics and consumer tastes can also affect the demand for, and success of, consumer discretionary products in the marketplace.

Consumer Staples Sector Risk. The consumer staples sector may be affected by food and drug regulations and production methods, fads, marketing campaigns and other factors affecting consumer demand. In particular, tobacco companies may be adversely affected by new laws, regulations and litigation. The consumer staples sector may also be adversely affected by changes or trends in commodity prices, which may be influenced or characterized by unpredictable factors.

Energy Sector Risk. The profitability of companies in the energy sector is related to worldwide energy prices, exploration, and production spending. Such companies also are subject to risks of changes in exchange rates, government regulation, world events, depletion of resources and economic conditions, as well as market, economic and political risks of the countries where energy companies are located or do business. Oil and gas exploration and production can be significantly affected by natural disasters. Oil exploration and production companies may be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates, interest rates, government regulation, world events, and economic conditions. Oil exploration and production companies may be at risk for environmental damage claims.

Financial Sector Risk. The financial services industries are subject to extensive government regulation, can be subject to relatively rapid change due to increasingly blurred distinctions between service segments, and can be significantly affected by availability and cost of capital funds, changes in interest rates, the rate of corporate and consumer debt defaults, and price competition. Numerous financial services companies have experienced substantial declines in the valuations of their assets, taken action to raise capital (such as the issuance of debt or equity securities), or even ceased operations. These actions have caused the securities of many financial services companies to experience a dramatic decline in value. Issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets have been particularly affected by the foregoing events and the general market turmoil, and it is uncertain whether or for how long these conditions will continue.

Healthcare Sector Risk. The profitability of companies in the healthcare sector may be affected by extensive government regulation, restrictions on government reimbursement for medical expenses, rising costs of medical products and services, pricing pressure, an increased emphasis on outpatient services, limited number of products, industry innovation, changes in technologies and other market developments. Many healthcare companies are heavily dependent on patent protection. The expiration of patents may adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Many healthcare companies are subject to extensive litigation based on product liability and similar claims. Healthcare companies are subject to competitive forces that may make it difficult to raise prices and, in fact, may result in price discounting. Many new products in the healthcare sector may be subject to regulatory approvals. The process of obtaining such approvals may be long and costly.

Industrials Sector Risk. The stock prices of companies in the industrials sector are affected by supply and demand both for their specific product or service, industrials sector products in general, and the costs of materials and other commodities. The products of manufacturing companies may face product obsolescence due to rapid technological developments and frequent new product introduction. Government regulation, world events and economic conditions may affect the performance of companies in the industrials sector. Companies in the industrials sector may be at risk for environmental damage and product liability claims.

Information Technology Sector Risk. Information technology companies face intense competition, both domestically and internationally, which may have an adverse effect on profit margins. Like other technology companies, information technology companies may have limited product lines, markets, financial resources or personnel. The products of information technology companies may face product obsolescence due to rapid technological developments and frequent new product introduction, unpredictable changes in growth rates and competition for the services of qualified personnel. Technology companies and companies that rely heavily on technology, especially those of smaller, less-seasoned companies, tend to be more volatile than the overall market. Companies in the information technology sector are heavily dependent on patent and intellectual property rights. The loss or impairment of these rights may adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Finally, while all companies may be susceptible to network security breaches, certain companies in the information technology sector may be particular targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or consumer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses. These risks are heightened for information technology companies in foreign markets.

Materials Sector Risk. Companies in the materials sector could be adversely affected by commodity price volatility, exchange rates, import controls and increased competition. Production of industrial materials often exceeds demand as a result of overbuilding or economic downturns, leading to poor investment returns. Companies in the materials sector are at risk for environmental damage and product liability claims. Companies in the materials sector may be adversely affected by depletion of resources, technical progress, labor relations, and government regulations.

Real Estate Sector Risk. An investment in a real property company may be subject to risks similar to those associated with direct ownership of real estate, including, by way of example, the possibility of declines in the value of real estate, losses from casualty or condemnation, and changes in local and general economic conditions, supply and demand, interest rates, environmental liability, zoning laws, regulatory limitations on rents, property taxes, and operating expenses. Some real property companies have limited diversification because they invest in a limited number of properties, a narrow geographic area, or a single type of property.

Securities Lending. In order to generate additional income, a Fund may lend its securities pursuant to agreements requiring that the loan be continuously secured by collateral consisting of: (1) cash in U.S. dollars; (2) securities issued or fully guaranteed by the United States government or issued and unconditionally guaranteed by any agencies thereof; or (3) irrevocable performance letters of credit issued by banks approved by each Fund. All collateral must equal at least 100% of the market value of the loaned securities. A Fund continues to receive interest on the loaned securities while simultaneously earning interest on the investment of cash collateral. Collateral is marked to market daily. There may be risks of delay in recovery of the securities or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially or become insolvent. In addition, cash collateral invested by the lending Fund is subject to investment risk and the Fund may experience losses with respect to its collateral investments. The SEC currently requires that the following conditions must be met whenever a Fund’s portfolio securities are loaned: (1) the Fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral from the borrower; (2) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities rises above the level of such collateral; (3) the Fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (4) the Fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (5) the Fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees approved by the Board in connection with the loan; (6) while voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, the Fund must have the ability to terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities if a material event adversely affecting the investment occurs, and (7) the Fund may not loan its portfolio securities so that the value of the loaned securities is more than one-third of its total asset value, including collateral received from such loans. The lending of securities is considered a form of leverage that is included in a lending Fund’s investment limitation related to borrowings. See “Investment Limitations” below. The Ultra Short Income ETF is not permitted to lend securities.

The Trust has appointed The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY Mellon”) as its lending agent in connection with the Funds’ securities lending program. BNY Mellon administers the securities lending program in accordance with operational procedures it has established in conjunction with the Funds. As the securities lending agent, BNY Mellon lends certain securities, which are held in custody accounts maintained with BNY Mellon, to borrowers that have been approved by the Funds. As securities lending agent, BNY Mellon is authorized to execute certain agreements and documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the securities lending program. The dollar amounts of income and fees and compensation paid to all service providers related to the Funds that participated in securities lending activities during the fiscal year (or period) ended December 31, 2025 were as follows:

	Dividend Select ETF	Dynamic International ETF	International Equity ETF(1)	Large Company Growth ETF(2)	Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF(3)	Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF(4)	Securitized lncome ETF	Strategic Income ETF	Ultra Short Income ETF	US Large Cap Focused ETF
Gross Income from securities lending activities	$959	$25,691	$7,306	$—	$447	$8,539	$—	$97,018	$—	$—
Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services
Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split	$5	$781	$69	$—	$8	$3,276	$—	$4,221	$—	$—
Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split	$38	$999	$348	$—	$16	$372	$—	$3,868	$—	$—

	Dividend Select ETF	Dynamic International ETF	International Equity ETF(1)	Large Company Growth ETF(2)	Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF(3)	Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF(4)	Securitized lncome ETF	Strategic Income ETF	Ultra Short Income ETF	US Large Cap Focused ETF
Administrative fees not included in revenue split	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—
Indemnification fee not included in revenue split	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—
Rebate (paid to borrower)	$929	$20,501	$6,844	$—	$398	$(13,298 )	$—	$69,196	$—	$—
Other fees not included in revenue split (specify)	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities	$972	$22,281	$7,261	$—	$422	$(9,650 )	$—	$77,285	$—	$—
Net Income from securities lending activities	$(13 )	$3,410	$45	$—	$25	$18,189	$—	$19,733	$—	$—

(1)

The Fund commenced operations on March 3, 2025.

(2)

Effective March 13, 2026, the Touchstone Large Company Growth Fund, a series of Touchstone Strategic Trust, was reorganized into the Large Company Growth ETF.

(3)

The Fund commenced operations on February 24, 2025.

(4)

The Fund commenced operations on January 2, 2025.

Senior Securities. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by a Fund evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, and firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation. As further outlined in the “Derivatives” subsection, the SEC adopted the Derivatives Rule on October 28, 2020, and in doing so announced it would rescind SEC releases, guidance and no-action letters related to funds’ coverage and asset segregation practices. Funds were required to comply with the Derivatives Rule requirements by August 19, 2022.

Short Sales. In a short sale, a Fund sells a security, which it does not own, in anticipation of a decline in the market value of the security. To complete the sale, the Fund must borrow the security (generally from the broker through which the short sale is made) in order to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund must replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. The Fund is said to have a “short position” in the securities sold until it delivers them to the broker. The period during which the Fund has a short position can range from one day to more than a year. Until the Fund replaces the security, the proceeds of the short sale are retained by the broker, and the Fund must pay to the broker a negotiated portion of any dividends or interest, which accrue during the period of the loan. A short sale is “against the box” if at all times during which the short position is open, a Fund owns at least an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into, or exchangeable without further consideration for, securities of the same issue as the securities that are sold short. A short sale against the box is a taxable transaction to the Fund with respect to the securities that are sold short.

To the extent a Fund engages in short sales, such transactions will comply with the Derivatives Rule requirements set forth in the “Derivatives” subsection. Further, if other short positions of the same security are closed out at the same time, a “short squeeze” can occur where demand exceeds the supply for the security sold short. A short squeeze makes it more likely that the Fund will need to replace the borrowed security at an unfavorable price.

Sovereign Debt. Investment in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the implementation of economic reforms or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. Consequently, governmental entities may default on their sovereign debt.

Holders of sovereign debt may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. In the event of a default by a governmental entity, there may be few or no effective legal remedies for collecting on such debt.

Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal Securities (“STRIPS”). STRIPS are U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds that have been issued without interest coupons or stripped of their unmatured interest coupons, interest coupons that have been stripped from such U.S. Treasury securities, and receipts or certificates representing interests in such stripped U.S. Treasury securities and coupons. A STRIPS security pays no interest in cash to its holder during its life although interest is accrued for federal income tax purposes. Its value to an investor consists of the difference between its face value at the time of maturity and the price for which it was acquired, which is generally an amount significantly less than its face value. Investing in STRIPS may help to preserve capital during periods of declining interest rates. For example, if interest rates decline, Ginnie Mae Certificates owned by a Fund which were purchased at greater than par are more likely to be prepaid, which would cause a loss of principal. In anticipation of this, a Fund might purchase STRIPS, the value of which would be expected to increase when interest rates decline.

STRIPS do not entitle the holder to any periodic payments of interest prior to maturity. Accordingly, such securities usually trade at a deep discount from their face or par value and will be subject to greater fluctuations of market value in response to changing interest rates than debt obligations of comparable maturities that make periodic distributions of interest. On the other hand, because there are no periodic interest payments to be reinvested prior to maturity, STRIPS eliminate the reinvestment risk and lock in a rate of return to maturity. Current federal income tax law requires that a holder of a STRIPS security accrue a portion of the discount at which the security was purchased as income each year even though the Fund received no interest payment in cash on the security during the year.

Small-Cap Risk: A Fund is subject to the risk that small capitalization stocks may underperform other types of stocks or the equity markets as a whole. Stocks of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger,more established companies. Small companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, or may be dependent upon a small or inexperienced management group. In addition, small-cap stocks typically are traded in lower volume, and their issuers typically are subject to greater degrees of changes in their earnings and prospects.

Stand-By Commitments. When a Fund purchases municipal obligations, it may also acquire stand-by commitments from banks and broker-dealers with respect to such municipal obligations. A stand-by commitment is the equivalent of a put option acquired by a Fund with respect to a particular municipal obligation held in its portfolio. A stand-by commitment is a security independent of the municipal obligation to which it relates. The amount payable by a bank or dealer during the time a stand-by commitment is exercisable, absent unusual circumstances relating to a change in market value, would be substantially the same as the value of the underlying municipal obligation. A stand-by commitment might not be transferable by a Fund, although it could sell the underlying municipal obligation to a third-party at any time.

Each Fund expects that stand-by commitments generally will be available without the payment of direct or indirect consideration. However, if necessary and advisable, a Fund may pay for stand-by commitments either separately in cash or by paying a higher price for portfolio securities which are acquired subject to such a commitment (thus reducing the yield to maturity otherwise available for the same securities). The total amount paid in either manner for outstanding stand-by commitments held by a Fund will not exceed 10% of the value of a Fund’s total assets calculated immediately after each stand-by commitment is acquired. A Fund will enter into stand-by commitments only with banks and broker-dealers that, in the judgment of the Adviser or sub-adviser, as the case may be, present minimal credit risks.

Step Coupon Bonds (“STEPS”). A Fund may invest in STEPS, which pay interest at a series of different rates (including 0%) in accordance with a stated schedule for a series of periods. In addition to the risks associated with the credit rating of the issuers, these securities may be subject to more volatility risk than fixed rate debt securities.

Structured Investments. Structured investments are derivatives in the form of a unit or units representing an undivided interest(s) in assets held in a trust that is not an investment company as defined in the 1940 Act. A trust unit pays a return based on the total return of securities and other investments held by the trust and the trust may enter into one or more swaps to achieve its goal. For example, a trust may purchase a basket of securities and agree to exchange the return generated by those securities for the return generated by another basket or index of securities. The Funds will purchase structured investments in trusts that engage in such swaps only where the counterparties are approved by the Adviser or sub-adviser, as the case may be.

Structured Notes. A Fund may invest in structured notes, including “total rate of return swaps,” with rates of return determined by reference to the total rate of return on one or more loans referenced in such notes. The rate of return on the structured note may be determined by applying a multiplier to the rate of total return on the referenced loan or loans. Application of a multiplier is comparable to the use of leverage, which magnifies the risk of loss, because a relatively small decline in the value of a referenced note could result in a relatively large loss in value.

Swap Agreements. A swap is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of cash flows between two parties on specified dates (settlement dates), where the cash flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates, indices, etc. The nominal amount on which the cash flows are calculated is called the notional amount. Swaps are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors, such as interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, security prices, indexes or inflation rates.

Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the investments of a Fund and its share price. The performance of swap agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and from a Fund. If a swap agreement calls for payments by a Fund, a Fund must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counter-party’s creditworthiness declines, the value of a swap agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

Generally, swap agreements have a fixed maturity date that will be agreed upon by the parties. The agreement can be terminated before the maturity date only under limited circumstances, such as default by one of the parties or insolvency, among others, and can be transferred by a party only with the prior written consent of the other party. A Fund may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or by other disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy party. If the counter-party is unable to meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults or becomes insolvent, a Fund may not be able to recover the money it expected to receive under the contract.

A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify a Fund’s gains or losses. A Fund will only enter into a swap agreement subject to the regulatory limitations outlined in the “Derivatives” subsection.

Equity Swaps. In a typical equity swap, one party agrees to pay another party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in return for a specified interest rate. By entering into an equity index swap, for example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of securities without actually purchasing those stocks. Equity index swaps involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such securities, including dividends, will not exceed the return on the interest rate that a Fund will be committed to pay.

Interest Rate Swaps. Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that involve the exchange of one type of interest rate for another type of interest rate cash flow on specified dates in the future. Some of the different types of interest rate swaps are “fixed-for floating-rate swaps,” “termed basis swaps” and “index amortizing swaps.” Fixed-for floating-rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating-rate cash flows. Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different. Index amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for floating swaps where the notional amount changes if certain conditions are met.

Like a traditional investment in a debt security, a Fund could lose money by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely. For example, if a Fund enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a floating-rate of interest for a fixed rate of interest, a Fund may have to pay more money than it receives. Similarly, if a Fund enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a fixed rate of interest for a floating-rate of interest, a Fund may receive less money than it has agreed to pay.

Currency Swaps. A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in which one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and the other promises to make interest rate payments in another currency. A Fund may enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and desires a different currency. Typically the interest rates that determine the currency swap payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a floating-rate of interest. Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned at the end of the contract. Changes in foreign exchange rates and changes in interest rates, as described above, may negatively affect currency swaps.

Credit Default Swaps (“CDSs”). A CDS is an agreement between a Fund and a counterparty that enables the Fund to buy or sell protection against a credit event related to a referenced debt obligation. One party, acting as a “protection buyer,” makes periodic payments to the other party, a “protection seller,” in exchange for a promise by the protection seller to make a payment to the protection buyer if a negative credit event (such as a delinquent payment or default) occurs with respect to a referenced bond or group of bonds. Acting as a protection seller allows a Fund to create an investment exposure similar to owning a bond. Acting as a protection buyer allows a Fund potentially to reduce its credit exposure to a bond it owns or to take a “short” position in a bond it does not own.

As the protection buyer in a CDS, a Fund may pay a premium (by means of periodic payments) in return for the right to deliver specified bonds or loans to the protection seller and receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value upon default or similar events by the issuer of the underlying reference obligation. If no default occurs, the protection seller would keep the stream of payments and would have no further obligations to the Fund. As the protection buyer, the Fund bears the risk that the investment might expire worthless or that the protection seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund in the event of a default or similar event. In addition, when the Fund is a protection buyer, the Fund’s investment would only generate income in the event of an actual default or similar event by the issuer of the underlying reference obligation.

A Fund may also use credit default swaps for investment purposes by selling a CDS, in which case, the Fund, as the protection seller, would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the protection buyer in the event of a default or similar event by the third-party issuer of the underlying reference obligation. In return for its obligation, the Fund would receive from the protection buyer a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract. If no credit event occurs, the Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the protection seller in a CDS, the Fund effectively adds economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

In addition to the risks applicable to derivatives generally, CDSs involve special risks because they may be difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty).

Options on Swap Agreements (“swaptions”). A Fund also may enter into swaptions. A swaption is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. A Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. Depending on the terms of the particular swaption, a Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption. When a Fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a Fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option by the buyer of the option, the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying swap agreement.

Whether a Fund’s use of swap agreements or swaptions will be successful in furthering its investment goals will depend on the sub-advisers’ ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty.

Total Return Swaps. Total return swaps are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to the other party based on change in market value of the assets underlying the contract in exchange for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. The return of the assets underlying the contract includes both the income generated by the asset and the change in market value of the asset. The asset underlying the contract may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices.

Total return swaps may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Upon entering into a total return swap, the Fund is required to deposit initial margin but the parties do not exchange the notional amount. As a result, total return swaps may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. A Fund will only enter into a swap agreement subject to the regulatory limitations outlined in the “Derivatives” subsection.

Total return swaps are subject to the same risks noted above under “Swap Agreements.”

Other Types of Financial Instruments. If other types of financial instruments, including other types of options, futures contracts, or futures options are traded in the future, the Funds may also use those instruments, provided that such instruments are consistent with the Funds investment goals.

Technology Securities. The value of technology securities may fluctuate dramatically and technology securities may be subject to greater than average financial and market risk. Investments in the high technology sector include the risk that certain products may be subject to competitive pressures and aggressive pricing and may become obsolete and the risk that new products will not meet expectations or even reach the market.

Temporary Defensive Investments. A Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes, invest up to 100% of its total assets in money market instruments (including U.S. government securities, bank obligations, commercial paper rated in the highest rating category by an NRSRO and repurchase agreements involving the foregoing securities), shares of money market investment companies (to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to certain restrictions) and cash. When a Fund invests in defensive investments, it may not achieve its investment goal.

Tender Option Bonds. A tender option bond is a municipal security (generally held pursuant to a custodial arrangement) having a relatively long maturity and bearing interest at a fixed rate substantially higher than prevailing short-term tax-exempt rates, that has been coupled with the agreement of a third-party, such as a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution, pursuant to which such institution grants the security holders the option, at periodic intervals, to tender their securities to the institution and receive the face value thereof. As consideration for providing the option, the financial institution receives periodic fees equal to the difference between the municipal security’s fixed coupon rate and the rate, as determined by a remarketing or similar agent at or near the commencement of such period, that would cause the securities, coupled with the tender option, to trade at par on the date of such determination. Thus, after payment of this fee, the security holder effectively holds a demand obligation that bears interest at the prevailing short-term tax exempt rate. The Adviser or sub-adviser as the case may be, will consider on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuer of the underlying municipal securities, of any custodian, and of the third-party provider of the tender option. In certain instances and for certain tender option bonds, the option may be terminable in the event of a default in payment of principal of interest on the underlying municipal securities and for other reasons.

Time Deposits. Time deposits are non-negotiable receipts issued by a bank in exchange for the deposit of funds. Like a certificate of deposit, it earns a specified rate of interest over a definite period of time; however, it cannot be traded in the secondary market. Time deposits with a withdrawal penalty are considered to be illiquid securities.

Trust Preferred Securities. Trust preferred securities are issued by a special purpose trust subsidiary backed by subordinated debt of the corporate parent. Trust preferred securities currently permit the issuing entity to treat the interest payments as a tax-deductible cost. These securities, which have no voting rights, have a final stated maturity date and a fixed schedule for periodic payments. In addition, these securities have provisions which afford preference over common and preferred stock upon liquidation, although the securities are subordinated to other, more senior debt securities of the same issuer. The issuers of these securities have the right to defer interest payments for a period of up to five years, although interest continues to accrue cumulatively. The deferral of payments may not exceed the stated maturity date of the securities themselves. The non-payment of deferred interest at the end of the permissible period will be treated as an event of default. At the present time, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) treats trust preferred securities as debt.

U.S. Government Securities. U.S. government securities are obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. Some U.S. government securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills, U.S. Treasury notes, U.S. Treasury bonds and securities of Ginnie Mae, which differ only in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance, are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Others are supported by: (i) the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, such as securities of the Federal Home Loan Banks; (ii) the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency’s obligations, such as securities of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac; or (iii) only the credit of the issuer, such as securities of the Student Loan Marketing Association. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support in the future to U.S. government agencies, authorities or instrumentalities that are not supported by the full faith and credit of the United States.

Securities guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities include: (i) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. government or any of its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities; and (ii) participation interests in loans made to foreign governments or other entities that are so guaranteed. The secondary market for certain of these participation interests is limited and, therefore, may be regarded as illiquid.

U.S. Treasury Obligations. U.S. Treasury Obligations are bills, notes and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury, and separately traded interest and principal component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the federal book-entry system known as separately traded registered interest and principal securities (“STRIPS”) and coupons under book entry safekeeping (“CUBES”). They also include U.S. Treasury inflation-protection securities (“TIPS”).

Variable and Floating Rate Instruments. Certain obligations may carry variable or floating rates of interest, and may involve a conditional or unconditional demand feature. Such instruments bear interest at rates which are not fixed, but which vary with changes in specified market rates or indices. The interest rates on these securities may be reset daily, weekly, quarterly, or some other reset period, and may have a floor or ceiling on interest rate changes. There is a risk that the current interest rate on such obligations may not accurately reflect existing market interest rates. A demand instrument with a demand notice exceeding seven days may be considered illiquid if there is no secondary market for such security.

Variable-Rate Demand Instruments. The Funds may purchase variable-rate demand instruments. Variable-rate demand instruments that the Funds will purchase are obligations that provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the instrument and permit the holder to demand payment of the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest at specified intervals upon a specific number of days’ notice either from the issuer or by drawing on a bank letter of credit, a guarantee, insurance or other credit facility issued with respect to such instrument.

The variable-rate demand instruments in which the Funds may invest are payable on not more than thirty calendar days’ notice either on demand or at specified intervals not exceeding thirteen months depending upon the terms of the instrument. The terms of the instruments provide that interest rates are adjustable at intervals ranging from daily to up to thirteen months and their adjustments are based upon LIBOR or other prevailing interest rates as provided in the respective instruments. A security is priced at a coupon rate that causes its value to approximate par. Each Fund may only purchase variable rate demand instruments which have received a short-term rating meeting that Fund’s quality standards from an NRSRO or unrated variable rate demand instruments determined by the Sub-Adviser to be of comparable quality. If such an instrument does not have a demand feature exercisable by a Fund in the event of default in the payment of principal or interest on the underlying securities, then the Fund will also require that the instrument have a rating as long-term debt in one of the top two categories by any NRSRO. The Sub-Adviser may determine that an unrated variable rate demand instrument meets a Fund’s quality criteria if it is backed by a letter of credit or guarantee or insurance or other credit facility that meets the quality criteria for the Fund or on the basis of a credit evaluation of the underlying obligor. If an instrument is ever deemed to not meet a Fund’s quality standards, such Fund either will sell it in the market or exercise the demand feature as soon as practicable.

While the value of the underlying variable-rate demand instruments may change with changes in interest rates generally, the variable rate nature of the underlying variable rate demand instruments should minimize changes in value of the instruments. Accordingly, as interest rates decrease or increase, the potential for capital depreciation is less than would be the case with a portfolio of fixed-income securities. Each Fund may hold variable-rate demand instruments on which stated minimum or maximum rates limit the degree to which interest on such variable rate-demand instruments may fluctuate; to the extent an instrument has such limits, increases or decreases in its value may be greater than would be the case without such limits. Because the adjustment of interest rates on the variable-rate demand instruments is

made in relation to movements of the applicable banks’ “prime rate,” or other interest rate adjustment index, the variable rate demand instruments are not comparable to long-term fixed-rate securities. Accordingly, interest rates on the variable-rate demand instruments may be higher or lower than current market rates for fixed rate obligations or obligations of comparable quality with similar maturities.

The Funds intend to exercise the demand repurchase feature only (1) upon a default under the terms of the bond documents, (2) as needed to provide liquidity to a Fund in order to make redemptions of its shares, or (3) to maintain the quality standards of a Fund’s investment portfolio.

Warrants and Rights. Warrants are instruments giving holders the right, but not the obligation, to buy equity or fixed income securities of a company at a given price during a specified period. Rights are similar to warrants but normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of warrants or rights involves the risk that a Fund could lose the purchase value of a warrant or right if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the warrants’ and rights’ expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants and/or rights involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrants and/or rights added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security. Buying a warrant does not make a Fund a shareholder of the underlying stock. The warrant holder has no voting or dividend rights with respect to the underlying stock. A warrant does not carry any right to assets of the issuer, and for this reason investment in warrants may be more speculative than other equity-based investments.

When-Issued, Delayed Delivery Securities, and Forward Commitment Transactions. A Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, in which case delivery of the securities occurs beyond the normal settlement period; payment for or delivery of the securities would be made prior to the reciprocal delivery or payment by the other party to the transaction. When-issued or delayed delivery securities are subject to market fluctuations due to changes in market interest rates and it is possible that the market value at the time of settlement could be higher or lower than the purchase price if the general level of interest rates has changed. Although a Fund generally purchases securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities for its investment portfolio, a Fund may dispose of a when-issued security or forward commitment prior to settlement if it deems appropriate. When-issued or forward settling securities transactions physically settling within 35-days are deemed not to involve a senior security. When-issued or forward settling securities transactions that do not physically settle within 35-days are required to be treated as derivatives transactions in compliance with the Derivatives Rule as outlined in the “Derivatives” subsection.

When-Issued Securities and Securities Purchased on a To-Be-Announced Basis. The Funds will only make commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued or to-be-announced (“TBA”) basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities. A Fund may sell the securities before the settlement date if it is otherwise deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy or in order to meet its obligations, although it would not normally expect to do so. When-issued securities are securities purchased for delivery beyond the normal settlement date at a stated price and yield and involve the risk that the yield obtained in the transaction will be less than that available in the market when delivery takes place. In a TBA transaction, a Fund has committed to purchasing or selling securities for which all specific information is not yet known at the time of the trade, particularly the face amount in transactions involving mortgage-related securities.

TBA securities are paid for and delivered within 15 to 45 days from their date of purchase. Securities purchased on a when-issued or TBA basis and the securities held in a Fund’s portfolio are subject to changes in market value based upon changes in the level of interest rates (which will generally result in all of those securities changing in value in the same way, i.e., all those securities experiencing appreciation when interest rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise). Therefore, if in order to achieve higher returns, a Fund remains substantially fully invested at the same time that it has purchased securities on a when-issued or TBA basis, there will be a possibility that the market value of the Fund’s assets will experience greater fluctuation. The purchase of securities on a when-issued or TBA basis may involve a risk of loss if the seller fails to deliver after the value of the securities has risen.

When the time comes for a Fund to make payment for securities purchased on a when-issued or TBA basis, the Fund will do so by using then available cash flow, by sale of securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, by directing the sale of the securities purchased on a when-issued or TBA basis themselves (which may have a market value greater or less than the Fund’s payment obligation).

When-issued or forward settling securities transactions physically settling within 35-days are deemed not to involve a senior security. When-issued or forward settling securities transactions that do not physically settle within 35-days are required to be treated as derivatives transactions in compliance with the Derivatives Rule as outlined in the “Derivatives” subsection.

Yankee Obligations. Yankee obligations (“Yankees”) are U.S. dollar-denominated instruments of foreign issuers who either register with the SEC or issue securities under Rule 144A of the 1933 Act. These consist of debt securities (including preferred or preference stock of non-governmental issuers), certificates of deposit, fixed time deposits and bankers’ acceptances issued by foreign banks, and debt obligations of foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, international agencies and supranational entities. Some securities issued by foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the foreign government. Yankee obligations, as obligations of foreign issuers, are subject to the same types of risks discussed above in “Foreign Securities.” The Yankee obligations selected for the Funds will adhere to the same credit quality standards as those utilized for the selection of domestic debt obligations.

Zero Coupon Securities. A Fund may invest in zero coupon bonds of governmental or private issuers that generally pay no interest to their holders prior to maturity. Since zero coupon bonds do not make regular interest payments, they allow an issuer to avoid the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and may involve greater credit risks than bonds paying interest currently. The Code requires that a Fund accrue interest income on zero coupon bonds for each taxable year, even though no cash has been paid on the bonds, and generally requires a Fund to distribute such income (net of deductible expenses, if any) to avoid being subject to federal income tax and to continue to maintain its status as a regulated investment company under the Code. Because no cash is generally received at the time of accrual, a Fund may be required to sell investments (even if such sales are not advantageous) to obtain sufficient cash to satisfy the distribution requirements applicable to a Fund under the Code. See “Federal Income Taxes,” for more information.

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Fundamental Investment Limitations. The Trust has adopted the following investment limitations as fundamental policies with respect to each Fund. These restrictions cannot be changed with respect to a Fund without the approval of the holders of a majority of that Fund’s outstanding voting shares. For purposes of the 1940 Act, a “majority of the outstanding voting shares” means the vote of the lessor of (i) 67% or more of a Fund’s shares present at a meeting, if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of that Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of a Fund’s outstanding voting shares.

For the bank borrowing fundamental policies, which contains percentage limits, a Fund must meet these percentage limits at all times, regardless of whether a portfolio transaction is occurring or the changes are caused by market conditions or other circumstances beyond the Fund’s control. For all other fundamental policies with a percentage limit (collectively, the “Other Policies”), a Fund must apply each policy to each proposed portfolio transaction. For example, both the initial purchase of a security and each subsequent addition to that position must satisfy the Other Policies. However, if a Fund satisfies the Other Policies at the time of a transaction, then later changes in percentages resulting from market conditions or other circumstances beyond the Fund’s control will not violate those policies; but the Fund would not be able to make subsequent additions to that position and other similar positions until the Other Policies are satisfied.

Several of these fundamental investment limitations include the defined term “1940 Act Laws, Interpretations and Exemptions.” This term means the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as such statutes, rules and regulations are amended from time to time or are interpreted from time to time by the staff of the SEC through staff no-action letters and Investment Management Guidance Updates and any exemptive order or similar relief applicable to a Fund.

Dividend Select ETF, Dynamic International ETF, International Equity ETF and Securitized Income ETF. The fundamental investment limitations of the Dividend Select ETF, Dynamic International ETF, the International Equity ETF and Securitized Income ETF are:

Diversification. The Fund may not purchase securities of an issuer that would cause the Fund to fail to satisfy the diversification requirement for a diversified management company under the 1940 Act, the rules, or regulations or any exemption, as such statute, rules, or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

Borrowing Money. The Fund may not engage in borrowing except as permitted by the 1940 Act, any rule, regulation, or order under the 1940 Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the 1940 Act.

Underwriting. The Fund may not underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that, in connection with the sale or disposition of portfolio securities, a Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under certain federal securities laws or in connection with investments in other investment companies.

Loans. The Fund may not make loans to other persons except that a Fund may (1) engage in repurchase agreements, (2) lend portfolio securities, (3) purchase debt securities, (4) purchase commercial paper, and (5) enter into any other lending arrangement permitted by the 1940 Act, any rule, regulation, or order under the 1940 Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the 1940 Act.

Real Estate. The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate except that a Fund may (1) hold and sell real estate acquired as a result of the Fund’s ownership of securities or other instruments (2) purchase or sell securities or other instruments backed by real estate or interests in real estate and (3) purchase or sell securities of entities or investment vehicles, including real estate investment trusts that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests in real estate.

Commodities. The Fund may not purchase or sell physical commodities except that a Fund may (1) hold and sell physical commodities acquired as a result of the Fund’s ownership of securities or other instruments, (2) purchase or sell securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities, (3) purchase or sell options, and (4) purchase or sell futures contracts.

Concentration of Investments. The Fund may not purchase the securities of an issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government, its agencies or its instrumentalities) if, as a result, more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of companies in the same industry or group of industries.

Senior Securities. The Fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by the 1940 Act, any rule, regulation, or order under the 1940 Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the 1940 Act.

Large Company Growth ETF, Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF and the Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF. The fundamental investment limitations of the Large Company Growth ETF, the Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF and the Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF are:

Borrowing Money. The Fund may not engage in borrowing except as permitted by the 1940 Act, any rule, regulation, or order under the 1940 Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the 1940 Act.

Underwriting. The Fund may not underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that, in connection with the sale or disposition of portfolio securities, the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under certain federal securities laws or in

connection with investments in other investment companies.

Loans. The Fund may not make loans to other persons except that the Fund may (1) engage in repurchase agreements, (2) lend portfolio securities, (3) purchase debt securities, (4) purchase commercial paper, and (5) enter into any other lending arrangement permitted by the 1940 Act, any rule, regulation, or order under the 1940 Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the 1940 Act.

Real Estate. The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate except that the Fund may (1) hold and sell real estate acquired as a result of the Fund’s ownership of securities or other instruments (2) purchase or sell securities or other instruments backed by real estate or interests in real estate and (3) purchase or sell securities of entities or investment vehicles, including real estate investment trusts that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests in real estate.

Commodities. The Fund may not purchase or sell physical commodities except that the Fund may (1) hold and sell physical commodities acquired as a result of the Fund’s ownership of securities or other instruments, (2) purchase or sell securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities, (3) purchase or sell options, and (4) purchase or sell futures contracts.

Senior Securities. The Fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by the 1940 Act, any rule, regulation, or order under the 1940 Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the 1940 Act.

Strategic Income ETF. The fundamental investment limitations of the Strategic Income ETF are:

Diversification. The Fund may not purchase securities of an issuer that would cause the Fund to fail to satisfy the diversification requirement for a diversified management company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

Borrowing Money. The Fund may not engage in borrowing except as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, any rule, regulation, or order under the Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the Act.

Loans. The Fund may not make loans to other persons except that the Fund may (1) engage in repurchase agreements, (2) lend portfolio securities, (3) purchase debt securities, (4) purchase commercial paper, and (5) enter into any other lending arrangement permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, any rule, regulation or order under the Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the Act.

Concentration of Investments. The Fund may not purchase the securities of an issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies or its instrumentalities) if, as a result, more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of companies whose principal business activities are in the same industry or group of industries.

Senior Securities. The Fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, any rule, regulation or order under the Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the Act.

US Large Cap Focused ETF. The fundamental investment limitations of the US Large Cap Focused ETF are:

Borrowing Money. The Fund may not borrow money or issue senior securities, except as permitted by the 1940 Act Laws, Interpretations and Exemptions. Please refer to number 2 of the “Non-Fundamental Investment Limitations” section for further information.

Underwriting. The Fund may not underwrite the securities of other issuers. This restriction does not prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition, disposition or resale of its portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Concentration. The Fund will not make investments that will result in the concentration (as that term may be defined or interpreted

by the 1940 Act, Laws, Interpretations and Exemptions) of its investments in the securities of issuers primarily engaged in the same industry or group of industries. This restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in (i) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, (ii) tax-exempt obligations issued by governments or political subdivisions of governments or (iii) repurchase agreements collateralized by such obligations.

Real Estate. The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments. This restriction does not prevent a Fund from investing in issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein, or investing in securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein.

Commodities. The Fund may not purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments. This restriction does not prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving futures contracts and options thereon or investing in securities that are secured by physical commodities.

Loans. The Fund may not make personal loans or loans of its assets to persons who control or are under common control with the Fund, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act Laws, Interpretations and Exemptions. This restriction does not prevent a Fund from, among other things, purchasing debt obligations, entering repurchase agreements, lending portfolio securities or investing in loans, including assignments and participation interests. Please refer to number 3 of the “Non-Fundamental Investment Limitations” section for further information.

Ultra Short Income ETF. The Ultra Short Income ETF may not:

With respect to 75% of the Fund’s assets: (i) purchase securities of any issuer (except securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities and repurchase agreements involving such securities) if, as a result, more than 5% of the total assets of the Fund would be invested in the securities of such issuer; or (ii) acquire more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer.

Invest more than 25% of the Fund’s assets in securities issued by companies in a single industry or related group of industries.

Borrow money for investment purposes in an amount exceeding 331/3% of the value of its total assets, provided that, for purposes of this limitation, investment strategies which either obligate a fund to purchase securities or require a fund to segregate assets are not considered to be borrowings. Asset coverage of at least 300% is required for all borrowings, except where the Fund has borrowed money for temporary purposes in amounts not exceeding 5% of its total assets. The Fund will not purchase securities while its borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets.

Make loans to other persons except through the lending of its portfolio securities, provided that this limitation does not apply to the purchase of debt securities and loan participations or engaging in direct corporate loans or repurchase agreements in accordance with its investment objectives and policies. The loans cannot exceed 331/3% of a Fund’s assets. Fund may also make loans to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemptions which may be granted to the Fund by the SEC.

For example, at a minimum, the Fund will not make any such loans unless all requirements regarding common control and ownership of Fund shares are met.

Purchase or sell real estate, physical commodities, or commodities contracts, except that each Fund may purchase (i) marketable securities issued by companies which own or invest in real estate (including REITs), commodities, or commodities contracts; and (ii) commodities contracts relating to financial instruments, such as financial futures contracts and options on such contracts.

Issue senior securities as defined in the 1940 Act except as permitted by rule, regulation, or order of the SEC.

Act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers except as it may be deemed an underwriter in selling a portfolio security.

Invest in interests in oil, gas, or other mineral exploration or development programs and oil, gas, or mineral leases.

Non-Fundamental Investment Limitations. Each Fund also has adopted certain non-fundamental investment limitations. A non-fundamental investment limitation may be amended by the Board without a vote of shareholders upon 60 days’ notice to shareholders. The non-fundamental investment limitations listed below are in addition to other non-fundamental investment limitations disclosed elsewhere in this SAI and in the prospectus.

For the illiquid securities policy, which contains percentage limits, a Fund must meet these percentage limits at all times, regardless of whether a portfolio transaction is occurring or the changes are caused by market conditions or other circumstances beyond the Fund’s control. For all other non-fundamental policies with a percentage limit (collectively, the “Other Policies”), a Fund must apply each policy to each proposed portfolio transaction. For example, both the initial purchase of a security and each subsequent addition to that position must satisfy the Other Policies. However, if a Fund satisfies the Other Policies at the time of a transaction, then later changes in percentages resulting from market conditions or other circumstances beyond the Fund’s control will not violate those policies; but the Fund would not be able to make subsequent additions to that position and other similar positions until the Other Policies are satisfied.

The following non-fundamental limitation applies to all Funds, except the Ultra Short Income ETF:

The Funds will not invest in any illiquid investment if, immediately after such acquisition, the Fund would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments that are assets.

The following non-fundamental investment limitations apply to the Ultra Short Income ETF. The Funds may not:

Pledge, mortgage, or hypothecate assets except to secure borrowings (not to exceed 331/3% of the Fund’s assets) permitted by the Fund’s fundamental limitation on borrowing.

Purchase securities on margin or effect short sales, except that the Fund may (i) obtain short-term credits as necessary for the clearance of security transactions; (ii) provide initial and variation margin payments in connection with transactions involving futures contracts and options on such contracts; and (iii) make short sales “against the box” or in compliance with the SEC’s position regarding the asset segregation requirements imposed by Section 18 of the 1940 Act.

The Fund may not invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control.

The Fund may not invest its assets in securities of any investment company, except as permitted by the 1940 Act.

The Fund may not enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts except as permitted by guidelines in the Fund’s SAI.

Make investments in securities when outstanding borrowings exceed 5% of the Fund’s total assets.

Each Fund has adopted nonfundamental investment policies in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act to invest at least 80% of its assets in the type of investments suggested by its name. Each Fund’s 80% policy is nonfundamental, which means that it may be changed by the Board of Trustees without the approval of shareholders. Shareholders will be given at least 60 days’ notice of any change to a Fund’s 80% policy.

The following non-fundamental investment policies also apply to the Ultra Short Income ETF:

The Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued basis and borrow money (borrowing money is permitted by the Funds’ fundamental limitation on borrowing).

The Fund may enter into futures and options transactions.

The Fund may hold up to 10% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements not to exceed 331/3% of a Fund’s assets.

The Fund may purchase fixed-income securities, including variable- and floating-rate instruments and zero coupon securities.

The Fund may purchase Rule 144A securities and other restricted securities.

The Fund may purchase obligations of supranational entities in an amount totaling less than 25% of the Fund’s total assets.

The Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes, invest up to 100% of its total assets in money market instruments (including U.S. government securities, bank obligations, commercial paper rated in the highest rating category by an NRSRO and repurchase agreements involving the foregoing securities), shares of money market investment companies (to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to certain restrictions) and cash.

The following descriptions of certain provisions of the 1940 Act may assist investors in understanding the above policies and restrictions.

Diversification. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified investment management company may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (i) purchase securities of any issuer (except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agents or instrumentalities, cash item or, in certain circumstances, securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer; or (ii) acquire more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer. This does not apply to the US Large Cap Focused ETF.

Borrowing. The 1940 Act allows a fund to borrow from any bank (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in an amount up to 331/3% of its total assets (not including temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets).

Underwriting. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves a fund purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets.

Lending. Under the 1940 Act, a Fund may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies. Each Fund’s current investment policy on lending is as follows: the Fund may not make loans if, as a result, more than 331/3% of its total assets would be

lent to other parties, except that the Fund may: (i) purchase or hold debt instruments in accordance with its investment objective and policies; (ii) enter into repurchase agreements that are collateralized fully; and (iii) engage in securities lending as described in its SAI.

Senior Securities. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by a fund evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation.

A Fund will determine compliance with the fundamental and non-fundamental investment restriction percentages above (with the exception of the restriction relating to borrowing) and other investment restrictions in this SAI immediately after and as a result of its acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, a Fund will not consider changes in values, net assets, or other circumstances when determining whether the investment complies with its investment restrictions.

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS OF THE TRUST

The following is a list of the Trustees and principal officers of the Trust, the length of time served, principal occupations for the past five years, number of funds overseen in the Touchstone Fund Complex and other directorships held. All funds managed by the Adviser (the “Touchstone Funds”) are part of the “Touchstone Fund Complex.” The Touchstone Fund Complex consists of the Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust, Touchstone Strategic Trust and Touchstone Variable Series Trust. The Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, are referred to as “Independent Trustees.”

Interested Trustees(1):

Name Address Year of Birth	Position Held with Trust	Term of Office And Length of Time Served	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds Overseen in the Touchstone Fund Complex(2)	Other Directorships Held During the Past 5 Years(3)
Jill T. McGruder Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Year of Birth: 1955	Trustee	Until retirement at age 75 or until she resigns or is removed Trustee since 2022	President of Touchstone Funds from 1999 to 2020; Director and CEO of IFS Financial Services, Inc. (a holding company) since 1999; and Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc. (a financial services company) since 2016.	40	Director, Integrity Life Insurance Co. and National Integrity Life Insurance Co. since 2005; Director, Touchstone Securities (the Distributor) since 1999; Director, Touchstone Advisors (the Adviser) since 1999; Director, W&S Brokerage Services, Inc. since 1999; Director, W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc. since 1999; Director, Insurance Profillment Solutions LLC since 2014; Director, Columbus Life Insurance Co. since 2016; Director, The Lafayette Life Insurance Co. since 2016; Director, Gerber Life Insurance Company since 2019; Director, Western & Southern Agency, Inc. since 2018; and Director, LL Global, Inc. (not-for-profit trade organization with operating divisions LIMRA and LOMA) since 2016.
E. Blake Moore, Jr. Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Year of Birth: 1958	Trustee	Until retirement at age 75 or until he resigns or is removed Trustee since 2022	President, Touchstone Funds from 2021 to 2025; Chief Executive Officer of Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Touchstone Securities, Inc. from 2020 to 2025.	40	Trustee, College of Wooster since 2008;

Independent Trustees:

Name Address Year of Birth	Position Held with Trust	Term of Office And Length of Time Served	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds Overseen in the Touchstone Fund Complex(2)	Other Directorships Held During the Past 5 Years(3)
Karen Carnahan c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Year of Birth: 1954	Trustee	Until retirement at age 75 or until she resigns or is removed Trustee since 2022	Retired; formerly Chief Operating Officer of Shred-it (a business services company) from 2014 to 2015; formerly President & Chief Operating Officer of the document management division of Cintas Corporation (a business services company) from 2008 to 2014.	40	Director, Cintas Corporation since 2019; Director, Boys & Girls Club of West Chester/Liberty from 2016 to 2022; and Board of Advisors, Best Upon Request from 2020 to 2021.
William C. Gale c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Year of Birth: 1952	Trustee	Until retirement at age 75 or until he resigns or is removed Trustee since 2022	Retired; formerly Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cintas Corporation (a business services company) from 1995 to 2015.	40	None.
Susan M. King c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Year of Birth: 1963	Trustee	Until retirement at age 75 or until she resigns or is removed Trustee since 2022	Formerly, Partner of ID Fund LLC (2020 to 2021); formerly, Senior Vice President, Head of Product and Marketing Strategy of Foresters Financial (2018 to 2020).	40	Trustee, Claremont McKenna College since 2017; Trustee, Israel Cancer Research Fund since 2019.
Kevin A. Robie c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Year of Birth: 1956	Trustee	Until retirement at age 75 or until he resigns or is removed Trustee since 2022	Retired; formerly Vice President of Portfolio Management at Soin LLC (private multinational holding company and family office) from 2004 to 2020.	40	Director, SaverSystems, Inc. since 2015; Director, Turner Property Services Group, Inc. since 2017; Trustee, Dayton Region New Market Fund, LLC (private fund) since 2010; and Trustee, Entrepreneurs Center, Inc. (business incubator) since 2006.
Sally J. Staley c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Year of Birth: 1956	Trustee	Until retirement at age 75 or until she resigns or is removed Trustee since 2023	Independent Consultant to Institutional Asset Owners since 2017.	40	Trustee, College of Wooster from 2006 to 2025; Trustee, Great Lakes Theater Festival since 2005.

Name Address Year of Birth	Position Held with Trust	Term of Office And Length of Time Served	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds Overseen in the Touchstone Fund Complex(2)	Other Directorships Held During the Past 5 Years(3)
William H. Zimmer III c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Year of Birth: 1953	Trustee	Until retirement at age 75 or until he resigns or is removed Trustee since 2022	Independent Treasury Consultant since 2014.	40	Director, Deaconess Associations, Inc. (healthcare) from 2001 to 2023.

(1)

Ms. McGruder, as a director of the Adviser, and an officer of affiliates of the Adviser, is an “interested person” of the Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Mr. Moore, as a former officer of the Adviser, is an “interested person” of the Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

(2)

As of the date of this SAI, the Touchstone Fund Complex consisted of 10 series of the Trust, 12 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust, 14 series of Touchstone Strategic Trust and 4 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust.

(3)

Each Trustee is also a Trustee of Touchstone Funds Group Trust, Touchstone Strategic Trust and Touchstone Variable Series Trust.

Principal Officers:

Name Address Year of Birth	Position Held with Trust(1)	Term of Office and Length of Time Served	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Terrie A. Wiedenheft. Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway, Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Year of Birth: 1962	President	Until resignation, removal or disquali- fication President since July 2025	Senior Vice President and Chief Administration Officer within the Office of the Chief Marketing Officer of Western & Southern Financial Group (since 2021); and Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Operations Officer of IFS Financial Services, Inc. (a holding company).
Benjamin J. Alge Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway, Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Year of Birth: 1985	Vice President	Until resignation, removal or disquali- fication Vice President since July 2025	President (since July 2025) and Divisional Vice President of Touchstone Advisors, Inc.; President (since July 2024) and Divisional Vice President of Touchstone Securities, Inc.
Timothy D. Paulin Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Year of Birth: 1963	Vice President	Until resignation, removal or disquali- fication Vice President since 2022	Senior Vice President of Investment Research and Product Management of Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
Timothy S. Stearns Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Year of Birth: 1963	Chief Compliance Officer	Until resignation, removal or disquali- fication Chief Compliance Officer since 2022	Chief Compliance Officer of Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Touchstone Securities, Inc.
Terri A. Lucas Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Year of Birth: 1962	Controller and Treasurer	Until resignation, removal or disquali- fication Controller and Treasurer since July 2025	Vice President and Assistant Treasurer (since 2021); Assistant Vice President and Assistant Treasurer of Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

Name Address Year of Birth	Position Held with Trust(1)	Term of Office and Length of Time Served	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Simon Berry Western & Southern Financial Group 400 Broadway Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Year of Birth: 1971	Secretary	Until resignation, removal or disquali- fication Secretary since 2024	Senior Counsel - Securities and Registered Funds of Western & Southern Financial Group (since June 2024); formerly, Senior Counsel of MassMutual Ascend Life Insurance Company

(1)Each officer also holds the same office with Touchstone Funds Group Trust, Touchstone Strategic Trust and Touchstone Variable Series Trust.

Additional Information about the Trustees

The Board believes that each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees lead to the conclusion that the Trustees possess the requisite experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills to serve on the Board. The Board believes that the Trustees’ ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them; to interact effectively with the Adviser, sub-advisers, other service providers, counsel and independent auditors; and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties, support this conclusion. The Board has also considered the contributions that each Trustee can make to the Board and the Funds.

In addition, the following specific experience, qualifications, attributes and skills apply as to the Trustees: Ms. McGruder has experience as a chief executive officer of a financial services company and director of various other businesses, as well as executive and leadership roles within the Adviser; Mr. Moore has experience as a managing director and president of global financial services firms, and previously held executive and leadership roles within the Adviser; Ms. Carnahan has experience as a president and chief operating officer of a division of a global company and as treasurer of a global company; Mr. Gale has experience as a chief financial officer, an internal auditor of various global companies, and has accounting experience as a manager at a major accounting firm; Ms. King has experience as a senior sales and marketing executive at global financial services firms; Mr. Robie has portfolio management experience at a private multinational holding company; Ms. Staley has investment experience from positions at various entities, including as chief investment officer for a university; and Mr. Zimmer has experience as a chief executive officer, chief financial officer, and treasurer of various financial services, telecommunications and technology companies.

In its periodic self-assessment of its effectiveness, the Board considers the complementary individual skills and experience of the individual Trustees primarily in the broader context of the Board’s overall composition so that the Board, as a body, possesses the appropriate (and appropriately diverse) skills and experience to oversee the business of the Funds. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility on any Trustee or on the Board by reason thereof.

Board Structure

The Board is composed of six Independent Trustees and two Interested Trustees, Jill T. McGruder, who is Chairperson of the Board, and E. Blake Moore, Jr. The Independent Trustees have appointed William C. Gale to serve as the Lead Independent Trustee. Ms. McGruder oversees the day-to-day business affairs of the Trust and communicates with Mr. Gale regularly on various Trust issues, as appropriate. Mr. Gale, among other things, chairs meetings of the Independent Trustees, serves as a spokesperson for the Independent Trustees and serves as a liaison between the Independent Trustees and the Trust’s management between Board meetings. Except for any duties specified, the designation of Lead Independent Trustee does not impose on such Independent Trustee any duties, obligations or liability that is greater than the duties, obligations or liability imposed on such person as a member of the Board, generally. The Independent Trustees are advised at these meetings, as well as at other times, by separate, independent legal counsel.

The Board holds four regular meetings each year to consider and address matters involving the Trust and its Funds. The Board also may hold special meetings to address matters arising between regular meetings. The Independent Trustees also regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. These meetings may take place in-person or by telephone.

The Board has established a committee structure that includes an Audit Committee and a Governance Committee (discussed in more detail below). The Board conducts much of its work through these Committees. Each Committee is comprised entirely of Independent Trustees, which ensures that the Funds have effective and independent governance and oversight.

The Board reviews its structure regularly and believes that its leadership structure, including having a super-majority of Independent Trustees, coupled with an Interested Chairperson and a Lead Independent Trustee, is appropriate and in the best interests of the Trust because it allows the Board to exercise informed and independent judgment over matters under its purview, and it allocates areas of responsibility among the Committees and the full Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The Board believes that having an Interested Chairperson is appropriate and in the best interests of the Trust given: (1) the extensive oversight provided by the Trust’s Adviser over the affiliated and unaffiliated sub-advisers that conduct the day-to-day management of the Funds of the Trust, (2) the extent to which

the work of the Board is conducted through the standing Committees, (3) the extent to which the Independent Trustees meet regularly, together with independent legal counsel, in the absence of the Interested Chairperson and (4) the Interested Chairperson’s additional roles as a director of the Adviser and senior executive of IFS Financial Services, Inc., the Adviser’s parent company, and of other affiliates of the Adviser, which enhance the Board’s understanding of the operations of the Adviser and the role of the Trust and the Adviser within Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc. The Board also believes that the role of the Lead Independent Trustee within the leadership structure is integral to promoting independent oversight of the Funds’ operations and meaningful representation of the shareholders’ interests. In addition, the Board believes its leadership structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Trustees from the Trust’s management.

Board Oversight of Risk

Consistent with its responsibilities for oversight of the Trust and its Funds, the Board, among other things, oversees risk management of each Fund’s investment program and business affairs directly and through the committee structure that it has established. Risks to the Funds include, among others, investment risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, valuation risk and operational risk, as well as the overall business risk relating to the Funds. The Board has adopted, and periodically reviews, policies and procedures designed to address these risks. Under the overall oversight of the Board, the Adviser, sub-advisers, and other key service providers to the Funds, including the administrator, the distributor, the transfer agent, the custodian, and the independent auditors, have also implemented a variety of processes, procedures and controls to address these risks. Different processes, procedures and controls are employed with respect to different types of risks. These processes include those that are embedded in the conduct of regular business by the Board and in the responsibilities of officers of the Trust and other service providers.

The Board requires senior officers of the Trust, including the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), to report to the Board on a variety of matters at regular and special meetings of the Board, including matters relating to risk management. The Board and the Audit Committee receive regular reports from the Trust’s independent auditors on internal control and financial reporting matters. On at least a quarterly basis, the Board meets with the Trust’s CCO, including meetings in executive sessions, to discuss issues related to portfolio compliance and, on at least an annual basis, receives a report from the CCO regarding the effectiveness of the Trust’s compliance program. In addition, the Board also receives reports from the Adviser on the investments and securities trading of the Funds, including their investment performance and asset weightings compared to appropriate benchmarks, as well as reports regarding the valuation of those investments. The Board also receives reports from the Trust’s primary service providers on a periodic or regular basis, including the sub-advisers to the Funds.

Standing Committees of the Board

The Board is responsible for overseeing the operations of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and other applicable laws and the Trust’s Declaration of Trust. The Board has established the following Committees to assist in its oversight functions. Each Committee is composed entirely of Independent Trustees.

Audit Committee. All of the Independent Trustees are members of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the Trust’s accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls; overseeing the quality and integrity of the Trust’s financial statement and the independent audits thereof; overseeing, or, as appropriate, assist the Board’s oversight of the Trust’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements that relate to the Trust’s accounting and financial reporting, internal control over financial reporting and independent audits; approving prior to appointment the engagement of the Trust’s independent auditors and, in connection therewith, to review and evaluate the qualifications, independence and performance of the Trust’s independent auditors; and acting as a liaison between the Trust’s independent auditors and the full Board. Ms. Carnahan is the Chair of the Audit Committee. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 the Audit Committee held four meetings.

Anyone with complaints relating to accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters may contact the Funds' Chief Compliance Officer via the Touchstone website (TouchstoneInvestments.com), by direct mail or by direct telephone call. All contact information is provided on the Touchstone website under the “Contact” tab.

Governance Committee. All of the Independent Trustees are members of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee is responsible for overseeing the Trust’s compliance program and compliance issues, procedures for valuing securities and responding to any pricing issues. Mr. Zimmer is the Chair of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee held four meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025.

In addition, the Governance Committee is responsible for recommending candidates to serve on the Board. The Governance Committee will consider shareholder recommendations for nomination to the Board only in the event that there is a vacancy on the Board. Shareholders who wish to submit recommendations for nominations to the Board to fill the vacancy must submit their recommendations in writing to Mr. William H. Zimmer III, Chair of the Governance Committee, c/o Touchstone Funds, 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. Shareholders should include appropriate information on the background and qualifications of any person recommended to the Governance Committee (e.g., a resume), as well as the candidate’s contact information and a written consent from the candidate to serve if nominated and elected. Shareholder recommendations for nominations to the Board will be accepted on an ongoing basis and such recommendations will be kept on file for consideration in the event of a future vacancy on the Board.

Trustee Ownership in the Touchstone Fund Complex

As of December 31, 2025, neither the Independent Trustees nor their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities in the Adviser, Sub-Advisers, Distributor or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Adviser, Sub-Advisers or Distributor.

The following table reflects the Trustees’ beneficial ownership in the Funds (i.e., dollar range of securities in each Fund) and the Touchstone Fund Complex as of December 31, 2025.


	Interested Trustees		Independent Trustees
Fund	Jill T. McGruder	E. Blake Moore, Jr.	Karen Carnahan	Susan M. King	William C. Gale	Sally J. Staley	Kevin A. Robie	William H. Zimmer III
Dividend Select ETF	None	$10,001-$50,000	None	$10,001-$50,000	$10,001-$50,000	None	None	$10,001-$50,000
Dynamic International ETF	None	$10,001-$50,000	None	$50,001-$100,000	None	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000	None
International Equity ETF	None	$1-$10,000	None	$10,001-$50,000	None	None	None	None
Large Company Growth ETF(1)	None	None	None	None	None	None	None	None
Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF	None	$10,001-$50,000	None	None	None	None	None	None
Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF	None	$1-$10,000	None	None	None	None	None	None
Securitized Income ETF	None	Over$ 100,000	None	$50,001-$100,000	$10,001-$50,000	None	None	None
Strategic Income ETF	None	$1-$10,000	None	None	$10,001-$50,000	None	None	None
Ultra Short Income ETF	None	Over$ 100,000	None	$1-$10,000	$1-$10,000	None	$50,001-$100,000	None
US Large Cap Focused ETF	None	$10,001-$50,000	None	$10,001-$50,000	None	None	None	$10,001-$50,000
Aggregate Dollar Range of Securities in the Touchstone Fund Complex(2)	Over $100,000	Over $100,000	Over $100,000	Over $100,000	Over $100,000	Over $100,000	Over $100,000	Over $100,000

(1)As of December 31, 2025, the Fund had not yet commenced operations.

(2)As of the date of this SAI, the Touchstone Fund Complex consists of 10 series of the Trust, 12 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust, 14 series of Touchstone Strategic Trust and 4 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust.

Trustee Compensation

The following table shows the compensation paid to the Trustees by the Trust and the aggregate compensation paid by the Touchstone Fund Complex during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025.

Name	Compensation from the Trust	Aggregate Compensation from the Touchstone Fund Complex(1)
Interested Trustees
Jill T. McGruder	$—	$—
E. Blake Moore, Jr.	$—	$—
Independent Trustees(2)
Karen Carnahan	$49,918	$218,000
William C. Gale	$53,215	$232,400
Susan M. King	$45,796	$200,000
Kevin A. Robie	$45,796	$200,000
Sally J. Staley	$45,796	$200,000
William H. Zimmer III	$49,918	$218,000

(1)

As of the date of this SAI, the Touchstone Fund Complex consists of 10 series of the Trust, 4 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust, 12 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust and 14 series of Touchstone Strategic Trust.

(2)

The Independent Trustees are eligible to participate in the Touchstone Trustee Deferred Compensation Plan, which allows them to defer payment of a specific amount of their Trustee compensation, subject to a minimum quarterly reduction of $1,000. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the Independent Trustees from the Touchstone Fund Complex during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 was $60,000.

The following table shows the Trustee quarterly compensation schedule beginning January 1, 2026:

	Retainer	Governance Committee Meeting Attendance Fees	Audit Committee Meeting Attendance Fees	Board Meeting Attendance Fees
Retainer and Meeting Attendance Fees	$31,500	$6,000	$6,000	$8,000
Lead Independent Trustee Fees	$8,150
Committee Chair Fees	$1,500	$3,100	$3,100
Telephonic/Virtual Meeting Attendance Fee = $2,500
Limited items in-person meeting = $3,500

Independent Trustee compensation and Trustee and officer expenses are typically divided equally among the series comprising the Touchstone Fund Complex.

THE ADVISER

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (previously defined as the “Adviser” or “Touchstone Advisors”), is each Fund’s investment adviser under the terms of an advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) dated July 1, 2022, as amended. Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser reviews, supervises, and administers each Fund’s investment program, subject to the oversight of, and policies established by, the Board. The Adviser determines the appropriate allocation of assets to each Fund’s sub-adviser(s).

The Advisory Agreement provides that the Advisor shall not be liable to the Trust or to any of the Funds or to any shareholder for any act or omission in the course of or connected in any way with rendering services or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding, or sale of any security, but shall not be protected against any liability to the Trust, any Fund or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard on its part in the performance of its obligations or duties.

The continuance of the Advisory Agreement as to a Fund after the first two years must be specifically approved at least annually (i) by the vote of the Board or by a vote of the shareholders of the Fund, and, in either case, (ii) by the vote of a majority of the Board who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party thereto, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment, and is terminable at any time with respect to any Fund(s), without payment of any penalty, by the Trust’s Board of Trustees or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the affected Fund(s) upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Adviser and by the Adviser upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Trust.

The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of IFS Financial Services, Inc., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Western-Southern Life Assurance Company. Western-Southern Life Assurance Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc. Western & Southern Financial Group Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company (“Western & Southern”). Western & Southern is located at 400 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. Ms. Jill T. McGruder may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Adviser because she is a Director of the Adviser and an officer of affiliates of the Adviser. Mr. E. Blake Moore Jr. may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Adviser because he was an officer of the Adviser from 2020 until July 2025 and currently receives compensation from Western & Southern for serving as a trustee of the Trusts. Ms. McGruder and Mr. Moore, by reason of these affiliations, may directly or indirectly receive benefits from the advisory fees paid to the Adviser.

Manager-of-Managers Structure

The SEC has granted an exemptive order that permits the Trust or the Adviser, under certain circumstances, to select or change affiliated or unaffiliated sub-advisers, enter into new sub-advisory agreements or amend existing sub-advisory agreements without first obtaining shareholder approval (a “manager-of-managers structure”). This order does not, however, permit the Adviser to increase the aggregate advisory fee rate of each Fund without the approval of the shareholders. The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, seeks to achieve its investment goal by using a manager-of-managers structure. Under a manager-of-managers structure, the Adviser acts as investment adviser, subject to direction from and oversight by the Board, to allocate and reallocate the Fund’s assets among sub-advisers, and to recommend that the Trustees hire, terminate or replace sub-advisers without shareholder approval. By reducing the number of shareholder meetings that may

have to be held to approve new or additional sub-advisers for a Fund, the Trust anticipates that there will be substantial potential cost savings, as well as the opportunity to achieve certain management efficiencies, with respect to any Fund in which the manager-of-managers approach is chosen. Shareholders of a Fund will be notified of a change in its sub-adviser.

Fees Paid to the Adviser

For its services, the Adviser is entitled to receive an investment advisory fee from each Fund at an annualized rate, based on the average daily net assets of the Fund, as set forth below. Each Fund’s advisory fee is accrued daily and paid monthly, based on the Fund’s average net assets during the current month.

Fund	Investment Advisory Fee
Dividend Select ETF	0.55% on the first $1 billion; and 0.50% on assets over $1 billion
Dynamic International ETF	0.55% on the first $500 million; and 0.50% on assets over $500 million
International Equity ETF	0.625% on the first $500 million; and 0.60% on assets over $500 million
Large Company Growth ETF	0.60% on all assets
Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF	0.74% on the first $200 million; 0.71% on the next $1.3 billion; and 0.69% on assets over $1.5 billion
Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF	0.65% on the first $1 billion; 0.60% on the next $1 billion; 0.55% on the next $2 billion; and 0.52% on assets over $4 billion.
Securitized Income ETF	0.34% on the first $500 million; and 0.30% on assets over $500 million
Strategic Income ETF	0.55% on the first $250 million; 0.50% on the next $250 million; and 0.45% on assets over $500 million
Ultra Short Income ETF	0.18% on the first $500 million; 0.16% on assets over $500 million
US Large Cap Focused ETF	0.70% on the first $500 million; 0.65% on the next $300 million; 0.60% on the next $200 million; 0.50% on the next $1 billion; and 0.40% on assets over $2 billion

Each Fund shall pay the expenses of its operation, including but not limited to the following: (i) charges and expenses for Fund accounting, pricing and appraisal services and related overhead; (ii) the charges and expenses of the Fund’s auditors; (iii) the charges and expenses of any custodian, transfer agent, plan agent, dividend disbursing agent and registrar appointed by the Trust with respect to the Fund; (iv) brokers’ commissions, and issue and transfer taxes, chargeable to the Fund in connection with securities transactions to which the Fund is a party; (v) insurance premiums, interest charges, dues and fees for membership in trade associations and all taxes and fees payable to federal, state or other governmental agencies; (vi) fees and expenses involved in registering and maintaining registrations of the Fund and/or shares of the Fund with the SEC, state or blue sky securities agencies and foreign countries, including the preparation of Prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information for filing with the SEC; (vii) all expenses of meetings of Trustees and of shareholders of the Fund and of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses, notices, proxy statements and all reports to shareholders and to governmental agencies; (viii) charges and expenses of legal counsel to the Trust and the Independent Trustees; (ix) compensation of Independent Trustees of the Trust; (x) compliance fees and expenses; and (xi) interest on borrowed money, if any. The compensation and expenses of any officer, Trustee or employee of the Trust who is an affiliated person of the Adviser are paid by the Adviser, except with respect to certain compensation of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer, which is paid by the Funds.

Expense Limitation Agreement. Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive fees and reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to ensure each Fund’s total annual operating expenses do not exceed the contractual limits set forth in the Fund’s Fees and Expenses table in the Summary section of the Prospectus. Expenses that are not waived or reimbursed by the Adviser include dividend and interest expenses relating to short sales; interest; taxes; brokerage commissions and other transaction costs; portfolio transaction and investment related expenses, including expenses associated with the Funds’ interfund lending program, if any; other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; the cost of “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses,” if any, and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business (“Excluded Expenses”). Each Fund bears the costs of these Excluded Expenses. Fee waivers or expense reimbursements are calculated and applied monthly, based on the Fund’s average net assets

during the month. The terms of Touchstone Advisors’ contractual expense limitation agreement provide that Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Fund’s Board, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three years from the date on which Touchstone Advisors reduced its compensation or assumed expenses for the Fund. No recoupment will occur unless the Fund’s operating expenses are below the expense limitation amount in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement. The Fund will make repayments to the Adviser only if such repayment does not cause the annual Fund operating expenses (after the repayment is taken into account) to exceed either (1) the expense cap in place when such amounts were waived or reimbursed or (2) the Fund’s current expense limitation.

Advisory Fees and Fee Waivers or Reimbursements. For the three most recent fiscal years (or periods) the Funds paid advisory fees and received waivers and/or reimbursements as shown in the following table.

Fund	Date of Fiscal Period End	Gross Advisory Fee Paid	Fees Waived/Recouped
Touchstone Dividend Select ETF	12/31/2023	$154,439	$152,548
	12/31/2024	$185,458	$175,860
	12/31/2025	$198,387	$232,982
Touchstone Dynamic International ETF(1)	12/31/2023	$162,468	$411,731
	12/31/2024	$298,666	$293,104
	12/31/2025	$331,359	$237,249
Touchstone International Equity ETF(2)	12/31/2023	N/A	N/A
	12/31/2024	N/A	N/A
	12/31/2025	$297,765	$302,575
Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF(3)	12/31/2023	$944,101	$269,559
	12/31/2024	$814,375	$259,065
	12/31/2025	$909,017	$262,792
Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Ex-China Growth ETF(4)	12/31/2023	N/A	N/A
	12/31/2024	N/A	N/A
	12/31/2025	$50,644	$131,360
Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF(5)	12/31/2023	N/A	N/A
	12/31/2024	N/A	N/A
	12/31/2025	$421,371	$190,070
Touchstone Securitized Income ETF(6)	12/31/2023	$40,658	$91,018
	12/31/2024	$264,514	$251,272
	12/31/2025	$385,277	$325,045
Touchstone Strategic Income ETF	12/31/2023	$550,096	$217,774
	12/31/2024	$661,809	$308,710
	12/31/2025	$1,110,833	$636,641
Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF(7)	12/31/2023	$119,023	$184,378
	12/31/2024	$142,971	$217,127
	12/31/2025	$329,176	$322,158
Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF	12/31/2023	$199,113	$153,154
	12/31/2024	$255,010	$225,651
	12/31/2025	$337,915	$299,524

(1)

Effective December 8, 2023, the Touchstone Dynamic Allocation Fund (the “Predecessor Fund”) was reorganized into the Fund. The Fund assumed the performance and accounting history of the Predecessor Fund. Prior to December 8, 2023, the Fund paid 0.25% on the first $1 billion, 0.225% on the next $1 billion, 0.20% on the next $1 billion, 0.175% on such assets over $3 billion. Information shown for periods prior to December 8, 2023 is that of the Predecessor Fund.

(2)

The Fund commenced operations on March 3, 2025.

(3)

Effective March 13, 2026, the Touchstone Large Company Growth Fund was reorganized into the Fund. The Fund assumed the performance and accounting history of the Large Company Growth Fund. Information shown is that of the Large Company Growth Fund for its last three June 30 fiscal year ends.

(4)

The Fund commenced operations on February 24, 2025.

(5)

The Fund commenced operations on January 2, 2025.

(6)

The Fund commenced operations on July 17, 2023. Prior to September 1, 2023, the Fund paid 0.55% on the first $250 million, 0.50% on the next $250 million and 0.45% on such assets over $500 million.

(7)

Prior to September 1, 2023, the Fund paid 0.25% on all assets.

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

The Adviser may pay certain broker-dealers, banks and other financial intermediaries, from its own resources, that support the sale of Fund shares or provide services to Fund shareholders or for participating in activities that are designed to make registered representatives and other professionals more knowledgeable about exchange-traded products, including each Fund, or for other activities such as participating in marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development of technology platforms and reporting systems. The amounts of these payments could be significant, and may create an incentive for the financial intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the Fund to investors. Not all financial intermediaries receive such payments, and the amount of compensation may vary by intermediary. In some cases, such payments may be made by or funded from the resources of companies affiliated with the Adviser. These payments are not reflected in the fees and expenses listed in the fee table sections of the Funds' prospectus and described above because they are not paid by the Funds.

The Adviser recommends and the Funds utilize the Dreyfus Government Cash Management Fund - Institutional Shares (the “Dreyfus Fund”) as the cash sweep vehicle for the excess cash of the Funds. An affiliate of the Adviser receives a fee based on a percentage of average daily net assets of the Funds invested in the Dreyfus Fund from BNY Mellon Securities Corporation, the distributor of the Dreyfus Fund, for providing certain support services, including monitoring and due diligence. The payment of compensation by BNY Mellon Securities Corporation creates a conflict of interest because the Adviser is incentivized to recommend the Dreyfus Fund over other investment options for which it or its affiliates are not similarly compensated.

THE SUB-ADVISERS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

The Adviser has selected a sub-adviser (each, a “Sub-Adviser”) to manage all or a portion of a Fund’s assets, as determined by the Adviser. The Sub-Adviser makes the investment decisions for the Fund assets allocated to it, and continuously reviews, supervises and administers a separate investment program, subject to the oversight of, and policies established by, the Board.

Each sub-advisory agreement provides that the Sub-Adviser shall not be protected against any liability to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard of its obligations or duties thereunder.

For its services, the Sub-Adviser receives a fee from the Adviser with respect to each Fund that it sub-advises, as described in the prospectus. The Sub-Adviser’s fee with respect to each Fund is accrued daily and paid monthly, based on the Fund’s average net assets allocated to the Sub-Adviser during the current month. The Adviser pays sub-advisory fees to the Sub-Adviser from its advisory fee. The compensation of any officer, director or employee of a Sub-Adviser who is rendering services to a Fund is paid by the Sub-Adviser.

For the three most recent fiscal years (or periods) ended December 31, the Adviser paid the following sub-advisory fees with respect to each Fund:

Fund	Date of Fiscal Period End	Sub-Advisory Fees Paid
Touchstone Dividend Select ETF(1)	12/31/2023	$275,048
	12/31/2024	$310,738
	12/31/2025	$66,459
Touchstone Dynamic International ETF(2)	12/31/2023	$55,719
	12/31/2024	$162,909
	12/31/2025	$180,741
Touchstone International Equity ETF(3)	12/31/2023	N/A
	12/31/2024	N/A
	12/31/2025	$—
Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF(4)	12/31/2023	$503,521
	12/31/2024	$434,905
	12/31/2025	$484,144

Fund	Date of Fiscal Period End	Sub-Advisory Fees Paid
Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF(5)	12/31/2023	N/A
	12/31/2024	N/A
	12/31/2025	$18,067
Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF(6)	12/31/2023	N/A
	12/31/2024	N/A
	12/31/2025	$158,032
Touchstone Securitized Income ETF(7)	12/31/2023	$20,329
	12/31/2024	$132,257
	12/31/2025	$192,639
Touchstone Strategic Income ETF(1)	12/31/2023	$77,219
	12/31/2024	$87,209
	12/31/2025	$406,508
Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF(1)	12/31/2023	$38,525
	12/31/2024	$53,613
	12/31/2025	$123,441
Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF(1)	12/31/2023	$99,556
	12/31/2024	$119,611
	12/31/2025	$113,201

(1)

The Fund's sub-adviser has agreed to waive certain sub-advisory fees received until Fund assets reach a certain threshold. Amounts shown are net of sub-advisory fee waivers.

(2)

(3)

The Fund commenced operations on March 3, 2025. The Fund's sub-adviser has agreed to waive certain sub-advisory fees received for the first year. Amounts shown are net of sub-advisory fee waivers.

(4)

(5)

The Fund commenced operations on February 24, 2025. The Fund's sub-adviser has agreed to waive certain sub-advisory fees received until Fund assets reach a certain threshold. Amounts shown are net of sub-advisory fee waivers.

(6)

The Fund commenced operations on January 2, 2025. The Fund's sub-adviser has agreed to waive certain sub-advisory fees received until Fund assets reach a certain threshold. Amounts shown are net of sub-advisory fee waivers.

(7)

The Fund commenced operations on July 17, 2023.

With respect to the Ultra Short Income ETF, the Sub-Adviser has agreed to waive certain sub-advisory fees received until Fund assets reach a certain threshold. The sub-advisory fees paid for the Ultra Short Income ETF, as shown in the table above, are net fees paid for the fiscal period ended December 31, 2025 and reflect the sub-advisory fee waiver.

Sub-Adviser Control.

●

DSM Capital Partners LLC (“DSM”) is an SEC-registered investment adviser and is primarily controlled by Daniel Strickberger.

●

Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. (“Fort Washington”) is an SEC-registered investment adviser and serves as the Sub-Adviser to the Dividend Select ETF, the Securitized Income ETF, the Strategic Income ETF, the Ultra Short Income ETF and the US Large Cap Focused ETF. The firm is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Western & Southern and is therefore an affiliate of Touchstone Advisors. Ms. McGruder and Mr. Moore may be deemed to be an affiliate of Fort Washington.

●

Los Angeles Capital Management LLC (“Los Angeles Capital”) is an SEC-registered investment adviser and serves as the Sub-Adviser to the Dynamic International ETF. Los Angeles Capital’s majority owner is LACM Holdings Inc. (“LACM Holdings”), which owns over 95% of the Firm. Thomas D. Stevens and Hal W. Reynolds are the principal owners of LACM Holdings. The other owners of LACM Holdings are employees of the Firm.

●

Each Sub-Adviser manages its respective Fund(s) using a team of investment professionals primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of each Fund. The following charts list for each of the Fund’s portfolio managers (i) the number of their other managed accounts per investment category: (ii) the number of and total assets of such other investment accounts managed where the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account, and (iii) their beneficial ownership in their managed Fund(s) as of December 31, 2025. Listed below the charts applicable to each Sub-Adviser’s group of portfolio managers is (i) a description of each portfolio manager’s compensation structure as of December 31, 2025 and (ii) a description of any material conflicts that may arise in connection with each portfolio manager’s management of the Fund’s investments and the investments of the other accounts included in the chart and any material conflicts in allocation of investment opportunities between the Fund and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager as of December 31, 2025.

DSM

Large Company Growth ETF

Portfolio Manager/Types of Accounts	Total Number of Other Accounts Managed	Total Other Assets	Number of Other Accounts Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee	Total Other Assets Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee
Daniel Strickberger
Registered Investment Companies	0	$0	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	10	$1,154,000,000	0	$0
Other Accounts	1,419	$4,641,000,000	3	$923,000,000
David McVey
Registered Investment Companies	0	$0	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	10	$1,154,000,000	0	$0
Other Accounts	1,419	$4,641,000,000	3	$923,000,000
Eric Woodworth, CFA
Registered Investment Companies	0	$0	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	10	$1,154,000,000	0	$0
Other Accounts	1,419	$4,641,000,000	3	$923,000,000

Fund Ownership. The following table indicates for the Fund the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2025:

Portfolio Managers	Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership
Daniel Strickberger	None
David McVey	None
Eric Woodworth, CFA	None

Compensation. The portfolio manager receives a base salary commensurate with his level of experience. DSM’s goal is to maintain base salaries and bonus compensation competitive with the broad investment industry (including alternative investment firms). Bonus compensation, which is a multiple of base salary, is based on an employee’s long-term performance. The portfolio manager’s contribution to fundamental research, valuation work and portfolio management is considered, both within and beyond the portfolio. Collaboration is expected and rewarded. Importantly, the entire investment team, as well as other employees of the firm, are also shareholders of DSM. This compensation and ownership structure provides incentive to attract and retain highly qualified people, as each member of the firm has the opportunity to share directly in the accomplishments of the business.

Material Conflicts of Interest. Because DSM performs investment advisory services for many types of clients, in general, various conflicts of interest could arise. For instance, DSM may give advice and take action with respect to its other clients that may differ from advice given or the timing or nature of action taken with respect to the Fund. DSM does not have an obligation to purchase or sell for a Fund, or to recommend for purchase or sale by a Fund, any security that DSM, its principals, its affiliates, or its employees may purchase for themselves or for their clients at the same time or at the same price.

DSM has adopted a Code of Ethics describing its commitment to integrity and high ethical standards. The Code of Ethics is based upon the principle that DSM and its employees owe a fiduciary duty to clients to conduct their affairs, including their personal securities transactions, in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interests. DSM’s Code of Ethics contains provisions relating to the prohibition against trading on material, non public information. The Code of Ethics also describes permissible personal securities transactions, permissible gifts and entertainment, and permissible outside business activities as well as protecting the confidentiality of client information. All employees of DSM must acknowledge the terms of the Code of Ethics annually and as amended.

To align the interests of its employees with its clients, DSM encourages its employees to personally invest in the same portfolios and securities as its clients. This may cause a conflict as DSM, its employees and their related accounts may invest in the same securities, and at the same times, that it purchases and sells for clients. Moreover, DSM may purchase or sell securities for clients in which DSM, its employees, and their immediate family members have an interest. For instance, DSM may recommend that a client invest in a pooled investment vehicle that it advises or in which its employees are invested. This also presents a conflict of interests.

To address these, and other potential conflicts, DSM’s employees and their immediate family members are required to follow DSM’s Code of Ethics. Under the Code of Ethics, employees of DSM and their immediate family members must obtain pre-clearance for certain securities transactions. Approval of an employee or employee-related transaction is based upon a careful review by DSM’s Chief Compliance Officer. Certain classes of securities have been designated as exempt, not needing pre-clearance, based upon a determination that these would not materially interfere with the best interest of DSM’s clients. Account statements of employees of DSM and their immediate family members are also reviewed periodically by the Chief Compliance Officer of DSM. Nonetheless, because the Code of Ethics permits employees and immediate family member to invest in the same securities as clients, there is a possibility that employees and immediate family members might benefit from market activity resulting from a client transaction. Employee accounts and accounts of their immediate family members that trade in the same securities as clients are aggregated. These accounts and the client accounts will share commission costs, be allocated on a pro rata basis, and receive securities at the same average price. DSM retains records of the pre-allocation trade order (specifying each participating account) and its allocation, which will be completed prior to the entry of the aggregated order. Completed orders will be allocated as specified in the trade order. Partially filled orders will typically be allocated on a pro rata basis. Any exceptions will be documented.

Fort Washington

Dividend Select ETF

Portfolio Manager/Types of Accounts	Total Number of Other Accounts Managed	Total Other Assets	Number of Other Accounts Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee	Total Other Assets Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee
Austin R. Kummer, CFA
Registered Investment Companies	6	$4,035,418,178	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	5	$1,650,556,416	0	$0
Other Accounts	141	$7,055,591,347	0	$0
James E. Wilhelm, Jr.
Registered Investment Companies	6	$8,723,308,623	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	1	$54,991,666	0	$0
Other Accounts	104	$4,986,296,692	0	$0

Fund Ownership. The following table indicates for the Fund the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2025:

Portfolio Managers	Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership
Austin R. Kummer, CFA	$50,001 - $100,000
James E. Wilhelm, Jr.	None

Securitized Income ETF

Portfolio Manager/Types of Accounts	Total Number of Other Accounts Managed	Total Other Assets	Number of Other Accounts Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee	Total Other Assets Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee
Scott D. Weston
Registered Investment Companies	1	$922,254,853	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	1	$297,639,128	0	$0
Other Accounts	84	$4,373,271,873	0	$0
Brent A. Miller, CFA
Registered Investment Companies	1	$922,254,853	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	1	$297,639,128	0	$0
Other Accounts	84	$4,373,271,873	0	$0
Laura L. Mayfield
Registered Investment Companies	1	$922,254,853	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	1	$297,639,128	0	$0
Other Accounts	84	$4,373,271,873	0	$0
Richard V. Schneider
Registered Investment Companies	1	$922,254,853	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	1	$297,639,128	0	$0
Other Accounts	84	$4,373,271,873	0	$0

Fund Ownership. The following table indicates for the Fund the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2025:

Portfolio Managers	Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership
Scott D. Weston	$50,001 - $100,000
Brent A. Miller, CFA	$10,001 - $50,000
Laura L. Mayfield	$10,001 - $50,000
Richard V. Schneider	None

Strategic Income ETF

Portfolio Manager/Types of Accounts	Total Number of Other Accounts Managed	Total Other Assets	Number of Other Accounts Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee	Total Other Assets Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee
Daniel J. Carter, CFA
Registered Investment Companies	5	$1,672,553,879	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	5	$2,044,239,106	0	$0
Other Accounts	122	$7,034,384,524	0	$0
Austin R. Kummer, CFA
Registered Investment Companies	6	$4,035,418,178	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	5	$1,455,492,516	0	$0
Other Accounts	141	$7,055,591,347	0	$0
Brendan M. White, CFA
Registered Investment Companies	1	$405,632,098	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	1	$400,859,267	0	$0
Other Accounts	3	$403,728,716	0	$0

Fund Ownership. The following table indicates for the Fund the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2025:

Portfolio Managers	Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership
Daniel J. Carter, CFA	$10,0001 - $50,000
Austin R. Kummer, CFA	$50,0001 - $100,000
Brendan M. White, CFA	$500,001 - $1,000,000

US Large Cap Focused ETF

Portfolio Manager/Types of Accounts	Total Number of Other Accounts Managed	Total Other Assets	Number of Other Accounts Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee	Total Other Assets Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee
James E. Wilhelm, Jr.
Registered Investment Companies	6	$8,723,308,623	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	1	$37,860,945	0	$0
Other Accounts	104	$4,986,296,692	0	$0
Sunit Gogia
Registered Investment Companies	3	$5,308,216,207	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	$0	0	$0
Other Accounts	22	$1,920,060,004	0	$0

Fund Ownership. The following table indicates for the Fund the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2025:

Portfolio Managers	Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership
James E. Wilhelm, Jr.	$1 - $10,000
Sunit Gogia	$1 - $10,000

Ultra Short Income ETF

Portfolio Manager/Types of Accounts	Total Number of Other Accounts Managed	Total Other Assets	Number of Other Accounts Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee	Total Other Assets Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee
Scott D. Weston
Registered Investment Companies	1	$922,254,853	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	1	$297,639,128	0	$0
Other Accounts	84	$4,373,271,873	0	$0
Brent A. Miller, CFA
Registered Investment Companies	1	$922,254,853	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	1	$297,639,128	0	$0
Other Accounts	84	$4,373,271,873	0	$0
Laura L. Mayfield
Registered Investment Companies	1	$922,254,853	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	1	$297,639,128	0	$0
Other Accounts	84	$4,373,271,873	0	$0
Richard V. Schneider
Registered Investment Companies	1	$922,254,853	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	1	$297,639,128	0	$0
Other Accounts	84	$4,373,271,873	0	$0

Fund Ownership. The following table indicates for the Fund the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2025:

Portfolio Managers	Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership
Scott D. Weston	$50,001 - $100,000
Brent A. Miller, CFA	$10,001 - $50,000
Laura L. Mayfield	$1 - $10,000
Richard V. Schneider	$1 - $10,000

Conflicts of Interest. Actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has management responsibilities to more than one account (including the Funds). This would include devotion of unequal time and attention to the management of the accounts, inability to allocate limited investment opportunities across a broad array of accounts and incentive to allocate opportunities to an account where the portfolio manager has a greater financial incentive, such as allocation opportunities for performance based accounts. Fort Washington has adopted policies and procedures it believes are reasonably designed to address such conflicts.

Compensation. All of Fort Washington’s portfolio managers receive a fixed base salary and annual performance bonuses. Bonuses are based primarily on the overall performance of Fort Washington as well as the pre-tax performance (relative to peers and appropriate benchmarks) of their respective asset category over a one-year and a three-year time horizon. Secondarily, portfolio managers are also assessed on their ability to retain clients and attract new clients. Additionally, a long-term retention plan was instituted in 2000, whereby certain investment professionals are periodically granted participation units with a 7-year cliff vesting schedule. The structure includes long-term vesting provisions. The percentage of compensation allocated to performance bonuses, asset-increase incentives and long-term incentive compensation is determined annually by the firm’s president and approved by the Board of Directors.

Fort Washington’s parent company also provides all personnel a defined benefit retirement plan, which provides a lifetime annuity upon retirement that is based on a percentage of final average pay and years of service under the plan.

Associates are also eligible to participate in a 401(k) plan. The 401(k) company match is 50% of the first 4% of earnings saved. In years where Western & Southern Financial Group exceeds its business goals, the company may increase its match to as much as 50% of the first 6% earnings saved.

The London Company

International Equity ETF

Portfolio Manager/Types of Accounts	Total Number of Other Accounts Managed	Total Other Assets	Number of Other Accounts Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee	Total Other Assets Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee
TJ Carter, CFA, CPA
Registered Investment Companies	0	$0	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	$0	0	$0
Other Accounts	13	$35,500,000	0	$0

Fund Ownership. The following table indicates for the Fund the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2025:

Portfolio Managers	Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership
TJ Carter	$100,001 - $500,000

Conflicts of Interest. Actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise when the portfolio manager has management responsibilities for more than one client account including, but not limited to the execution and allocation of investment opportunities, use of soft dollars and other brokerage practices, and personal securities trading. The London Company has adopted policies and procedures it believes are reasonably designed to address such conflicts.

Compensation. Portfolio managers are compensated through salary and bonus. In addition to base salaries, portfolio managers are eligible to receive bonus compensation based on their individual contribution to the research effort as well as client retention, sales and overall firm performance. They also have a potential for ownership after a reasonable tenure with the firm.

Los Angeles Capital Management LLC

Dynamic International ETF

Portfolio Manager/Types of Accounts	Total Number of Other Accounts Managed	Total Other Assets	Number of Other Accounts Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee	Total Other Assets Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee
Hal W. Reynolds, CFA
Registered Investment Companies	18	$10,614,000,000	1	$5,781,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	20	$17,153,000,000	6	$2,638,000,000
Other Accounts	36	$7,669,000,000	9	$4,987,000,000
Ed Rackham, Ph.D.
Registered Investment Companies	2	$229,000,000	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	$0	0	$0
Other Accounts	7	$3,000,000	0	$0
Daniel Arche, CFA
Registered Investment Companies	12	$6,729,000,000	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	8	$4,692,000,000	4	$2,094,000,000
Other Accounts	12	$1,145,000,000	1	$23,000,000

Fund Ownership. The following table indicates for the Fund the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2025:

Portfolio Managers	Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership
Hal W. Reynolds, CFA	$50,001 - $100,000
Ed Rackham, Ph.D.	$50,001 - $100,000
Daniel Arche, CFA	$50,001 - $100,000

Conflicts of Interest. Los Angeles Capital has adopted policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, which the Firm believes are reasonably designed to manage, monitor and prevent the Firm from inappropriately favoring one account over another. Procedures adopted by Los Angeles Capital seek to treat all clients fairly and equally over time and to mitigate conflicts among accounts. Client accounts are managed independent of one another in accordance with client specific mandates, restrictions, and instructions as outlined in the investment management agreement, and such restrictions and instructions are monitored for compliance with the client’s investment guidelines.

Side-by-side management can result in investment positions or actions taken for one client account that differ from those taken in another client account, in situations where trades in one account closely precede transactions in the same securities in a different account, or in situations where clients receive different execution prices when trading the same security but at different times. Conversely, Los Angeles Capital could hold a long position in an account while at the same time taking a short position on the same issuer in another account. These situations occur due to differences in the risk and guideline constraints and exposures governing a client’s account in comparison to the other accounts managed by the Firm. In addition, as a result of the liquidity characteristics of the securities within certain strategies, larger accounts could require extended trading horizons and experience lower completion rates on orders, higher transaction costs, and reduced performance when compared to smaller accounts in the same strategy. Additionally, certain accounts, including Firm proprietary accounts, could trade more frequently than other accounts, creating more competition between and among client accounts, which can result in increased transaction costs, decreased liquidity in an investment, and/or impacts on the security price. These positions and actions can adversely affect or benefit different clients at different times.

Los Angeles Capital manages client accounts that have different investment strategies, objectives, restrictions, constraints, launch dates, and overlapping benchmark constituents. Given these customizations and differences, it is possible that Los Angeles Capital may be purchasing or holding a security for one account and simultaneously selling the same security for another account. However, simultaneously purchasing and selling the same security in the same account without the intent to take a bona fide market position (“wash trades”) is prohibited. Additionally, it is possible for the Firm to purchase or sell the same security for different accounts during the same trading day but at differing execution prices. The order of account rebalances may work on some occasions to the account’s advantage or disadvantage. Client accounts also have different account trading strategies that include, but are not limited to, varying the frequency and order of account rebalances (e.g. weekly, semi-monthly, monthly or quarterly), varying the grouping of accounts or markets to be traded within accounts on a particular day (e.g. trading U.S. accounts before global accounts or rotating weeks between strategies), varying account turnover, aggregating trades lists, aggregating specific names within trade lists, varying names traded as a block, using third-party

algorithms, using limit-orders, and adjusting executing broker strategies, methods and processes to further its best execution mandate for client accounts, Given these customizations and differences, it is possible that Los Angeles Capital may be purchasing or holding a security for one account and simultaneously selling the same security for another account.

The decision as to which accounts participate in an investment opportunity will take into account, among other things, Los Angeles Capital’s Model outlook on the account’s strategy, the account’s investment guidelines, and the account’s risk metrics. Orders are sent to the market simultaneously subject to prevailing market conditions, client flows, and liquidity.

While each client account is managed individually, with trade allocation determined prior to placing each trade with the broker, Los Angeles Capital may, at any given time, purchase or sell the same security in a block that is allocated amongst multiple accounts. Los Angeles Capital will generally execute transactions for clients on an aggregated basis when it believes that doing so would allow it to obtain best execution and remain consistent with the account’s investment guidelines. As such, Los Angeles Capital, from time to time, evaluates account trade lists for sizeable or potentially illiquid transactions that may be aggregated among concurrent account rebalances. There are a number of variables that can influence a decision to aggregate purchases or sales into a block, including but not limited to, order size, liquidity, client trading directives, regulatory limitations, round lot requirements, and cash flows. When there is decision making on whether to include or exclude certain accounts from a block transaction, there is always the potential for conflicts of interest. Furthermore, the effect of trade aggregation may work on some occasions to the account’s disadvantage. Los Angeles Capital’s policies and procedures in allocating trades are structured to treat all clients fairly. Los Angeles Capital is not required to aggregate any particular trade. For example, an account with directed brokerage may not participate in certain block trades. The implementation of portfolio decisions is decided without consideration of the Firm’s (or any of its personnel’s) pecuniary investment, or other financial interests, including without consideration of the different fees or compensation the Firm receives from clients. Furthermore, Los Angeles Capital does not invest the assets of separately managed client accounts in commingled funds sponsored by Los Angeles Capital.

Los Angeles Capital has designed a proprietary Brokerage Allocation Randomization system for objectively pairing which equity broker-dealer to use when executing an account’s transactions based on regional market eligibility/suitability characteristics, as well as perceived execution capability of the equity broker-dealer in such regional markets. Los Angeles Capital’s proprietary accounts using trading or portfolio management strategies that are utilized by other clients are primarily invested in liquid, benchmark securities, and may be traded in rotation with client accounts or on a particular day of the week depending on liquidity, size, and model constraints. The order of account rebalances may work on some occasions to the account’s advantage or disadvantage.

Los Angeles Capital’s portfolio managers manage accounts that are charged a performance-based fee alongside accounts in the same strategy with asset-based fee schedules. While performance-based fee arrangements may be viewed as creating an incentive to favor certain accounts over others in the allocation of investment opportunities, Los Angeles Capital has adopted policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to monitor and prevent the Firm from inappropriately favoring one account over another. Management and performance fees inure to the benefit of the Firm as a whole and not to specific individuals or groups of individuals. Further, Los Angeles Capital employs a quantitative investment process, which utilizes the Firm’s proprietary investment model technology to identify securities that will be used to construct a portfolio.

Los Angeles Capital has adopted a Code of Ethics that includes procedures on ethical conduct and personal trading and requires pre-clearance authorization from both the Trading and Compliance and Regulatory Risk Departments for certain personal security transactions. Nonetheless, because the Code of Ethics in some circumstances would permit employees to invest in the same securities as clients, there is a possibility that employees might benefit from market activity by a client in a security held by an employee. Employee trading is monitored under the Code of Ethics, and is designed to reasonably identify and prevent conflicts of interest between Los Angeles Capital and its clients.

Investment personnel of Los Angeles Capital or its affiliates may be permitted to be commercially or professionally involved with an issuer of securities. There is a potential risk that Los Angeles Capital personnel may place their own interests (resulting from outside employment/directorships) ahead of the interests of Los Angeles Capital clients.

Before engaging in any outside business activity, employees must obtain approval of the CCO as well as other personnel. Any potential conflicts of interest from such involvement are monitored for compliance with Los Angeles Capital’s Code of Ethics. The Code of Ethics also governs employees giving or accepting gifts and entertainment.

Compensation. Los Angeles Capital’s portfolio managers participate in a competitive compensation program that is aimed at attracting and retaining talented employees with an emphasis on disciplined risk management, ethics and compliance-centered behavior. No component of Los Angeles Capital’s compensation policy or payment scheme is tied to the performance of one or more client portfolios or funds.

Each Los Angeles Capital portfolio manager receives a base salary fixed from year to year. In addition, the portfolio managers participate in Los Angeles Capital’s profit sharing plan. The aggregate amount of the contribution to Los Angeles Capital’s profit sharing plan is based on overall Firm profitability with amounts paid to individual employees based on their relative overall compensation up to applicable legal limits. Each portfolio manager also is an equity holder of the Firm and receives compensation based upon Los Angeles Capital’s overall profits. Mr. Arches is also eligible to receive a discretionary bonus from the Firm.

Sands Capital

Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF

Portfolio Manager/Types of Accounts	Total Number of Other Accounts Managed	Total Other Assets	Number of Other Accounts Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee	Total Other Assets Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee
Brian A. Christiansen, CFA
Registered Investment Companies	3	$5,081,020,000	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	21	$11,233,440,000	1	$169,950,000
Other Accounts	30	$7,968,610,000	8	$2,649,160,000
Teeja Boye, CFA
Registered Investment Companies	1	$2,074,250,000	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	12	$3,085,760,000	1	$169,950,000
Other Accounts	11	$1,645,660,000	4	$551,110,000

Fund Ownership. The following table indicates for the Fund the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2025:

Portfolio Managers	Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership
Brian A. Christiansen	$100,001 - $500,000
Teeja Boye	$50,001 - $100,000

Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF

Portfolio Manager/Types of Accounts	Total Number of Other Accounts Managed	Total Other Assets	Number of Other Accounts Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee	Total Other Assets Managed subject to a Performance Based Advisory Fee
Wesley A. Johnston, CFA
Registered Investment Companies	2	$2,410,970,000	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	7	$1,195,620,000	0	$0
Other Accounts	171	$8,669,420,000	4	$623,030,000
Thomas H. Trentman, CFA
Registered Investment Companies	2	$2,410,970,000	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	8	$1,196,800,000	0	$0
Other Accounts	178	$10,012,020,000	5	$730,270,000
Benjamin H. Betcher, CFA
Registered Investment Companies	0	$0	0	$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	$0	0	$0
Other Accounts	0	$0	0	$0

Fund Ownership. The following table indicates for the Fund the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2025:

Portfolio Managers	Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership
Wesley A. Johnston	$100,001 - $500,000
Thomas H. Trentman	None
Benjamin H. Betcher	None

Conflicts of Interest. As an investment adviser to a variety of clients, Sands Capital recognizes there may be actual or potential conflicts of interest inherent in its business. For example, conflicts of interest could result from a portfolio manager’s management of multiple accounts for multiple clients, the execution of trades and allocation of investment opportunities, the use of brokerage commissions to obtain research, and personal trading by firm employees. Sands Capital has addressed these conflicts by developing policies and procedures it believes are reasonably designed to treat all clients in a fair and equitable manner over time. Sands Capital’s policies and procedures address

such issues as execution of portfolio transactions, aggregation and allocation of trades, directed brokerage, and the use of brokerage commissions. Additionally, Sands Capital maintains a Code of Ethics and Insider Trading Policy and Procedures that addresses rules on personal trading and insider information.

Compensation. Investment professionals benefit from a salary competitive in the industry, an annual qualitative bonus based on subjective review of the employees’ overall contribution, and a standard profit sharing plan and 401(k) plan. Additional incentives include equity participation. The investment professionals also participate in an investment results bonus. The investment results bonus is calculated from the pre-tax performance variance of the Sands Capital composite returns and their respective benchmarks over 1, 3, and 5 year periods, weighted towards the 3 and 5 year results.

THE ADMINISTRATOR

The Adviser entered into an Administration Agreement with the Trust, whereby the Adviser is responsible for: supplying executive and regulatory compliance services; supervising the preparation of tax returns; coordinating the preparation of reports to shareholders and reports to, and filings with, the Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities authorities, as well as materials for meetings of the Board of Trustees; calculating the daily NAV per share; and maintaining the financial books and records of each Fund.

For its services, the Adviser’s annual administrative fee is:

●

0.145% on the first $20 billion of the aggregate average daily net assets;

●

0.11% on the next $10 billion of aggregate average daily net assets;

●

0.09% on the next $10 billion of aggregate average daily net assets; and

●

0.07% on the aggregate average daily net assets over $40 billion.

The fee is computed and allocated among the Touchstone Fund Complex on the basis of relative daily net assets.

The Adviser has engaged The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”) as the sub-administrative agent, custodian and transfer agent to the Trust. BNY provides sub-administrative, accounting, and transfer agent services to the Trust and is compensated directly by the Adviser, not the Trust with respect to the sub-administration fees only. (See “Transfer and Sub-Administrative Agent” in this SAI). BNY’s mailing address is 240 Greenwich St., New York, NY 10286.

The following table shows the administrative fees incurred by the Funds listed below for the fiscal periods ended December 31:

Fund	Date of Fiscal Period End	Administration Fees Paid
Touchstone Dividend Select ETF	12/31/2023	$38,769
	12/31/2024	$45,352
	12/31/2025	$48,134
Touchstone Dynamic International ETF(1)	12/31/2023	$84,775
	12/31/2024	$73,060
	12/31/2025	$80,352
Touchstone International Equity ETF(2)	12/31/2023	N/A
	12/31/2024	N/A
	12/31/2025	$63,272
Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF(3)	12/31/2023	$217,559
	12/31/2024	$185,098
	12/31/2025	$203,229
Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Ex-China Growth ETF(4)	12/31/2023	N/A
	12/31/2024	N/A
	12/31/2025	$9,127
Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF(5)	12/31/2023	N/A
	12/31/2024	N/A
	12/31/2025	$86,319
Touchstone Securitized Income ETF(6)	12/31/2023	$14,267
	12/31/2024	$104,464
	12/31/2025	$151,262

Fund	Date of Fiscal Period End	Administration Fees Paid
Touchstone Strategic Income ETF	12/31/2023	$138,112
	12/31/2024	$161,729
	12/31/2025	$269,482
Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF	12/31/2023	$72,942
	12/31/2024	$106,776
	12/31/2025	$243,569
Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF	12/31/2023	$39,271
	12/31/2024	$48,992
	12/31/2025	$64,395

(1)

(2)

The Fund commenced operations on March 3, 2025.

(3)

(4)

The Fund commenced operations on February 24, 2025.

(5)

The Fund commenced operations on January 2, 2025.

(6)

The Fund commenced operations on July 17, 2023.

THE DISTRIBUTOR

Foreside Fund Services, LLC (“Foreside” or the “Distributor”), located at 3 Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101, serves as the distributor (“Distributor”) in connection with the continuous offering of the Funds’ shares. The Distributor is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act of 1934 and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA). The Trust offers shares of the Funds for sale through the Distributor in Creation Units, as described in the “Purchases and Redemptions” section below. The Distributor will not sell or redeem shares in quantities less than Creation Units. The Distributor will deliver a prospectus to persons purchasing Creation Units and will maintain records of Creation Unit orders placed and confirmations furnished by it. Pursuant to a written agreement, the Adviser pays from its own resources the Distributor for distribution-related services.

DISTRIBUTION PLANS

Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “Rule”) provides that an investment company may bear expenses of distributing its shares only pursuant to a plan adopted in accordance with the Rule. The Trustees have adopted a Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan (“Rule 12b-1 Plan”) pursuant to which a Fund may pay certain expenses incurred in the distribution of its shares.

The Rule 12b-1 Plan is not operational. The Distributor, as the Funds' principal underwriter, and Touchstone Advisors may have a direct or indirect financial interest in the Rule 12b-1 Plan or any related agreement. Pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 Plan, a Fund may pay a fee of up to 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets. No Rule 12b-1 fee is currently being charged to the Funds and there are currently no plans to impose these fees.

The Rule 12b-1 Plan was approved by the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Funds. In approving the Rule 12b-1 Plan, the Trustees determined that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Rule 12b-1 Plan will benefit the Funds and their shareholders. In the event that 12b-1 fees are charged in the future, because the Fund pays these fees out of assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees may cost you more than other types of sales charges and will increase the cost of your investment in the Fund.

The Distributor or other third parties are authorized to engage in advertising, the preparation and distribution of sales literature and other promotional activities on behalf of the Funds. In addition, the Rule 12b-1 Plan authorizes payments by the Funds to the Distributor or other third parties for the cost related to selling or servicing efforts, preparing, printing and distributing Funds' prospectuses, statements of additional information, and shareholder reports to investors.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

Decisions to buy and sell securities for the Funds and the placing of Funds' securities transactions and negotiation of commission rates where applicable are made by the Sub-Advisers and are subject to oversight by the Adviser and the Board. In the purchase and sale of portfolio securities, the Sub-Adviser’s primary objective will be to obtain the most favorable price and execution for a Fund, taking into account such factors as the overall direct net economic result to a Fund (including commissions, which may not be the lowest available but

ordinarily should not be higher than the generally prevailing competitive range), the financial strength and stability of the broker, the efficiency with which the transaction will be effected, the ability to effect the transaction at all where a large block is involved and the availability of the broker or dealer to stand ready to execute possibly difficult transactions in the future.

Each Sub-Adviser is specifically authorized, subject to certain limitations, to pay a trading commission to a broker who provides research services that is higher than the amount of trading commission another broker would have charged for the same transaction. This excess commission recognizes the additional research services rendered by the broker, but only if the Sub-Adviser determines in good faith that the excess commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the research services provided and that a Fund derives or will derive a reasonably significant benefit from such research services.

Research services include securities and economic analyses, reports on issuers’ financial conditions and future business prospects, newsletters and opinions relating to interest trends, general advice on the relative merits of possible investment securities for the Funds and statistical services and information with respect to the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities. Although this information is useful to the Funds and the sub-advisers, it is not possible to place a dollar value on it. Research services furnished by brokers through whom a Fund effects securities transactions may be used by the sub-adviser in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with a Fund.

The Funds have no obligation to deal with any broker or dealer in the execution of securities transactions. However, the Funds may execute securities transactions on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market conducted on an agency basis. a Fund will not execute any brokerage transactions in its portfolio securities with an affiliated broker if such transactions would be unfair or unreasonable to its shareholders. Over-the-counter transactions will be placed either directly with principal market makers or with broker-dealers. Although the Funds do not anticipate any ongoing arrangements with other brokerage firms, brokerage business may be transacted with other firms. Affiliated broker-dealers of the Trust will not receive reciprocal brokerage business as a result of the brokerage business transacted by the Funds with other brokers. The Funds may direct transactions to certain brokers in order to reduce brokerage commissions through a commission recapture programs offered by Frank Russell Securities, Inc. and Capital Institutional Services, Inc.

In certain instances, there may be securities that are suitable for a Fund as well as for one or more of the Sub-Adviser’s other clients. Each Sub-Adviser makes investment decisions for the Funds and for its other clients to achieve their respective investment objectives. A Sub-Adviser may buy or sell a particular security for one client even though it is buying, selling, or holding the same security for another client. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the Sub-Adviser will allocate the securities among clients in a fair and equitable manner. This system may detrimentally affect the price of a security purchased, sold, or held by the Fund, but this detrimental effect is offset by a Fund’s ability to participate in volume transactions, which could lead to better executions for the Fund. For the three most recent fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, 2024 and 2025 the Funds paid the following brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions.

	Aggregate Brokerage Commissions
Fund	2023	2024	2025
Touchstone Dividend Select ETF	$1,435	$923	$1,167
Touchstone Dynamic International ETF(1)	$22,295	$40,332	$40,882
Touchstone International Equity ETF(2)	N/A	N/A	$10,668
Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF(3)	$32,591	$22,411	$17,960
Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Ex-China Growth ETF(4)	N/A	N/A	$16,374
Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF(5)	N/A	N/A	$13,209
Touchstone Securitized Income ETF(6)	$0	$0	$0
Touchstone Strategic Income ETF	$10,666	$17,665	$51,576
Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF	$0	$0	$0
Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF	$434	$369	$713

(1)

(2)

The Fund commenced operations on March 3, 2025.

(3)

(4)

The Fund commenced operations on February 24, 2025.

(5)

The Fund commenced operations on January 2, 2025.

(6)

The Fund commenced operations on July 17, 2023.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, the amount of brokerage transactions and related commissions for the Funds directed to brokers due to research services provided was as follows:

Fund	Amount of Transactions Directed to Brokers Providing Research	Brokerage Commissions Related to Transactions Directed to Brokers Providing Research
Touchstone Dividend Select ETF	$731,066	$41
Touchstone Dynamic International ETF	$74,111,574	$35,138
Touchstone International Equity ETF(1)	$3,300,519	$760
Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF (Large Company Growth Fund)(2)	$44,923,647	$12,691
Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF(3)	$16,522,539	$13,789
Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF(4)	$62,495,439	$13,208
Touchstone Securitized Income ETF	$0	$0
Touchstone Strategic Income ETF	$0	$0
Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF	$0	$0
Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF	$187,937	$9

(1)

The Fund commenced operations on March 3, 2025.

(2)

Effective March 13, 2026, the Touchstone Large Company Growth Fund was reorganized into the Fund. The stated amounts are those of the Large Company Growth Fund as of June 30, 2025.

(3)

The Fund commenced operations on February 24, 2025.

(4)

The Fund commenced operations on January 2, 2025.

The total amount of securities of regular broker-dealers held by the Funds for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, was as follows:

Fund	Broker/Dealer	Aggregate Value
Touchstone Dividend Select ETF	N/A	N/A
Touchstone Dynamic International ETF	N/A	N/A
Touchstone International Equity ETF	N/A	N/A
Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF	N/A	N/A
Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF	Samsung Securities (America), Inc.	$649,876
Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF	N/A	N/A
Touchstone Securitized Income ETF	N/A	N/A
Touchstone Strategic Income ETF	Wells Fargo Securities, LLC	$1,218,854
Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF	N/A	N/A
Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF	N/A	N/A

PROXY VOTING

Each Fund has adopted the policies and procedures of its Sub-Adviser for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Fund, including procedures used when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of the Fund’s shareholders and those of the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates. A copy or summary of each Sub-Adviser’s proxy voting policies is included in Appendix B. Information about how the Funds voted proxies relating to their portfolio securities during the most recent year ending June 30 is available by August 31st of that year without charge, upon request by calling 1-833-368-7383, on the Touchstone website at TouchstoneInvestments.com and on the SEC’s website at sec.gov. Each Fund’s N-PX is available on the SEC’s website at sec.gov and on the Touchstone website at TouchstoneInvestments.com with the exception of the Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF which will be available by August 31, 2026.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Trust has adopted a Code of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Adviser, each Sub-Adviser and Distributor have adopted Codes of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1. These Codes of Ethics apply to the personal investing activities of Trustees, officers, and certain employees (“access persons”). Rule 17j-1 and the Codes of Ethics are designed to prevent unlawful practices in connection with the purchase or sale of securities by access persons. Under each Code of Ethics, access persons are permitted to invest in securities (including securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund), but are required to report their personal securities transactions for monitoring purposes. In addition, certain access persons are required to obtain approval before investing in initial public offerings or private placements. Copies of these Codes of Ethics are on file with the SEC, and are available to the public.

Portfolio Turnover

A Fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the fiscal year. High portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, which will be borne directly by the Fund. High turnover may result in a Fund recognizing greater amounts of income and capital gains, which would increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders and increase the amount of commissions paid by the Fund. A 100% turnover rate would occur if all of a Fund’s portfolio securities were replaced once within a one-year period. The rate of portfolio turnover will depend upon market and other conditions, and will not be a limiting factor when the Sub-Adviser believes that portfolio changes are appropriate. A Fund may engage in active trading to achieve its investment goals and, as a result, may have substantial portfolio turnover.

During the most recent fiscal years ended December 31 (or periods), the portfolio turnover rate for each Fund was as follows:

	Date of Fiscal Period End	Portfolio Turnover
Touchstone Dividend Select ETF	12/31/2024(1)	13 %
Touchstone Dividend Select ETF	12/31/2025(1)	17 %
Touchstone Dynamic International ETF	12/31/2024(1)	77 %
Touchstone Dynamic International ETF	12/31/2025(1)	67 %
Touchstone International Equity ETF(2)	12/31/2024	N/A
Touchstone International Equity ETF(2)	12/31/2025(1)	13 %
Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF (Large Company Growth Fund)(3)	12/31/2024(1)	39 %
	12/31/2025(1)	30 %
Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF(4)	12/31/2024	N/A
	12/31/2025(1)	26 %
Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF(5)	12/31/2024	N/A
Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF(5)	12/31/2025(1)	109 %
Touchstone Securitized Income ETF	12/31/2024	36 %
Touchstone Securitized Income ETF	12/31/2025	45 %
Touchstone Strategic Income ETF	12/31/2024	107 %
Touchstone Strategic Income ETF	12/31/2025	208 %
Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF	12/31/2024	85 %
Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF	12/31/2025	101 %
Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF	12/31/2024(1)	7 %
Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF	12/31/2025(1)	8 %

(1)

Portfolio turnover excludes securities delivered from processing redemptions-in-kind and received from processing subscriptions-in-kind.

(2)

The Fund commenced operations on March 3, 2025.

(3)

Effective March 13, 2026, the Touchstone Large Company Growth Fund was reorganized into the Fund. The Fund assumed the performance and accounting history of the Large Company Growth Fund. Portfolio turnover is that of the Large Company Growth Fund as of its last two June 30 fiscal year ends.

(4)

The Fund commenced operations on February 24, 2025.

(5)

The Fund commenced operations on January 2, 2025.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

A Fund’s portfolio holdings are disclosed on the Funds’ website at TouchstoneInvestments.com/ETFs prior to market open each day the Funds are open for business. In addition, disclosure of a Fund’s complete holdings is required to be made quarterly within 60 days of the end of each fiscal quarter in the Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report to Fund shareholders and in the quarterly holdings report on Form N-PORT. These reports, once available, will be free of charge on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

The portfolio composition file (“PCF”), which contains portfolio holdings information, is also made available daily, including to the Funds’ service providers to facilitate the provision of services to the Funds and to certain other entities as necessary for transactions in Creation Units. Such entities include: (i) National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) members; (ii) subscribers to various fee-based services, including entities that publish and/or analyze such information in connection with the process of purchasing or redeeming Creation Units or trading shares of the Funds in the secondary market; (iii) investors that have entered into an “Authorized Participant Agreement” with the Distributor and the transfer agent or purchase Creation Units through a dealer that has entered into such an agreement (“Authorized Participants”); and (iv) certain personnel of service providers that are involved in portfolio management and providing administrative, operational, or other support to portfolio management including personnel of the Adviser, each Sub-Adviser, and the Funds’ transfer agent, distributor, sub-administrator, custodian, IOPV calculation agent and fund accountant who are involved in functions which may require such information to conduct business in the ordinary course.

In addition, the Funds' Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) may grant exceptions to permit additional disclosure of the complete portfolio holdings information to rating agencies and to the parties noted above, provided that (1) a Fund has a legitimate business purpose for doing so; (2) it is in the best interests of shareholders; (3) the recipient is subject to a confidentiality agreement; and (4) the recipient is subject to a duty not to trade on the non-public information. In this regard, from time to time, rating and ranking organizations such as Standard & Poor’s® and Morningstar®, Inc. may request such information. The CCO shall report any disclosures made pursuant to this exception to the Board.

Employees of the Adviser and each Fund’s Sub-Adviser that are access persons under the Funds' Code of Ethics have access to Fund holdings on a regular basis, but are subject to confidentiality requirements and trading prohibitions in the Code of Ethics. In addition, custodians of the Funds' assets and the Funds' accounting services agent, each of whose agreements contains a confidentiality provision (which includes a duty not to trade on non-public information), have access to the current Fund holdings on a daily basis.

The CCO is authorized to determine whether disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio securities is for a legitimate business purpose and is in the best interests of a Fund and its shareholders. Any conflict between the interests of shareholders and the interests of the Adviser, or any affiliates, will be reported to the Board, which will make a determination that is in the best interests of shareholders.

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

Because the Funds are ETFs, individual Fund shares may only be purchased and sold on a national securities exchange through a broker-dealer and may not be purchased or redeemed directly with the Funds. When buying on or through the Exchanges, the price of Fund shares is based on a market price, which may be more or less than a Fund’s NAV. The Funds only sell and redeem shares at NAV with Authorized Participants in Creation Units.

The NAV of each Fund is calculated and determined once daily as of the close of the regular trading session on the NYSE (ordinarily 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, or at the time as of which the NYSE establishes official closing prices) on each day that the NYSE is open. Any assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are converted into U.S. dollars at market rates on the date of valuation as quoted by one or more sources.

The securities of each Fund are valued by the Adviser, which has been designated by the Trustees as the valuation designee for the Funds pursuant to Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act. The Adviser or its delegates may use independent pricing services to obtain valuations of securities. The pricing services rely primarily on prices of actual market transactions as well as on trade quotations obtained from third parties. Prices are generally determined using readily available market prices. If market prices are unavailable or believed to be unreliable, the sub-administrative agent will initiate a process by which the Adviser’s Fair Value Committee will make a good faith determination as to the “fair value” of the security using procedures approved by the Trustees. The pricing services may use a matrix system to determine valuations of fixed-income securities when market prices are not readily available. This system considers such factors as security prices, yields, maturities, call features, ratings and developments relating to specific securities in arriving at valuations. The procedures used by any such pricing service and its valuation results are reviewed by the Adviser, as the valuation designee. Some Funds may hold portfolio securities that are listed on foreign exchanges. Under certain circumstances these investments may be valued under the Adviser’s fair value policies and procedures, such as when U.S. exchanges are open but a foreign exchange is closed.

Debt securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at amortized cost, provided such amount approximates market value.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SHARES

Organization and Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest. The Trust’s Declaration of Trust authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Funds and shares of each Fund. Each share of a Fund represents an equal proportionate interest in that Fund with each other share. Upon liquidation, shares are entitled to a pro rata share in the net assets of the Fund, after taking into account additional distribution and shareholder servicing expenses, if any. Shareholders have no preemptive rights. The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees of the Trust may create additional series of shares or separate classes of funds. All consideration received by the Trust for shares of any series or separate class and all assets in which such consideration is invested would belong to that series or separate class and would be subject to the liabilities related thereto. Share certificates representing shares will not be issued.

The Trust is an entity of the type commonly known as a Delaware statutory trust. The Trust’s Declaration of Trust states that neither the Trust nor the Trustees, nor any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall have any power to bind personally any shareholder, nor, except as specifically provided therein, to demand payment from any shareholder for anything, other than as agreed by the shareholder.

The Declaration of Trust provides that a Trustee shall be liable only for his or her own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties as a Trustee and, if reasonable care has been exercised in the selection of officers, agents, employees or investment advisers, shall not be liable for any neglect or wrongdoing of any such person. The Declaration of Trust also provides that the Trust will indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with actual or threatened litigation in which they may be involved because of their offices with the Trust unless it is determined in the manner provided in the Declaration of Trust that they have not acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that their actions were in the best interests of the Trust. However, nothing in the Declaration of Trust shall protect or indemnify a Trustee against any liability for his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his or her duties.

Each whole share shall be entitled to one vote as to any matter on which it is entitled to vote. Shares issued by each Fund have no preemptive, conversion, or subscription rights. Voting rights are not cumulative. Each Fund, as a separate series of the Trust, votes separately on matters affecting only that Fund. As a Delaware statutory trust, the Trust is not required to hold annual meetings of shareholders, but approval will be sought for certain changes in the operation of the Trust and for the election of Trustees under certain circumstances.

In addition, a Trustee may be removed with or without cause at any time by a written instrument signed by at least two-thirds of the other Trustees, specifying the effective date of removal or at any meeting shareholders by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Outstanding Shares.

Derivative Claims of Shareholders. The Trust’s Declaration of Trust contains provisions regarding derivative claims of shareholders. Derivative actions will be processed in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 3816 of the Delaware Act (or successor provision(s)) and such other provisions as required under Delaware law.

Forum for Adjudication of Disputes. The Declaration of Trust provides that, in accordance with Section 3804(e) of the Delaware Act (or any successor provision), any suit, action or proceeding brought by or on behalf of any Shareholder or any person claiming any interest in any Shares against the Trust, any Series or Class, or the Trustees or officers of the Trust, shall be brought exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware to the extent there is subject matter jurisdiction in such court for the claims asserted or, if not, then in the Superior Court of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, all Shareholders and other persons hereby: irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of such courts (and the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding; irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that they may make now or hereafter to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in such court; irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that they may make now or hereafter that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

Book Entry Only System. The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) acts as securities depository for the Funds’ shares. Shares of a Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of the DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

DTC, a limited-purpose trust company, was created to hold securities of its participants (“DTC Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among the DTC Participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the DTC Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities’ certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC. More specifically, DTC is owned by a number of its DTC Participants and by the Exchanges, and FINRA. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (the “Indirect Participants”).

Beneficial ownership of shares is limited to DTC Participants, Indirect Participants and persons holding interests through DTC.

Participants and Indirect Participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in shares (owners of such beneficial interests are referred to herein as “Beneficial Owners”) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by the DTC (with respect to DTC Participants) and on the records of DTC Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners that are not

DTC Participants). Beneficial Owners will receive from or through the DTC Participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase of shares. The laws of some jurisdictions may require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. Such laws may impair the ability of certain investors to acquire beneficial interests in shares.

Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and the DTC, the DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the shares of the Fund held by each DTC Participant. The Trust shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant.

The Trust shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Share distributions shall be made to the DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares. The DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares of the Fund as shown on the records of the DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants. The Trust has no responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or notices to Beneficial Owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in such shares, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests, or for any other aspect of the relationship between the DTC and DTC Participants or the relationship between such DTC Participants and the Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC Participants.

The DTC may decide to discontinue providing its service with respect to shares at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Trust and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the Trust shall take action to find a replacement for the DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SECURITY HOLDERS

Authorized Participants beneficially owning more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a Fund are presumed to “control” the Fund. As a result, those persons or organizations could have the ability to influence an action taken by a Fund if such action requires a shareholder vote.

From time to time, Authorized Participants may be a beneficial and/or legal owner of a Fund, may be affiliated with an index provider, may be deemed to have control of a Fund and/or may be able to affect the outcome of matters presented for a vote of the shareholders of a Fund. Authorized Participants may execute an irrevocable proxy granting the Distributor power to vote or abstain from voting such Authorized Participant’s beneficially or legally owned Shares. In such cases, the Distributor shall mirror vote (or abstain from voting) such shares in the same proportion (or abstentions) as all other beneficial owners of a Fund.

As of March 31, 2026 the name, address and percentage ownership of each entity or person that owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund are as follows:

Fund Name and Share Class	Name and Address	Percentage of Class
Touchstone Dividend Select ETF	Western & Southern Life Insurance Company 400 Broadway Street Cincinnati, OH 45202	93.00 %
Touchstone Dynamic International ETF	LPL Financial 1055 LPL Way Fort Mill, SC 29715	20.29 %
	Raymond James Financial Services, Inc. 880 Carillon Parkway Saint Petersburg, FL 33716	7.28 %
	Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated 501 N Broadway St. Louis, MO 63102	5.70 %
	Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 880 Carillon Parkway Saint Petersburg, FL 33716	5.68 %

Fund Name and Share Class	Name and Address	Percentage of Class
Touchstone International Equity ETF	Cain, Watters & Associates, LLC 17 Cowboys Way Frisco, TX 75036	42.30 %
	The London Company Of Virginia, LLC 1801 Bayberry Ct Ste 301 Richmond, VA 23226	37.44 %
	Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Inc One Bryant Park New York, NY 10036	9.76 %
	Western & Southern Life Insurance Company 400 Broadway Street Cincinnati, OH 45202	7.83 %
Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF	Sendero Wealth Management, LLC 250 W Nottingham Dr Ste 300 San Antonio, TX 78209	30.97 %
	Curated Wealth Partners, LLC 2321 Rosecrans Ave Ste 2215 El Segundo, CA 90245	20.70 %
	Canterbury Consulting Incorporated 610 Newport Center Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660	11.14 %
	Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 880 Carillon Parkway Saint Petersburg, FL 33716	8.19 %
	Charles Schwab & Co Inc 101 Montgomery St San Francisco, CA 94104	6.78 %
Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF	Western & Southern Life Insurance Company 400 Broadway Street Cincinnati, OH 45202	63.40 %
	Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Inc One Bryant Park New York, NY 10036	26.95 %
	J.P. Morgan Securities LLC 383 Madison Ave New York, NY 10179	6.58 %
Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF	A & I Financial Services 9605 S Kingston Ct Englewood, CO 80112	46.44 %
	Echelons Capital, LLC 2078 Prospector Ave Suite 4 Park City, UT 84062	11.04 %
	National Financial Services Corp. 200 Liberty St. New York, NY 10281	9.65 %
	Western & Southern Life Insurance Company 400 Broadway Street Cincinnati, OH 45202	7.76 %
	Charles Schwab & Co Inc 101 Montgomery St San Francisco, CA 94104	6.64 %
Touchstone Securitized Income ETF	Western & Southern Life Insurance Company 400 Broadway Street Cincinnati, OH 45202	73.01 %

Fund Name and Share Class	Name and Address	Percentage of Class
	Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC 2000 Westchester Ave Purchase, NY 10577	8.82 %
	The Retirement Planning Group, Inc. 4811 W 136th Street Overland Park, KS 66224	6.76 %
Touchstone Strategic Income ETF	Western & Southern Life Insurance Company 400 Broadway Street Cincinnati, OH 45202	70.47 %
	Raymond James Financial Services, Inc. 880 Carillon Parkway Saint Petersburg, FL 33716	7.00 %
	Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 880 Carillon Parkway Saint Petersburg, FL 33716	5.67 %
	U.S. Bank NA 1555 N. Rivercenter Drive Ste 210 Milwaukee, WI 53212	5.06 %
Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF	Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 880 Carillon Parkway Saint Petersburg, FL 33716	19.60 %
	Western & Southern Life Insurance Company 400 Broadway Street Cincinnati, OH 45202	14.10 %
	LPL Financial 1055 LPL Way Fort Mill, SC 29715	13.77 %
	Steward Partners Investment Advisory, LLC 140 E 45th St Fl 36 New York, NY 10017	6.09 %
	Raymond James Financial Services, Inc. 880 Carillon Parkway Saint Petersburg, FL 33716	5.09 %
Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF	Western & Southern Life Insurance Company 400 Broadway Street Cincinnati, OH 45202	75.26 %
	Steward Partners Investment Advisory, LLC 140 E 45th St Fl 36 New York, NY 10017	16.18 %

As of March 31, 2026, the Trustees and principal officers of the Trust as a group owned of record or beneficially less than 1% of any class of each Fund's outstanding shares

PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS

The Trust issues and redeems shares of the Funds on any Business Day (as defined below) only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without a sales load but subject to the transaction fees described below, at the NAV next determined after receipt of an order in proper form. The number of shares of a Fund that constitute a Creation Unit is as follows: 25,000 for the Dividend Select ETF, International Equity ETF, Large Company Growth ETF, Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF, Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF, Strategic Income ETF and US Large Cap Focused ETF and 50,000 for the Dynamic International ETF, International Equity ETF, Securitized Income ETF and the Ultra Short Income ETF. The Creation Unit size of a Fund may change, and an Authorized Participant will be notified of such a change.

The Funds are open on every “Business Day,” which is any day a Fund's respective Exchange (Nasdaq, NYSE Arca or Cboe BZX) is open. Nasdaq, NYSE Arca and Cboe BZX are generally open for trading Monday through Friday and are generally closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. On days when the applicable Exchange or the bond markets close earlier than normal, the Funds may require orders to create or redeem Creation Units to be placed earlier in the day.

See “Purchase of Creation Units” and “Redemption of Creation Units” below for more information about transacting in the shares of the Funds. The Board reserves the right to declare a split or a consolidation in the number of shares outstanding of each Fund, and may make a corresponding change in the number of shares constituting a Creation Unit, in the event that the per shares price in the secondary market rises (or declines) to an amount that falls outside the range deemed desirable by the Adviser or the Board or for any other reason.

Purchase of Creation Units

The Dividend Select ETF, Large Company Growth ETF, Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF, Securitized Income ETF, Strategic Income ETF, US Large Cap Focused ETF and Ultra Short Income ETF are hereinafter referred to as “Domestic ETFs.” The Dynamic International ETF, International Equity ETF and Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth ex-China ETF are hereinafter referred to as “Foreign ETFs.” Creation Units may be purchased and redeemed only by or through a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC, which has entered into an Authorized Participant Agreement with the Distributor that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units (an “Authorized Participant”). Such Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of such Authorized Participant Agreement and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant to purchase or redeem Creation Units. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be an Authorized Participant and that Creation Unit orders may have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an Authorized Participant, which may result in additional charges to such investor. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor.

Investors who are not Authorized Participants may purchase and sell shares of the Funds in any amount on the secondary market.

Because the portfolio securities of the Funds may trade on days that the Exchanges are closed or are otherwise not Business Days for the Fund, investors may not be able to purchase or redeem Creation Units of a Fund, or buy or sell shares of the Funds on days when the NAV of a Fund could be significantly affected by events in the relevant non-U.S. markets.

The consideration for the purchase of Creation Units of the Funds consists of an in-kind deposit of a designated portfolio of securities (the “Deposit Securities”) (or cash for all or any portion of such Deposit Securities (“Deposit Cash”)) and the Cash Component, which is an amount equal to the difference between the aggregate NAV of a Creation Unit and the Deposit Securities. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component or the Deposit Cash and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit.”

The Custodian or the Administrator expects to make available through the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC) on each Business Day, prior to the opening of regular trading on the Exchanges, the list of names and the required number of shares of each Deposit Security and the required amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, and the estimated amount of the Cash Component to be included in the current Fund Deposit for that Business Day. The identity and number of shares of the Deposit Securities may change pursuant to, among other matters, changes in the composition of a Fund’s portfolio and as rebalancing adjustments and corporate action events are reflected from time to time and when Custom Baskets (defined below) are used. Cash purchases of Creation Units will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases. The Authorized Participant will pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities as Deposit Cash plus or minus the same Cash Component. The means by which the Deposit Securities and Cash Component are to be delivered by the Authorized Participant to the Funds are set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement, except to the extent the Distributor and the Authorized Participant otherwise agree. Fund shares will be settled through the DTC system.

The Trust reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of Deposit Cash to replace any Deposit Security, which shall be added to the Cash Component, including, without limitation, situations where the Deposit Security: (i) may not be available in sufficient quantity for delivery, (ii) may not be eligible for transfer through the systems of DTC for corporate securities and municipal securities; (iii) may not be eligible for trading by an Authorized Participant (as discussed below) or the investor for which it is acting; (iv) would be restricted under the securities laws or where the delivery of the Deposit Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Deposit Security by the Authorized Participant becoming restricted under the securities laws, or (v) in certain other situations (collectively, “non-standard orders”). The Trust also reserves the right to: permit or require the substitution of Deposit Securities in lieu of Deposit Cash. The adjustments described above will reflect changes, known to the Adviser on the date of announcement to be in effect by the time of delivery of a Fund Deposit, resulting from certain corporate actions.

To the extent that the Adviser, on behalf of a Fund, may need to convert subscriptions that are made in whole or in part in cash into a foreign currency prior to purchasing investments denominated in foreign currencies at the applicable exchange rate and subject to the applicable spread, Creation Unit purchasers bear the risk associated with changes in the currency exchange rate and security value between the time they place their order and the time that a Fund converts any cash received into foreign investments.

Placement of Purchase Orders

To initiate an order for a Creation Unit, an Authorized Participant must submit to the Distributor an irrevocable order in proper form to purchase shares of a Fund on a Business Day generally before the time as of which that day’s NAV is calculated. The NAV of each Fund is calculated and determined once daily as of the close of the regular trading session on the NYSE (ordinarily 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, or at the time as of which the NYSE establishes official closing prices) on each day that the NYSE is open. For a purchase order to be

processed based on the NAV calculated on a particular Business Day, the purchase order must be received in proper form and accepted by the Trust prior to the time the applicable NAV is calculated and the order window, as established for the Fund, is closed (“Cutoff Time”). For Foreign ETFs, a purchase order must be submitted between 4:01 p.m. and 5:30 p.m. Eastern time to be calculated using the next Business Day's NAV. Foreign ETF orders seeking the next Business Day’s NAV which are submitted after 5:30 p.m. Eastern Time or seeking the same Business Day’s NAV may be permitted with prior notice. Investors who are not Authorized Participants and seek to place a purchase order for a Creation Unit through an Authorized Participant should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the purchase order to the Distributor by the Cutoff Time on such Business Day. On days when the applicable Exchange or the bond markets close earlier than normal, a Fund may require orders to create Creation Units to be placed earlier in the day. Orders requesting a change in the Deposit Securities as disseminated through NSCC for that Business Day, non-standard orders (e.g., “Custom Baskets” (defined below)), or all-cash orders generally must be received in proper form and accepted by the Trust at least three hours prior to Cutoff Time (1:00 p.m. Eastern Time), for both the Domestic ETF orders and Foreign ETF orders seeking the same Business Day’s NAV. For Domestic ETFs, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust may, but is not required to, permit non-standard orders and/or all-cash payments until 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, or until the market close (in the event an Exchange closes early).

At its discretion, a Fund may require an Authorized Participant to submit orders to purchase Creation Units earlier in the day. The Fund, or the Distributor on behalf of the Fund, will provide Authorized Participants with prior notice of any such deadline. Purchase orders of Creation Units received by the transfer agent after the applicable deadline may not be accepted by the Fund.

Purchase orders requesting settlement on a T+0 basis must be received in proper form between 6:00 a.m. and 9:30 a.m. Eastern Time, to be calculated using the same Business Day’s NAV. Purchase orders requesting settlement on a T+0 basis may also be received in proper form between 4:01 p.m. and 5:30 p.m. Eastern Time to be calculated using the next Business Day’s NAV.

The Authorized Participant Agreement sets forth the different methods whereby Authorized Participants can submit purchase orders. A purchase order is considered to be in “proper form” if a request in a form satisfactory to the Funds is (1) received by the Distributor from an Authorized Participant on behalf of itself or another person before the Cutoff Time, and (2) all the procedures and other requirements applicable to the method used by the Authorized Participant to submit the purchase order, such as, in the case of purchase orders submitted through the applicable order portal, the completion of all required fields, and otherwise set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement are properly followed.

Creation Unit orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant through the applicable order portal, by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Distributor. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede transmissions between the Distributor and an Authorized Participant. Orders to create shares of a Fund that are submitted on the Business Day immediately preceding a holiday or a day (other than a weekend) when the securities markets in a foreign market in which a Fund may invest are closed may not be accepted or may be charged the maximum transaction fee. A purchase order, if accepted by the respective Fund, will be processed based on the NAV as of the next Cutoff Time.

Acceptance of Orders for and Issuance of Creation Units

All questions as to whether an order has been submitted in proper form and the number of shares of each security in the Deposit Securities and the validity, form, eligibility and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered shall be determined by each Fund and the Fund’s determination shall be final and binding.

The Funds reserve the right to reject or revoke acceptance of a creation order for any reason, provided that such action does not result in a suspension of sales of Creation Units in contravention of Rule 6c-11 and the SEC’s positions thereunder. For example, a Fund may reject or revoke acceptance of a creation order, including, but not limited to, when (i) the order is not in proper form; (ii) the investor(s), upon obtaining the shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding shares of a Fund; (iii) the Deposit Securities delivered do not conform to the identity and number of shares specified; (iv) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; (v) the acceptance or receipt of the order for a Creation Unit would, in the opinion of counsel to the Trust, be unlawful; (vi) the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, delivered by the Authorized Participant are not as disseminated through the facilities of the NSCC for that date by the Custodian; or (vii) circumstances outside the control of the Funds, the Distributor and Touchstone Advisors make it impracticable to process purchase orders. The Distributor shall notify a prospective purchaser of a Creation Unit and/or the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such purchaser of the rejection or revocation of acceptance of such order. The Funds, the Custodian, any subcustodian and the Distributor are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

Except as provided in the following paragraph, a Creation Unit will not be issued until the transfer of good title to a Fund of the Deposit Securities and the payment of the Cash Component, Deposit Cash and creation transaction fees have been completed. In this regard, the Custodian will require, prior to the issuance of a Creation Unit, that any sub-custodian confirm to the Custodian that the Deposit Securities have been delivered to the account of a Fund at the sub-custodian(s). If a Fund does not receive the foregoing by the time specified the Creation Unit may not be delivered or the purchase order may ultimately be rejected.

The Funds may issue Creation Units to an Authorized Participant, notwithstanding the fact that all Deposit Securities have not been received, in reliance on the undertaking of the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing Deposit Securities as soon as possible, which undertaking shall be secured by such Authorized Participant’s delivery and maintenance of collateral having a value of up to 105% of the value of the missing Deposit Securities. The only collateral that is acceptable is cash in U.S. dollars. Such cash collateral must be delivered no later than 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time on the contractual settlement date of the Creation Unit(s). The Funds may buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time, and the Authorized Participant will be liable for any shortfall between the cost to the Fund of purchasing such securities and the cash collateral. In addition, the cash collateral may be invested at the risk of the Authorized Participant, and any income on invested cash collateral will be paid to that Authorized Participant.

In certain cases, an Authorized Participant may create and redeem Creation Units on the same trade date. In these instances, the Funds reserve the right to settle these transactions on a net basis or require a representation from the Authorized Participant that the creation and redemption transactions are for separate Beneficial Owners.

Once a Fund has accepted a purchase order, upon the next determination of the NAV of the shares, the Fund may confirm the issuance of a Creation Unit, against receipt of payment, at such NAV. The Fund will then transmit a confirmation of acceptance to the Authorized Participant that placed the order. Creation Units typically are settled on a “T+1 basis” (i.e., one Business Day after trade date), subject to certain exceptions. However, the Funds reserve the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+1, including in order to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules, closures and settlement cycles, and to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates.

Orders for Creation Units received in proper form that request a T+0 settlement will be settled on a “T+0 basis” (i.e., on trade date).

Creation Transaction Fees

A standard creation transaction fee, as set forth in the table below, is imposed to offset transfer and other costs associated with the issuance of Creation Units, as applicable. The Funds may adjust the transaction fee from time to time. The standard creation transaction fee is charged to the Authorized Participant on the day such Authorized Participant creates a Creation Unit, and is the same regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased by the Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day.

The Authorized Participant may also be required to pay a variable transaction fee (up to the maximum amount shown in the table below) to cover certain non-standard orders, whole or partial cash purchases or redemptions, brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, market impact and other costs and expenses. Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Deposit Securities, including any stamp duty or other similar fees and expenses. With respect to creation orders, Authorized Participants are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities constituting the Deposit Securities to the account of the respective Fund and with respect to redemption orders, Authorized Participants are responsible for the costs of transferring the Redemption Securities from the respective Fund to their account or on their order. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary may be charged a fee for such services.

The standard creation transaction fee and maximum variable transaction fee for a Creation Unit of each Fund are set forth below:

Fund	Standard Transaction Fee	Maximum Variable Transaction Fee* (All Funds)
Dividend Select ETF	$100	3 %
Dynamic International ETF	$2,100	3 %
International Equity ETF	$500	3 %
Large Company Growth ETF	$250	3 %
Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF	$1000	3 %
Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF	$250	3 %
Securitized Income ETF	$300	3 %
Strategic Income ETF	$300	3 %
US Large Cap Focused ETF	$100	3 %
Ultra Short Income ETF	$300	3 %

As a percentage of the Creation Unit(s) purchased.

The Adviser may adjust the transactions fees from time to time based on actual experience.

Redemptions of Creation Units

The consideration paid by the Funds for the redemption of Creation Units consists of an in-kind basket of a designated portfolio of securities (the “Fund Securities”) (or cash for all or any portion of such Fund Securities (“Redemption Cash”)) and the Cash Component, which is an amount equal to the difference between the aggregate NAV of a Creation Unit and the Fund Securities. Together, the Fund Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Redemption.” Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and the Funds (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserve the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that a Fund cannot lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or cannot do so without first registering the Fund Security under such laws.

The composition of the Fund Securities may not be the same as the Deposit Securities. In addition, the identity and number of shares of the Fund Securities may change pursuant to, among other matters, changes in the composition of a Fund’s portfolio and as rebalancing adjustments and corporate action events are reflected from time to time and when Custom Baskets (defined below) are used. Cash redemptions of Creation Units will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions. The Authorized Participant will receive the cash equivalent of the Fund Securities as Redemption Cash plus or minus the same Cash Component.

The means by which the Fund Securities and Cash Component are to be delivered to the Authorized Participant by the Funds are set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement, except to the extent the Distributor and the Authorized Participant otherwise agree. The delivery of Fund Shares will be settled through the DTC system.

To the extent that the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser, on behalf of the Funds, may need to sell investments denominated in foreign currencies prior to converting such proceeds into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rate and subject to the applicable spread for redemptions that are made in whole or in part for cash, those redeeming Creation Units will bear the risk associated with changes in the currency exchange rate and securities value between the time they place their redemption order and the time that a Fund converts any foreign currency-denominated investments into U.S. dollars.

Placement of Redemption Orders

To initiate a redemption order for a Creation Unit, an Authorized Participant must submit to the Distributor an irrevocable order in proper form to redeem shares of a Fund on a Business Day generally before the time as of which that day’s NAV is calculated. The NAV of each Fund is calculated and determined once daily as of the close of the regular trading session on the NYSE (ordinarily 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, or at the time as of which the NYSE establishes official closing prices) on each day that the NYSE is open. For a redemption order to be processed based on the NAV calculated on a particular Business Day, the order must be received in proper form and accepted by the Trust prior to the Cutoff Time. For Foreign ETFs, a redemption order must be submitted between 4:01 p.m. and 5:30 p.m., Eastern Time, to be calculated using the next Business Day’s NAV. Foreign ETF orders seeking the next Business Day’s NAV which are submitted after 5:30 p.m. Eastern Time or seeking the same Business Day’s NAV may be permitted with prior notice. Investors who are not Authorized Participants and seek to place a redemption order for a Creation Unit through an Authorized Participant should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the redemption order to the Distributor by the Cutoff Time on such Business Day. On days when the applicable Exchange or the bond markets close earlier than normal, a Fund may require orders to redeem Creation Units to be placed earlier in the day. Orders requesting a change in the Fund Redemption as disseminated through NSCC for that Business Day, non-standard orders (e.g., “Custom Baskets”), or all-cash redemption orders generally must be received in proper form and accepted by the Trust at least three hours prior to Cutoff Time (1:00 p.m. Eastern Time), for both the Domestic ETF orders and Foreign ETF orders seeking the same Business Day’s NAV. For Domestic ETFs, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust may, but is not required to, permit non-standard orders and/or all-cash redemptions until 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, or until the market close (in the event an Exchange closes early).

At its discretion, a Fund may require an Authorized Participant to submit orders to redeem Creation Units earlier in the day. The Fund, or the Distributor on behalf of the Fund, will provide Authorized Participants with prior notice of any such deadline. Redemption orders of Creation Units received by the transfer agent after the applicable deadline may not be accepted by the Fund.

The Authorized Participant Agreement sets forth the different methods whereby Authorized Participants can submit redemption orders. A redemption request is considered to be in “proper form” if a request in a form satisfactory to the Fund is (1) received by the Distributor from an Authorized Participant on behalf of itself or another person within the time period set above, and (2) all the procedures and other requirements applicable to the method used by the Authorized Participant to submit the redemption order, such as, in the case of redemption orders submitted through the applicable order portal, the completion of all required fields, and otherwise set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement are properly followed.

Creation Unit orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant through the applicable order portal, by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Distributor. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede transmissions between the Distributor and an Authorized Participant. Orders to redeem shares of a Fund that are submitted on the Business Day immediately preceding a holiday or a day (other than a weekend) when the securities markets in a foreign market in which the Funds may invest are closed may be charged the maximum transaction fee. A redemption request, if accepted by the Trust, will be processed based on the NAV as of the next Cutoff Time.

Acceptance of Orders for and Redemption of Creation Units

All questions as to whether an order has been submitted in proper form and the requisite number of Fund Shares and transaction fees have been delivered shall be determined by the Funds and a Fund’s determination shall be final and binding.

The Funds reserve the absolute right to reject a redemption order if the order is not in proper form. In addition, the right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed with respect to a Fund (i) for any period during which the Nasdaq, NYSE Arca or Cboe BZX is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), (ii) for any period during which trading on the Nasdaq, NYSE Arca or Cboe BZX is suspended or restricted, (iii) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the shares of a Fund’s portfolio securities or determination of its NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (iv) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC. The Funds or Distributor will normally notify the Authorized Participant of such rejection, but neither shall be liable for any failure to give such notification.

Except as provided in the following paragraph, the payment by the Funds of the Fund Securities, including Redemption Cash, and Cash Component will not be issued until the transfer of the Creation Unit(s) and the applicable redemption transaction fees have been completed. If the Transfer Agent does not receive the redeeming investor’s shares through DTC’s facilities and the applicable redemption transaction fees by the required time, the redemption request may be rejected. Further, a redeeming Beneficial Owner or Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such Beneficial Owner must maintain appropriate security arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank or other custody providers in each jurisdiction where Fund Securities are customarily traded and will be delivered. If neither the redeeming Beneficial Owner nor the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such redeeming Beneficial Owner has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of Fund Securities in the applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction, and it is not possible to make such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of Fund Securities in such jurisdiction, the Trust in its sole discretion may determine to redeem Shares in Redemption Cash, and the redeeming Beneficial Owner will be required to receive its redemption proceeds as Redemption Cash.

To the extent contemplated by the Authorized Participant Agreement, in the event the Authorized Participant has submitted a redemption request in proper form but is unable to transfer all or part of the Creation Unit to be redeemed to the Funds' Transfer Agent, the Transfer Agent will nonetheless accept the redemption request in reliance on the undertaking by the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing shares as soon as possible. Such undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized Participant’s delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash having a value (marked to market daily) of up to 105%, which the Trust may change from time to time, of the value of the missing shares. The current procedures for collateralization of missing shares require, among other things, that any cash collateral shall be in the form of U.S. dollars in immediately available funds and shall be held by the Custodian and marked to market daily, and that the fees of the Custodian and any sub-custodians in respect of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the cash collateral shall be payable by the Authorized Participant. The Authorized Participant Agreement will permit the Trust, on behalf of the Funds, to purchase the missing shares and will subject the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the cost to the Trust of purchasing such shares and the value of the collateral.

Once a Fund has accepted a redemption order, upon the next determination of the NAV of the shares, the Fund may confirm the redemption of a Creation Unit, against receipt of Shares, at such NAV. The Fund will then transmit a confirmation of acceptance to the Authorized Participant that placed the order. Deliveries of redemption proceeds by a Fund typically are settled on a “T+1 basis” (i.e., one Business Day after trade date), but may be made up to seven days later, particularly in stressed market conditions. Further, the Funds reserve the right to settle redemption transactions on another basis to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules (see below for further information), closures and settlement cycles, to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and dividend ex-dates (i.e., the last date the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security sold), and in certain other circumstances.

In certain cases, an Authorized Participant may create and redeem Creation Units on the same trade date. In these instances, the Fund reserves the right to settle these transactions on a net basis or require a representation from the Authorized Participant that the creation and redemption transactions are for separate Beneficial Owners.

Redemption Transaction Fees

A standard redemption transaction fee, as set forth in the table below, is imposed to offset transfer and other costs associated with the redemption of Creation Units, as applicable. The Funds may adjust the transaction fee from time to time. The standard redemption transaction fee is charged to the Authorized Participant on the day such Authorized Participant redeems a Creation Unit, and is the same regardless of the number of Creation Units redeemed by an Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day.

The standard redemption transaction fee and maximum variable transaction fee for a Creation Unit are set forth below:

Fund	Standard Transaction Fee	Maximum Variable Transaction Fee* (All Funds)
Dividend Select ETF	$100	2 %
Dynamic International ETF	$2,100	2 %
International Equity ETF	$500	2 %
Large Company Growth ETF	$250	2 %
Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF	$1,000	2 %
Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF	$250	2 %
Securitized Income ETF	$300	2 %
Strategic Income ETF	$300	2 %
US Large Cap Focused ETF	$100	2 %
Ultra Short Income ETF	$300	2 %

As a percentage of the Creation Unit(s) redeemed.

The Adviser or Sub-Adviser may adjust the transactions fees from time to time based on actual experience.

Custom Baskets

The baskets of securities comprising a Fund Deposit and a Fund Redemption may be representative of a Fund’s portfolio holdings, or a Fund may utilize Custom Baskets provided that certain conditions are met.

A “Custom Basket” is (i) a basket that is composed of a non-representative selection of a Fund’s portfolio holdings, or (ii) a representative basket that is different from the initial basket used in transactions on the same business day, and (iii) a basket that contains bespoke cash and/or security substitutions, including for a single Authorized Participant. The Trust has adopted policies and procedures that govern the construction and acceptance of baskets, including heightened requirements for Custom Baskets. Such policies and procedures provide detailed parameters for the construction and acceptance of Custom Baskets that are deemed to be in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders, establish processes for revisions to, or deviations from, such parameters, and specify the titles and roles of the employees of the Adviser who are required to review each Custom Basket for compliance with those parameters.

In connection with the construction and acceptance of Custom Baskets, the Adviser may consider various factors, including, but not limited to: (1) whether the securities, assets and other positions comprising a basket are consistent with a Fund’s investment objective, policies and disclosure; (2) whether the securities, assets and other positions can legally and readily be acquired, transferred and held by the Fund and/or Authorized Participant(s), as applicable; (3) whether to utilize cash, either in lieu of securities or other instruments or as a cash balancing amount; and (4) whether the use of Custom Baskets may reduce costs, increase (tax) efficiency and improve trading. Although the policies and procedures are designed to mitigate against potential overreaching by an Authorized Participant, there is no guarantee that such policies and procedures will be effective.

DISTRIBUTIONS

A Fund’s dividends and other distributions are taxable to shareholders (other than retirement plans and other tax-exempt investors). Dividend payments are made through DTC participants and Indirect Participants to beneficial owners then of record with proceeds received from the Fund. No dividend reinvestment service is provided by the Trust. Financial intermediaries may make available the DTC book-entry Dividend Reinvestment Service for use by beneficial owners of Fund shares for reinvestment of their dividend distributions. Beneficial owners should contact their financial intermediary to determine the availability and costs of the service and the details of participation therein. Financial intermediaries may require beneficial owners to adhere to specific procedures and timetables. If this service is available and used, dividend distributions of both income and net capital gains will be automatically reinvested in additional whole shares of the Fund purchased in the secondary market.

Please see “Federal Income Taxes” below for more information on the federal income tax consequences of dividends and other distributions made by the Funds.

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and their shareholders. This discussion is for general information only and does not purport to consider all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to beneficial owners of shares of the Funds. Therefore, the summary discussion that follows may not be considered to be individual tax advice and may not be relied upon by any shareholder. The summary is based upon current provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations (the “Regulations”), and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, which change could be retroactive, and may affect the conclusions expressed herein. The summary applies only to beneficial owners of a Fund’s shares in whose hands such shares are capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, and may not apply to certain types of beneficial owners of a Fund’s shares, including, but not limited to insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding a Fund’s shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as an individual retirement account (an “IRA”), a 401(k) plan account, or other qualified retirement account), financial institutions, pass-through entities, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding a Fund’s shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the alternative minimum tax. Persons who may be subject to tax in more than one country should consult the provisions of any applicable tax treaty to determine the potential tax consequences to them.

No Fund has requested nor will any Fund request an advance ruling from the IRS as to the federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to those discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the following discussion applicable to shareholders of a Fund addresses only some of the federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in such Fund.

Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax adviser with respect to the tax consequences of the ownership, purchase and disposition of an investment in a Fund including, but not limited to, the applicability of state, local, foreign, and other tax laws affecting the particular shareholder and to possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.

General. For federal income tax purposes, each Fund is treated as a separate corporation. Each Fund has elected, and intends to continue to qualify for, taxation as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under the Code. By qualifying as a RIC, a Fund (but not the shareholders) will not be subject to federal income tax on that portion of its investment company taxable income and realized net capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders.

Shareholders should be aware that investments made by a Fund, some of which are described below, may involve complex tax rules some of which may result in income or gain recognition by the Fund without the concurrent receipt of cash. Although each Fund seeks to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by a Fund, in which case it may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described below. Cash to make the required minimum distributions may be obtained from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund (even if such sales are not advantageous) or, if permitted by its governing documents and other regulatory restrictions, through borrowing the amounts required to be distributed.

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. Qualification as a RIC under the Code requires, among other things, that a Fund: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and (ii) net income from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships (together with (i), the “Qualifying Income Requirement”); (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the value of its total assets is comprised of cash, cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with those other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of its total assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or the securities (other than the securities of other RICs) of two or more issuers controlled by it and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (together with (i) the “Diversification Requirement”); and (c) distribute for each taxable year at least the sum of (i) 90% of its investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, taxable interest, taxable original issue discount income, market discount income, income from securities lending, net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, certain net realized foreign currency exchange gains, and any other taxable income other than “net capital gain” as defined below and is reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid; and (ii) 90% of its tax-exempt interest, if any, net of certain expenses allocable thereto (“net tax-exempt interest”) (together with (i), the “Distribution Requirement”).

Each Fund may use “equalization payments” in determining the portion of its net investment income and net realized capital gains that have been distributed. If a Fund elects to use equalization payments, it will allocate a portion of its investment income and capital gains to the amounts paid in redemption of Fund shares, and such income and gains will be deemed to have been distributed by the Fund for purposes of the distribution requirements described above. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of income and gains that the Fund is required to distribute to shareholders in order for the Fund to avoid federal income tax and excise tax and also may defer the recognition of taxable income by shareholders. This process does not affect the tax treatment of redeeming shareholders and, since the

amount of any undistributed income and/or gains will be reflected in the value of the Fund’s shares, the total return on a shareholder’s investment will not be reduced as a result of the Fund’s distribution policy. The IRS has not published any guidance concerning the methods to be used in allocating investment income and capital gain to redemptions of shares. In the event that the IRS determines that a Fund is using an improper method of allocation and has under-distributed its net investment income or net realized capital gains for any taxable year, such Fund may be liable for additional federal income or excise tax or may jeopardize its treatment as a RIC.

The U.S. Treasury Department is authorized to promulgate regulations under which gains from foreign currencies (and options, futures, and forward contracts on foreign currency) would constitute qualifying income for purposes of the Qualifying Income Requirement only if such gains are directly related to the principal business of a Fund of investing in stock or securities or options and futures with respect to stock or securities. To date, the U.S. Treasury Department has not issued such regulations.

As a RIC, a Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders in any taxable year for which it distributes, in compliance with the Code’s timing and other requirements, at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and 90% of its net tax-exempt interest. Each Fund may retain for investment all or a portion of its net capital gain (i.e., the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). If a Fund retains any investment company taxable income or net capital gain, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. If a Fund retains any net capital gain, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed net capital gain in a notice to its shareholders, who will be (i) required to include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount; and (ii) entitled to credit their proportionate shares of tax paid by such Fund against their federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of the shares owned by a shareholder of a Fund will be increased by the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and decreased by the federal income tax paid by the Fund on that amount of capital gain.

The Qualifying Income Requirement and Diversification Requirement that must be met under the Code in order for a Fund to qualify as a RIC, as described above, may limit the extent to which it will be able to engage in derivative transactions. Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of derivatives, including swap agreements, are not entirely clear in certain respects, particularly in light of two IRS revenue rulings issued in 2006. Revenue Ruling 2006-1 held that income from a derivative contract with respect to a commodity index is not qualifying income for a RIC. Subsequently, the IRS issued Revenue Ruling 2006-31 in which it stated that the holding in Revenue Ruling 2006-1 “was not intended to preclude a conclusion that the income from certain instruments (such as certain structured notes) that create a commodity exposure for the holder is qualifying income.” Accordingly, the Qualifying Income Requirement may limit each Fund’s ability to invest in commodity-related derivative transactions and other derivative transactions. Each Fund will account for any investments in commodity derivative transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate; the IRS, however, might not accept such treatment. If the IRS did not accept such treatment, the status of such Fund as a RIC might be jeopardized.

In general, for purposes of the Qualifying Income Requirement described above, income derived from a partnership is treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by a RIC. However, all of the net income of a RIC derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (defined as a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (y) that meets certain qualifying income requirements but derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in clause (i) of the Qualifying Income Requirement described above) will be treated as qualifying income. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes if they meet the passive income requirement under Section 7704(c)(2) of the Code. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.

For purposes of the Diversification Requirement described above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership.

If a Fund fails to satisfy the Qualifying Income Requirement or the Diversification Requirement in any taxable year, such Fund may be eligible for relief provisions if the failures are due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and if a penalty tax is paid with respect to each failure to satisfy the applicable requirements. Additionally, relief is provided for certain de minimis failures to satisfy the Diversification Requirements where the Fund corrects the failure within a specified period of time. If the applicable relief provisions are not available or cannot be met, such Fund will fail to qualify as a RIC and will be subject to federal income tax in the same manner as an ordinary corporation at a tax rate of 21% and all distributions from earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) to its shareholders will be taxable as ordinary dividend income eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders and for qualified dividend income treatment for non-corporate shareholders.

Excise Tax. If a Fund fails to distribute by December 31 of a calendar year an amount equal to the sum of (1) at least 98% of its taxable ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses) for such year, (2) at least 98.2% of the excess of its capital gains over its capital losses (as adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the twelve month period ending on October 31 of such year, and (3) all taxable ordinary income and the excess of capital gains over capital losses for the prior year that were not distributed during such year and on which it did not pay federal income tax, such Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax (the “Excise Tax”) on the undistributed amounts. A

distribution will be treated as paid on December 31 of the calendar year if it is declared by a Fund in October, November, or December of that year to shareholders of record on a date in such month and paid by it during January of the following year. Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders (other than those not subject to federal income tax) in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received. Each Fund generally intends to actually distribute or be deemed to have distributed substantially all of its net income and gain, if any, by the end of each calendar year in compliance with these requirements so that it will generally not be required to pay the Excise Tax. A Fund may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate its investments in order to make sufficient distributions to avoid the Excise Tax liability at a time when its Adviser might not otherwise have chosen to do so. Liquidation of investments in such circumstances may affect the ability of a Fund to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a RIC. However, no assurances can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the Excise Tax and, in fact, in certain instances if warranted, a Fund may choose to pay the Excise Tax as opposed to making an additional distribution.

Capital Loss Carryforwards. For capital losses realized with respect to a tax year of a Fund that exceed the Fund’s capital gains for such year, the Fund may carry such excess capital losses forward indefinitely. The excess of a Fund’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gain is treated as short-term capital losses arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year and the excess of a Fund’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gain is treated as long-term capital losses arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year. If carried forward capital losses offset future capital gains, such future capital gains are not subject to Fund-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. A Fund cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses.

Original Issue Discount and Market Discount. A Fund may acquire debt securities that are treated as having original issue discount (“OID”) (generally a debt obligation with a purchase price less than its principal amount, such as a zero coupon bond). Generally, a Fund will be required to include the OID in income over the term of the debt security, even though it will not receive cash payments for such OID until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. A Fund may make one or more of the elections applicable to debt securities having OID which could affect the character and timing of recognition of income. Inflation-protected bonds generally can be expected to produce OID income as their principal amounts are adjusted upward for inflation. The IRS may treat a portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt securities as a dividend for federal income tax purposes.

A debt security acquired in the secondary market by a Fund may be treated as having market discount if acquired at a price below redemption value or adjusted issue price if issued with OID. The Fund’s market discount accrues ratably, on a daily basis, over the period from the date of acquisition to the date of maturity even though the Fund will not receive cash. Absent an election by a Fund to include the market discount in income as it accrues, gain on its disposition of such an obligation will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain to the extent of the accrued market discount.

In addition, pay-in-kind securities will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though a Fund holding such securities receives no interest payments in cash on such securities during the year.

Each Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the income accruing on the securities, described above, that is currently includable in income, even though cash representing such income may not have been received by such Fund. Cash to pay these distributions may be obtained from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund (even if such sales are not advantageous) or, if permitted by such Fund’s governing documents, through borrowing the amounts required to be distributed. In the event a Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger capital gain distribution, if any, than they would have in the absence of such transactions.

Options, Futures and Forward Contracts. The writing (selling) and purchasing of options and futures contracts and entering into forward currency contracts, involves complex rules that will determine for federal income tax purposes the amount, character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses a Fund realizes in connection with such transactions.

Gains and losses on the sale, lapse, or other termination of options and futures contracts, options thereon and certain forward contracts (except certain foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts) will generally be treated as capital gains and losses. Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and certain non-equity options (such as certain listed options or options on broad based securities indexes) held by a Fund (“Section 1256 contracts”), other than contracts on which it has made a “mixed-straddle election”, will be required to be “marked-to-market” for federal income tax purposes, that is, treated as having been sold at their market value on the last day of such Fund’s taxable year. These provisions may require a Fund to recognize income or gains without a concurrent receipt of cash. Any gain or loss recognized on actual or deemed sales of Section 1256 contracts will be treated as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss, although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss as described below. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are exempt from the mark-to-market rule, but may require a Fund to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, foreign currency contracts and certain options to the extent of any unrecognized gains on related positions held by it.

The tax provisions described above applicable to options, futures and forward contracts may affect the amount, timing, and character of a Fund’s distributions to its shareholders. For example, the Section 1256 rules described above may operate to increase the amount a Fund must distribute to satisfy the minimum distribution requirement for the portion treated as short-term capital gain which will be taxable to its shareholders as ordinary income, and to increase the net capital gain it recognizes, without, in either case, increasing the cash available

to it. A Fund may elect to exclude certain transactions from the operation of Section 1256, although doing so may have the effect of increasing the relative proportion of net short-term capital gain (taxable as ordinary income) and thus increasing the amount of dividends it must distribute. Section 1256 contracts also may be marked-to-market for purposes of the Excise Tax.

When a covered call or put option written (sold) by a Fund expires such Fund will realize a short-term capital gain equal to the amount of the premium it received for writing the option. When a Fund terminates its obligations under such an option by entering into a closing transaction, it will realize a short-term capital gain (or loss), depending on whether the cost of the closing transaction is less than (or exceeds) the premium received when it wrote the option. When a covered call option written by a Fund is exercised, such Fund will be treated as having sold the underlying security, producing long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending upon the holding period of the underlying security and whether the sum of the option price received upon the exercise plus the premium received when it wrote the option is more or less than the basis of the underlying security.

Straddles. Section 1092 deals with the taxation of straddles which also may affect the taxation of options in which a Fund may invest. Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain derivative instruments, such as options, futures and forward currency contracts, may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” Straddles are defined to include offsetting positions in actively traded personal property. In certain circumstances, the rules governing straddles override or modify the provisions of Section 1256, described above. If a Fund is treated as entering into a straddle and at least one (but not all) of its positions in derivative contracts comprising a part of such straddle is governed by Section 1256, then such straddle could be characterized as a “mixed straddle.” A Fund may make one or more elections with respect to mixed straddles. Depending on which election is made, if any, the results with respect to a Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by it may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be characterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain. In addition, the existence of a straddle may affect the holding period of the offsetting positions and cause such sales to be subject to the “wash sale” and “short sale” rules. As a result, the straddle rules could cause distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” to fail to satisfy the applicable holding period requirements, described below, and therefore to be taxed as ordinary income. Further, a Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense and carrying charges applicable to a position that is part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character and timing of gains and losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to the situation where a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.

In circumstances where a Fund has invested in certain pass-through entities, the amount of long-term capital gain that it may recognize from certain derivative transactions with respect to interests in such pass-through entities is limited under the Code’s constructive ownership rules. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain a Fund would have had if it directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

Swaps and Derivatives. As a result of entering into swap or derivative agreements, a Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. A Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap or derivative is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or derivative or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap or derivative will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Fund has been a party to a swap or derivative for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps or derivatives, a Fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or derivatives or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps or derivatives to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.

Rules governing the tax aspects of swap or derivative agreements are not entirely clear in certain respects, in particular whether income generated is Qualifying Income. Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If the IRS did not accept such treatment, the status of the Fund as a RIC might be adversely affected. The Funds intend to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Fund to qualify as a RIC may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements and certain derivatives.

Constructive Sales. Certain rules may affect the timing and character of gain if a Fund engages in transactions that reduce or eliminate its risk of loss with respect to appreciated financial positions. If a Fund enters into certain transactions (including a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract, a futures or forward contract, or other transactions identified in U.S. Treasury regulations) in property while holding an appreciated financial position in substantially identical property, it will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the appreciated financial position and will be taxed on any gain (but not loss) from the constructive sale. The character of gain from a constructive sale will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the appreciated financial position. Loss from a constructive sale would be recognized when the position was subsequently disposed of, and its character would depend on a Fund’s holding period and the application of various loss deferral provisions of the Code.

In addition, if the appreciated financial position is itself a short sale, acquisition of the underlying property or substantially identical property by a Fund will be deemed a constructive sale. The foregoing will not apply, however, to a Fund’s transaction during any taxable year that otherwise would be treated as a constructive sale if the transaction is closed within 30 days after the end of that year and such Fund holds the appreciated financial position unhedged for 60 days after that closing (i.e., at no time during that 60-day period is such Fund’s risk of loss regarding the position reduced by reason of certain specified transactions with respect to substantially identical or related property, such as having an option to sell, being contractually obligated to sell, making a short sale or granting an option to buy substantially identical stock or securities).

Wash Sales. A Fund may in certain circumstances be impacted by special rules relating to “wash sales.” In general, the wash sale rules prevent the recognition of a loss by a Fund from the disposition of stock or securities at a loss in a case in which identical or substantially identical stock or securities (or an option to acquire such property) is or has been acquired by it within 30 days before or 30 days after the sale.

Short Sales. A Fund may make short sales of securities. Short sales may increase the amount of short-term capital gain realized by a Fund, which is taxed as ordinary income when distributed to its shareholders. Short sales also may be subject to the “Constructive Sales” rules, discussed above.

Tax Credit Bonds. If a Fund holds (directly or indirectly) one or more “tax credit bonds” (defined below) on one or more specified dates during a Fund’s taxable year, and it satisfies the minimum distribution requirement, it may elect for U.S. federal income tax purposes to pass through to shareholders tax credits otherwise allowable to it for that year with respect to such tax credit bonds. A tax credit bond is defined in the Code as a “qualified tax credit bond” (which includes a qualified forestry conservation bond, a new clean renewable energy bond, a qualified energy conservation bond, or a qualified zone academy bond, each of which must meet certain requirements specified in the Code), a “build America bond” (which includes certain qualified bonds issued before January 1, 2011) or certain other bonds specified in the Code. New tax credit bonds may not be issued after December 31, 2017. If a Fund were to make an election, a shareholder of such Fund would be required to include in gross income an amount equal to such shareholder’s proportionate share of the interest income attributable to such credits and would be entitled to claim as a tax credit an amount equal to a proportionate share of such credits. Certain limitations may apply on the extent to which the credit may be claimed.

Other Regulated Investment Companies. Generally, the character of the income or capital gains that a Fund receives from another investment company will pass through to the Fund’s shareholders as long as the Fund and the other investment company each qualify as RICs under the Code. However, to the extent that another investment company that qualifies as a RIC realizes net losses on its investments for a given taxable year, a Fund will not be able to recognize its share of those losses until it disposes of shares of such investment company. Moreover, even when a Fund does make such a disposition, a portion of its loss may be recognized as a long-term capital loss.

As a result of the foregoing rules, and certain other special rules, it is possible that the amounts of net investment income and net capital gains that a Fund will be required to distribute to shareholders will be greater than such amounts would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the investment companies in which it invests, rather than investing in shares of the investment companies. For similar reasons, the character of distributions from a Fund (e.g., long-term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) will not necessarily be the same as it would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the investment companies in which it invests.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. A Fund may invest in a non-U.S. corporation, which could be treated as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) or become a PFIC under the Code. A PFIC is generally defined as a foreign corporation that meets either of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income for its taxable year is income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains); or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, such passive income. If a Fund acquires any equity interest in a PFIC, such Fund could be subject to federal income tax and interest charges on “excess distributions” received with respect to such PFIC stock or on any gain from the sale of such PFIC stock (collectively “PFIC income”), even if such Fund distributes the PFIC income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. The balance of the PFIC income will be included in such Fund’s investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent it distributes that income to its shareholders. A Fund’s distributions of PFIC income will be taxable as ordinary income even though, absent the application of the PFIC rules, some portion of the distributions may have been classified as capital gain.

A Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to a PFIC. Payment of this tax would therefore reduce a Fund’s economic return from its investment in PFIC shares. To the extent a Fund invests in a PFIC, it may elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”), then instead of the tax and interest obligation described above on excess distributions, such Fund would be required to include in income each taxable year its pro rata share of the QEF’s annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain. As a result of a QEF election, a Fund would likely have to distribute to its shareholders an amount equal to the QEF’s annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain to satisfy the Code’s minimum distribution requirement described herein and avoid imposition of the Excise Tax, even if the QEF did not distribute those earnings and gain to such Fund. In most instances it will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make this election because of certain requirements in making the election.

A Fund may elect to “mark-to-market” its stock in any PFIC. “Marking-to-market,” in this context, means including in ordinary income each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the PFIC stock over such Fund’s adjusted basis therein as of the end of that year. Pursuant to the election, a Fund also may deduct (as an ordinary, not capital, loss) the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis in the PFIC stock over the fair market value thereof as of the taxable year-end, but only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains with respect to that stock it included in income for prior taxable years under the election. A Fund’s adjusted basis in its PFIC stock subject to the election would be adjusted to reflect the amounts of income included and deductions taken thereunder. In either case, a Fund may be required to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash.

Foreign Currency Transactions. Foreign currency gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt instruments, certain options, futures contracts, forward contracts, and similar instruments relating to foreign currency, foreign currencies, and foreign currency-denominated payables and receivables are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income or loss and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of such Fund’s income. In some cases, elections may be available that would alter this treatment, but such elections could be detrimental to a Fund by creating current recognition of income without the concurrent recognition of cash. If a foreign currency loss treated as an ordinary loss under Section 988 were to exceed a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss) for a taxable year the resulting loss would not be deductible by it or its shareholders in future years. The foreign currency income or loss will also increase or decrease a Fund’s investment company income distributable to its shareholders.

Foreign Taxation. Income received by a Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of a Fund’s total assets at the close of any taxable year consist of stock or securities of foreign corporations, or if a Fund is a qualified fund-of-funds (i.e., a RIC that invests at least 50% of its total assets in other RICs at the close of each quarter of its taxable year), and the Fund meets the distribution requirements described above, such Fund may file an election (the “pass-through election”) with the IRS pursuant to which shareholders of the Fund would be required to (i) include in gross income (in addition to taxable dividends actually received) their pro rata shares of foreign income taxes paid by the Fund, or in the case of a qualified fund of funds, such taxes paid by an underlying fund that has made the pass-through election, even though not actually received by such shareholders; and (ii) treat such respective pro rata portions as foreign income taxes paid by them. Each Fund making a pass-through election will furnish its shareholders with a written statement providing the amount of foreign taxes paid by the Fund that will “pass-through” for the year, if any.

REITs. A Fund may invest in REITs. Investments in REIT equity securities may require a Fund to accrue and distribute taxable income without the concurrent receipt of cash. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, a Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. A Fund’s investments in REIT equity securities may at other times result in its receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if such Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to its shareholders for federal income tax purposes.

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026, qualified REIT dividends (i.e., REIT dividends other than capital gain dividends and portions of REIT dividends designated as qualified dividend income) are eligible for a 20% federal income tax deduction in the case of individuals, trusts and estates. A Fund that receives qualified REIT dividends may elect to pass the special character of this income through to its shareholders. To be eligible to treat distributions from a Fund as qualified REIT dividends, a shareholder must hold shares of the Fund for more than 45 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the date on which the shares become ex dividend with respect to such dividend and the shareholder must not be under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. If a Fund does not elect to pass the special character of this income through to shareholders or if a shareholder does not satisfy the above holding period requirements, the shareholder will not be entitled to the 20% deduction for the shareholder's share of the Fund's qualified REIT dividend income) while direct investors in REITs may be entitled to the deduction.

A Fund may invest in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs or taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”), or such REITs may themselves constitute TMPs. Under an IRS notice, and U.S. Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of a Fund’s income from a REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a RIC, such as the Funds, will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or invested in the TMP directly. Tax exempt-shareholders, including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan and other tax-exempt entities should consider this before investing in a Fund. See “Tax-Exempt Shareholders.”

MLPs. A Fund may invest to a limited degree in MLPs that are treated as qualified publicly traded partnerships for federal income tax purposes. Net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership is included in the sources of income that satisfy the Qualifying Income Requirement. However, under the Diversification Requirement, no more than 25% of the value of a RIC’s total assets at the end of each fiscal quarter may be invested in securities of qualified publicly traded partnerships. If an MLP in which a Fund invests is taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, the Fund will be taxable on its allocable share of the MLP’s income regardless of whether the Fund receives any distribution from the MLP. Thus, the Fund may be required to sell other securities in order to satisfy the distribution requirements to qualify as a RIC and to avoid federal income tax and the Excise Tax. Distributions to a Fund from an MLP that is taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital to the extent of the Fund’s basis in its interest in the MLP. If a Fund’s basis is reduced to zero, distributions will generally constitute capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

Individuals, trusts and estates are eligible for a 20% federal income tax deduction for certain income from investments in MLPs that is included in the “combined qualified business income amount.” The Code currently does not contain a provision permitting a RIC to pass the special character of this income through to its shareholders. As a result, direct investors in MLPs may be entitled to this deduction while investors that invest in a Fund that invests in MLPs will not.

Distributions. Distributions paid out of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether reinvested in additional shares or paid in cash, are generally taxable and must be reported by each shareholder who is required to file a federal income tax return. Distributions in excess of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, as computed for federal income tax purposes, will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then as capital gain.

For federal income tax purposes, distributions of net investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income, and distributions of gains from the sale of investments that a Fund owned (or is treated as owning) for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. Distributions designated by a Fund as “capital gain dividends” (distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital losses) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain regardless of the length of time they have held their shares of such Fund. Such dividends do not qualify as dividends for purposes of the dividends received deduction or for qualified dividend income purposes as described below.

Distributions of “qualified dividend income” received by non-corporate shareholders of a Fund may be eligible for the long-term capital gain rate. A Fund’s distribution will be treated as qualified dividend income and therefore eligible for the long-term capital gain rate to the extent the Fund receives dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met. A corporate shareholder of a Fund may be eligible for the dividends received deduction on such Fund’s distributions attributable to dividends received by such Fund from domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such a deduction. For eligible corporate shareholders, the dividends received deduction may be subject to certain reductions, and a distribution by a Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will be eligible for the deduction only if certain holding period and other requirements are met.

An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Fund, other than exempt interest dividends, and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of shares of a Fund) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount.

Each Fund will furnish a statement to shareholders providing the federal income tax status of its dividends and distributions including the portion of such dividends, if any, that qualifies as long-term capital gain.

Different tax treatment, including penalties on certain excess contributions and deferrals, certain pre-retirement and post-retirement distributions, and certain prohibited transactions, is accorded to accounts maintained as qualified retirement plans.

Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisers for more information.

Purchases of Fund Shares. Prior to purchasing shares in a Fund, the impact of dividends or distributions which are expected to be or have been declared, but not paid, should be carefully considered. Any dividend or distribution declared shortly after a purchase of shares of a Fund prior to the record date will have the effect of reducing the per share NAV by the per share amount of the dividend or distribution, and to the extent the distribution consists of the Fund’s taxable income, the purchasing shareholder will be taxed on the taxable portion of the dividend or distribution received even though some or all of the amount distributed is effectively a return of capital.

Sales or Exchanges. Upon the disposition of shares of a Fund (whether by sale or exchange), a shareholder may realize a capital gain or loss. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term or short-term depending upon the shareholder’s holding period for the shares. The capital gain will be long-term if the shares were held for more than 12 months and short-term if held for 12 months or less. Any loss realized on a disposition will be disallowed under the “wash sale” rules to the extent that the shares disposed of by the shareholder are replaced by the shareholder (including through dividend reinvestment) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on a disposition of shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent

of any distributions of capital gain dividends received by the shareholder and disallowed to the extent of any distributions of exempt-interest dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares unless the Fund declared exempt-interest dividends on a daily basis in an amount equal to at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest and distributes such dividends on a monthly or more frequent basis. Capital losses are generally deductible only against capital gains except that individuals may deduct up to $3,000 of capital losses against ordinary income.

The 3.8% Medicare contribution tax (described above) will apply to gains from the sale or exchange of a Fund’s shares.

Backup Withholding. Each Fund (or a financial intermediary, such as a broker, through which a shareholder holds Fund shares) generally is required to withhold, and remit to the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain exemptions, an amount equal to 24% of all distributions and redemption proceeds paid or credited to a shareholder of such Fund if (i) the shareholder fails to furnish such Fund with the correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) certified under penalties of perjury, (ii) the shareholder fails to provide a certified statement that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or (iii) the IRS or a broker has notified such Fund that the number furnished by the shareholder is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report interest or dividend income. If the backup withholding provisions are applicable, any such distributions or proceeds, whether taken in cash or reinvested in shares, will be reduced by the amounts required to be withheld. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

State and Local Taxes. State and local laws often differ from federal income tax laws with respect to the treatment of specific items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit. Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisers for more information.

Non-U.S. Shareholders. Distributions made to non-U.S. shareholders attributable to net investment income generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). However, a Fund or broker will generally not be required to withhold tax on any amounts paid to a non-U.S. investor with respect to dividends attributable to “qualified short-term gain” (i.e., the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) designated as such by the Fund and dividends attributable to certain U.S. source interest income that would not be subject to federal withholding tax if earned directly by a non-U.S. person, provided such amounts are properly designated by the Fund. A Fund may choose not to designate such amounts.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by a non-U.S. shareholder within the U.S. (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment in the U. S.), federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and such distribution will be subject to the federal income tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons described above.

Under U.S. federal tax law, a non-U.S. shareholder is not, in general, subject to federal income tax or withholding tax on capital gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of a Fund or on capital gain dividends, provided that the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. shareholder within the U.S. (or, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment in the U.S. of the non-U.S. shareholder); (ii) in the case of an individual non-U.S. shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) the shares of the Fund constitute U.S. real property interests (“USRPIs”), as described below.

Special rules apply to foreign persons who receive distributions from a Fund that are attributable to gains from USRPIs. The Code defines USRPIs to include direct holdings of U.S. real property and any interest (other than an interest solely as a creditor) in a “U.S. real property holding corporation” or former U.S. real property holding corporation. The Code defines a U.S. real property holding corporation as any corporation whose USRPIs make up 50% or more of the fair market value of its USRPIs, its interests in real property located outside the U.S., plus any other assets it uses in a trade or business. In general, if a Fund is a U.S. real property holding corporation (determined without regard to certain exceptions), distributions by the Fund that are attributable to (a) gains realized on the disposition of USRPIs by the Fund and (b) distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier RIC or REIT that the Fund is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands will retain their character as gains realized from USRPIs in the hands of the foreign persons and will be subject to U.S. federal

withholding tax. In addition, such distributions could result in a foreign shareholder being required to file a U.S. tax return and pay tax on the distributions at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder, including the rate of such withholding and character of such distributions (e.g., ordinary income or USRPI gain) will vary depending on the extent of the non-U.S. shareholder’s current and past ownership of a Fund.

In addition, if a Fund is a U.S. real property holding corporation or former U. S. real property holding corporation, the Fund may be required to withhold U.S. tax upon a redemption of shares by a greater-than-5% shareholder that is a foreign person, and that shareholder would be required to file a U.S. income tax return for the year of the disposition of the USRPI and pay any additional tax due on the gain. However, no such withholding is generally required with respect to amounts paid in redemption of shares of a Fund if the Fund was a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, or, in certain other limited cases, if a Fund (whether or not domestically controlled) holds substantial investments in RICs that are domestically controlled qualified investment entities.

Subject to the additional rules described herein, federal income tax withholding will apply to distributions attributable to dividends and other investment income distributed by the Funds. The federal income tax withholding rate may be reduced (and, in some cases, eliminated) under an applicable tax treaty between the U.S. and the non-U.S. shareholder’s country of residence or incorporation. In order to qualify for treaty benefits, a non-U.S. shareholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its foreign status (generally by providing a Fund with a properly completed Form W-8BEN).

Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury and IRS guidance issued thereunder (collectively, the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act” or “FATCA”) generally requires a Fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders. If a shareholder fails to provide this information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA, a Fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on Fund dividends and distributions. Proposed regulations (effective while pending) eliminate the withholding tax that was scheduled to apply, starting in 2019, to the proceeds of the sale, redemption, or exchange of Fund shares. A Fund may disclose the information that it receives from (or concerning) its shareholders to the IRS, non-U.S. taxing authorities or other parties as necessary to comply with FATCA, related intergovernmental agreements or other applicable law or regulation. Each investor is urged to consult its tax adviser regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the investor’s own situation, including investments through an intermediary.

Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts and Foreign Financial Assets Reporting Requirements. A shareholder that owns directly or indirectly more than 50% by vote or value of a Fund, is urged and advised to consult its own tax adviser regarding its filing obligations with respect to FinCen Form 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts.

Tax-Exempt Shareholders. A tax-exempt shareholder could realize unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) by virtue of its investment in a Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b).

It is possible that a tax-exempt shareholder of a Fund will also recognize UBTI if such Fund recognizes “excess inclusion income” (as described above) derived from direct or indirect investments in REMIC residual interests or TMPs. Furthermore, any investment in a residual interest of a CMO that has elected to be treated as a REMIC can create complex tax consequences, especially if a Fund has state or local governments or other tax-exempt organizations as shareholders.

In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) that invest in RICs that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or in TMPs.

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations. Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax adviser with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in a Fund including, but not limited to, the applicability of state, local, foreign and other tax laws affecting the particular shareholder and to possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.

CUSTODIAN

The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”), 100 Colonial Center Parkway, Lake Mary, Florida 32746, is the Trust’s custodian. BNY acts as the Trust’s depository, safe keeps its portfolio securities, collects all income and other payments with respect thereto, disburses money as instructed and maintains records in connection with its duties.

TRANSFER AGENT

The Trust’s transfer agent is BNY, 240 Greenwich St., New York, NY 10286. BNY provides the Trust with transfer agency services, which include Creation Unit order processing. For providing transfer agent services to the Trust, BNY receives a monthly fee from each Fund, plus out-of-pocket expenses.

SUB-ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

The Adviser provides administrative services to the Trust under an Administration Agreement and has sub-contracted certain accounting and administrative services to BNY. The sub-administrative services sub-contracted to BNY include accounting and pricing services, SEC filings, providing executive and administrative services and providing reports for meetings of the Board. The Adviser pays BNY a sub-administrative fee out of its administrative fee.

Set forth below are the sub-administrative fees paid by the Adviser to BNY Mellon with respect to each Fund during the fiscal years (or periods) ended December 31.

Fund	Date of Fiscal Period End	Sub-Administration Fees Paid
Touchstone Dividend Select ETF	12/31/2023	$5,195
	12/31/2024	$6,338
	12/31/2025	$6,903
Touchstone Dynamic International ETF(1)	12/31/2023	$24,157
	12/31/2024	$10,203
	12/31/2025	$11,535
Touchstone International Equity ETF(2)	12/31/2023	N/A
	12/31/2024	N/A
	12/31/2025	$9,153
Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF(3)	12/31/2023	$45,295
	12/31/2024	$42,779
	12/31/2025	$46,514
Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF(4)	12/31/2023	N/A
	12/31/2024	N/A
	12/31/2025	$1,314
Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF(5)	12/31/2023	N/A
	12/31/2024	N/A
	12/31/2025	$12,439
Touchstone Securitized Income ETF(6)	12/31/2023	$1,936
	12/31/2024	$14,662
	12/31/2025	$21,683
Touchstone Strategic Income ETF	12/31/2023	$18,493
	12/31/2024	$22,624
	12/31/2025	$38,662
Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF	12/31/2023	$9,772
	12/31/2024	$14,942
	12/31/2025	$35,060
Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF	12/31/2023	$5,265
	12/31/2024	$6,848
	12/31/2025	$9,241

(1)

(2)

The Fund commenced operations on March 3, 2025.

(3)

(4)

The Fund commenced operations on February 24, 2025.

(5)

The Fund commenced operations on January 2, 2025.

(6)

The Fund commenced operations on July 17, 2023.

LEGAL COUNSEL

K&L Gates LLP, One Congress Street, Suite 2900, Boston, Massachusetts 02114, serves as counsel to the Trust.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The firm of Ernst & Young LLP, 221 E. 4th Street, Suite 2900, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2026. Ernst & Young LLP will perform an annual audit of the Trust’s financial statements, and advise the Trust as to certain accounting matters.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Funds', except for the Large Company Growth ETF, audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, including the notes thereto and the report of Ernst & Young LLP thereon, included in each Fund's most recent Form N-CSR, are hereby incorporated into this SAI by reference. The Large Company Growth ETF has adopted the financial statements of the Large Company Growth Fund. The Large Company Growth Fund’s audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025, including the notes thereto and the report of Ernst & Young, LLP thereon, included in the Large Company Growth Fund’s most recent Form N-CSR, are hereby incorporated into this SAI by reference. A copy of the Trust’s prospectus, Form N-CSR, other information such as fund financial statements that the Funds file on Form N-CSR, or an annual report to shareholders may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust at Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101, by calling (833) 368-7383, or by downloading a copy at TouchstoneInvestments.com/Resources. You may also obtain the annual report, unaudited semi-annual report, Form N-CSR filings, as well as other information about the Trust, from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

ETF-ETF-SAI-2604

APPENDIX A — DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS(1)

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations. A description of the ratings assigned by Moody’s and S&P are provided below. These ratings represent the opinions of these rating services as to the quality of the securities that they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. An adviser attempts to discern variations in credit rankings of the rating services and to anticipate changes in credit ranking. However, subsequent to purchase by a fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by the fund. In that event, an adviser will consider whether it is in the best interest of a fund to continue to hold the securities.

Moody’s credit ratings are current opinions of the relative future credit risk of entities, credit commitments, or debt or debt-like securities. Moody’s defines credit risk as the risk that an entity may not meet its contractual, financial obligations as they come due and any estimated financial loss in the event of default. Credit ratings do not address any other risk, including but not limited to: liquidity risk, market value risk, or price volatility. Credit ratings are not statements of current or historical fact. Credit ratings do not constitute investment or financial advice, and credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, sell, or hold particular securities. Credit ratings do not comment on the suitability of an investment for any particular investor. Moody’s issues its credit ratings with the expectation and understanding that each investor will make its own study and evaluation of each security that is under consideration for purchase, holding, or sale.

An S&P issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

(1)

This Appendix A may contain information obtained from third parties, including ratings from credit ratings agencies such as S&P. Reproduction and distribution of third party content in any form is prohibited except with the prior written permission of the related third party. Third party content providers do not guarantee the accuracy, completeness, timeliness or availability of any information, including ratings, and are not responsible for any errors or omissions (negligent or otherwise), regardless of the cause, or for the results obtained from the use of such content. THIRD PARTY CONTENT PROVIDERS GIVE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE. THIRD PARTY CONTENT PROVIDERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, COMPENSATORY, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, COSTS, EXPENSES, LEGAL FEES, OR LOSSES (INCLUDING LOST INCOME OR PROFITS AND OPPORTUNITY COSTS OR LOSSES CAUSED BY NEGLIGENCE) IN CONNECTION WITH ANY USE OF THEIR CONTENT, INCLUDING RATINGS. Credit ratings are statements of opinions and are not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold or sell securities. They do not address the suitability of securities or the suitability of securities for investment purposes, and should not be relied on as investment advice. they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.

Short-Term Credit Ratings

Moody’s

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

“P-1” - Ratings of Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-2” - Ratings of Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.

“P-3” - Ratings of Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

“NP” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

S&P

S&P’s short-term issue credit ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that typically means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days-including commercial paper. Short-term issue credit ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. A long-term issue credit rating is typically assigned to an obligation with an original maturity of greater than 365 days. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.

The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P for short-term issues:

“A-1” - Obligations are rated in the highest category and indicate that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

“A-2” - Obligations are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

“A-3” - Obligations exhibit adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“B” - Obligations are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

“C” - Obligations are currently vulnerable to nonpayment and are dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“D” - Obligations are in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks - Country risk considerations are a standard part of S&P’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Long-Term Credit Ratings

Moody’s

Moody’s long-term ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of eleven months or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings use Moody’s Global Scale and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

“Aaa” - Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

“Aa” - Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A” - Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

“Baa” - Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba” - Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B” - Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa” - Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

“Ca” - Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C” - Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

S&P

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:

Likelihood of payment — capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P for long-term issues:

“AAA” - An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

“AA” - An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

“A” - An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

“BBB” - An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC,” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

“BB” - An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“B” - An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB,” but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“CCC” - An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“CC” - An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

“C” - An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

“D” - An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within the next five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or the next 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Plus (+) or minus (-) - The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

“NR” - This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Municipal Note Ratings

Moody’s

Moody’s uses three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels - “MIG 1” through “MIG 3.” In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG”, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for these short-term obligations:

“MIG 1” - This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

“MIG 2” - This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

“MIG 3” - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

“SG” - This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long- or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or “VMIG” rating scale.

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated “NR”, e.g., “Aaa/NR” or “NR/VMIG 1.”

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

“VMIG 1” - This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections.

“VMIG 2” - This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections.

“VMIG 3” - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections.

“SG” - This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural or legal protections.

S&P

An S&P U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:

Amortization schedule-the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

Source of payment-the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

“SP-1” - The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service are given a plus (+) designation.

“SP-2” - The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

“SP-3” - The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

APPENDIX B — PROXY VOTING POLICIES

APPENDIX B — PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

DSM CAPITAL PARTNERS LLC

PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

It is DSM’s policy that all proxies be voted solely in the best interests of the beneficial owners of the securities. Proxies are an asset of a client that must be treated with the same care, diligence and loyalty as any asset belonging to a client. Towards that end, DSM is responsible for reviewing proxy proposals for all securities held in its model portfolio investment strategies and for making proxy voting decisions for its clients. DSM’s Proxy Voting Policy is below in Exhibit A and it may be amended from time to time. The policy indicates criteria to be used when evaluating proxy issues and positions DSM typically takes on certain proxy proposals. While the policy provides general guidelines, DSM might need to materially deviate from the policy. Also, as a matter of policy, DSM votes proxies for pooled investment vehicles that it manages and for ERISA accounts that require the investment manager to vote proxies. However, clients may wish to vote their own proxies.

PROCEDURES

Proxy Voting Committee

DSM has a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Committee”) comprised of Daniel Strickberger, Managing Partner and Chief Investment Officer, Meredith Meyer, Chief Operations Officer, Christopher Bertoni, Head Trader, Blair Barton, Senior Counsel, and Russell Katz, General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer. The Committee meets quarterly and as necessary to discuss proxy issues.

The Committee’s role is to help administer and oversee the application of DSM’s proxy voting policy. The Committee is responsible for (i) developing and implementing this policy and the procedures described herein; (ii) overseeing and administering proxy voting on behalf of clients; (iii) reviewing proxy voting activity annually and as needed; and (iv) engaging and reviewing the Third-Party Administrator (discussed below).

Procedures for Voting of Proxies

When reviewing a proxy proposal, DSM may consider information from any and all sources. DSM may engage with the issuer of a proxy to discuss specific items and to obtain additional information on the proxy issue. DSM may also engage with management of these securities on a range of environmental, social or governance issues throughout the year. For additional assistance in reviewing proxies, DSM has contracted with an independent third party (currently, Institutional Shareholder Services Inc.) (the “Third Party Administrator”) to provide issue analysis and vote recommendations with respect to all proxy proposals. Please see below for additional information on the Third-Party Administrator.

Prior to a proxy voting deadline, a Portfolio Manager/Analyst at DSM will determine how to vote each proxy based on an analysis of the proposal. The Portfolio Manager/Analyst will then review the Policy in Exhibit A to assess whether their determination is consistent with the policy. If the Portfolio Manager/Analyst’s determination is inconsistent with DSM’s proxy voting policy, the proposal is to be brought to the attention of the Committee for resolution.

Portfolio Managers/Analysts are also responsible for assessing whether there are any material conflicts of interests with respect to a proxy issue. If no material conflicts of interests have been identified, DSM will vote proxies as directed by the Portfolio Manager/Analyst. If a material conflict exists, the conflict is to be brought to the attention of the Committee for resolution. DSM does not engage in any investment banking or corporate finance activities, nor does DSM produce research for publication. However, DSM personnel may have interests in securities, instruments, and companies that may be purchased or sold by DSM for its clients’ accounts. The interests of DSM and/or its personnel may conflict with the interests of DSM clients in connection with a proxy issue. If a potential conflict does arise, again, it is to be brought to the attention of the Committee.

DSM is not an “activist” in corporate governance and it is not an automatic supporter of management. Rather, DSM generally believes that the management teams of the companies in its model portfolio investment strategies are seeking to serve their shareholders’ interests. As such, DSM believes that managements’ proxy voting proposals are typically in the clients’ best interest. Therefore, it may be that DSM often votes with the recommendation of management.

Under current regulations, DSM is not required to vote every client proxy. There may be times when refraining from voting is in the client’s best interest, such as when an analysis of a particular proxy reveals that the cost of voting may exceed the expected benefit to the client. DSM may also not vote proxies or vote with management when proxies are issued by companies that DSM has sold out of its model portfolio investment strategies. DSM may also not vote proxies or vote with management for securities that were selected/held by a client because of the client’s other adviser and/or are unsupervised/non-managed assets as well as for money market securities. Proxies of issuers in certain countries could also cause issues for DSM. There may be administrative or operational issues that could cause DSM to determine

that voting a proxy is not in the best interest of a client. In addition, DSM may receive the meeting notice without enough time to fully analyze the proxy or DSM may receive the proxy after the cut-off date. The market may require DSM to have a local agent with power of attorney to vote a proxy. In addition, proxy materials may not be in English. Furthermore, proxy voting in some countries require “Share Blocking”. In such cases, a client’s shares cannot be sold until the proxy meeting has occurred. DSM generally does not invest in mutual funds of its clients and therefore does not take any action on these proposals. These are just some examples in which DSM may not vote a proxy. In the event DSM votes a proxy in two different directions, such as when clients have different proxy voting policies, DSM shall maintain documentation to support the decision-making process.

Third Party Administrator

The Third-Party Administrator offers a U.S. policy, a European policy, a Canadian policy as well as specialty policies such as a Sustainability policy, a Faith-Based policy, a Taft-Hartley policy and a Public Fund policy, along with custom policies defined by its clients. On June 1, 2021, in an effort to better align its proxy voting policy with its role as a signatory to the Principles for Responsible Investing (PRI), DSM switched from the U.S. policy and the European policy to the Sustainability policy. A copy of all policies can be found at www.issgovernance.com.

As noted above, DSM has retained the Third-Party Administrator to analyze proxies’ issues and to make vote recommendations. DSM reviews these recommendations in making its own proxy voting decisions. Each year, the Third-Party Administrator undertakes a process to update the policies that inform its proxy voting recommendations. Typically, the Third-Party Administrator has a policy formulation process that collects feedback from a diverse range of market participants through multiple channels: an annual policy survey of institutional investors and corporate issuers, roundtables with industry groups, and ongoing feedback during proxy season. The Third-Party Administrator uses this input to develop updates on important governance issues, which are then published for open review and comment. This information is also available at www.issgovernance.com.

The Third-Party Administrator will be responsible for executing proxy votes, reporting of proxy voting and recordkeeping. The Third-Party Administrator will coordinate with each client’s custodian to help ensure that proxy materials reviewed by the custodians are processed in a timely fashion. In instances in which the Third-Party Administrator is unable to make a vote recommendation, DSM, based on such advice as it deems necessary, will determine the manner in which to vote such proxy.

The Committee will notify the Third-Party Administrator of any changes to the DSM policy or any deviations thereof. DSM periodically samples the voting activity by the Third-Party Administrator for compliance with DSM instructions and conducts sample reconciliations with client account holdings for accuracy. DSM also conducts an annual review of the Third-Party Administrator that is reasonably designed to assess the adequacy and quality of its staffing and personnel, and whether it has policies and procedures that enable it to make proxy voting recommendations based on current and accurate information and to identify and address conflicts of interest relating to its voting recommendations.

Recordkeeping

DSM is required to maintain in an easily accessible place for five years all records relating to proxy voting. These records include the following:

● a copy of its proxy voting policy;

● a copy of each proxy statement received on behalf of DSM’s clients;

● a record of each vote cast on behalf of DSM’s clients;

● a copy of all documents created by DSM’s personnel that were material to making a decision on a vote or that memorializes the basis for the decision; and

● a copy of each written request by a client for information on how DSM voted proxies, as well as a copy of any written response.

DSM reserves the right to maintain certain proxy records with the Third-Party Administrator or any other entity in accordance with all applicable regulations.

Disclosure

Any client may obtain information about how DSM voted its proxies (but not the proxies of another client) and/or a copy of DSM’s proxy voting policy, without cost, by calling 561-618-4000 or by writing to DSM at 7111 Fairway Drive, Suite 350, Palm Beach Gardens, Florida 33418, Attn: Legal and Compliance. A client may also obtain information on how DSM voted proxies for the prior calendar year, at both the Firm and model portfolio investment strategy level, at https://dsmcapital.com/stewardship/.

Class Actions & Legal Proceedings

Generally, an investment adviser's ability, authority and responsibility does not include acting on a client's behalf in class actions and/or legal proceedings.

Board of Directors

DSM considers director elections to be a very important voting decisions that shareholders make. Boards should be sufficiently independent from management so as to ensure that they are able and motivated to effectively supervise management's performance for the benefit of all shareholders, including in setting and monitoring the execution of corporate strategy, with appropriate use of shareholder capital, and in setting and monitoring executive compensation programs that support that strategy. The chair of the board should ideally be an independent director, and all boards should have an independent leadership position or a similar role in order to help provide appropriate counterbalance to executive management, as well as having sufficiently independent committees that focus on key governance concerns such as audit, compensation, and nomination of directors.

DSM will generally oppose non-independent director nominees if the board is not composed of a majority of independent directors and will typically vote against or withhold from non-independent directors who sit on key board committees. DSM will also generally vote against or withhold from the chair of the nominating committee, or other nominees on a case-by-case basis, if the board lacks at least one director of an underrepresented gender identity or where the board has no apparent racially or ethnically diverse members. The election of directors who have failed to attend a minimum of 75 percent of board and committee meetings held during the year will generally be opposed. Furthermore, DSM will generally vote against or withhold from a director nominee who serves on an excessive number of boards. A non-CEO director will typically be deemed “overboarded” if they sit on more than five public company boards while CEO directors will be considered as such if they typically serve on more than two public company boards besides their own.

In addition, DSM will generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or potentially the entire board, for failure to adequately guard against or manage ESG risks or for lack of sustainability reporting in the company's public documents and/or website in conjunction with a failure to adequately manage or mitigate ESG risks. For companies that are significant greenhouse gas emitters, through their operations or value chain, DSM will generally vote against or withhold from the incumbent chair of the responsible committee (or other directors on a case-by-case basis) in cases where DSM determines that the company is not taking the minimum steps needed to be aligned with a Net Zero by 2050 trajectory.

DSM generally supports requests asking for the separation of the positions of chairman and CEO, and shareholder proposals calling for greater access to the board, affording shareholders the ability to nominate directors to corporate boards. DSM may generally vote against or withhold from directors at companies where problematic pay practices exist, and where boards have not been accountable or responsive to their shareholders.

Board Responsiveness

DSM will vote case-by-case on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors as appropriate if the board fails to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares in the previous year. When evaluating board responsiveness issues, DSM takes into account other factors including the board's failure to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered; if at the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote; or if the board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the plurality of votes cast.

Auditors

While it is generally recognized that the company is in the best position to evaluate the competence of its outside accountants, DSM believes that outside accountants must ultimately be accountable to shareholders. Given the rash of accounting irregularities that were not detected by audit panels or auditors over the recent past, shareholder ratification is an essential step in restoring investor confidence. DSM will generally vote against the ratification of the auditor in cases where fees for non-audit services are excessive without adequate explanation.

Takeover Defenses / Shareholder Rights

Topics in this category include shareholders' ability to call a special meeting or act by written consent, the adoption or redemption of poison pills, unequal voting rights, fair price provisions, greenmail, supermajority vote requirements, and confidential voting. DSM will generally vote for management proposals allowing for the convening of shareholder meetings by electronic means, so long as they do not preclude in-person meetings. Companies are encouraged to disclose the circumstances under which virtual-only meetings would be held, and to allow for comparable rights and opportunities for shareholders to participate electronically as they would have during an in-person meeting. DSM generally opposes takeover defenses, as they limit shareholder value by eliminating the takeover or control premium for the company. As owners of the company, shareholders should be given the opportunity to decide on the merits of takeover offers. Further, takeover devices can be used to entrench a board that is unresponsive to shareholders on both governance and corporate social responsibility issues.

Capital Structures

Capital structure related topics include proposals for increases in authorized stock, stock splits and reverse stock splits, issuances of blank check preferred stock, debt restructurings, and share repurchase plans. DSM typically supports a one-share, one-vote policy and generally opposes mechanisms that skew voting rights. DSM typically supports capital requests that provide companies with adequate financing flexibility while protecting shareholders from excessive dilution of their economic and voting interests. Proposals to increase common stock are evaluated by DSM on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the company’s past use of share authorizations and elements of the current request.

Executive and Director Compensation

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act requires advisory shareholder votes on executive compensation (Say on Pay), an advisory vote on the frequency of say on pay, as well as a shareholder advisory vote on golden parachute compensation. DSM will generally vote against Say on Pay proposals if there is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO pay and company performance, the company maintains problematic pay practices, and the board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders. DSM will vote case-by-case on certain equity-based compensation plans depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated using an “equity plan scorecard” approach.

Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

Mergers, acquisitions, spinoffs, re-incorporations, and other corporate restructuring plans are evaluated by DSM on a case-by-case basis, given the potential for significant impact on shareholder value and on shareholders’ economic interests. In addition, these corporate actions can have a significant impact on community stakeholders and the workforce, and may affect the levels of employment, community lending, equal opportunity, and impact on the environment.

Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

DSM evaluates proposals that concern governance issues such as shareholder meeting adjournments, quorum requirements, corporate name changes, and bundled or conditional proposals on a case-by-case basis taking into account the impact on shareholder rights.

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

Shareholder Proposals on Corporate Governance and Executive Compensation

Shareholder proposals include, but are not limited to, board-related issues, shareholder rights and board accountability issues, as well as compensation matters. Each year, shareholders file numerous proposals that address key issues regarding corporate governance and executive compensation. DSM seeks to evaluates these proposals from the perspective that good corporate governance practices can have positive implications for a company and its ability to maximize shareholder value. Proposals that seek to improve a board’s accountability to its shareholders and other stakeholders are generally supported.

Shareholder Proposals on Social and Environmental Topics

Shareholder proposals on social and environmental topics include, but are not limited to, workplace diversity and safety topics, codes of conduct, labor standards and human rights, the environment and energy, weapons, consumer welfare, and public safety. Socially responsible shareholder resolutions are receiving a great deal more attention from institutional shareholders than they have in the past. In addition to the moral and ethical considerations of these proposals, there is a growing recognition of their potential impact on the economic performance of the company. While focusing on value enhancement through risk mitigation and exposure to new sustainability-related opportunities, these proposals also seek standardized reporting on ESG issues, request information regarding an issuer’s adoption of, or adherence to, relevant norms, standards, codes of conduct or universally recognized international initiatives to promote disclosure and transparency. DSM generally supports standards-based ESG shareholder proposals that enhance long-term shareholder value while aligning the interests of the company with those of society at large.

Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

6/14/2021

Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., (the “Adviser”) shall vote proxies related to securities held by our clients for which we have authority and serve as the discretionary investment adviser in the best interest of our clients. All references in these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures are limited solely to clients for which we have agreed to vote such proxies. A client may reserve to itself the right to vote proxies.

The Adviser’s authority to vote the proxies of certain clients is established by advisory contracts or comparable documents. In addition to requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts.

The Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), requires us to act solely in the best interest of our clients at all times. We have adopted and implemented these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, which we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act.

We have delegated certain responsibilities under these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures to a third party, provided that we retain final authority and fiduciary responsibility for proxy voting. If we so delegate our responsibilities, we shall monitor the delegate’s compliance with these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

We (and our employees) and/or an independent third party provider shall vote in a prudent and timely fashion, only after careful evaluation of the issue(s) presented on the ballot.

We review our process to assess the extent, if any, to which there may be a material conflict between the interests of our clients on the one hand and our interests (including those of our affiliates, directors, officers, employees and other similar persons) on the other hand (a “potential conflict”). If we determine that a potential conflict may exist, it must be reported to our Proxy Voting Committee. The Proxy Voting Committee shall determine whether a potential conflict exists and is authorized to resolve any such conflict in a manner that is in the collective best interests of our clients (excluding any client that may have a potential conflict). We will use commercially reasonable efforts to determine whether a potential conflict may exist.

We may abstain from voting a client proxy if we conclude that the effect on shareholders’ economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant.

We may abstain from voting a client proxy for cost reasons (e.g., costs associated with voting proxies of non-U.S. securities). In accordance with our fiduciary duties, we will weigh the costs and benefits of voting proxy proposals and make an informed decision with respect to whether voting a given proxy proposal is prudent. Our decision takes into account the effect that the vote of our clients, either by itself or together with other votes, is expected to have on the value of our client’s investment and whether this expected effect would outweigh the cost of voting.

Unless otherwise directed by a client in writing, we are responsible for voting all proxies related to securities that we manage for clients with respect to which we have accepted proxy voting responsibility in writing. A client may from time to time direct us in writing to vote proxies in a manner that is different from the guidelines set forth in these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures. We will follow such written direction for proxies received after our receipt of such written direction.

We shall maintain certain records required by applicable law in connection with proxy voting activities and shall provide proxy voting information to a client for which we are responsible for voting proxies upon written request. Clients should contact our Director of Client Services to make such a request.

Our Proxy Voting Procedures and Policy will be reviewed annually. The Proxy Policy Committee will review present procedures andpast decisions with the aim of developing the most coherent and understandable proxy voting policy possible. We believe that a careful and continually evolving policy is indispensable to the task of discharging our fiduciary duties as an investment adviser.

LONDON COMPANY OF VIRGINIA D/B/A THE LONDON COMPANY

POLICY

The London Company of Virginia (the “Adviser”) acts as discretionary investment adviser for various clients, including clients governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and registered open-end investment companies (“mutual funds”). The Adviser’s authority to vote proxies is established through the delegation of discretionary authority under its investment advisory contracts. Therefore, unless a client (including a “named fiduciary” under ERISA) specifically reserves the right, in writing, to vote its own proxies, the Adviser will vote all proxies in a timely manner as part of its full discretionary authority over client assets in accordance with these Policies and Procedures.

When voting proxies, the Adviser’s utmost concern is that all decisions be made solely in the best interest of the client (and for ERISA accounts, plan beneficiaries and participants, in accordance with the letter and spirit of ERISA). The Adviser will act in a prudent and diligent manner intended to enhance the economic value of the assets of the client’s account.

The Proxy Voting Committee meets periodically to monitor the firm’s overall adherence to the current policies and procedures, as well as provide advice for the revisions thereof. The Committee also reviews the rationale for proxy votes not covered by the policies and procedures, or that present a potential conflict of interest. As such, a periodic review of the Proxy Advisor Firm will be conducted and presented to the Proxy Voting Committee for consideration.

PURPOSE

The purpose of these Policies and Procedures is to memorialize the procedures and policies adopted by the Adviser to enable it to comply with its fiduciary responsibilities to clients and the requirements of Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (“Advisers Act”). These Policies and Procedures also reflect the fiduciary standards and responsibilities set forth by the Department of Labor for ERISA accounts.

PROCEDURES

The Adviser is ultimately responsible for ensuring that all proxies received by the Adviser are voted in a timely manner and in a manner consistent with the Adviser’s determination of the client’s best interests. The Adviser recognizes that some proposals require special consideration which may dictate that the Adviser makes an exception to the Guidelines. The Adviser will vote the recommendation of the proxy voting service* on all proxy votes, unless otherwise directed by the Portfolio Managers.

(*London moved from ISS, utilizing Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS) and its proxy voting guidelines, to

Broadridge and Glass Lewis guidelines, in April, 2009. In February, 2014, London upgraded from utilizing Glass

Lewis Investment Management to Glass Lewis Full Service. In March, 2017, London completed a transition back to ISS, in order to better align with the firm’s voting preferences.)

Conflicts of Interest

Where a proxy proposal raises a material conflict between the Adviser’s interests and a client’s interest, including a mutual fund client, the Adviser will resolve the matter on a case-by-case basis by abstaining from the vote, voting in accordance with the guidelines set forth by the proxy voting service, or vote the way London feels is in the best interest of the client.

Limitations

In certain circumstances, in accordance with a client’s investment advisory contract (or other written directive), or where the Adviser has determined that it is in the client’s best interest, the Adviser will not vote proxies received. The following are certain circumstances where the Adviser will limit its role in voting proxies:

Client Maintains Proxy Voting Authority: Where client specifies in writing that it will maintain the authority to vote proxies itself or that it has delegated the right to vote proxies to a third party, the Adviser will not vote the securities and will direct the relevant custodian to send the proxy material directly to the client. If any proxy material is received by the Adviser, it will promptly be forwarded to the client or specified third party.

Terminated Account: Once a client account has been terminated with the Adviser, in accordance with its investment advisory agreement, the Adviser will not vote any proxies received after the termination. However, the client may choose to specify, in writing, that proxies should be directed to the client (or a specified third party) for action. There may be occurrences in which a proxy may be voted by the Adviser, for a terminated account (i.e., the record date of a proxy vote occurs prior to termination).

Limited Value: If the Adviser determines that the value of a client’s economic interest, or portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant, the Adviser may abstain from voting proxies.

Securities Lending Programs: When securities are out on loan, they are transferred into the borrower’s name and are voted by the borrower, in its discretion. However, where the Adviser determines that a proxy vote (or other shareholder action) is materially important to the client’s account, the Adviser may recall the security for purposes of voting.

Unjustifiable Costs: In certain circumstances, after doing a cost-benefit analysis, the Adviser may abstain from voting where the cost of voting a client’s proxy would exceed any anticipated benefits to the client of the proxy proposal.

Paper ballot does not arrive in the mail: On occasion, a paper ballot will not arrive in the mail until after the voting deadline. In this circumstance, Adviser is unable to vote the client’s proxy.

Procedures

During the onboarding process for a new account, the Portfolio Administrator will confirm, with certain custodians, as required, the address to which proxy ballots will be mailed. The Portfolio Administrator sends all new account information to the proxy voting service for accounts that elect to have the Adviser vote proxies on their behalf. The Adviser, in conjunction with the proxy voting service, contacts custodians to set up electronic voting.

When a ballot is received by US mail, the Portfolio Administrator will send ISS/ProxyExchange notification to establish electronic voting.

Each proxy statement, sample ballot and copies of any ballots voted by US mail will be available. (ProxyExchange retains voting history for those voted electronically, which is accessible through their web portal.)

RECORDKEEPING

100

In accordance with Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act, the Adviser will maintain for the time periods set forth in the Rule (i) these proxy voting procedures and policies, and all amendments thereto; (ii) all proxy statements received regarding client securities (provided however, that the Adviser may rely on the proxy statement filed on EDGAR as its records); (iii) a record of all votes cast on behalf of clients; (iv) records of all client requests for proxy voting information; (v) any documents prepared by the Adviser that were material to making a decision how to vote or that memorialized the basis for the decision; and (vi) all records relating to requests made to clients regarding conflicts of interest in voting the proxy.

The Adviser will describe in its Part 2A of Form ADV (or other brochure fulfilling the requirement of Rule 204-3) its proxy voting policies and procedures and will inform clients how they may obtain information on how the Adviser voted proxies with respect to the clients’ portfolio securities. Clients may obtain information on how their securities were voted or a copy of the Adviser’s Policies and Procedures by written request addressed to the Adviser. The Adviser will coordinate with all mutual fund clients to assist in the provision of all information required to be filed by such mutual funds on Form N-PX.

Please refer to the Proxy Voting Policy for further information.

Los Angeles Capital Management LLC

Proxy Policy

Rev. May 21, 2024

Introduction

Los Angeles Capital Management LLC (“Los Angeles Capital” or the “Firm”) has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Rule 206(4) ‐ 6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) and its obligations under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). Los Angeles Capital provides investment advisory or sub-advisory services to various types of institutional clients. When clients give Los Angeles Capital the authority to vote proxies held in their client accounts such authority is specified in the advisory contract or other governing agreements.

Proxy Policy Statement

Los Angeles Capital has retained Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC (“Glass Lewis”) an unaffiliated third‐party, to act as an independent proxy voting agent. Glass Lewis provides proxy analysis, voting recommendations and administration, recordkeeping, and manages other operational and reporting matters of the proxy voting process. If at any time a material conflict arises in connection with the Firm voting proxies for a client account, it would be resolved in the best interest of the client.

When Los Angeles Capital is given proxy voting authority together with a client’s voting policy, the Firm oversees compliance with such policy. When the client elects to use the Firm’s standard proxy guidelines, the Firm will vote in accordance with the guidelines approved by the Firm’s Proxy Committee (“Committee”). The Committee has approved the use of Glass Lewis’ market-based U.S. and Global guidelines, as may be modified from time to time (the “Firm’s Guidelines”). Clients with specific proxy voting goals may direct the Firm to apply a thematic set of proxy guidelines developed by Glass Lewis or provide the Firm with an alternative set of custom guidelines for use in voting proxies for the client’s account.

Proxy Voting Guidelines

On an annual basis, the Committee reviews the Firm’s Guidelines. Members of the Committee also selectively review a sampling of the voting recommendations and the related proxy materials in determining whether to modify the approved Firm Guidelines.

Where the Firm has proxy voting authority, the Firm ultimately retains the right to cast each vote on a case‐by‐case basis, taking into consideration the applicable proxy guidelines including any contractual obligations or the specific voting policy of the particular portfolio as well as all relevant facts and circumstances including information that might be gathered from sources beyond Glass Lewis. Management of issuers, as well as other interested parties, will sometimes release supplemental information (after the proxy statement) that relates to a pending proxy vote. Glass Lewis and the Firm will not always be able to consider such additional information depending on when it is released.

In the event there is a disagreement with the Glass Lewis analysis as to a particular vote, the Committee will determine whether it is appropriate to vote contrary to the Glass Lewis analysis provided that such decision is consistent with the approved guideline. In the rare circumstance that the Committee believes it is in the best interest of a client to vote contrary to an approved guideline, the Committee will seek client consent prior to placing a vote that is contrary to such approved guideline(s).

Los Angeles Capital recognizes that a client may issue specific directives regarding how particular proxy issues are to be voted for the client’s portfolio holdings. The Firm requires that the advisory or sub‐advisory contract specify such instructions, including instructions as to how those votes will be managed, particularly where they differ from the Firm’s Guidelines.

101

It is unlikely that serious conflicts of interest will arise in the context of the Firm’s proxy voting because the Firm does not engage in other financial businesses such as brokerage or managing public companies, underwriting, or investment banking. Nevertheless, should a conflict of interest arise in connection with proxy voting or Glass Lewis, such conflict will be handled as described below under Section IV B, “Conflicts of Interest.” As a matter of policy, the Firm and its employees are required to put the interests of clients ahead of their own.

Limitations

In limited circumstances, the Firm may elect to abstain from voting or may be unable to vote a client’s proxy. These circumstances include:

•

Where the Firm concludes that the effect on shareholder’s economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant.

•

Where the securities related to the vote participate in a securities lending program and are out on loan. In many cases, where a client directs the securities lending, Los Angeles Capital may not be aware when the security is out on loan and thus may not be able to recall the security before the record date, subject to the Special Considerations outlined below.

•

Where the related securities are issued in a country that participates in share blocking because it is disruptive to the management of the portfolio.

•

Where multiple global custodian accounts roll up into one omnibus sub-custodian account. In the specific markets where this may occur, the account managed by Los Angeles Capital is not registered individually. Therefore, if ballots are voted differently for the underlying accounts, the omnibus vote is considered split and is rejected.

•

Where in the Firm’s judgement the unjustifiable costs or disadvantages of voting the proxy would exceed the anticipated benefit of voting (e.g., certain non‐U.S. securities).

•

Where a required Power of Attorney is not on file or it is not feasible to get one on file.

Special Considerations

Certain accounts may warrant specialized treatment in voting proxies. Contractual stipulations, individual client direction, and special guideline arrangements will dictate how voting will be done in these cases.

Mutual Funds

Where the Firm votes proxies for a mutual fund that it sub-advises, unless otherwise directed and agreed with such fund and its adviser, the proxies typically will be voted in accordance with the Firm’s proxy guidelines. Proxies of a mutual fund’s portfolio companies may be voted in accordance with resolutions or other instructions from an authorized person of the fund.

ERISA Accounts

The Department of Labor (“DOL”) rules emphasize that a fiduciary’s duties extend to management of shareholder rights including with respect to proxy voting. Responsibilities for voting ERISA accounts include: the duty of loyalty, prudence, compliance with the plan, as well as a duty to avoid prohibited transactions. The DOL rules require voting with a focus on relevant risk-return factors and not voting in a manner that sacrifices investment returns or takes on risks that promote benefits or goals unrelated to the interests of participants and beneficiaries. Where the Firm has authority to vote proxies for an ERISA account, the Firm employs the Firm’s Guidelines unless otherwise specifically directed by the ERISA plan fiduciary. Where the Firm has authority to vote proxies for a commingled fund that is an ERISA plan asset fund, the Firm employs the Firm’s Guidelines.

Securities Lending Program

Certain situations where Los Angeles Capital may recall securities on loan to vote proxies, if operationally feasible, include: (i) where Los Angeles Capital deems a holding materially significant, (ii) where Los Angeles Capital is directing the securities lending, or (iii) where a client has made arrangements with its custodian to permit standing instructions for the recall of securities out on loan and Los Angeles Capital has agreed to implement the standing instructions.

Responsibility and Oversight

The Committee was established to provide oversight to the proxy voting process and is responsible for developing, implementing, and updating the Firm’s proxy policy, reviewing approving, and/or formulating the Firm’s Guidelines, selecting and overseeing the third‐party proxy vendor, identifying any conflicts of interest, determining the votes for issues it elects to vote independently from, or that cannot be voted by, Glass Lewis, monitoring legislative and corporate governance developments surrounding proxy issues, and meeting to discuss any material issues regarding the proxy voting process. The Committee meets annually and as necessary to fulfill its obligations.

102

As part of the Committee’s ongoing oversight of its third-party proxy vendor, the Committee considers (i) the adequacy and quality of the proxy vendor’s staffing and personnel; (ii) the presence of conflicts and processes to address those conflicts; (iii) the robustness of the proxy vendor’s policies and procedures for ensuring that its recommendations are based on current and accurate information; and (iv) any other appropriate considerations as to the nature and quality of the proxy vendor’s services. In addition, Compliance conducts periodic reviews of ballots voted by the proxy vendor to ensure they are in line with proxy voting procedures.

In cases where the Committee votes a proxy ballot it may conduct research internally and/or use the resources of an independent research consultant or use information from any of the following sources: legislative materials, studies of corporate governance and other proxy voting issues, reports by issuers’ management on pending proxy votes, and/or published analyses of shareholder and management proposals. In such voting circumstances, two votes from voting members of the Committee or one voting member of the Committee and an internal legal counsel are required.

Los Angeles Capital’s Operations Department handles the day-to-day administration of the proxy voting process.

Proxy Voting Procedures

Glass Lewis provides for the timely execution of specified proxy votes on the Firm’s behalf, which includes complete account set‐up, vote execution, reporting, recordkeeping, and compliance with ERISA.

Los Angeles Capital’s responsibility for voting proxies is generally determined by the obligations set forth under each client’s Investment Management Agreement, Limited Partnership Agreement, Prospectus, Trust Agreement or other legal documentation governing the account. Voting ERISA client proxies is a fiduciary act of plan asset management that must be performed by the adviser or delegated to a sub-adviser unless the voting right is retained by a named fiduciary of the plan. If an advisory or sub‐advisory contract or similar document states that Los Angeles Capital does not have the authority to vote client proxies, then voting is the responsibility of some other named fiduciary.

While Los Angeles Capital will accept direction from clients on specific proxy issues for their account, the Firm reserves the right to maintain its standard position on all other client accounts for which the Firm has proxy voting authority.

Materiality

The Committee has designated certain materiality thresholds for situations in which the Committee may vote independently from Glass Lewis or may take separate actions in regard to securities lending limitations. Materiality thresholds are monitored daily and are escalated to the Committee for review.

Conflicts of Interest

Los Angeles Capital attempts to minimize the risks of conflicts and reviews the Conflict of Interest Statement prepared by Glass Lewis on an annual basis.

If Glass Lewis identifies a potential conflict of interest between it and a publicly held company, it will disclose the relationship on the relevant proxy paper research report. In these situations, members of the Committee will review the proxy paper research report and vote the proxy in accordance with the Committee charter.

If an unforeseen conflict requires specialized treatment, alternate measures may be taken, up to and including having Glass Lewis refrain from writing a proxy paper research report and abstaining from making a voting recommendation on the company. In this scenario Glass Lewis would procure a substitute research report from an alternative qualified provider, and the Committee may be required to research and vote the proxy.

If the Committee identifies a potential material conflict of interest between Los Angeles Capital or an affiliated person of the Firm and the issuer whose ballot is being voted, the client whose account holds the shares of such issuer will be notified. If no directive on how to vote is issued by the client, the Committee will vote in such a way that, in the Committee’s opinion, fairly addresses the conflict in the best interest of the client.

Disclosure

Los Angeles Capital will provide all clients with a copy of the Firm’s current proxy policies and procedures upon request. In addition, clients may request, at any time, a copy of the Firm’s voting records for their respective account(s) by making a formal request to Los Angeles Capital. Los Angeles Capital will make this information available to a client upon its request within a reasonable time. For further information, please contact a member of Operations at operations@lacapm.com.

Los Angeles Capital generally will not disclose how it intends to vote on behalf of a client account except as required by applicable law but may disclose such information to a client regarding their portfolio who itself may decide or may be required to make public such information. Los Angeles Capital will not disclose past votes or share amounts voted except: (i) for a valid business purpose as determined in the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer, (ii) to the respective client, (iii) as required on Form N-PX related to Say-on-Pay votes, or (iv) as otherwise required by law.

103

Recordkeeping

All proxy records pursuant to Section 204‐2 of the Advisers Act are retained by either Glass Lewis or Los Angeles Capital. Glass Lewis retains (1) records of proxy statements received regarding client securities, and (2) records of each vote cast. Los Angeles Capital retains (1) copies of its proxy policies, procedures, and Firm Guidelines; (2) copies of any document created by Los Angeles Capital that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorializes the basis for that decision; (3) each written client request for information on how the adviser voted proxies on behalf of the client; (4) a copy of any written response by Los Angeles Capital to any (written or oral) client request for information on how the adviser voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client; and (5) regulatory filings related to proxy voting.

ERISA Accounts

Los Angeles Capital’s maintains access to proxy voting records (both procedures and actions taken in individual situations) to enable the named fiduciary to determine whether Los Angeles Capital is fulfilling its obligations. Such records may be maintained via Glass Lewis’ electronic system. Retention may include: (1) issuer name and meeting; (2) issues voted on and record of the vote; (3) number of shares eligible to be voted on the record date; (4) number of shares voted; and (5) where appropriate, cost‐benefit analyses.

Duration

Proxy voting books and records will be maintained in an easily accessible place for at least five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such records. For the first two years, the records are fully accessible in Los Angeles Capital’s office and electronically.

1 https://www.glasslewis.com/voting-policies-current/

2 The Department of Labor has indicated that such costs include, but are not limited to, expenditures related to developing proxy resolutions, proxy voting services and the analysis of the likely net effect of a particular issue on the economic value of the plan’s investment. Fiduciaries must take into consideration whether the exercise of its rights to vote a proxy is expected to have an effect on the economic value of the plan’s investment that will outweigh the costs of exercising such rights. With respect to proxies for shares of foreign corporations, a fiduciary, in deciding whether to purchase shares of a foreign corporation, should consider whether any additional difficulty and expense in voting such shares is reflected in their market price.

Sands Capital

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Most Recent Amendment: January 2024

Implementation Date: November 2006

PURPOSE

Sands Capital Management, LLC (“SCM”) and Sands Capital Ventures, LLC (“SCV” and collectively with SCM, “Sands Capital”) have adopted this policy (the “Policy”) to implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance with applicable law regarding the voting of client proxies, including, without limitation, Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”).

POLICY

The scope of Sands Capital’s authority to vote proxies on behalf of clients should be clearly set forth in the advisory or related contracts between Sands Capital and its clients. Where Sands Capital has unrestricted authority to vote proxies on behalf of clients, Sands Capital will vote in the best interests of its clients and in a manner that is consistent with its fiduciary duties. Where clients have imposed restrictions or guidelines on or issued instructions to Sands Capital with respect to voting proxies, Sands Capital will adhere to such

restrictions, guidelines, and/or instructions. Clients with their own general or specific proxy voting and governance policies may wish to have their proxies voted by an independent third party or other named fiduciary or agent at the client’s expense.

Before voting a particular proxy, Sands Capital’s policy is to conduct a reasonable investigation of the associated matter(s), including, where appropriate, by considering the Guidelines (as defined below), to ensure that its voting determination is in the best interests of the relevant clients and is not based on materially inaccurate or incomplete information. Sands Capital does not automatically support

management; however, Sands Capital believes that the recommendation of management on any issue should be given substantial weight in determining how proxy issues are resolved.

104

For routine matters (e.g., those matters that are not expected to measurably change the structure, management, control or operation of the company and are consistent with customary industry standards and practices, and the laws of the state of incorporation of the applicable company), Sands Capital will vote in accordance with the recommendation of management, unless, in Sands Capital’s opinion, such recommendation is not conducive to long term value creation or otherwise in the best interest of its clients. Non-routine matters (e.g., those matters relating to directors’ liability and indemnity proposals; executive compensation plans; mergers, acquisitions, and other restructurings submitted to a shareholder vote; antitakeover and related provisions; and shareholder proposals) require company-specific and a case-by-case review and analysis.

Sands Capital will vote client proxies in all instances unless it determines that doing so is not in the best

interest of the relevant clients, as described under “Voting Abstention” below.

PROXY COMMITTEE

•

Sands Capital has established a Proxy Committee consisting of

•

the Chief Administrative Officer;

•

the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”);

•

a Director of Client Relations;

•

the Director of Stewardship; and

•

the Director of Research.

The Proxy Committee is responsible for:

•

overseeing and administering proxy voting, including developing, authorizing, implementing, and updating this Policy;

•

overseeing the proxy voting process, including reviewing reports on proxy voting activity at least annually and more frequently as necessary to fulfill its responsibilities; and

•

engaging and overseeing third-party service providers, as necessary or appropriate, to ensure Sands Capital receives the applicable proxy statements and/or to provide information, research, or other services to facilitate Sands Capital’s proxy voting.

The Proxy Committee meets at least annually and more frequently as necessary to fulfill its responsibilities. A majority of the members of the Proxy Committee constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The Director of Stewardship or designee acts as secretary of the Proxy Committee and maintains a record of meetings and actions. The Proxy Committee has developed criteria (the “Guidelines”), to be considered by SCM when evaluating certain proxy issues. While SCV will likely incorporate similar considerations in its proxy voting determinations, the Guidelines apply to proxies voted on behalf of clients advised by SCM but do not apply to proxies voted on behalf of clients advised by SCV. The Proxy Committee will evaluate and may amend or supplement the Guidelines from time to time. All Guidelines are to be applied generally and not absolutely, such that the evaluation of each proxy incorporates considerations specific to the company whose proxy is being voted and the vote is made in the best interests of the relevant clients.

RETENTION AND OVERSIGHT OF PROXY ADVISORY FIRMS

Sands Capital uses proxy research providers (“Providers”) to help it analyze proxy issues. Sands Capital may consider vote recommendations made by Providers but ultimately votes proxies based on its own determination of what is in the best interests of its clients. In addition to research, Providers may provide vote execution, reporting, and recordkeeping services. In selecting a Provider, Sands Capital will consider a variety of factors in its evaluation, including, as applicable: (1) the Provider’s capacity and competency to analyze the voting matters for which it is retained; (2) whether the Provider has an effective process for seeking timely input on its voting policies and other relevant matters; (3) whether the Provider has adequately disclosed its methodologies for making voting

recommendations; (4) the sources of any third-party information that the Provider uses; and (5) how the

Provider will engage with issuers and third parties.

Additionally, Sands Capital will review the Provider’s policies and procedures pertaining to conflicts of interest, including with respect to the:

•

identification, disclosure and mitigation of conflicts arising out of:



the provision of proxy voting recommendations and services;



activities other than proxy voting recommendations and services; and



positions taken by affiliates of the Provider;

105

•

adequacy of disclosure regarding identified conflicts; and

•

use of technology to disseminate information about conflicts.

Sands Capital conducts periodic reviews on an ongoing basis of its Providers based on the factors discussed above, and evaluates periodically whether any factual errors, incompleteness or methodological weaknesses in the Provider’s analysis materially affected its research or recommendations. Sands Capital may also consider any material relevant changes to the Provider’s business.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Sands Capital’s staff members are responsible for notifying the Director of Stewardship or the CCO of any

potential conflict of interest that may impair Sands Capital’s ability to vote proxies in an objective manner. The Director of Stewardship and the CCO will review each potential conflict and notify the Proxy Committee if they determine there is a conflict of interest with respect to the proxy vote. The Proxy Committee will determine whether the conflict is material to that proposal. If the Proxy Committee

determines that a conflict is not material, then Sands Capital may vote the proxy. If the Proxy Committee determines that it is material, Sands Capital will vote or abstain from voting per the determination of the Proxy Committee. Prior to voting, Sands Capital may, in accordance with applicable law and/or client instruction: (i) contact an independent third party for its recommendation on how to vote and vote in accordance with that recommendation; or (ii) fully disclose the nature of the conflict to clients and obtain their consent as to how Sands Capital will vote.

Conflicts of interest may arise in many situations. The following examples are designed to help staff members identify potential conflicts:

•

Sands Capital provides investment advice to an issuer (or a plan sponsored by such issuer) and receives a proxy solicitation from that issuer or from a competitor of that issuer.

•

Sands Capital provides investment advice to an officer or director of an issuer and receives a proxy solicitation from that issuer or from a competitor of that issuer.

•

Sands Capital has a financial interest in the outcome of a proxy vote, such as when Sands Capital is asked to vote on a change in Rule 12b-1 fees paid by a mutual fund to Sands Capital.

•

An issuer or another third party offers Sands Capital or a staff member compensation in exchange

for voting a proxy in a particular way.

•

A staff member, or a household family member thereof, has a personal or business relationship

with an issuer and Sands Capital receives a proxy solicitation from that issuer.

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE CONSIDERATIONS

Sands Capital may consider certain environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) factors when evaluating proxy matters so that all risks and opportunities that may materially impact the return profile of an investment over the appropriate time horizon for the relevant strategy are appropriately considered.

PROCEDURES FOR IDENTIFICATION AND VOTING OF PROXIES

The following procedures are designed to provide Sands Capital with necessary information to vote proxies and to mitigate potential conflicts of interest before voting.

•

The Investment Operations Teams maintain a list of clients for which Sands Capital votes proxies. The Investment Operations Teams update the list from time to time to reflect the onboarding of new clients and changes in Sands Capital’s authority to vote proxies.

•

Where Sands Capital has the authority to vote proxies, the Investment Operations and Proxy Administrator will work with the client to ensure that Sands Capital is designated to receive proxy voting materials from companies or intermediaries when applicable.

•

The Proxy Administrator receives all proxy voting materials and has overall responsibility for ensuring that proxies are voted (or abstained) and submitted in a timely manner.

•

Sands Capital’s Investment Research Team (the “Research Team”) is responsible for reviewing proxy proposals for portfolio companies. Prior to a proxy voting deadline, the appropriate Research Team member will conduct a reasonable investigation into the proposal matters and decide how to vote each proxy proposal based on an analysis of the proposal and the best interests of the relevant clients. In evaluating a proxy proposal, a Research Team member may consider the Guidelines (if applicable) as well as information from various sources, including management of the company, shareholder groups, and independent Providers.

•

If the Research Team or Proxy Administrator becomes aware of potential material factual errors, incompleteness, or methodological weaknesses in a Provider’s analysis, they must escalate this issue to the Director of Stewardship or the CCO.

106

•

Sands Capital believes that engagement with portfolio companies is important for good corporate governance and to assist in making proxy voting decisions. Sands Capital may engage with portfolio companies to discuss specific ballot items to obtain further information or clarification on the proposals, or to seek a specific change at the company.

•

Staff members involved in the proxy voting process are responsible for assessing potential conflicts of interest and considering situations identified in this Policy's Conflicts of Interest section.

•

If no potential conflicts of interest have been identified, Sands Capital will vote proxies according to this Policy.

•

Any detection of a potential conflict of interest must be brought to the attention of the Director of Stewardship or the CCO. See the Policy’s Conflicts of Interest section for additional information.

•

Sands Capital is not required to vote every proxy if abstaining is consistent with Sands Capital’s fiduciary obligations. There may be times when refraining from voting is in the best interest of the client, such as when an analysis of a particular client proxy reveals that the cost of voting the proxy may exceed the expected benefit to the client.

•

Sands Capital may process certain proxies without voting them or may systematically vote with management. Examples include proxies issued by companies Sands Capital has exited the position at the strategy level but not yet sold a minimal number of shares due to specific client directed account restrictions, proxies issued for securities that Sands Capital did not select for a client portfolio, and proxies issued by unsupervised or non-managed securities held in a client’s account (such as ETFs), money market securities, or other securities selected by clients or their representatives other than Sands Capital.

•

In the event that Sands Capital votes the same proxy in two directions, it shall maintain documentation to support its votes.

•

In instances where Sands Capital is in the process of exiting a client’s ownership position in a security but has the ability to vote a proxy, Sands Capital will vote the proxy provided it is not against the best interests of the client.

•

The Director of Stewardship and the applicable Research Team member must report any attempts by Sands Capital’s personnel to influence the voting of client proxies in a manner that is inconsistent with this Policy, as well as any attempts by persons or entities outside Sands Capital seeking to influence the voting of client proxies. Reporting shall be made to the CCO or the General Counsel.

•

All proxy votes will be recorded with the following information:



The name of the portfolio company;



The security identifier of the portfolio holding.



The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) or similar number, in each case, if any, for the security;



The shareholder meeting date;



The number of shares Sands Capital is voting firm-wide; • A brief identification of the matter voted on;



Whether the matter was proposed by the portfolio company or by a security holder;



Whether or not Sands Capital voted on the matter;



The rationale for Sands Capital’s vote or abstention; and



Whether any client requested an alternative vote of its proxy.

SECURITIES LENDING

If a client participates in a securities lending program, Sands Capital will not be able to vote the proxy for shares out on loan. Sands Capital will generally not seek to recall for voting the client shares on loan. However, under rare circumstances, for voting issues that may have a particularly significant impact on the investment (a “Significant Event”), Sands Capital may request a client to recall securities that are on loan if Sands Capital determines that the benefit of voting outweighs the costs and lost revenue to the client and the administrative burden of retrieving the securities. The Research Team member responsible for voting the proxy will notify the Proxy Committee in the event they believe a recall of loaned securities is necessary.

In determining whether a recall of a security is warranted, Sands Capital will consider whether the benefit of the vote would be operationally possible, and if so, in the client’s best interest despite the costs and the lost revenue to the client and the administrative burden of retrieving the securities. Sands Capital may use third-party service providers to assist it in identifying and evaluating whether an event constitutes a Significant Event.

VOTING ABSTENTION

107

Voting proxies of issuers may give rise to a number of administrative or operational issues that may cause Sands Capital to determine that voting such proxies are not in the best interest of its clients or that it is not reasonably possible to determine whether voting such proxies will be in the best interests of its clients. While not exhaustive, the following list of considerations highlights some potential instances in which a proxy vote might not be entered.



Sands Capital may receive meeting notices without enough time to fully consider the proxy or after

the cut-off date for voting.



Sands Capital may be unable to enter an informed vote in certain circumstances due to the lack of

information provided in the proxy statement or by the issuer or other resolution sponsor.



A market may require Sands Capital to provide local agents with a power of attorney or consularization prior to implementing Sands Capital’s voting instructions.



Proxy materials may not be available in English and require a translator or may require traveling to a foreign country to vote the security in person.



Proxy voting in certain countries may require “share blocking.” In such cases, shareholders wishing

to vote their proxies must deposit their shares shortly before the date of the meeting with a designated depositary. During this blocking period, shares that will be voted at the meeting cannot be sold until the meeting has taken place and the shares are returned to the client’s custodian banks. Absent compelling reasons to the contrary, Sands Capital believes that the benefit to the client of exercising the vote is outweighed by the cost of voting (i.e., not being able to sell the shares during this period). Accordingly, if share blocking is required, Sands Capital generally elects not to vote

those shares. The applicable Research Team member, in conjunction with the Proxy Committee, retains the final authority to determine whether to block the shares in the client’s portfolio.



Sands Capital may not vote proxies for shares held in non-client accounts, such as proprietary accounts.

DISCLOSURE OF VOTES

Generally, until a vote has been cast and the relevant shareholder meeting has transpired, Sands Capital treats such voting information as confidential. Sands Capital staff may not disclose a vote prior to the meeting or commit to any third party to vote a certain way without the prior consent of the CCO or the General Counsel. However, staff members are permitted to: (1) share with a client how we intend to vote their proxy, as requested by such client; (2) discuss our thoughts, opinions and voting intention with the relevant issuers as part of Sands Capital’s company engagement and stewardship objectives; and (3) prudently express Sands Capital’s thoughts or opinions on relevant topics in discussions with other third parties, including advisors (third-party research providers), and other shareholders prior to voting as a part of ongoing education and engagement.

Once the vote has been cast and the relevant shareholder meeting has transpired, analysts can choose to share how Sands Capital voted with the relevant company or other shareholders, if necessary, as part of Sands Capital’s ongoing engagement with management and the company’s shareholders. All disclosures of votes in response to requests for vote information not originating from the company or a client shareholder must be approved by the Director of Stewardship prior to the disclosure of the vote. The Director of Stewardship or designee will record the identity of the outside third party, the date of the request, and the response. As is consistent with Sands Capital’s Advertising and Marketing Policy, all staff members must refer inquiries from the press to the Head of Marketing and Communications.

PRIVATELY-HELD COMPANIES

There is a heighted risk that conflicts of interest will arise when voting on matter relating to portfolio companies that are privately held. To address this risk, all votes or requests for shareholder consents will be identified to the Compliance Team prior to any decision. The Compliance Team determines whether a conflict of interest exists and, if so, how to mitigate or manage the conflict(s) of interest.

CLASS ACTIONS

In the event a class action is brought to the attention of Sands Capital, and such action may have a material impact on the financial position of a fund sponsored and advised by Sands Capital, Sands Capital will use reasonable efforts to timely complete administrative class-action processes necessary to allow participation. For all other clients, Sands Capital will gather and provide any requisite information it has regarding class action matters at the client’s request, to enable the client to file the class action. Sands Capital does not take proactive measures to monitor for class actions in which its clients may be able to participate. All attorneys’ fees, third-party fees, and expenses related to the class action will be borne by the respective client, including any fund advised by Sands Capital if applicable.

DISCLOSURES TO CLIENTS

108

Sands Capital is required to disclose to its clients how they can obtain information about how Sands Capital voted their securities. This information is included in Sands Capital’s written brochure under Rule 204-3 of the Advisers Act.

Further, Sands Capital is required to provide clients with a description, and upon request, a copy, of its proxy voting policies and procedures. This information is included in Sands Capital’s written brochure under Rule 204-3 of the Advisers Act.

RECORDKEEPING

Sands Capital must maintain the documentation described in the following section for a period of not less than five years in an easily accessible place, the first two years at its principal place of business. The Proxy Administrator will be responsible for the following procedures and for ensuring that the required documentation is retained.



Copies of all policies and procedures required by § 275.206(4)-6.



A copy of each proxy statement that Sands Capital receives regarding client securities. Sands Capital may satisfy this requirement by relying on a third party to make and retain, on Sands Capital’s behalf, a copy of a proxy statement (if Sands Capital has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the proxy statement promptly upon request) or may rely on obtaining a copy of a proxy statement from the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (“EDGAR”) system.



A record of each vote cast by Sands Capital on behalf of a client. Sands Capital may satisfy this requirement by relying on a third party to make and retain a record of the vote cast (provided that



Sands Capital has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the record

promptly upon request).



A copy of any document created by Sands Capital that was material to deciding how to vote proxies

on behalf of a client or that memorializes the basis for that decision.



A copy of each written client request for information on how Sands Capital voted proxies on behalf

of the client and a copy of any written response by Sands Capital to any (written or oral) client

request for information on how Sands Capital voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client.

Sands Capital may rely on proxy statements filed on the EDGAR system instead of keeping its own copies.

RESPONSIBILITY

The Director of Stewardship is responsible for overseeing and implementing this Policy.

Attachment A

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

The majority of votes presented to shareholders are proposals made by management, which have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. One of the primary factors SCM considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of its management. Accordingly, SCM believes that the recommendation of management on any issue should be given substantial weight in determining how proxy issues are resolved. For routine matters (e.g., those matters that are not expected to measurably change the structure, management, control or operation of the company and are consistent with customary industry standards and practices, and the laws of the state of incorporation of the applicable company), SCM will vote in accordance with the recommendation of management, unless, in SCM’s opinion, such recommendation is not conducive to long term value creation or otherwise in the best interest of its clients. Non-routine matters (e.g., those matters relating to directors’ liability and indemnity proposals; executive compensation plans; mergers, acquisitions, and other restructurings submitted to a shareholder vote; anti-takeover and related provisions; and shareholder proposals) require company-specific and a case-by-case review and analysis. With respect to matters that do not fit in the categories stated below, SCM will exercise its best judgment as a fiduciary to vote in accordance with the best interest of its clients.

I. The Board of Directors

A. Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

These votes are made on a case-by-case basis, and SCM may consider the following:

•

Long-term performance record relative to a market index;

•

Composition of board (e.g., diversity and independence) and key board committees;

•

Attendance at board and committee meetings;

109

•

Corporate governance provisions and takeover activity;

•

Board decisions regarding executive pay; and

•

Director compensation.

B. Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

These votes are evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

C. Voting for Director Nominees in Contest Elections

•

These are evaluated on a case-by-case basis, and SCM may consider the following:

•

Long-term performance relative to its industry;

•

Management’s track record;

•

Background to the proxy contest;

•

Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

•

Evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders and the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met; and

•

Stock ownership positions.

D. Size of the Board

Proposals to limit the size of the Board will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

E. Majority Vote for Director Elections

SCM will evaluate, on a case-by-case basis, proposals asking the Board to initiate the process to provide that director nominees be elected by the affirmative majority of votes cast at an annual meeting of shareholders. Resolutions should specify a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats.

F. Require Independent Board Chairman

SCM will evaluate, on a case-by-case basis, as to whether the role of board chair should be a separate position. Secondary considerations include the role of the board’s Lead Independent Director and the board’s overall composition.

II. Auditors

Ratifying Auditors

SCM generally votes for proposals to ratify auditors, unless:

•

an auditor is not independent (i.e., it has a financial interest in or association with the company);

•

there is reason to believe the auditor’s opinion is not accurate or indicative of the company’s financial position;

•

poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; or material weaknesses in internal controls;

•

Evidence that the committee approved an inappropriate indemnification agreement with the auditor; or

•

Non-audit fees are excessive in relation to audit-related fees without adequate explanation.

III. Proxy Contest Defenses

Cumulative Voting

Proposals on cumulative voting are voted on a case-by-case basis. SCM may consider the following, among other, factors:

•

the ability of significant stockholders to elect a director of their choosing;

•

the ability of minority shareholders to concentrate their support in favor of a director or directors of their choosing; and

•

the potential to limit the ability of directors to work for all shareholders.

Proxy Contests

Votes on proxy contests are made on a case-by-case basis considering the long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry, management’s track record, the qualifications of the shareholder’s nominees, and other factors.

110

Proxy Solicitation Expenses

Decisions to provide full reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest are made on a case-by-case basis.

Proxy Access

Shareholder proposals to provide shareholders proxy access are voted on a case-by-case basis taking into account, among other factors:

•

Company-specific factors; and

•

Proposal-specific factors including:

•

the ownership thresholds proposed in the resolutions;

•

the maximum proportion of directors that shareholders may nominate each year; and

•

the method of determining which nominations should appear on the ballot if multiple shareholders submit nominations.

IV. Anti-Takeover Issues

SCM conducts an independent review of each anti-takeover proposal. SCM may vote with management when it concludes that the proposal is not onerous and would not harm clients’ interests as shareholders. Anti-takeover issues include the following:

Poison Pills

The “poison pill” entitles shareholders to purchase certain securities at discount prices in the event of a change in corporate control. Such a measure would make a potential takeover prohibitively expensive to the acquirer.

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis for management proposals to ratify a poison pill.

Fair Price Provisions

Fair price provisions attempt to ensure approximately equal treatment for all shareholders in the event of a takeover. SCM may consider, among other factors:

•

the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition;

•

the vote required to repeal the fair price provision;

•

the mechanism for determining fair price; and

•

whether these provisions are bundled with other anti-takeover measures (e.g., supermajority voting requirements) that may entrench management and discourage attractive tender offers.

Fair price proposals are voted on a case-by-case basis.

Greenmail

Greenmail payments are targeted share repurchases by management of company stock from individuals or groups seeking control of the company. Since only the hostile party receives payment, usually at a substantial premium over the market value of its shares, the practice discriminates against all other shareholders.

Proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments are voted on a case-by-case basis.

Superstock/Duel-class Equity

Another takeover defense is superstock, i.e., shares that give holders disproportionate voting rights. For example, a company could propose authorizing a class of preferred stock which “could be issued in a private placement with one or more institutional investors” and “could be designated as having voting rights which might dilute or limit the present voting rights of the holders of common stock….” The purpose of this additional class of stock would be to give insiders an edge in fending off an unsolicited or hostile takeover attempt.

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis for proposals that would authorize the creation/removal of new classes of “superstock.”

Supermajority Rules

Supermajority provisions require approval by holders of minimum amounts of the common shares (usually 75% to 80%). While applied mainly to merger bids, supermajority rules also may be extended to cover substantive transfers of corporate assets, liquidations, reverse splits and removal of directors for reasons other than cause. A supermajority provision would make it nearly impossible in some cases for shareholders to benefit from a takeover attempt.

Supermajority shareholder vote requirements to approve mergers, amend the charter or bylaws are voted on a case-by-case basis.

111

Board Classification

A “classified” or “staggered” board is a structure in which only a portion of a company’s board of directors (typically one-third) is elected each year. A company may employ such a structure to promote continuity of leadership and thwart takeover attempts. In evaluating a classified board proposal, SCM may consider the following factors, among others:

•

the company’s long-term strategic plan;

•

the extent to which continuity of leadership is necessary to advance that plan; and

•

the need to guard against takeover attempts.

SCM votes on board classification on a case-by-case basis.

V. Miscellaneous Governance Provision

Approval of Financial Statements

In some markets, companies are required to submit their financial statements for shareholder approval. Approval of financial statements is voted on a case-by-case basis. However, SCM may abstain if the information is not available in advance of the meeting.

Adopting or Amending the Charter, Bylaws, or Articles of Association

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis proposals on adopting or amending the charter, bylaws, or articles of association, and may consider whether:

•

Shareholder rights are protected;

•

There is negligible or positive impact on shareholder value;

•

Management provides sufficiently valid reasons for the amendments;

•

The company is required to do so by law (if applicable); and

•

They are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).

Bundled Proposals

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis bundled or “conditioned” proxy proposals. In this case where items are conditioned upon each other, SCM examines the benefits and costs of the packages items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholder’s best interests, SCM votes against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, SCM votes for such proposals.

D. Share Re-Registration Consent

SCM will typically vote for this proposal. Certain securities are subject to share re-registration in order to receive and vote the shareholder meeting. In order to be eligible to vote, shares must be re-registered in the beneficial owner’s name by a certain deadline. SCM will vote these proposals on a case-by-case basis.

E. “Other Business”

SCM will typically vote against this proposal if there is a lack of information available. While this request is usually routine, the potential for the discussion and subsequent approval of items could be dangerous to minority shareholders. SCM will vote these proposals on a case-by-case basis.

VI. Capital Structure

Common Stock Authorization

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis for proposals that increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issue.

Stock Distributions; Splits and Dividends

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis for proposals that increase the common share authorization for a stock split or share dividend.

Debt Restructuring

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis for proposals that increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan.

VII. Executive and Director Compensation

112

SCM believes that because a company has exclusive knowledge of material information not available to shareholders regarding its business, financial condition, and prospects, the company itself usually is in the best position to make decisions about compensation and benefits. Accordingly, SCM generally votes with management on such matters. However, SCM may oppose management on a case-by-case basis if it deems a company’s compensation to be excessive or inconsistent with its peer companies’ compensation, SCM believes a company’s compensation measures do not foster a long-term focus among its executive officers and other employees, or SCM believes a company has not met performance expectations, among other reasons. Discussed below are some specific types of compensation-related proposals that SCM may encounter.

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis items related to executive pay and practices.

Management Say on Pay

“Say on pay” proposals give shareholders a nonbinding vote on executive compensation. These proposals are designed to serve as a means of conveying to company management shareholder concerns, if any, about executive compensation.

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis for management proposals seeking approval of advisory vote on executive compensation.

Equity-Based Compensation Plans

A company's equity-based compensation plan should be in alignment with the shareholders' long-term interests. SCM believes that executive compensation should be directly linked to the performance of the company.

SCM vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals for equity-based compensation plans.

Incentive Bonus Plans and Tax Deductibility Proposals (Section 163(m))

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals for incentive bonus plans and tax deductibility proposals.

Golden Parachutes

Golden Parachutes assure key officers of a company lucrative compensation packages if the company is acquired and/or if the new owners terminate such officers. SCM recognizes that offering generous compensation packages that are triggered by a change in control may help attract qualified officers. However, such compensation packages cannot be so excessive that they are unfair to shareholders or make the company unattractive to potential bidders, thereby serving as a constructive anti-takeover mechanism.

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis proposals to submit severance plans.

Golden Coffins / Executive Death Benefits

Survivor benefit compensation plans, or “golden coffins,” can require a company to make substantial payments or awards to a senior executive’s beneficiaries following the death of the senior executive. The compensation can take the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards. This compensation would not include compensation that the senior executive chooses to defer during his or her lifetime.

SCM recognizes that offering generous compensation packages that are triggered by the passing of senior executives may help attract qualified officers. However, such compensation packages cannot be so excessive that they are unfair to shareholders or make the company unattractive to potential bidders, thereby serving as a constructive anti-takeover mechanism.

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis proposals on Golden Coffins / Executive Death Benefits.

VIII. State of Incorporation

Voting on State Takeover Statutes

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freeze-out provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, anti-greenmail provisions and disgorgement provisions).

Voting on Reincorporation Proposals

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation.

IX. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

Mergers and Acquisitions

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis proposals on mergers and acquisitions.

Corporate Restructuring

113

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis proposal on corporate restructuring, including minority squeeze outs, leveraged buyouts, spin-offs, liquidations, and asset sales.

Spin-offs

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis proposals on spin-offs.

Changing Corporate Name

SCM votes on changing the corporate name on a case-by-case basis.

E. Authority to Issue Shares without Preemptive Rights

SCM votes on giving authority to issue shares without preemptive rights on a case-by-case basis.

X. Socially Oriented Proposals

Proposals of a Social or Environmental Nature

Consistent with its fiduciary duty to clients, SCM will vote on social and environmental issues with a view toward promoting good corporate citizenship. However, SCM realizes that it cannot require a portfolio company to go beyond applicable legal requirements or put itself in a non competitive position.

SCM considers environmental and social issues alongside traditional financial measures to provide a more comprehensive view of the value, risk, and return potential of an investment. Companies may face significant financial, legal and reputational risks resulting from poor environmental and social practices, or negligent oversight of environmental or social issues. SCM’s Environmental, Social, and Governance Framework describes SCM’s approach to consideration of environmental, social, and governance issues within its processes and ownership practices.

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis proposals regarding environmental or social issues. To do this, SCM uses research reports from SCM’s external proxy advisers, company filings and sustainability reports, research from other investors and non-governmental organizations, and the Research Team.

Political Spending and Lobby Proposals

Companies may engage in certain political activities, within legal and regulatory limits, in order to influence public policy consistent with the companies’ values and strategies, and thus serve shareholders’ best long-term economic interests. These activities can create risks, including: the potential for allegations of corruption; the potential for reputational issues associated with a candidate, party or issue; and risks that arise from the complex legal, regulatory and compliance considerations associated with corporate political activity. SCM believes that companies which choose to engage in political activities should develop and maintain robust processes to guide these activities and to mitigate risks, including a level of board oversight.

When presented with shareholder proposals requesting increased disclosure on corporate political activities, SCM may consider the political activities of that company and its peers, the existing level of disclosure, and its view regarding the associated risks. SCM generally believes that it is the duty of boards and management to determine the appropriate level of disclosure of all types of corporate activity.

SCM votes on a case-by-case basis proposals regarding political spending and lobbying activities.

114

ITEM 29. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE TRUST.

Not applicable.

ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION.

The Registrant is organized as a Delaware statutory trust and is operated pursuant to a Declaration of Trust dated February 1, 2022, that permits the Registrant to indemnify its trustees and officers under certain circumstances. Such indemnification, however, is subject to the limitations imposed by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Registrant’s Declaration of Trust provides that officers and trustees of the Trust shall be indemnified by the Trust against liabilities and expenses of defense in proceedings against them by reason of the fact that they each serve as an officer or trustee of the Trust.

Under Article IX, Section 2 of the Trust's Declaration of Trust:

Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in subsection (b) below;

every person who is, or has been, a Trustee or an officer, employee or agent of the Trust or is or was serving at the request of the Trust as a trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (“Covered Person”) shall be indemnified by the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him or her in connection with: (A) any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he or she becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his or her being or having been a Covered Person and against amounts paid or incurred by him or her in the settlement thereof; and (B) any liabilities and expenses, including, without limitation, the cost of credit monitoring, incurred by the indemnified representative as a result of the indemnified representative, while acting in an indemnified capacity, having provided personally identifiable information, including, without limitation, birthdates, social security numbers, driver’s license numbers or passport numbers, to a regulator or counterparty by or with whom the Trust, or its series, is regulated or engages in business to satisfy a legal or procedural requirement of such regulator or counterparty, including, without limitation, know-your-customer or anti-money laundering requirements, and the security of such personally identifiable information is compromised and used to the detriment of the indemnified representative.

ii.

as used herein, the words “claim,” “action,” “suit” or “proceeding” shall apply to all claims, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal, investigative or other, including appeals), actual or threatened, and the words “liability” and “expenses” shall include, without limitation, attorney’s fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties and other liabilities whatsoever.

To the extent required under the 1940 Act, but only to such extent, no indemnification shall be provided hereunder to a Covered Person;

who shall have been finally adjudicated by a court or other body before which the proceeding was brought to be liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties expressly set forth herein; or

ii.

in the event of a settlement or other disposition not involving a final adjudication as provided in paragraph (b)(i) above resulting in a payment by a Trustee or officer, unless there has been a determination that such Covered Person did not engage in bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties expressly set forth herein: (A) by the court or other body approving the settlement or other disposition; (B) by at least a majority of those Trustees who are neither Interested persons of the Trust nor parties to the matter based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry); or (C) by written opinion of independent legal counsel based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry).

The rights of indemnification herein provided may be insured against by policies maintained by the Trust, shall be severable, shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any Covered Person may now or hereafter be entitled and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of a Covered Person.

To the extent that any determination is required to be made as to whether a Covered Person engaged in conduct for which indemnification is not provided as described herein, or as to whether there is reason to believe that a Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification, the person or persons making the determination shall afford the Covered Person a rebuttable presumption that the Covered Person has not engaged in such conduct and that there is reason to believe that the Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, expenses in connection with the preparation and presentation of a defense to any claim, action, suit, proceeding or other matter of the character described in subsection (a) of this Section 2 shall be paid by the Trust and each Series from time to time prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Covered Person that such amount will be paid over by him or her to the Trust or applicable Series if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification under this Section 2; provided, however, that any such advancement will be made in accordance with any conditions required by the Commission. The advancement of

any expenses pursuant to this Section 2(e) shall under no circumstances be considered a “loan” under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended from time to time, or for any other reason.

Any repeal or modification of this Article IX or adoption or modification of any other provision of this Declaration of Trust inconsistent with this Article shall be prospective only to the extent that such repeal or modification would, if applied retrospectively, adversely affect any limitation on the liability of any Covered Person or indemnification or right to advancement of expenses available to any Covered Person with respect to any act or omission that occurred prior to such repeal, modification or adoption.

Nothing contained herein shall affect any rights to indemnification to which any Covered Person or other person may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law or prevent the Trust from entering into any contract to provide indemnification to any Covered Person or other person. Without limiting the foregoing, the Trust may, in connection with any transaction permitted by the Trust's Declaration of Trust, including the acquisition of assets subject to liabilities or a merger or consolidation pursuant hereto, assume the obligation to indemnify any person including a Covered Person or otherwise contract to provide such indemnification, and such indemnification shall not be subject to the terms of this Article IX unless otherwise required under applicable law.

ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER AND SUB-ADVISERS

A. TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. (the “Adviser”) is a registered investment advisor that provides investment advisory services to the Touchstone ETF Trust, Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Variable Series Trust and Touchstone Funds Group Trust (the “Touchstone Fund Complex”). The following list sets forth the business and other connections of the directors and executive officers of the Adviser. Unless otherwise noted, the address of the corporations listed below is 303 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.

The address is 400 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.

(1)

Jill T. McGruder — Director, Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

(a)

President and Chief Executive Officer — IFS Financial Services, Inc.

(b)

President — Integrity Life Insurance Co.

(c)

President — National Integrity Life Insurance Co.

(d)

Trustee — Touchstone Fund Complex

(e)

Senior Vice President — Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc.*

(f)

Senior Vice President — W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*

(g)

Director — Touchstone Securities, LLC

(h)

Director — IFS Financial Services, Inc., Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*

(2)

Donald J. Wuebbling — Director - Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

(a)

Director — Touchstone Securities, LLC, W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.*, Integrity Life Insurance Company*, National Integrity Life Insurance Company*, Eagle Realty Group, LLC*, IFS Financial Services, Inc., Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, Columbus Life Insurance Company, Eagle Realty Capital Partners, LLC, Gerber Life Insurance Company, The Lafayette Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Agency, Inc.

(3)

Jay J. Johnson — Vice President, Corporate Finance and Treasurer - Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

(a)

Vice President, Corporate Finance and Treasurer - Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company*, Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc.*, The Western & Southern Life Insurance Company*, Western-Southern Life Assurance Company.*, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., IFS Financial Services, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, Touchstone Securities, LLC, Columbus Life Insurance Company*, Eagle Realty Group, LLC*, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.*, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, The Lafayette Life Insurance Company, Gerber Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Agency, Inc., W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.

(4)

Terrie A. Wiedenheft — Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer - Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

(a)

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer - IFS Financial Services, Inc.

(b)

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer - W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*

(c)

Chief Financial Officer - Touchstone Securities, LLC

(d)

Senior Vice President - Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.

(e)

Vice President, Commission Accounting and Finance - Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life

Insurance Company

(f)

President - Touchstone Fund Complex

(5)

Sarah S. Herron — Secretary — Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

(a)

Secretary — Touchstone Securities, LLC

(b)

Corporate Secretary — W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*

(c)

Deputy General Counsel — Investments & Regulations — Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc.*

(6)

Timothy S. Stearns — Chief Compliance Officer — Touchstone Advisors, Inc., Touchstone Fund Complex

(a)

CCO - W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*

(7)

Timothy D. Paulin — Senior Vice President, Investment Research and Product Management — Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

(a)

Vice President — Touchstone Fund Complex

(8)

Jonathan D. Niemeyer - Director, Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

(a)

Board of Directors, Bethesda, Inc., Cincinnati Art Museum, Association of Life Insurance Counsel

(b)

Sr. Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer & General Counsel, The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc., Western-Southern Life Assurance Company, Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company

(c)

Director, Eagle Realty Capital Partners, LLC, Gerber Life Agency, LLC, IFS Financial Services, Inc., Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, Touchstone Securities, LLC, W&S Brokerage Services, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc., Western & Southern Agency, Inc.

(d)

Director, Sr. Vice President, Gerber Life Insurance Company

(9)

Benjamin J. Alge - President, Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

(a)

President of Touchstone Securities, LLC

(b)

Vice President of Western-Southern Life Assurance Company, Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc., Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company, The Western & Southern Life Insurance Company

(c)

Vice President - Touchstone Fund Complex

B. FORT WASHINGTON INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. (“Fort Washington”) is a registered investment adviser that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Dividend Select ETF, Touchstone Strategic Income ETF, Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF, Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF. Fort Washington also serves as the sub-adviser to certain series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust, Touchstone Strategic Trust and Touchstone Variable Series Trust. Fort Washington also provides investment advice to institutional and individual clients. The address of Fort Washington is 303 Broadway, Cincinnati, OH 45202.

The following list sets forth the business and other connections of the directors and executive officers of Fort Washington.

The address is 400 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.

(1)

Maribeth S. Rahe, President & Chief Executive Officer

(a)

Life Trustee, New York Landmarks Conservancy; Life Trustee, Rush-Presbyterian-St. Luke’s Medical Center; Board Member, Chair, Audit Committee, Member, Compensation Committee, Consolidated Communications Illinois Holdings, Inc.; Vice Chair, Executive/Finance Committee, Cincinnati Arts Association; Member, Advisory Board and Partner-In-Action Committee, Sisters of Notre Dame de Namur; Member Advisory Board, Williams College of Business, Xavier University; Fund Advisory Board, Finance/Budget Committee, Cintrifuse; Board Member, Member Audit Committee, Chair Capital Markets Committee, First Financial Bank; Board Member, Marketing Committee, Greater Cincinnati Foundation; Member, Former President, Women’s Capital Club; Member, Former Executive Committee, Cincinnati Women’s Executive Committee; Member, Former President, Executive Committee Commonwealth Club; Trustee, Executive Committee and Vice President Cincinnati County Club; Director Eagle Realty Group; Director Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.

(b)

President & CEO of Tristate Ventures, LLC*

(c)

President, W&S Investment Holdings, LLC

(d)

President & CEO of Fort Washington Capital Partners, LLC

(2)

John F. Barrett, Director

(a)

Chairman of Board & CEO, The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, Western-Southern Life Assurance Company, Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc., Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company

(b)

Director & Chairman, Columbus Life Insurance Company, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life

Insurance Company, The Lafayette Life Insurance Company, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Gerber Life Insurance Company

(c)

Director, Eagle Realty Group, Eagle Realty Investments

(d)

President & Trustee, Western & Southern Financial Fund

(e)

Board Member, Cintas Corporation

(f)

Board Member, Americans for the Arts; Member & Executive Committee, Cincinnati Center City Development Corporation (3CDC); REDI Cincinnati; Member, Cincinnati Business Committee; Co-Chairman, Greater Cincinnati Scholarship Association; Member, Cincinnati Equity Fund; Honorary Trustee, Sigma Alpha Epsilon Foundation; former Chairman, Medical Center Fund, UC; Advisory Board, Barrett Cancer Center; former Vice Chairman, UC Foundation Capital Campaign; Honorary Chairman, UC Presidential Bicentennial Commission; Member, Business Roundtable; Former Director, American Council of Life Insurers; former member, Financial Services Roundtable

(3)

Brendan M. White, Senior Vice President, Co-Chief Investment Officer and Director

(a)

Board Member, Good Samaritan Hospital

(b)

Board Member, Cincinnati Cancer Foundation

(c)

Board Member, Make A Wish Foundation

(4)

Chris Shipley, Senior Vice President, Co-Chief Investment Officer

(5)

Scott C. Henry, Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer

(6)

Jay V. Johnson, Vice President and Treasurer

(7)

Krista Rivers, Managing Director of Business Development

(8)

Jonathan D. Niemeyer, Director

(a)

Board of Directors, Bethesda, Inc., Cincinnati Art Museum, Association of Life Insurance Counsel, Salvation Army of Cincinnati

(b)

Director, Sr. Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer & General Counsel, Columbus Life Insurance Company, Eagle Realty Group, LLC, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc., Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., The Lafayette Life Insurance Company

(c)

(d)

Director, Sr. Vice President, Gerber Life Insurance Company (10)

(9)

Donald J. Wuebbling, Director

(a)

Secretary & Counsel, The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, Western-Southern Life Assurance Company, Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc., Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company, Columbus Life Insurance Company, The Lafayette Life Insurance Company

(b)

Director, Touchstone Advisors, Inc., Touchstone Securities, LLC, W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc., IFS Financial Services, Inc., Integrity Life Insurance Company, W&S Brokerage Services, Inc., Eagle Realty Group, Eagle Realty Investments, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Agency, Inc.

(10)

Eric J. Walzer, Managing Director, Investment Operations

(11)

David T. Henderson, Sr. Vice President, Chief Actuary, Risk and Data Officer

(12)

Jeffrey L. Stainton, Secretary

(13)

Gerald J. Ulland, Managing Director, Chief Finance and Adminstrative Officer

(a)

Board Member, Mount Notre Dame Board of Trustees

(b)

Finance Committee, Scripps Foundation

C. LOS ANGELES CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC (“Los Angeles Capital” or the “Firm”) is an SEC-registered investment adviser and serves as the Sub-Adviser to the Touchstone Dynamic International ETF. The address of Los Angeles Capital is 11150 Santa Monica Blvd., Suite 200, Los Angeles, California 90025.

Los Angeles Capital’s majority owner is LACM Holdings Inc. Thomas D. Stevens and Hal W. Reynolds are the principal owners of LACM Holdings. The other owners of LACM Holdings are employees of the Firm.

During the last two fiscal years, no director, executive officer or principal of Los Angeles Capital has engaged in any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee.

D. SANDS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC (“Sands Capital”) is a registered investment advisor that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF and the Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF. The address of Sands Capital is 1000 Wilson Blvd., Suite 3000, Arlington, VA 22209. The directors, officers and/or partners of Sands Capital have held the following positions with other companies during the past two fiscal years:

Name and Position with Company	Other Company	Position with Other Company
Frank M. Sands, CFA Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer	Sands Capital Alternatives, LLC 1000 Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000 Arlington, VA 22209 Sands Capital Horizons, LLC 1000 Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000 Arlington, VA 22209	Investment Board Member Executive Management Team
Jonathan Goodman General Counsel and Secretary	Sands Capital Alternatives, LLC 1000 Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000 Arlington, VA 22209 Sands Capital Horizons, LLC 1000 Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000 Arlington, VA 22209	General Counsel, Secretary
Dana McNamara Executive Managing Director, Chief Administrative Officer	Sands Capital Alternatives, LLC 1000 Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000 Arlington, VA 22209	Executive Management Team
Stephen Nimmo Executive Managing Director, Business Development and Client Relations	Sands Capital Alternatives, LLC 1000 Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000 Arlington, VA 22209	Executive Management Team
Thomas Perry Williams, CFA President, Chief Investment Officer	Sands Capital Alternatives, LLC 1000 Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000 Arlington, VA 22209	Executive Management Team
Brian Christiansen, CFA Executive Managing Director, Sr. Portfolio Manager, Research Analyst	Sands Capital Alternatives, LLC 1000 Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000 Arlington, VA 22209	Executive Management Team
Ian Ratcliffe Executive Managing Director, Executive Managing Partner	Sands Capital Alternatives, LLC 1000 Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000 Arlington, VA 22209	Executive Managing Director, Executive Managing Partner
Alexandra Fulk Chief Compliance Officer, Sr. Legal Counsel	Sands Capital Alternatives, LLC 1000 Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000 Arlington, VA 22209 Sands Capital Horizons, LLC 1000 Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000 Arlington, VA 22209	Chief Compliance Officer, Sr. Legal Counsel

Name and Position with Company	Other Company	Position with Other Company
Andrew Giordano Executive Managing Director, Business Development and Client, Relations	Sands Capital Alternatives, LLC 1000 Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000 Arlington, VA 22209	Executive Management Team
Michael Raab, CFA Executive Managing Director, Director of Research, Portfolio, Manager, Sr. Research Analyst	Sands Capital Alternatives, LLC 1000 Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000 Arlington, VA 22209	Executive Management Team

E. THE LONDON COMPANY OF VIRGINIA, LLC d/b/a THE LONDON COMPANY (“TLC”), is a registered investment adviser that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone International Equity ETF. The address of TLC Company is 1800 Bayberry Court, Suite 301, Richmond, Virginia, 23226. No director, officer or partner of TLC has been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years.

F. DSM Capital Partners LLC (“DSM”) is a registered advisor providing sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF. The address of DSM is 7111 Fairway Drive, Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33418. No director, officer or partner of DSM has been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years.

ITEM 32. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS:

Foreside Fund Services, LLC (the “Distributor”) serves as principal underwriter for the following investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended:

AB Active ETFs, Inc.

ABS Long/Short Strategies Fund

ActivePassive Core Bond ETF, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

ActivePassive Intermediate Municipal Bond ETF, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

ActivePassive International Equity ETF, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

ActivePassive U.S. Equity ETF, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

AdvisorShares Trust

AFA Private Credit Fund

AGF Investments Trust

10.

AIM ETF Products Trust

11.

Alexis Practical Tactical ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

12.

AlphaCentric Prime Meridian Income Fund

13.

Alternative Strategies Income Fund

14.

American Century ETF Trust

15.

AMG ETF Trust

16.

Amplify ETF Trust

17.

Applied Finance Dividend Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

18.

Applied Finance Explorer Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

19.

Applied Finance Select Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

20.

Ardian Access LLC

21.

ARK ETF Trust

22.

ARK Venture Fund

23.

Bitwise Funds Trust

24.

BondBloxx ETF Trust

25.

Bramshill Multi-Strategy Income Fund, Series of Investment Managers Series Trust

26.

Bridgeway Funds, Inc.

27.

Brinker Capital Destinations Trust

28.

Brookfield Real Assets Income Fund Inc.

29.

Build Funds Trust

30.

Calamos Convertible and High Income Fund

31.

Calamos Convertible Opportunities and Income Fund

32.

Calamos Dynamic Convertible and Income Fund

33.

Calamos Global Dynamic Income Fund

34.

Calamos Global Total Return Fund

35.

Calamos Strategic Total Return Fund

36.

Carlyle Tactical Private Credit Fund

37.

Cascade Private Capital Fund

38.

Catalyst/Perini Strategic Income Fund

39.

CBRE Global Real Estate Income Fund

40.

Center Coast Brookfield MLP & Energy Infrastructure Fund

41.

Cliffwater Corporate Lending Fund

42.

Cliffwater Enhanced Lending Fund

43.

Coatue Innovative Strategies Fund

44.

Cohen & Steers ETF Trust

45.

Convergence Long/Short Equity ETF, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

46.

CornerCap Small-Cap Value Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

47.

CrossingBridge Ultra-Short Duration ETF, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

48.

Curasset Capital Management Core Bond Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

49.

Curasset Capital Management Limited Term Income Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

50.

CYBER HORNET S&P 500® and Bitcoin 75/25 Strategy ETF, Series of CYBER HORNET Trust

51.

Davis Fundamental ETF Trust

52.

Defiance BMNR Option Income ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

53.

Defiance Connective Technologies ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

54.

Defiance Drone and Modern Warfare ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

55.

Defiance Quantum ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

56.

Defiance Retail Kings ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

57.

Denali Structured Return Strategy Fund

58.

Dodge & Cox Funds

59.

DoubleLine ETF Trust

60.

DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund

61.

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

62.

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund

63.

DriveWealth ETF Trust

64.

EIP Investment Trust

65.

Ellington Income Opportunities Fund

66.

ETF Opportunities Trust

67.

Exchange Listed Funds Trust

68.

Exchange Place Advisors Trust

69.

FIS Trust

70.

FlexShares Trust

71.

Fortuna Hedged Bitcoin ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

72.

Forum Funds

73.

Forum Funds II

74.

Forum Real Estate Income Fund

75.

GMO ETF Trust

76.

GoldenTree Opportunistic Credit Fund

77.

Gramercy Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Series of Investment Managers Series Trust

78.

Grayscale Funds Trust

79.

Guinness Atkinson Funds

80.

Harbor ETF Trust

81.

Harris Oakmark ETF Trust

82.

Hawaiian Tax-Free Trust

83.

Horizon Kinetics Blockchain Development ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

84.

Horizon Kinetics Energy and Remediation ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

85.

Horizon Kinetics Inflation Beneficiaries ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

86.

Horizon Kinetics Japan Owner Operator ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

87.

Horizon Kinetics Medical ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

88.

Horizon Kinetics SPAC Active ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

89.

Horizon Kinetics Texas ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

90.

Innovator ETFs Trust

91.

Ironwood Institutional Multi-Strategy Fund LLC

92.

Ironwood Multi-Strategy Fund LLC

93.

Jensen Quality Growth ETF, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

94.

John Hancock Exchange-Traded Fund Trust

95.

Kurv ETF Trust

96.

Lazard Active ETF Trust

97.

LDR Real Estate Value-Opportunity Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

98.

Lone Peak Value Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

99.

Mairs & Power Balanced Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

100.

Mairs & Power Growth Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

101.

Mairs & Power Minnesota Municipal Bond ETF, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

102.

Mairs & Power Small Cap Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

103.

Manor Investment Funds

104.

MoA Funds Corporation

105.

Moerus Worldwide Value Fund, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV

106.

Morgan Stanley ETF Trust

107.

Morgan Stanley Pathway Large Cap Equity ETF, Series of Morgan Stanley Pathway Funds

108.

Morgan Stanley Pathway Small-Mid Cap Equity ETF, Series of Morgan Stanley Pathway Funds

109.

Morningstar Funds Trust

110.

NEOS ETF Trust

111.

Niagara Income Opportunities Fund

112.

NXG Cushing® Midstream Energy Fund

113.

NXG NextGen Infrastructure Income Fund

114.

OTG Latin American Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

115.

Overlay Shares Core Bond ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

116.

Overlay Shares Foreign Equity ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

117.

Overlay Shares Hedged Large Cap Equity ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

118.

Overlay Shares Large Cap Equity ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

119.

Overlay Shares Municipal Bond ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

120.

Overlay Shares Short Term Bond ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

121.

Overlay Shares Small Cap Equity ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

122.

Palmer Square Funds Trust

123.

Palmer Square Opportunistic Income Fund

124.

Partners Group Private Income Opportunities, LLC

125.

Perkins Discovery Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

126.

Philotimo Focused Growth and Income Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

127.

Plan Investment Fund, Inc.

128.

Point Bridge America First ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

129.

Precidian ETFs Trust

130.

Rareview 2x Bull Cryptocurrency & Precious Metals ETF, Series of Collaborative Investment Series Trust

131.

Rareview Dynamic Fixed Income ETF, Series of Collaborative Investment Series Trust

132.

Rareview Systematic Equity ETF, Series of Collaborative Investment Series Trust

133.

Rareview Tax Advantaged Income ETF, Series of Collaborative Investment Series Trust

134.

Rareview Total Return Bond ETF, Series of Collaborative Investment Series Trust

135.

Renaissance Capital Greenwich Funds

136.

REX ETF Trust

137.

Reynolds Funds, Inc.

138.

RMB Investors Trust

139.

Robinson Opportunistic Income Fund, Series of Investment Managers Series Trust

140.

Robinson Tax Advantaged Income Fund, Series of Investment Managers Series Trust

141.

Roundhill Ball Metaverse ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

142.

Roundhill Cannabis ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

143.

Roundhill ETF Trust

144.

Roundhill Magnificent Seven ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

145.

Roundhill Sports Betting & iGaming ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

146.

Roundhill Video Games ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

147.

Rule One Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

148.

Russell Investments Exchange Traded Funds

149.

Securian AM Real Asset Income Fund, Series of Investment Managers Series Trust

150.

Six Circles Trust

151.

Sound Shore Fund, Inc.

152.

SP Funds Trust

153.

Sparrow Funds

154.

Spear Alpha ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

155.

STF Tactical Growth & Income ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

156.

STF Tactical Growth ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

157.

Strategic Trust

158.

Strategy Shares

159.

Swan Hedged Equity US Large Cap ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

160.

Tekla World Healthcare Fund

161.

Tema ETF Trust

162.

The 2023 ETF Series Trust

163.

The Community Development Fund

164.

The Cook & Bynum Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

165.

The Private Shares Fund

166.

The SPAC and New Issue ETF, Series of Collaborative Investment Series Trust

167.

Third Avenue Trust

168.

Third Avenue Variable Series Trust

169.

Tidal Trust I

170.

Tidal Trust II

171.

Tidal Trust III

172.

Tidal Trust IV

173.

TIFF Investment Program

174.

Timothy Plan High Dividend Stock ETF, Series of The Timothy Plan

175.

Timothy Plan International ETF, Series of The Timothy Plan

176.

Timothy Plan Market Neutral ETF, Series of The Timothy Plan

177.

Timothy Plan US Large/Mid Cap Core ETF, Series of The Timothy Plan

178.

Timothy Plan US Small Cap Core ETF, Series of The Timothy Plan

179.

Total Fund Solution

180.

Touchstone ETF Trust

181.

Trailmark Series Trust

182.

T-Rex 2X Inverse Bitcoin Daily Target ETF, Series of World Funds Trust

183.

T-Rex 2x Inverse Ether Daily Target ETF, Series of World Funds Trust

184.

T-Rex 2X Long Bitcoin Daily Target ETF, Series of World Funds Trust

185.

T-Rex 2x Long Ether Daily Target ETF

186.

U.S. Global Investors Funds

187.

Union Street Partners Value Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

188.

Vest Bitcoin Strategy Managed Volatility Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

189.

Vest S&P 500® Dividend Aristocrats Target Income Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

190.

Vest US Large Cap 10% Buffer Strategies Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

191.

Vest US Large Cap 20% Buffer Strategies Fund, Series of World Funds Trust

192.

Virtus Stone Harbor Emerging Markets Income Fund

193.

Volatility Shares Trust

194.

WEBs ETF Trust

195.

Wedbush Series Trust

196.

Wellington Global Multi-Strategy Fund

197.

Wilshire Mutual Funds, Inc.

198.

Wilshire Variable Insurance Trust

199.

WisdomTree Trust

200.

XAI Octagon Floating Rate & Alternative Income Term Trust

The following are the Officers and Manager of the Distributor, the Registrant’s underwriter. The Distributor’s main business address is Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101.

Name	Address	Position with Underwriter	Position with Registrant
Teresa Cowan	190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101	President/Manager	None
Chris Lanza	190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101	Vice President	None
Kate Macchia	190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101	Vice President	None
Alicia Strout	190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101	Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer	None
Gabriel E. Edelman	190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101	Secretary	None
Susan L. LaFond	190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101	Treasurer	None
Weston Sommers	190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101	Financial and Operations Principal and Chief Financial Officer	None

Item 32(c) Not applicable.

ITEM 33. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

Books or other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder, are maintained as follows:

(a)

With respect to Rules 31a-1(a); 31a-1(b)(1); (2)(a) and (b); (3); (6); (8); (12) and 31a-1(d), the required books and records will be maintained at the offices of Registrant’s Custodian:

The Bank of New York Mellon
201 Washington Street, 34th Floor
Boston, MA 02108

The Bank of New York Mellon
100 Colonial Center Parkway
Lake Mary, FL 32746

(b)

With respect to Rules 31a-1(a); 31a-1(b)(1), (4); (2)(C) and (D); (4); (5); (6); (8); (9); (10); (11); and 31a-1(f), the required books and records are maintained at the offices of the Registrant’s Administrator and Sub-Administrator.

Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202

The Bank of New York Mellon
4400 Computer Drive
Westborough, MA 01581

The Bank of New York Mellon
201 Washington Street, 34th Floor
Boston, MA 02108

(c)

With respect to Rules 31a-1(b)(5), (6), (9) and (10) and 31a-1(f), the required books and records are maintained at the principal offices of the Registrant’s Adviser and Sub-Advisers:

All Funds:

Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202

Touchstone Dividend Select ETF, Touchstone Securitized Income ETF, Touchstone Strategic Income ETF, Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF, Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF:

Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway, Suite 1200
Cincinnati, OH 45202

Touchstone Climate Transition ETF:

Lombard Odier Asset Management (USA) Corp
452 Fifth Avenue, 25th Floor
New York, NY 10018

Touchstone Dynamic International ETF:

Los Angeles Capital Management LLC
11150 Santa Monica Blvd., Suite 200
Los Angeles, California 90025

Touchstone International Equity ETF:

London Company of Virginia d/b/a The London Company
1800 Bayberry Court, Suite 301
Richmond, VA 23226

Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF:

DSM Capital Partners LLC
7111 Fairway Drive
Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33418

Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF and Touchstone Sands Capital US Select Growth ETF:

1000 Wilson Blvd., Suite 3000
Arlington, VA 22209

Microsoft Azure
8855 Grand Avenue, West
Des Moines, IA 50266

Global Relay
220 Cambie Street
Vancouver, BC V6B 2M9

Microsoft Azure
105th Street and Warren Avenue
Lee, IA 50061

Iron Mountain Records Management
10641 Iron Bridge Road
Jessup, MD 20794

ITEM 34. MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Not applicable.

ITEM 35. UNDERTAKINGS

Not applicable.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio, on April 29, 2026.

TOUCHSTONE ETF TRUST

By: /s/ Terrie A. Wiedenheft

Terrie A. Wiedenheft

President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A has been signed below by the following persons in the capacity and on the date indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
* Karen Carnahan	Trustee	April 29, 2026
* William C. Gale	Trustee	April 29, 2026
* Sally J. Staley	Trustee	April 29, 2026
* Susan M. King	Trustee	April 29, 2026
* Kevin A. Robie	Trustee	April 29, 2026
* William H. Zimmer III	Trustee	April 29, 2026
* Jill T. McGruder	Trustee	April 29, 2026
* E. Blake Moore, Jr.	Trustee	April 29, 2026
/s/ Terri A. Lucas Terri A. Lucas	Controller, Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer	April 29, 2026


*By: /s/ Terri A. Lucas Terri A. Lucas (Attorney-in-Fact Pursuant to Power of Attorney)

EXHIBIT INDEX


(h)(4)(a)	Amended Schedule A dated April 29, 2026 to the Expense Limitation Agreement
(i)	Opinion and consent of counsel
(j)	Consent of independent registered public accounting firm
(p)(5)	Code of Ethics Sands Capital Management


(a)	Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 1, 2022 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of the Registrant’s initial Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on April 8, 2022.
(b)	By-Laws of the Trust dated February 1, 2022 are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 11, 2022.
(c)	Instruments defining rights of security holders with respect to the Registrant are contained in the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws, which are incorporated by reference to Exhibits (a) and (b) of Item 28 of Part C herewith.
(d)(1)	Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Touchstone Advisors, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(1) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 11, 2022.
(d)(1)(a)	Amended Schedule A dated July 14, 2023 to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Touchstone Advisors, Inc. dated July 1, 2022, is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 14, 2023.
(d)(1)(b)	Amended Schedule A dated January 1, 2025 to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Touchstone Advisors, Inc. dated July 1, 2022, is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(b) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on December 27, 2024.
(d)(1)(c)	Amended Schedule A dated March 14, 2026 to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the registrant and Touchstone Advisors, Inc. dated July 1, 2022 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(1)(c) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on March 6, 2026.
(d)(2)	Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone US Large Cap Focused ETF is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(2) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 11, 2022.
(d)(3)	Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Strategic Income Opportunities ETF is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(3) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 11, 2022.
(d)(4)	Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Dividend Select ETF is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(4) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 11, 2022.
(d)(5)	Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Ultra Short Income ETF is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(5) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 11, 2022.
(d)(6)	Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Los Angeles Capital Management with respect to the Touchstone Dynamic International ETF is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(7) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on March 14, 2023.
(d)(7)	Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Securitized Income ETF is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 14, 2023.
(d)(8)	Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Sands Capital Management, LLC with respect to the Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets ex-China Growth ETF is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(9) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on December 27, 2024.


(d)(9)	Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Sands Capital Management, LLC with respect to the Touchstone Sands Capital Select Growth ETF is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on December 27, 2024.
(d)(10)	Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and London Company of Virginia with respect to the Touchstone International Equity ETF is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(11) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on December 27, 2024.
(d)(11)	Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and DSM Capital Partners with respect to Touchstone Large Company Growth ETF is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(12) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on March 6, 2026.
(e)	Distribution Agreement between the Trust and Foreside Fund Services LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 11, 2022.
(e)(1)	Amendment dated March 22, 2023 to the Distribution Agreement between the Trust and Foreside Fund Services LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on April 26, 2023.
(e)(2)	Second Amendment dated July 14, 2023 to the Distribution Agreement between the Trust and Foreside Fund Services LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 14, 2023.
(e)(3)	Third Amendment dated December 11, 2023 to the Distribution Agreement between the Trust and Foreside Fund Services LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on December 27, 2024.
(e)(4)	Fourth Amendment dated December 31, 2024, to the Distribution Agreement between the Trust and Foreside Fund Services LLC is filed is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on December 27, 2024.
(e)(5)	Sixth Amendment dated March 14, 2026, to the Distribution Agreement between the Trust and Foreside Fund Services LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on March 6, 2026.
(f)	Not applicable.
(g)	Custody Agreement between the Trust and The Bank of New York Mellon is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 11, 2022.
(h)(1)	Fund Sub-Administration and Accounting Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon dated July 20, 2022 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 27, 2022.
(h)(1)(i)	Amendment dated January 1, 2024 to the Fund Sub-Administration and Accounting Agreement dated July 20, 2022 between the Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(1)(i) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on April 25, 2024.
(h)(1)(ii)	Amendment dated April 1, 2024 to the Amended and Restated Sub-Administration and Accounting Agreement dated July 20, 2022 between The Bank of New York Mellon and Touchstone Advisors, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(1)(ii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on April 25, 2024.
(h)(2)	Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between the Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(2) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 11, 2022.
(h)(3)	Administration Agreement between the Registrant and Touchstone Advisors, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(3) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 11, 2022.
(h)(4)	Expense Limitation Agreement is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(4) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 11, 2022.


(h)(4)(a)	Amended Schedule A dated April 29, 2026 to the Expense Limitation Agreement dated July 1, 2022 between the Registrant and Touchstone Advisors, Inc. is filed herewith.
(h)(5)(a)	Master Interfund Lending Agreement is herein incorporated by reference Exhibit (h)(5)(a) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 11, 2022.
(h)(5)(b)	Amendment to Master Interfund Lending Agreement is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(5)(b) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 11, 2022.
(h)(6)	Rule 12d1-4 Investment Agreement between Listed Funds Trust and the Registrant dated as of January 3, 2025, is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(6) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 11 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on April 28, 2025.
(h)(6)(a)	Amendment dated as of March 18, 2025 to Rule 12d1-4 Investment Agreement between Listed Funds Trust and the Registrant dated as of January 3, 2025 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(6)(a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 11 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on April 28, 2025.
(i)	Opinion and consent of counsel is filed herewith.
(j)	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is filed herewith.
(k)	Not applicable.
(l)	Not applicable.
(m)	Rule 12b-1 Plan is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (m) of the Registrant’s initial Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194 and 811-23789), filed with the SEC on April 8, 2022.
(m)(1)	Amended Exhibit A dated July 14, 2023 to Plan of Distribution Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 of Touchstone ETF Trust is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (m)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 14, 2023.
(m)(1)(a)	Amended Exhibit A dated March 14, 2026 to Plan of Distribution Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 of Touchstone ETF Trust is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (m)(1)(a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on March 6, 2026.
(n)	Not applicable.
(o)	Reserved.
(p)(1)	Code of Ethics of Touchstone Advisors, Inc., Touchstone Funds, and Touchstone Securities, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on April 25, 2024.
(p)(2)	Code of Ethics for Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on January 5, 2023.
(p)(3)	Code of Ethics for Foreside Fund Services LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on April 26, 2023.
(p)(4)	Code of Ethics for Los Angeles Capital Management is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on July 14, 2023.
(p)(5)	Code of Ethics for Sands Capital Management, LLC is filed herewith.
(p)(6)	Code of Ethics for The London Company is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(7) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-264194), filed with the SEC on December 27, 2024.
(p)(7)	Code of Ethics of DSM Capital Partners is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(17) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 138 to Touchstone Strategic Trust's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 15, 2016.
(q)(1)	Power of Attorney is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (q)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (file No. 333-264194 ), filed with the SEC on December 22, 2025.